CHAPTER – 1

SIMPLE EQUATIONS
Equations Three equations in three unknowns
A set of equations like
We will have equations of one or two unknowns invariably
x + 2y + 3z = 14 → (1)
in every problem. Sometimes we get three equations in
2x + y + 2z = 10 → (2)
three unknowns. In general, we need as many equations
3x + 3y + 4z = 21 → (3)
as the variables we will have to solve for. So, for solving
is a system of three equations in three unknowns.
for the values of two unknowns, we need two equations
(or two conditions given in the problem) and for solving for Here we have three unknowns x, y and z which we
the values of three unknowns, we need three equations have to solve for from the three given equations.
(and hence the problem should give three conditions from The procedure for the same is as follows:
which we can frame three equations). Solving the Step  : Take two out of the three equations [say, eqn. (1)
equations by itself is not a difficult task. The most and (2)] and eliminate one variable (say x) so that
important part of the problem is framing the we get an equation in two unknowns (y and z in
equation/equations. Once the equations are framed, this case).
solving them is very easy. For this purpose, take equations (1) and (2).
Multiply equation (1) by 2 and subtract equation
One equation in one unknown (2) from it.
An equation like 2x + 4 = 26 is an equation in one variable. Eqn. (1)  2  2x + 4y + 6z = 28
We have only one variable x whose value we have to 2x + y + 2z = 10
find out. --------------------------
3y + 4z = 18 → (4)
Step  : Keep variables on L.H.S and constants on R.H.S
i.e. 2x = 26 – 4 = 22 Step  : Repeat Step  for two other equations [say
equations (2) and (3)] and eliminate the same
Step : Dividing both sides of equation with coefficient of variable (x in this case) so that we get one more
x i.e. 2. equation in two unknowns (y and z).
2x 22 For this purpose, take equations (2) and (3),
i.e. =  x = 11
2 2 multiply equation (2) by 3 and from that subtract
equation (3) multiplied by 2.
Two equations in two unknowns Eqn. (2)  3  6x + 3y + 6z = 30
Eqn. (3)  2  6x + 6y + 8z = 42
A set of equations like
------------------------
2x + 3y = 8 → (1)
–3y –2z = –12 → (5)
5x + 4y = 13 → (2)
is called simultaneous equations in two unknowns. Step : Now the equations in two unknowns that have
Here, we have two variables (or unknowns) x and y whose been obtained from the above two steps have to
values we have to find out. be solved as discussed previously (in TWO
EQUATIONS IN TWO UNKNOWNS) to get the
Step : Using both the equations we first eliminate one values of two of the three variables (y and z in
variable (so that we can then have one equation this case).
in one unknown).
In this case, solving equations (4) and (5), we get
For this purpose, we multiply equation (1) with 5
y = 2 and z = 3.
(the co-efficient of x in the second equation) and
multiply equation (2) with 2 (the co-efficient of x Step IV: Substitute these values of the two variables in
in the first equation) to eliminate x. Thus, we have one of the three equations to get the value of the
(1)  5  10x + 15y = 40 → (3) third variable.
(2)  2  10x + 8y = 26 → (4) Substitute the value of y and z in equation (1) to
get the value of x. Thus x = 1.
Now, subtracting equation (4) from eqn (3) we
Thus, the values of the three variables that
have, 7y = 14 → (5)
satisfy the three given equations are
This is one equation in one unknown.
x = 1, y = 2 and z = 3
Step  : Solve for the value of one variable from the Worked out examples:
equation (in one unknown) obtained from Step 
above. 1.01. The cost of 4 chairs and 3 tables is `1,800.
Therefore, y = 2. The cost of 5 chairs and 4 tables is `2,300.
Find the cost of each chair.
Step : Substitute this value in one of the two equations
to get the value of the second variable. Sol. Let the costs of one chair and one table be `C
Substituting the value of y in equation (1) or and `T respectively.
equation (2), we get x = 1. 4C + 3T = 1800 → (1)
5C + 4T = 2300 → (2)
Therefore, the values of x and y that satisfy the {(2)  3} – {(1)  4} we get C = 300
given set of equations are x = 1 and y = 2. Cost each chair = `300
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/1
1.02. The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 12. 1.06. The present age of father is two years more than
If 36 is subtracted from it, the reversed number is thrice his son’s age 10 years later. The age of the
obtained. Find the number. father ten years later will be 2 years more than
Sol. Let the two-digit numbers be 10x + y. 7 times his son’s present age. Find the present
The sum of the digits = 12 age of the father.
x + y = 12 → (1) Sol. Let the present age of the father and the son be
 10x + y – 36 = 10y + x f and s respectively.
 10x + y – (10y + x) = 36 f = 3(s + 10) + 2 = 3s + 32
 9(x – y) = 36 f + 10 = 7s + 2
 x – y = 4 → (2) substituting f = 3s + 32 in the above equation,
Adding (1) and (2), we get 3s + 32 + 10 = 7s + 2
2x = 16  x = 8 40 = 4s
From (1) y = 12 – x = 4 10 = s
The number is 84 f = 3(10) + 32 = 62 years

1.03. The cost of 3 pens, 4 erasers and 5 sharpeners is 1.07. A bag contains 50 paise, Re.1 and `2 coins in the
`40. The cost of 5 pens, 7 erasers and 9 sharpeners ratio of 2 : 3 : 4, if the total value of these coins is
is `70. Find the total cost of one of each. `24, find the number of `2 coins in the bag.
Sol. Let the cost of each pen, eraser and sharper be Sol. Let the number of 50p, Re.1 and `2 coins be 2x,
p, e and s respectively. 3x and 4x respectively.
3p + 4e + 5s = 40 → (1) Total value of coins in paise
5p + 7e + 9s = 70 → (2) = 50(2x) + 100(3x) + 200(4x)
Multiplying the equation (1) by 2 and subtracting  1200x = 2400  x = 2
the equation (2) from it, we get, p + e + s = 10 Number of `2 coins in the bag = 4x = 8.
Hence the total cost of one of each is `10.
1.08. The sum of a two-digit number and the number
Note: In this case, there are three unknowns formed by reversing its digits is 110. If its tens digit
and two equations containing these variables. is 2 more than the units digit, find the number.
As the number of equations is less than the
number of variables, most of us think that Sol. Let the two-digit number be 10a + b
answer is cannot be determined. But what is 10a + b + 10b + a = 110
asked for is not a complete solution. It is just a 11(a + b) = 110
certain combination of one or more variables  a + b = 10 → (1)
which sometimes can be found out. a–b=2 → (2)
Adding equations (1) and (2), we get 2a = 12
1.04. Shyam and Ram have some chocolates with each a=6
of them, if Shyam gives 5 chocolates to Ram, both Substituting a = 6 in (1) or (2), we get b = 4,
will have equal number of chocolates. If Ram gives Hence the number is 64.
the same number of chocolates to Shyam, Shyam
would have twice as many chocolates as Ram. 1.09. The present age of father is 15 years more than
Find the number of chocolates Ram has. twice the present age of the son. The present age
of the mother of the son is twice the son’s age.
Sol. Let the number of chocolates with Shyam and
The sum of the present ages of the father and
Ram be S and R respectively. If Shyam gives
mother is 75 years. Find the sum of their ages
5 chocolates to Ram, he would have S – 5
when their son was born.
chocolates and Ram would have R + 5 chocolates.
So, S – 5 = R + 5 Sol. Let the present age of the father and the son be
 S – R =10 → (1) f and s respectively f = 2s + 15
If Ram gives 5 chocolates to Shyam, he would If the present age of the mother of the son is m,
have R – 5 chocolates and Shyam would have S m = 2s
+ 5 chocolates. f + m = 4s + 15 = 75
60
S + 5 = 2 (R – 5) 4s = 60  s = = 15
4
 2R – S = 15 → (2) present age of father = 45
Adding (1) and (2) we get R = 25. present age of mother = 30
 Number of chocolates with Ram = 25. Sum of the ages of the father and the mother
1.05. A, B, C and D have a total of `200 with them. when their son was born = (45 – 15) + (30 – 15)
The amount with B is `10 more than that with A. = 45 years
The amount with C is `20 more than that with B. 1.10. Solve the following equations to find b + 3c.
The amount with D equals the sum of the amounts 3 a + 2b + 3 c = 28 – 3d
with B and C together. Find the amount with A. a + b + 2c = 17 – d
Sol. Let the amounts with A, B, C and D be a, b, c and
Sol. 3a + 2b + 3c = 28 – 3d
d respectively.
3a + 2b + 3c + 3d = 28 → (1)
a + b + c + d = 200
a + b + 2c = 17 – d
b = a + 10
c = b + 20 = a + 30  a + b + 2c + d = 17 → (2)
d = b + c = 2a + 40 Multiplying equation (2) by 3 and subtracting
a + b + c + d = 5a + 80 = 200 equation (1) from resultant equation (2),
a = 24 we get, b + 3c = 23.
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/2
 Exercise – 1(a)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. If 7g – 5h = 33 and 2g – 3h = –11, then g is 13. If the numerator of a fraction is decreased by 2 and

(A) 14 (B) 13 (C) 12 (D) 11 the denominator is increased by one, the fraction
becomes ½. If the numerator and the denominator is
2. If four-fifth of three-eighth of a number is 471, then each increased by 4, then the fraction becomes 4/5.
what is the number? Find the fraction.
(A) 1250 (B) 1360 (C) 1450 (D) 1570 (A) 9/13 (B) 8/11 (C) 4/3 (D) 6/7

3. If one-sixth of a number is subtracted from one-fifth of 14. Thirty years ago, the age of Kishan was 9/4 times the
the number, the result is 7. What is the number? age of Sumana. The present age of Sumana is
(A) 350 (B) 280 (C) 210 (D) 105 54 years. Find the difference between the present
ages of Kishan and Sumana.
4. Sum of two numbers is 47 and their difference is 33. (A) 30 years (B) 25 years
What is the sum of the squares of the numbers? (C) 24 years (D) 20 years
(A) 1551 (B) 1649 (C) 3625 (D) 4916
15. A boy has a total of ₹1,400 in denominations of
5. Of the three numbers, the first is thrice the second ₹50 and ₹200 notes. If the number of notes of each
and the second is thrice the third. The average of the denomination were swapped, total value of the notes
three numbers is 39. The three numbers in the would be ₹450 more. Find the total number of notes
reverse order are _______. with the boy.
(A) 6,18 and 54 (B) 9, 27 and 81 (A) 12 (B) 13 (C) 14 (D) 15
(C) 3, 12 and 36 (D) 13, 39 and 117
16. The sum of the ages of P and Q is five-fourths of the
6. Shreya bought four ice cream bars and five age of R. The age of R is 24 years more than that of
chocolates for ₹330 while Ileana bought two ice Q. If sum of the ages of Q and R is equal to twice the
cream bars and 1 chocolate for ₹120. What is the cost age of P, then what is the age of P?
of one ice cream bar? (A) 24 years (B) 36 years
(A) ₹40 (B) ₹30 (C) ₹45 (D) ₹55 (C) 48 years (D) 60 years

7. A father is twice as old as his son. Fifteen years ago, 17. The present ages of a father and his son are
the age of the father was three times the age of the 32 years and 8 years respectively. n years ago, the
son. What was the age of the father four years ago? age of the father was five times the age of his son.
(A) 48 years (B) 52 years Find the sum of the ages of the father and his son
(C) 56 years (D) 60 years n years from now?
(A) 60 years (B) 48 years
8. The average monthly income of A and B is ₹34,000. (C) 44 years (D) 42 years
The average monthly income of B and C is ₹40,000
and the average monthly income of C and A is 18. At present, the age of a mother is six times her son's
₹42,000. What is the monthly income of C? age. Twenty years hence, the mother's age will be
(A) ₹48,000 (B) ₹44,000 twice her son's age at that time. Find the present age
(C) ₹36,000 (D) ₹32,000 of the son.
(A) 8 years (B) 7 years
9. Three consecutive odd integers are in decreasing (C) 6 years (D) 5 years
order such that the sum of the last two integers is
25 more than the first integer. Find the sum of the 19. Akul has an amount of ₹880 in denominations of
three integers. ₹10, ₹5 and ₹2 coins. He has 8 more ₹5 coins than
(A) 91 (B) 89 (C) 87 (D) 85 ₹10 coins and has ₹2 coins as thrice the number of
₹10 coins. Find the number of ₹2 coins.
10. Find the respective values of a, b and c satisfying the (A) 120 (B) 150
following equations. (C) 180 (D) 200
6a – 5b + 7c = 1; a + 5b + 6c = 3; 3a + 2b + 7c = 2
(A) –5, –2, 3 (B) 2, –3, –5 20. An amount of ₹5,600 is divided among A, B and C.
(C) 2, – 3, 5 (D) –2, –3, 5 A gets three-fourth of the total amount received by B
and C. C gets one-sixth of the total amount received
11. Three times the denominator of a fraction is 6 more than by A and B. Find the amount received by B.
the numerator. The fraction formed when the (A) ₹2,400 (B) ₹1,500
denominator is increased by 5 is 5/4. Find the fraction. (C) ₹2,700 (D) ₹1,800
(A) 27/11 (B) 20/11
(C) 10/3 (D) 15/7 21. What are the values of k and p, for the following
equations has no solution?
12. Amala bought a total of 9 apples and 15 oranges 7x – 3y = 4
for ₹210. When the cost of each orange doubles, she 21x –py = k
could buy 6 apples and 9 oranges for ₹180. Find the
cost of each apple. (A) p = 9,k = 12 (B) p = 8,k = 12
(A) ₹25 (B) ₹20 (C) ₹15 (D) ₹10 (C) p = 9,k = 15 (D) p = 8,k = 15
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/3
22. A two-digit number in which ten’s digit is more than 24. Three-eighth of present age of A is two-thirds of the
the units digit is formed by subtracting 6 from present age of B. If sum of their present ages is
7 times the sum of the digits. The sum of the digits is 50 years, what is the present age of A?
equal to five times the difference between the digits. (A) 18 years (B) 16 years
Find the number. (C) 20 years (D) 32 years
(A) 96 (B) 32 (C) 40 (D) 64
25. What should be the value of k, for the following
23. Bunny and Charvitha are the son and the daughter equations to be consistent?
respectively of [Link]. Bunny has as many brothers 5x – 2y = 4
as sisters. Charvitha has thrice as many brothers as 10x – 4y = k
sisters. Find the number of children of [Link]. (A) –4 (B) 4
(A) 7 (B) 6 (C) 5 (D) 4 (C) 3 (D) 8

Exercise – 1(b)
Directions for questions 1 to 13: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. Village B had 6000 more males than another village 9. An exam consists of 80 questions. Each correct
A. The number of females in B is twice the number of answer fetches 1 mark and ¼ mark is deducted for
males in B. The total number of males in the two each wrong answer. A student who attempted all the
villages is 12000. Find the number of females in B.
questions, scored 55 marks. For how many questions
(A) 6000 (B) 18000
(C) 9000 (D) 16500 did he give wrong answer?
(A) 16 (B) 24 (C) 20 (D) 26
2. In a fraction if the numerator and denominator are
both increased by one, the fraction becomes 3/5. 10. The cost of five pens, three erasers and a sharpener
But if the numerator is increased by 3 while the is `64. The cost of seven pens, four erasers and
denominator is increased by 7, the fraction becomes a sharpener is `90. Find the total cost of 1 pen,
1/2. What is the fraction? 1 eraser and one sharpener.
1 4 5 2 (A) `10 (B) `12 (C) `13 (D) `14
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 9 9 3
11. A says to B “I am thrice as old as you were when
3. A two digit number is formed by subtracting 24 from I was as old as you are”. The sum of their present
11 times the sum of its digits. If the tens digit is twice ages is 75 years. Find the present age of A.
the units digit, then the number is (A) 25 years (B) 45 years
(A) 84 (B) 63 (C) 42 (D) 53 (C) 27 years (D) 48 years

4. During a party each participant was given either 12. A three-digit number with distinct digits, is such that
`750 or `1,000 gift. If there are 35 participants and when its reverse is subtracted from it, the result is
`30,000 is spent on gifts, find the number of 297. If the sum of its digits is 7,how many such
participants who got `750 gifts. numbers are possible?
(A) 30 (B) 15 (C) 20 (D) 25 (A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 5
5. A shipping clerk has three boxes having different 13. Nine members went to a Pizza Hut. In that store,
weights. The clerk weighed the boxes in pairs and for every pizza they get `30 off on the actual price of
obtained the results (in kgs) as 62, 66 and 68. each of the extra pizzas over and above three. In total
What is the total weight of all the boxes? (in kg) they ate 9 pizzas. At the end, they found that each
(A) 90 (B) 92 (C) 98 (D) 87 person had spent `70 for the pizzas as their share.
Find the actual price of each pizza.
6. When a couple got married, sum of their ages was (A) `78 (B) `85 (C) `90 (D) `100
66 years. Six years later the wife’s age was one year
more than five sixth’s of her husband’s age. What was Directions for questions 14 and 15: These questions
the husband’s age (in years) when he got married? are based on the information given below.
(A) 30 (B) 27 (C) 36 (D) 24
Ajay went to a stationary store to buy books, pens and
7. A woman and a girl went to a fruit market. The woman pencils. He bought more books than pens and more pens
bought 5 apples, 3 mangoes and 7 oranges for `54. than pencils. He bought a total of 9 items and at least two
The girl bought 10 apples, 5 mangoes and 14 of each.
oranges for `98. Find the cost of each mango.
(A) `8 (B) `10 14. How many pens did he buy?
(C) `9 (D) Cannot be determined (A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 6 (D) 5

8. A two digit number is such that when its reverse is 15. The costs of a book, a pen and a pencil are `20,
subtracted from it, the result is 27 . What is the least `10 and `5 respectively. What is expenditure Ajay
possible value of the number? could have incurred?
(A) 41 (B) 52 (C) 30 (D) 72 (A) `115 (B) `135 (C) `140 (D) `120
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/4
Directions for questions 16 and 17: Select the correct 21. Considering the equations 3x – 7y = 22 and
alternative from the information given below. 12x – ny = 77. Find n, if the equations above have no
solution.
A book seller sold 72 books all priced at a certain value. (A) 32 (B) 30 (C) 34 (D) 28
The cost price of each book is same and it is a two digit
number. By mistake, he reversed the digits of the price 22. Charan distributed a total of 420 pens among his sons
(in `) of each book while entering in the computer. P, Q, and R. The number of pens that he gave to P
and R together is three-fourth of the number of pens
16. If the closing stock on that day was 84, what was
that he gave to Q . If R received 80 pens less than P,
the opening stock of the number of books with the
then what is the number of pens that R got?
book seller?
(A) 50 (B) 94 (C) 180 (D) 160
(A) 156 (B) 204 (C) 306 (D) 126

17. If the faulty calculations show a total sale of 23. A bag has a total of 270 notes in denominations
`5,688 on that day, then what was the actual selling of `10, `20 and `50. The value of the notes in the bag
price (in `) of each book? is `8,400. If there were 90 `20 notes,. Find the value
(A) 89 (B) 98 (C) 79 (D) 97 of `10 notes in the bag.
(A) `600 (B) `540 (C) `750 (D) `680
Directions for questions 18 to 25: Select the correct
alternative from the given choices. 24. Krishna has some fruit boxes with him to sell.
The first customer buys one more than half the
18. Considering the equations 4x – 9y = 14 and number of boxes with Krishna. The second customer
12x – ny = m. Find n + m, if the equations above have buys one more than half the remaining number of
infinite solutions. boxes with him. He is left with 7 boxes to sell after
(A) 27 (B) 45 (C) 69 (D) 42 that. How many fruit boxes did Krishna have in the
beginning?
19. The cost of three shuttlecocks, four bats and (A) 34 (B) 30 (C) 36 (D) 32
five pairs of shoes is `4,550, while the cost of two
shuttlecock, four bats and five pairs of shoes is 25. Akshay took his family to his home town by a train.
`4,350. Find the cost of each shuttlecock. Apart from Akshay, there are two other adults and two
(A) `250 (B) `300 (C) `450 (D) `200 children. The total fare for the tickets is `3,640.
Find the ticket fare for an adult, if it is `40 less than
20. What is the value of x, if x + 5y = 12, and 2x + 3y = 17? twice that of a child ticket fare.
(A) 3 (B) 10 (C) 2 (D) 7 (A) `470 (B) `900 (C) `480 (D) `930

Key
Exercise – 1(a)

1. A 6. C 11. D 16. B 21. C

2. D 7. C 12. C 17. C 22. D
3. C 8. A 13. B 18. D 23. C
4. B 9. C 14. A 19. A 24. D
5. B 10. A 15. B 20. A 25. D

Exercise – 1(b)
1. B 6. C 11. B 16. A 21. D
2. C 7. B 12. B 17. D 22. A
3. C 8. C 13. C 18. C 23. A
4. C 9. C 14. A 19. D 24. A
5. C 10. B 15. D 20. D 25. B

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/5
 CHAPTER – 2
RATIO – PROPORTION – VARIATION
Ratio Whenever we know a/b = c/d, then we can write
(a + b)/(a – b) = (c + d)/(c – d) by this rule. The converse
Ratio is the relation which one quantity bears to another of this is also true – whenever we know that
of the same kind, the comparison being made by (a + b)/(a – b) = (c + d)/(c – d), then we can conclude that
considering what multiple, part or parts, one quantity is of a/b = c/d.
the other. The ratio of two quantities "a" and "b" is If three quantities a, b and c are such that a : b : : b : c,
represented as a : b and read as "a is to b". "a" is called then we say that they are in CONTINUED PROPORTION.
antecedent, "b" is the consequent. Since the ratio We also get, b² = ac.
expresses the number of times one quantity contains the
other, it's an abstract quantity. Variation
A ratio a : b can also be expressed as a/b. So if two items Two quantities A and B may be such that as one quantity
are in the ratio 2 : 3, we can say that their ratio is 2/3. changes in value, the other quantity also changes in value
If two terms are in the ratio 2, it means that they are in the depending on the change in the value of the first quantity.
ratio of 2/1, i.e., 2 : 1.
Direct variation
"A ratio is said to be a ratio of greater inequality or lesser
inequality or of equality according as antecedent is One quantity A is said to vary directly as another quantity
greater than, less than or equal to consequent". B, if the two quantities depend upon each other in such
a manner that if B is increased in a certain ratio, A is
From this we find that a ratio of greater inequality is increased in the same ratio and if B is decreased, A is
diminished and a ratio of lesser inequality is increased by decreased in the same ratio.
adding the same quantity to both terms.
This is denoted as A  B (A varies directly as B).
i.e., in a : b
If A  B then A = kB, where k is a constant. It is called
if a < b then (a + x) : (b + x) > a : b and if a > b then a constant of proportionality.
(a + x) : (b + x) < a : b
Inverse variation
a c e
If = = ........., then each of these ratios is equal to A quantity A is said to vary inversely as another quantity
b d f
B, if the two quantities depend upon each other in such
a + c + e + ..... a manner that if B is increased in a certain ratio, A is
b + d + f + ..... decreased in the same ratio and if B is decreased, then A
is increased in the same ratio. It is the same as saying that
Proportion A varies directly with 1/B.
It is denoted as A  1/B i.e., A = k/B where is k is
When two ratios are equal, the four quantities involved in a constant of proportionality.
the two ratios are said to be proportional i.e., if a/b = c/d,
then a, b, c and d are proportional. This is represented as Joint variation
a : b :: c : d and is read as "a is to b (is) as c is to d".
If there are three quantities A, B and C such that A varies
When a, b, c and d are in proportion, then the items with B when C is constant and varies with C when B is
a and d are called the EXTREMES and the items b and constant, then A is said to vary jointly with B and C when
c are called the MEANS. both B and C are varying.
We also have the relationship,
Then A  BC or A = kBC where k is the constant of
proportionality.
Product of the MEANS = Product of the EXTREMES
i.e., bc = ad
If a : b = c : d then Worked out examples:
b : a = d : c → (1)
a:c=b:d x 3 3x + y
2.01. If = , find .
y 4 5x − y
a + b : b = c + d : d → (2) obtained by adding 1 to
both sides of the given relationship Sol. Dividing both numerator and denominator of
a–b:b=c-d:d → (3) obtained by subtracting 1 x
3 +1
from both sides of the given relationship 3x + y y
by y it becomes .
a + b : a - b = c + d : c – d → (4) obtained by dividing 5x − y x
5 −1
relationship (2) above by (3). y
Relationship (1) above is called INVERTENDO; (2) is 3
called COMPONENDO; (3) is called DIVIDENDO 3  + 1
x 3 3x + y 4 13
and (4) is called COMPONENDO-DIVIDENDO. The last As = , = = .
y 4 5x − y 3 11
relationship, i.e., COMPONENDO-DIVIDENDO is very 5  − 1
helpful in simplifying problems. 4
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/6
2.02. Two numbers are in the ratio 9 : 7. If 14 is 2.06. A bag has coins of denominations 10 paise,
subtracted from each, the new ratio is 7 : 5. 20 paise and 50 paise in the ratio 9 : 6 : 4. If the
Find the numbers. total value of 50 paise coins is `3.20 more than
the total value of 20 paise coins, find the total
Sol. Let the numbers be 9x and 7x. value of the coins in the bag.
9 x − 14 7 Sol. Let the number of coins of denominations of
= .
7 x − 14 5 10paise, 20paise and 50paise be 9x, 6x and 4x
5 (9x – 14) = 7 (7x – 14) respectively. Total value of coins of denominations
 45x – 70 = 49x – 98 of 10 paise, 20 paise and 50 paise are 10(9x) = 90x,
 98 – 70 = 49x – 45x 20(6x) = 120x and 50(4x) = 200x respectively.
 28 = 4x  7 = x. 200x – 120x = 320  x = 4.
Hence the numbers are 9x = 63 and 7x = 49. Total value of the coins in the bag
90x + 120x + 200x
2.03. A varies directly as b2. When b = 3, a = 6. Find = 410x = 1640 paise
a when b = 6. `16.40
2.07. There are two numbers. Five times the first, and
Sol. a  b2.
2
four times the second are equal. Find the ratio of
a1 b1 the sum of the squares of the two numbers and
 = 2
a2 b2 their product.
Taking a1 = 6, b1 = 3, and b2 = 6; Sol. Let the first number be a and the second number
b 
2 2 be b.
6
a2 = a1  2  = 6   = 24. a 4
 b1  3 5a = 4b  =
b 5
2.04. The volume of a solid varies jointly with its height a2 + b2 a b 4 5 41
Now, = + = + = .
as well as the base area s1 and s2 are two such ab b a 5 4 20
solids. The base area of solid s1 is 100 sq.m and
the height is 5 m, the volume is 1500 cu.m. Find 2.08. 24 men take 25 days to dig a well working
the base area of solid s2 whose height is 10 m and 6 hours a day. Find the time taken by 18 men
volume is 4500 cu.m. working 8 hours a day to dig the same well.

Sol. Let the volume, height and base area of the solid Sol. Men Hrs/day Days
24 6 25
be denoted by V, h and a respectively.
18 8 x
Vha
V ha We have M1D1H1 = M2D2H2
 1 = 1 1. So, 24 × 25 × 6 = 18 × D2 × 8
V2 h2a2  D2 = 25 days
Taking V1 = 1500 cu m, h1 = 5m,
a1 = 100 sq m, h2 = 10m and 2.09. The area of a circle varies with the square of its
V2 = 4500 cu m. radius. The area of a circle having a radius of
haV 2 cm is p sq cm. Find the area of the circle having
a2 = 1 1 2 a radius of 4 cm.
h2 V1
Sol: Let the area of a circle be denoted by A and its
(5)(100)( 4500)
= = 150 sq m. radius be denoted by r.
(10)(1500) Given, A  r2
2
A1 r
2.05. There are three numbers, 6 times the first and  = 12
seven times the second are equal. 5 times the A2 r2
second and 6 times the third are also equals. Taking r1 = 2 cm, A1 = p [Link]. and r2 = 4 cm,
If the first number more than the third by 20 find r 
the third number. A2 =A1  2  2
 r1 
Sol. Let the first number, second number and third 2
4
number be denoted a, b and c respectively. = p   = 4p sq cm.
7 2
6a = 7b  a= b
6 2.10. A hare and a jackal are running a race. Three leaps
5 of the hare is equal to four leaps of the jackal.
5b = 6c  c= b.
6 For every six leaps of the hare, the jackal takes
a – c= 20 5 leaps. Find the ratio of their speeds.
7 5
 b– b = 20 4
6 6 Sol. Each leap of the hare is equal to leaps of the
3
 b = 60.
jackal. 6 leaps of the hare is to 8 leaps of the jackal.
5b
c= = 50. 4
6 = 6 × leaps of jackal : 5 leaps of jackal = 8 : 5
3
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/7
 Exercise – 2(a)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. If the ratio of a to b is 3 : 5, then find the value of a b c

13. If a : b : c = 3 : 4 : 5 ,then : :
(2a2 + b2) : (a2 + b2). b c a
(A) 11 : 21 (B) 43 : 34
(C) 9 : 17 (D) 15 : 28 (A) 5 : 4 : 10 (B) 45 : 48 : 100
(C) 48 : 45 : 100 (D) 3 : 4 : 5
2. If a/b = 4/5 and p/q = 5/6, then find
(5ap – 3bq)/(4ap + 5bq). 14. In a bag there are coins of three denominations of ₹2,
(A) 1/23 (B) 1/42 ₹5 and ₹10. Ratio of the number of coins is 7 : 8 : 3
(C) 2/43 (D) 3/42 respectively and their total value amounts to ₹420.
What is the number of ₹10 coins?
3. If x : y = 3 : 4 and y : z = 5 : 4, then find x : y : z. (A) 24 (B) 21
(A) 12 : 20 : 15 (B) 3 : 10 : 16 (C) 35 (D) 15
(C) 15 : 16 : 20 (D) 15 : 20 : 16
15. The monthly incomes of P and Q are in the ratio
4. If p : q = 2 : 3, q : r = 3 : 4, r : s = 4 : 5 and s : t = 6 : 5 of 5 : 3 and their expenditures are in the ratio of 2 : 1.
then find p : q : r : s : t. If each save ₹10,500, then what is the income of Q?
(A) 12 : 18 : 24 : 30 : 25 (B) 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 : 6 (A) ₹52,500 (B) ₹41,500
(C) 3 : 4 : 5 : 6 : 7 (D) 4 : 5 : 6 : 7 : 8 (C) ₹31,500 (D) ₹21,000

5. An amount of ₹2,170 was divided among P, Q and 16. Find the greatest of the three positive numbers which
R in the ratio 10 : 15 : 6. Find the amount received are in the ratio of 5 : 4 : 6, if the sum of their squares
by the person who got the least share. is 1925.
(A) ₹400 (B) ₹420 (C) ₹45 (D) ₹500 (A) 90 (B) 80
(C) 60 (D) 30
6. A person distributed ₹35,100 among three persons A,
B and C. If A gets twice as much as B and C gets 17. In an election there were only two candidates P and
thrice as much as A, then find the share of C. Q. A total of 1500 votes were polled and 235 votes
(A) ₹23,400 (B) ₹24,200 were found to be invalid. P got 6 votes for every
(C) ₹25,600 (D) ₹26,400 5 votes his opponent Q got. By how many votes did
P defeat his opponent Q?
7. There are two numbers such that the sum of four (A) 115 (B) 125
times the first number and nine times the second (C) 135 (D) 145
number is equal to six times the sum of the two
numbers. Find the ratio of the two numbers. 18. Three numbers are in the ratio of 5 : 2 : 3. If the sum
(A) 5 : 2 (B) 4 : 3 (C) 3 : 2 (D) 2 : 1 of the reciprocals of first and third number exceeds
that of the second number by 1, what is the value of
8. The ratio between two numbers is 5 : 9, and their the first number?
difference is 188, then what is the sum of the two (A) 1/6 (B) 1/5
numbers? (C) 1/4 (D) 1/3
(A) 788 (B) 658 (C) 508 (D) 888
19. The ratio of the income and expenditure of Eva is
9. Anand has `3150 in the form of 10, 20 and 50 rupees 7 : 5. If she saves ₹8,000, then the income of Eva is
notes. If these notes are in the ratio 4 : 7 : 9, the (A) ₹16,000 (B) ₹28,000
number of 50 rupees notes with him is: (C) ₹20,000 (D) ₹45,000
(A) 45 (B) 54 (C) 27 (D) 36
20. Amith and Bhuvan have the ratio of their monthly
10. Eight years ago, the age of a man was eight times incomes as 3 : 4 and the ratio of their expenditures
that of his son. After 16 years, his age will be twice is 2 : 3. If Amith saves an amount which is equal to
that of his son. What is the ratio of the present ages one-fourth of his income, then find the ratio of savings
of the man and his son? of Amith and Bhuvan.
(A) 9 : 4 (B) 7 : 2 (C) 11 : 5 (D) 10 : 3 (A) 6 : 5 (B) 5 : 7
(C) 7 : 30 (D) 8 : 31
11. Gold and copper are as heavy as water by 19 and
9 times respectively. The ratio in which these two 21. If x, y and z are non-zero integers such that x + y + z
metals be mixed so that the mixture is 15 times as 2(x + y) – 3z 2(y + z) – 3x
≠ 0 and satisfy a= =
heavy as water is z x
(A) 9 : 4 (B) 3 : 2 (C) 19 : 15 (D) 5 : 3 2(x + z) − 3y
= , then the value of a is ______.
y
12. A box contains certain number of books and pens in (A) 1 (B) 0 (C) –1 (D) 3
the ratio of 11 : 18. If the number of pens is increased
by 12 and that of books by 6, then the ratio of number
22. In a class of 45 students, which of the following
of books and pens is 3 : 5, then what is the initial
number of pens? cannot be ratio of boys and girls?
(A) 72 (B) 108 (C) 90 (D) 126 (A) 2 : 1 (B) 5 : 4 (C) 8 : 9 (D) 8 : 7
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/8
23. A varies directly with cube of B when C is a constant 25. The amount charged by a car rental agency consists
and inversely with square of C when B is a constant. of two parts one of them is fixed and the other
When B = 24 and C = 6, then A = 36, find A when depends on the distance (in kilometer) traveled by the
B = 12 and C = 3. car. When a person M travels for 80 km, he has to
(A) 12 (B) 18 (C) 20 (D) 24 pay `1,960 as rental charges whereas a person N,
who travels for 96 km, pays `2,152 as rental charges.
24. A and B are two workers. For every 15 minutes Find the fixed charges and cost of rent per kilometer.
A earns ₹5 less than B. The hourly earnings of A and (A) `900; `14
B are in the ratio 3 : 5. Find the total earnings of (B) `1,000; `12
both A and B on a day on which they work for a total (C) `960; `8
of 8 hours each. (D) `1080; `10
(A) ₹160 (B) ₹320 (C) ₹1,280 (D) ₹640

Exercise – 2(b)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. If a : b = 2 : 3, c : b = 3 : 2,and c : d = 3 : 5, then find 9. The sum of the present ages of a woman and
the ratio of a : d . her daughter is 63 years. When the woman attains
(A) 2 : 15 (B) 4 : 15 her husband's present age, the ratio of the ages of
(C) 8 : 45 (D) 8 : 15 her husband and her daughter will be 2 : 1. Find the
present age (in years) of her daughter.
2. There are three positive numbers in the ratio 3 : 8 : 5. (A) 20 (B) 24
If the difference of the squares of the largest number (C) 21 (D) 18
and the smallest number is 880, find the numbers.
(A) 18, 48 and 30 (B) 15, 40 and 25 10 Find the leatest of the three positive numbers which
(C) 12, 32 and 20 (D) 9, 24 and 15 are in the ratio of 5 : 3 : 2, if the sum of their squares
is 950.
3. The ratio between the salaries of Rohan and Rahim (A) 25 (B) 10
is 7 : 11. If each of them gets an increment of `12,000, (C) 15 (D) 30
the ratio of their salaries becomes 5 : 7, then what is
the difference between their salaries? 11. The ratio of the incomes of Anand and Bharath is
(A) `12,000 (B) `18,000 4 : 7. The ratio of their expenditures is 2 : 5. If each of
(C) `16,000 (D) `24,000 them saves ₹10,000, then what are the respective
incomes of Anand and Bharath?
4. The ratio of the ages of Varun and Vimal is 9 : 4. (A) ₹20,000, ₹35,000 (B) ₹25,000, ₹30,000
After 4 years the age of Varun becomes twice of that (C) ₹35,000, ₹20,000 (D) ₹30,000, ₹25,000
of Vimal, then what is the present age of Vimal ?
(A) 12 years (B) 16 years 12. The time taken by a freely falling body to fall is directly
(C) 20 years (D) 24 years proportional to the square root of the distance it
travels. A body fell 92 m in the 12th second. Find the
5. The ratio of the present ages of Abhi and Barun distance (in m) it fell in the 21st second.
is 3 : 4 and Abhi and Chandu is 5 : 6. If Abhi is (A) 121 m (B) 84 m
six years younger than Chandu, then what is the age (C) 210 m (D) 164 m
of Barun four years from now?
(A) 44 years (B) 40 years 13. There are two persons P and Q where P's present
(C) 36 years (D) 32 years age is less than Q's present age. Which of the
following will be the relation between the ratio of their
6. In a zoo, the ratio of the number of peacocks, geese ages after 10 years (A) and the ratio of their ages after
and ducks is 9 : 11 : 15 respectively. If the number of 16 years (B)?
ducks in the zoo is 90, then what is the total number (A) A > B (B) A ≤ B
(C) A ≥ B (D) A < B
of peacocks, geese and ducks?
(A) 280 (B) 245 14. A patent holder gets a fixed amount for his product
(C) 210 (D) 180
apart from the royalty he gets per unit sold.
He gets `24,000 and `58,000 for 400 units sold and
7. Hashwanth divides ₹56700 between his sister and
brother in the ratio of 13 : 5. How much amount did 1,250 units sold respectively. Find his income when
his brother get? 10,000 products are sold.
(A) ₹13,250 (B) ₹14,750 (A) `4,08,000 (B) `4,80,000
(C) ₹15,250 (D) ₹15,750 (C) `3,06,000 (D) `3,60,000

8. A bag contains ₹2, ₹5 and ₹10 coins in the ratio 15. There are five tanks of equal volume containing oil in
12 : 15 : 7 respectively, which amounts to ₹2,535, the ratio 8 : 9 : 10 : 14 : 9. How many tanks are at
then find the number of ₹5 coins. least half full of oil if the total volume of oil in the tanks
(A) 105 (B) 180 is 50% of the total volume of the tanks?
(C) 200 (D) 225 (A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/9
16. The cost of a precious stone varies as the cube 10 more occupants, then the share of each of the
of its weight. A certain precious stone broke into occupants comes down by `50 per month. How many
four pieces whose weights are in the ratio 1 : 2 : 3 : 4, occupants would be there if the share of each
as a result of which its cost reduced to `9,900. occupant is `1,300?
What was the cost of the stone before breakage? (A) 60 (B) 100 (C) 80 (D) 120
(A) `99,000 (B) `10,000
(C) `1,00,000 (D) `9,90,000 22. In a class of 120 students, the number of boys are
64. Among the girls, ratio of the number of students
17. The monthly expenses of two persons A and B are in who qualified and disqualified for an exam is 3 : 5. If
the ratio 3 : 4. B saves one-third of his income while the ratio of the number of students who qualified and
A spends three-fifths of his income. Find the ratio of disqualified for the exam is 2 : 3, find the ratio of the
monthly incomes of A and B. boys who qualified and disqualified for the exam.
(A) 45 : 52 (B) 6 : 5 (A) 21 : 31 (B) 23 : 33
(C) 5 : 6 (D) 1 : 1 (C) 27 : 37 (D) 29 : 39

18. The cost of three precious stones – A, B and C are in 23. A certain number is split into three parts which are in
the ratio 1 : 3 : 4. The cost of ten such pieces of A, the ratio 2 : 3 : 5 such that the sum of the reciprocals
exceeds that of two pieces of B by `4,000. Find the 7
of first and last is . What is the greatest of them?
cost of twelve pieces of C. 100
(A) 50 (B) 75 (C) 60 (D) 80
(A) `64,000 (B) `44,000
(C) `48,000 (D) `36,000
24. If a : b : c = 3 : 4 : 5 ,then a + b : b + c : c + a =
(A) 5 : 4 : 10 (B) 7 : 9 : 8
19. P varies directly as the sum of the two quantities (C) 8 : 5 : 9 (D) 3 : 4 : 5
Q and R. Q in turn varies directly as y and R varies
inversely as y. When y = 3, P = 17 and when y = 5, 25. Mr. Ram had three sons Ajay, Charan and Dinesh.
P = 23. Find the value of P when the value of y is 15.
He had some chocolates with him, which he
(A) 85 (B) 69 (C) 77 (D) 61 distributed among his sons. Twice the number of
chocolates received by Ajay, thrice the number
20. A quantity q varies directly as x2. When x = 12, q = 288. of chocolates received by Charan and four times
Find q when x = 6.
the number of chocolates received by Dinesh are
(A) 72 (B) 27 (C) 48 (D) 56 equal. Find the total number of chocolates distributed
by Mr. Ram, if Ajay received 48 chocolates more
21. The expenses of a hostel are partly constant than that of Charan.
and partly varying with the number of occupants. (A) 312 (B) 612
If there are 40 occupants, then each of the occupants (C) 441 (D) 546
has to bear `1,450 per month and if there are

Key
Exercise – 2(a)
1. B 6. A 11. B 16. D 21. A
2. A 7. C 12. B 17. A 22. C
3. D 8. B 13. B 18. A 23. B
4. A 9. A 14. D 19. B 24. D
5. B 10. D 15. C 20. A 25. B

Exercise – 2(b)
1. B 6. C 11. A 16. A 21. B
2. C 7. D 12. D 17. C 22. C
3. C 8. D 13. D 18. C 23. A
4. B 9. C 14. A 19. D 24. B
5. A 10. B 15. C 20. A 25. A

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/10
 CHAPTER – 3
PERCENTAGES – PROFIT AND LOSS – PARTNERSHIP
Percentage: Worked out examples:
The result of any division in which the divisor is 100 3.01. The price of gold per gram on 1 st November
is a percentage. The divisor, i.e., 100 is denoted by and 1st December of a certain year was `720 and
a special symbol %. `864 respectively. If the percentage increase in
10 the price (per gram) of gold from 1 st October to
For example, = 10% 1st November was same as that from
100
1st November to 1st December, find the price of
25 a gram of gold on 1st October.
= 25%
100
x Sol. Let the Price of gold (per gram) on 1st October be `x.
= x% Increase in the price of gold from 1 st November
100
to 1st December =
Since any ratio is also basically a division, each ratio can
Price on 1s t December − Price on 1st November
also be expressed as a percentage. The terms “ratio” and
“percentage” can be used interchangeably along with the Price on 1s t November
corresponding mention of the denominator being taken as 864 − 720
=  100 = 20%
100. 720
1 Since the increase in the price of gold from
For example a ratio of can be converted to a 1st Nov. to 1st Dec. was 20%, the increase from
2
1st Oct. to 1st Nov. is also 20%
1 1 50 50
percentage figure as = = = 50 percentage x (100 + 20)
2 2  50 100  = 720  x = 600
100
“Percentage” is also referred to as “percent”.  The price of a gram of gold on 1st October was
The term percent means one out of every hundred. By `600.
a certain percent we mean that many hundredths.
For example, 15 percent means 15 out of hundred (or) 15 3.02. There are two cuboids C1 and C2. The length and
hundredths. The symbol % is used to denote percent. breadth of C1 is greater than that of C2 by 20% and
25% respectively. If the height of C1 is less than
Expressing x% as a fraction: that of C2 by 16%, by what percentage is the
volume of C1 more / less than the volume of C2?
x
x% = x out of 100 = Sol. Let the length, breadth and height of C1 and C2
100
be (l1, b1, h1) and (l2, b2, h2) respectively.
75 3
So, 75% = 75 out of 100 = =
100 4 l1 = l2
(100 + 20) = 1.2 l
2
100
Any percentage can be expressed as a decimal fraction
b1 = b2
(100 + 25) = 1.2 5 b
by dividing the percentage figure by 100. 2
100
Expressing decimal and as a percentage: h1 = h2
(100 − 16) = 0.84 h
2
100
Any decimal fraction can be converted into percentage by Volume of C2 = l2  b2  h2
multiplying it by 100. Volume of C1 = l1  b1  h1
0.5  100 50 = (1.2 l2) (1.25 b2) (0.84 h2) = 1.26 (l2 b2 h2)
0.5 = = = 50%
100 100  Volume of C1 is more than that of C2.
0.25  100 25 Volumeof C1 − Volumeof C2
0.25 = = = 25% And it is more =
100 100 Volumeof C2
0.2  100 20 1 26 (l2 b2 h2 ) − l2 b2 h2
0.2 = = = 20% = = 26%
100 100 l 2 b 2 h2

Note: 3.03. The cost of a DVD Player decreased by 331/3%.

But the revenue generated by the sale of DVDs
(1) When two numbers x and y are given, then one
remained the same. What is the percentage
number can be expressed as a percentage of the
increase in the number of DVDs sold?
other, in the following way.
x Sol.
x as a percent of y =  100
y Number of Price of
Sales
y DVDs DVDs
y as a percent of x =  100
x Volume Initial n1 p1 n1p1
(2) x% of y = y% of x After Increase n2 p2 n2p2

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/11
 Given that the sales revenue remained the same. 3.07. If the price of rice rises by 20% by what
 n1 p1 = n2 p2 percentage should a family reduce the
 1 consumption in order to spend the same amount
100 − 33 3  as before?
and p2 = p1   = 2p1
100 3 Sol. (Price per kg)  (Number of kg consumed)
 2p  3 = constant = Amount spent by the family
 n1 p1 = n 2  1   n2 = n 1 Let the initial price is a1 and consumption in
 3  2
kgs b1.
 Percentage increase in the number of DVDs
120
3 The new price a2 = a1 = 1.2 a1
n1 − n1 100
n 2 − n1
sold =  100 = 2  100 Amount spent is constant a1 b1 = a2b2
n1 n1
a1 b1 = (1.2) a1 b2
n1 b2 1
= = 83.33%
= 2  100 = 50% b1 1.2
n1
 100 − 83.33 = 16.67%.
 The number of DVDs sold increased by 50%.  Consumption has to be reduced by 16.67%.
3.04. 36% of the maximum marks in an examination is
3.08. The second and third terms are 20% and 80%
equal to 756 marks. What is 54% of the
more than the first. What percentage of the
maximum marks in it?
second term is the third.
Sol. Let the total be x.
36 Sol. Let the first term be 100.
36% of x = 756   x = 756 Then the second and third terms will become 120
100 and 180.
100 Let the third term be x% of the second
x = 756  = 21 100  x = 2100
36 x% of 120 = 180
54 x
54% of 2100 is  2100 = 1134  120 = 180
100 100
180
x=  100
3.05. The ratio of the salary of an employee for 120
1 x = 150
November to that of March was 2 : 2.
2
By what percent was the salary of the employee 3.09. The sale of an item by a trader increases
for November greater than that for March? by 20% every week. If the difference between the
sales of the fourth week and the second
1 is 15,840, what are the sales in the third week?
Sol. The ratio of salary 2 :2
2
Sol. Let the sale of the item be 100, Then the sale of
5 the item in first, second, third and fourth week is
:2=5:4
2 100, 120, 144 and 172.8 Difference between
5−4 sales of the fourth week and second week
Percentage more =  100 = 172.8 – 120 = 52.8
4
Sales in third week = 144.
1
=  100 = 25%. 52.8 – 15,840, 144 – ?
4 15,840
?= × 144 = 43200.
52.8
3.06. The length of a rectangle increases by 14% and  Sales in the third week 43200.
the breadth by 8%. What is the consequent
increase in area? 3.10. The population of a city increases by 20%
every year. If the present population is 4,32,000,
Sol. Let length and breadth of the rectangle be l and b. what was the population of the city two years
Area of rectangle = lb ago?
Length is increased by 14%.
14 Sol. Let the population two years ago be 100.
l + l  (l + 0.14l) = 1.14l
100 Then the population in the last year and the
breadth is increased by 8% = b + 8% b present year are 120 and 144
= b + 0.08 b  (1.08) b For two years
00000 Area of rectangle 144 = 4,32,000
= 1.14l  1.08b = (1.2312) lb 100 = ?
Increase in Area is = 1.2312 lb − lb 4,32,000
= 0.2312 lb  100
144
0.2312lb 3000  100 = 3,00,000
 percentage increase =  100
lb Two years ago the population was 3,00,000.
23.12% increase.
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/12
 PROFIT AND LOSS – PARTNERSHIP Overheads:
Introduction: All the expenditure incurred towards transportation,
repairs, etc (if any) are categorised as overheads. These
In our daily life and in the world of business we continually
overheads are always included in the C.P. of the article.
encounter transactions involving sales and purchases.
Every time such a transaction occurs, it may be observed
that there is a seller and a buyer involved. The seller sells
Note:
things/goods for a certain amount paid by the buyer. The When there are two articles having the same cost price
seller, eventually makes some profit or loss in the and if one article is sold at a% profit and the other is sold
transaction. This chapter deals with various aspects relating at a% loss, then effectively neither profit nor loss is made.
to such transactions of sales and purchases. If there are two articles having the same selling price and
one is sold at x% profit and the other is sold at x% loss,
Cost Price (C.P.): effectively, a loss will always be made and the loss
The price at which an article is purchased or  x 
2
manufactured is called its cost price. percent is   %
 10 
Selling Price (S.P.):
The price at which an article is sold, is called its selling price. Discount:

Profit: These days we know that competition is very high in

business. So in order to survive this competition and to
If the selling price of an article is greater than its cost price, boost the sale of goods, the shopkeepers offer rebates to
we say that there is a profit (or) gain. the customers. The rebate offered is called Discount.
Profit = selling price – cost price Discount is always calculated on the Marked Price (M.P.)
of the article.
Percentage of profit is always calculated on the cost price (i) Discount = M.P. – S. P.
of the article. Discount
(ii) Discount % =  100
When S.P.  C.P. M.P.
(i) Profit = S.P. – C.P. (iii) S.P. = M.P. – Discount
(ii) S.P. = C.P. + Profit (iv) M.P. = S.P. + Discount
(iii) C.P. = S.P. – Profit (v) When M.P and Discount % are given,
Profit M.P.  (100 − Discount %)
(iv) Profit % =  100 S.P. =
C.P. 100
(v) Profit = Profit %  C.P. (vi) When S.P. and Discount % are given,
(vi) When C.P. and Profit % are given 100  S.P.
M.P. =
 100 + Profit%  (100 − Discount %)
S.P. = C.P.   
 100  (vii) If Profit is made,
(vii) When S.P. and profit % are given C.P = M.P. – Discount – Profit
(viii) If Loss is made,
100  S. P. C.P = M.P. – Discount + Loss
C.P. =
100 + Profit%
Successive Discounts:
Loss:
If the selling price of an article is less than its cost price, When a series of discounts are given we call them
we say that there is a loss. Successive Discounts.

Loss = Cost Price – Selling Price Note: When an article is sold after two Successive
Discounts of p% and q%, then the final selling price
Percentage of loss is always calculated on the cost price M.P.(100 − p)(100 − q)
of the article. = .
100  100
When S.P.  C.P. Suppose an item is sold after Successive Discounts of
(i) Loss = C.P. – S.P. p%, q% and r% then its final selling price is given by
(ii) S.P. = C.P. – Loss
(iii) C.P. = S.P. + Loss Marked price 
(100 − p)(100 − q)(100 − r )
100 100 100
Loss
(iv) Loss % =  100 For example when two Successive Discounts of 10% and
C. P
20% are given, then the selling price
(v) Loss = Loss%  C.P. M.P.(100 − 10)(100 − 20)
(vi) When C.P. and Loss % are given =
100  100
 100 − Loss % 
S.P. = C.P.    100  90  80
 100  Let the M.P. be 100, S.P. = = 72
100  100
(vii) When S.P. and Loss % are given Effective Discount = M.P. – S.P. = 100 – 72 = 28%
S.P.  100 The combined value of the two discounts = 10 + 20 = 30%
C.P. =
(100 − Loss %) We observe that effective discount, 28% is less than 30%
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/13
Note: The effective discount obtained after successive 3.12. Raja marked a toy at `400. He sold it without
discounts is always less than a discount whose offering a discount. If his cost price is `300,
percentage equals the sum of the successive discount find his profit percentage.
percentages offered on an article. In other words, the
effective discount due to successive discounts of p%, q% Sol. Selling price of toy = `400
and r% is always less than (p + q + r)%. Profit mode in selling the toy = `100.
100
PARTNERSHIP Profit % =  100 = 33.33%
300
Two or more people can get together to do business by 3.13. Ashok purchased some goods for `600, He sold
pooling their resources. The money put in by each of the one-third of them at 20% profit. At what profit
partners is called his "INVESTMENT" or "CAPITAL." percentage should he sell the remaining to obtain
All the people who have invested money in the partnership an overall profit of 331/3%?
are called PARTNERS.
Sol. Let total selling price of Ashok be `x.
While two or more partners would have invested money, 1
it is not necessary that all of them should be involved in Total profit of Ashok = × 600 = `200
3
the day-to-day running of the business. The partners
x = 600 + 200 = `800.
involved in the day-to day activities of the business are
Selling price of one-third of goods
called "working partners" and the others are called
"sleeping partners" or "dormant partners." = 600 + 20  600  = ` 240
3 100  3 
The profits left after paying the working partners'
remuneration/commission are shared amongst all the Selling price of the remaining goods =
partners. 800 − 240 = `560.
Profit percentage at which the remaining goods
Sometimes, the partners also take interest on their
investments and only the remaining profits are shared by 2
560 − (600)
the partners. must be sold = 3  100 = 40%
2
Sharing of profits among the partners also depends on the (600)
3
understanding between the partners. However, if no
special scheme of sharing the profits is specified (in a 3.14. Govind bought some apples at the rate of 25 for
problem), then the profits are shared based on the `20 and an equal number at the rate of 30 for
investments of the partners. There are three different `18. He then sold all at the rate of 20 for `19. Find
possibilities that exist here. his profit / loss percentage.
- If the partners invest DIFFERENT amounts each for Sol. Let us say Govind bought x apples at each rate.
the SAME period of time, then the profits at the end of Total cost price of Govind
the year are shared in the ratio of their investments. 20x 18 x
= + = ` 1.4 x
- If the partners invest the SAME amounts for 25 30
DIFFERENT periods of time, then the profits at the 19
end of the year are shared in the ratio of the time
Total selling price of Govind = (2x ) = `1.9x
20
periods for which their respective investments have As total selling price of Govind exceeds the total
been in business. cost price of Govind, he makes a profit.
- If the partners invest DIFFERENT amounts and the His profit percentage
time periods for which their investments are in the 1.9x − 1.4x 5
=  100 = 35 %
business are also DIFFERENT, then the profits at the 1.4x 7
end of the year are shared in the ratio of the product
(investment x time period) for each partner. 3.15. Raja bought 15 kg of refined oil for `450.
He was forced to sell it at a loss equal to the
There CAN be problems that are modelled along the selling price of 3 kg of refined oil. At what price
sharing of profits in partnerships. An example of this type did he sell it?
is where a particular facility (like renting a tractor for
ploughing their fields by three different people) is used by Sol. Let the selling price of each kg of refined oil is `x.
more than one party and the rent has to be shared by all Loss of Raja = 3x.
the concerned parties - similar to sharing of profits in a 3x = 450 − 15x
partnership. x = 25
Selling Price of Raja = `25/kg.
Worked out Examples: 3.16. Prasad bought two bags for a total of `400.
3.11. Rahul sold his bicycle after offering 10% discount. He sold one at 10% profit and another at 10%
If he had sold it after offering another discount of loss. If he bought each bag at the same price,
the same amount, his selling price would have find his total selling price.
been `480. Find his marked prices. Sol. When cost prices of two articles are the same
and one is sold at x% profit and the other is sold
Sol. Let his marked price be `x.
at x% loss, on the overall neither profit nor loss is
SP = MP – Discount
made.
 10  In this problem, x = 10
so 480 = x − 2   x  x = 600.
 100  Total selling price = total cost price = `400.
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/14
3.17. Ashok started a business with an investment of At the end of one year, the total profit they shared
`10, 000. After a few months, Alok joined him was `1,000 more than the difference in their profit
with an investment of `12,000. At the end of one shares. Find the total profit.
year from the start, they shared the total profit
equally. After how long did Ashok join? Sol. Ratio of profits of Praveen and Naveen
= Ratio of their respective investments = 5 : 6.
Sol. Ratio of profits of Ashok and Alok = (Ratio of Let the profit shares of Praveen and Naveen be
investments of Ashok and Alok) (Ratio of time 5x and 6x respectively.
periods of Ashok and Alok). 6x + 5x = 6x − 5x + 1000
Let us say Alok joined after x months. x = 100
(10000)(12) : 12000 (12 − x) = 1 : 1 Total profit = 11x = `1,100
x=2
3.20. The selling price of 15 oranges equals the cost price
3.18. Ajay, Bhavan and Chetak started a business of 12 oranges. Find the profit/loss percentage.
together. Thrice the investment of Ajay, twice the
investment of Bhavan and the investment of Sol. Let the cost price of each orange be `1.
Chetan are equal. Find the ratio of their Cost price of 15 oranges = `15
respective profits at the end of one year. Selling price of 15 oranges = cost price of 12
oranges = `12.
Sol. Let the investments of Ajay, Bhavan and Chetan Loss is made in selling 15 oranges as their selling
be `a, `b and `c respectively. price is less than their cost price.
3a = 2b = c Loss made in selling 15 oranges = `3.
c Loss% = 20%
a=
3
Note: If C.P of x articles = S.P of y articles.
c
b= x−y
2 (i) if x > y, a profit % of % will be made.
Ratio of profits of Ajay, Bhavan and Chetan at the y
end of one year = Ratio of their respective y−x
investments = 2 : 3 : 6 (ii) if x < y, a loss % of % will be made.
y
3.19. Praveen and Naveen started a business with (iii) If x = y, neither a profit nor a loss will be made.
investments of `20,000 and `24,000 respectively.

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/15
 Exercise – 3(a)
Directions for questions 1 to 40: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. (i) 62.5% of 480 = 13. Two students P and Q appeared for an examination.
(A) 280 (B) 240 (C) 270 (D) 300 P secured 36 marks more than Q and his marks was
(ii) 44.44% of 1440 = 62% of the sum of their marks. The marks obtained
(A) 720 (B) 640 (C) 600 (D) 800 by P and Q are respectively _____.
(A) 53 and 97 (B) 93 and 57
(iii) 23.6% of 250 = (C) 57 and 93 (D) 59 and 73
(A) 59 (B) 54 (C) 69 (D) 64
14. In an election three parties A, B and C contested.
2. If y equals 20% of x and z equals 25% of y, then which Number of votes polled to party B is 28% of the total
one of the following gives relationship between x and z? votes and 60,000 votes were polled to party C. If the
(A) x = 500% of z (B) z = 2.5% of x number of votes polled to party A is 1,38,000, then by
(C) x = 250% of z (D) z = 5% of x how many votes did party B lose the election?
3. When 32.5% of a certain number is subtracted (A) 61,000 (B) 74,000 (C) 72,000 (D) 62,000
from the number itself then the result is 594.
Find the number. 15. A fruit seller bought some bananas at the rate of
(A) 264 (B) 292 (C) 880 (D) 326 3 dozens for ₹120. How many bananas should he sell
for ₹120 to make a profit of 20%?
4. In an examination P scores 84% of maximum marks (A) 30 (B) 32 (C) 34 (D) 24
and gets 108 marks more than the required pass marks
while Q scores 24% marks and fails by 27 marks. Find 16. A shopkeeper purchased two items at the same price.
the maximum marks for the examination. He sold one item at 20% profit and the other at 25%
(A) 200 (B) 225 (C) 250 (D) 300 loss. Find his overall profit or loss percentage.
(A) 2.5% loss (B) 5% profit
5. Two candidates contested in an election. The (C) 5% loss (D) 2.5% profit
candidate who got 48% of the votes, lost the election
by 288 votes. Find the total number of votes polled to 17. Bharat purchased a piece of land for ₹1,50,000 and
the winner, if no votes were invalid. a flat for ₹4,20,000. Then he sold the land at 20%
(A) 3564 (B) 3640 (C) 3744 (D) 3852 profit and the flat at 8% loss. Find his approximate
6. If the price of an article went up by 30%, by what gain or loss percentage in the total transaction.
percent should it be brought down to bring it back to (A) 0.36% loss (B) 0.63% loss
the original price (approximately)? (C) 0.36% profit (D) 0.63% profit
(A) 23% (B) 20% (C) 25% (D) 30% 18. The profit made by selling 40 apples equals the
7. In the set of three terms, the second and the third selling price of 8 apples. Find the profit percentage.
terms are 25% and 20% less than the first, then the (A) 12.5% (B) 15% (C) 25% (D) 20%
second term is what percentage of the third term?
19. Two tables are bought at the same price. One table
(A) 88.88% (B) 92% (C) 93.75% (D) 90.9%
was sold at a profit of 20% and the other table at a loss
8. Murali's salary was first increased by 25% and then of 20%. What is the overall percentage of profit or loss?
decreased by 10%. If his present salary is ₹21,600, (A) 5% loss (B) 4% profit
then what was his original salary? (C) 4% loss (D) 0% profit
(A) ₹16,000 (B) ₹17,500 (C) ₹18,600 (D) ₹19,200
20. Robert sold a pencil at a profit of ₹4. He calculated
9. In an exam, 48% of David's marks is equal to 60% of his profit percentage on his selling price and found it
Rohan's marks. Also 80% of Rohan’s marks is equal to be 40%. Find his actual profit percentage.
to 60% of Mohammed's marks. If Mohammed scores 2 1 1
(A) 66 % (B) 50% (C) 83 % (D) 33 %
80 marks, then find the marks of David. 3 3 3
(A) 90 (B) 60 (C) 75 (D) 80
21. M sells an article to N at a profit of 15%. N sells it to
10. A, B, C and D are positive values satisfying 15% of P at a profit of 10%. If the profit made by M is ₹300,
A = 20% of B = 8% of C = 12% of D. Find the least then what is the amount paid by P?
among the following. (A) ₹1,280 (B) ₹2,160 (C) ₹2,530 (D) ₹2,760
(A) D/6 (B) C/4 (C) B/3 (D) A/2
22. A boy buys 25 candies of one variety at ₹8 per piece
11. Abhi spends 25% of his income on domestic and 15 candies of another variety at ₹16 per piece. At
expenses, 60% of the remaining on education and what total price should he sell them to make
20% of the remaining on entertainment. If he saves a profit of ₹2 per piece?
₹3,600 every month, find his annual salary. (A) ₹420 (B) ₹460 (C) ₹480 (D) ₹520
(A) ₹1,20,000 (B) ₹1,50,000
(C) ₹1,80,000 (D) ₹2,40,000 23. A florist decided to sell tulips with him at 20% profit.
After discovering that 10% of the tulips were spoilt and
12. The population of a town increases by 10% per year. not saleable, he increased the selling price of each of
If the present population of the town is 24000, then what the remaining tulips by 10%. What is his approximate
will be the population of the town after three years? overall profit percentage on selling the tulips?
(A) 29886 (B) 31699 (C) 31944 (D) 32466 (A) 15% (B) 18% (C) 19% (D) 20%
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/16
24. A shopkeeper marked a hat at ₹600. He sold it after 33. Arnav and Barun started a business with investments
a discount and still made a profit of 20%. At what of ₹1,20,000 and ₹1,60,000 respectively. At the end
percentage above its cost price did he mark the hat, of the year, they made `84,000 as profit. Find the
if he sold the hat at ₹480? profit share of Arnav.
(A) 25% (B) 50% (C) 100% (D) 125% (A) `42,000 (B) `49,000 (C) `36,000 (D) `48,000

25. Rishab marked a watch at 80% above its cost price. 34. A started a business with an investment of ₹60,000
If he had decreased his discount from 25% to 10%, and after 4 months B joined him by investing ₹90,000.
he would have gained ₹1,350 more. Find the cost If the profit at the end of the year is ₹1,20,000, then
price of the watch. what is the share of B?
(A) ₹4,000 (B) ₹4,500 (C) ₹5,000 (D) ₹6,000 (A) ₹40,000 (B) ₹60,000 (C) ₹75,000 (D) ₹80,000

26. A trader sold a pair of goggles at 20% profit after 35. The ratio of the investments of P, Q and R is 3 : 4 : 5.
offering two successive discounts of 20% and 25%. If they share the profit in the ratio of 3 : 2 : 4, then find
At what percentage above its cost price did he mark the ratio of their period of investments.
the pair of goggles? (A) 4 : 3 : 5 (B) 2 : 4 : 5 (C) 2 : 8 : 5 (D) 10 : 5 : 8
(A) 25% (B) 50% (C) 100% (D) 200%
36. A and B together started a business with investments
27. Vimal labeled the price of a watch at ₹2,500 and ₹48,000 and ₹60,000 respectively. After 9 months B
offered a discount of 15%. If he gains 25%, then what withdraws his investment. Find the ratio of their profits
is its cost price? at the end of the year.
(A) ₹1,900 (B) ₹1,700 (C) ₹1,800 (D) ₹2,125 (A) 4 : 3 (B) 6 : 5 (C) 16 : 15 (D) 9 : 8

28. A retailer sold an article after allowing successive 37. John and Joseph together started a business. John's
discounts of 5%, 10% and 20% respectively. If for investment was three-fourth of the Joseph's
a single discount of 28%, the retailer would have got investment and period of his investment is double that
₹54 more, what was the marked price of the article? of Joseph's. If Joseph receives ₹46,000 as his share
(A) ₹1,500 (B) ₹2,000 then what is the total profit?
(C) ₹2,500 (D) ₹3,000 (A) ₹90,000 (B) ₹1,15,000
(C) ₹1,20,000 (D) ₹1,20,000
29. A shop gives 8% discount on the purchase of
a laptop. On the festival sale a further discount of 5% 38. P and Q started a business with capitals ₹2,40,000
is given. If the selling price of a laptop during the festival and ₹3,60,000 respectively. P manages the business
sale is `26,220, the marked price of the laptop is and draws ₹15,000 salary every month, then what is
(A) `28,600 (B) `28,000 the total profit of Q at the end of the year out of an
(C) `31,900 (D) `30,000 annual profit of ₹4,80,000?
(A) ₹1,20,000 (B) ₹1,50,000
30. A showroom offers one item free on every purchase (C) ₹1,80,000 (D) ₹2,00,000
of three items, then what is the discount offered by
the showroom? 39. A and B started a business with investments of
(A) 20% (B) 25% (C) 331/3% (D) 50% ₹1,20,000 and ₹90,000 respectively. A withdraws
₹60,000 from his investment after x months. If they
31. The price of a pair of trousers is ₹2700 and in a sale share the profit at the end of one year equally, what
it is reduced to seven-ninth. How much tax must be is the value of x?
paid for it in a state that imposes 5% sales tax? (A) 8 (B) 4 (C) 6 (D) 5
(A) ₹95 (B) ₹105 (C) ₹115 (D) ₹125
40. Kamal and Rahul started a business with investments
32. A dishonest milkman decides to sell his milk at cost of `2,25,000 and `3,00,000 respectively. At the end of
price but he mixes it with water. If the mixture contains every three months, Kamal invests `25,000 while
only 85% of the milk, then what is the approximate Rahul withdraws `25,000. What is the ratio in which
percentage of profit for the milkman? they should share the profits at the end of one year?
(A) 10% (B) 15% (C) 18% (D) 20% (A) 12 : 11 (B) 1 : 1 (C) 11 : 12 (D) 4 : 3

Exercise – 3(b)
Directions for questions 1 to 40: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. The value of a washing machine depreciates every than the pass mark. What is the maximum marks of
year at the rate of 15% on its value at the beginning of the exam?
that year. If the present value of the washing machine (A) 120 (B) 160 (C) 150 (D) 200
is `14,450, its worth two years ago was ______.
(A) `18,000 (B) `20,000 3. A vendor sells 40 percent of avocados he had and
(C) `16,800 (D) `18,975 throws away 25 percent of the remainder. Next day
he sells 80 percent of the remainder and throws away
2. In an exam, a candidate who gets 25% of maximum the rest. What percent of his avocados does the
marks fails by 12 marks but another candidate vendor throw?
who gets 52.5% of maximum marks gets 50% more (A) 15% (B) 20% (C) 24% (D) 25%

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/17
4. In a factory, 35% of the workers are females. The 15. The numerator of a fraction is increased by 20% and
income of each female worker is `400 per day and the denominator is decreased by 20%. By what
that of a male worker is `500 per day. What is the percent is the original fraction changed?
number of female workers, if the amount paid per day (A) 25% (B) 50% (C) 75% (D) 40%
to all the workers in a day is `1,86,000??
(A) 70 (B) 140 (C) 260 (D) 105 16. A vendor wants to sell the oranges for a profit of 20%.
Upon discovering that 25% of oranges got rotten he
5. In a sports club, 40% of the men are more than discarded the rotten oranges and increased the
30 years old and 60% of them play cricket. If 20% selling price of each orange by 20%. Find his
of the men who are at most 30 years of age do not percentage of profit.
play cricket, what percentage of the men in the sports (A) 8% (B) 12% (C) 24% (D) 44%
club play cricket?
17. In a shopping mall for festival there is an offer that
(A) 90% (B) 85% (C) 80% (D) 72%
gives one item free on the purchase of every seven
6. In an engineering college, 620 students are males items. What is the percentage of discount offered by
and 800 students are females. 25% of the male the shopping mall?
students and 20% of the female students are bio- (A) 8% (B) 12.5% (C) 14.3% (D) 15%
chemical engineering students. 20% of the male bio- 18. The loss incurred by selling 20 pens equals the cost
chemical engineering students and 25% of the female price of 5 pens. Find the loss percentage.
bio-chemical engineering students passed the final
1
exam. What approximate percentage of bio-chemical (A) 15% (B) 20% (C) 33 % (D) 25%
engineering students passed the exam? 3
(A) 20.5% (B) 21.5% (C) 22.5% (D) 24% 19. In a school every student belongs to one of the
7. A trader sells wheat at a profit of 10% and uses three groups – Gandhi group, [Link] group and
weights which are 20% less than the correct weight. [Link] group. Among the 4500 students in the
The total gain earned by him is ______. school, 42% belongs to Gandhi group and the
(A) 37½% (B) 33¼% (C) 25% (D) 30% number of students in [Link] group is 540 more
than that of [Link] group. The number of students
8. The value of a bike depreciates every year at the rate belonging to Gandhi group is approximately what
of 10% on its value at the beginning of that year. If the percentage more than that of [Link] group?
present value of the bike is `54,675, its worth three (A) 80% (B) 83% (C) 85% (D) 90%
years ago was ______.
(A) `75,000 (B) `60,000 (C) `89,000 (D) `65,975 20. Karan sold two television sets at the same price.
He earned 20% profit on one television set and
9. The population of a city is 9,00,000, it increases by suffered 20% loss on another television set. What
12% in the first year and further increases by 16% in was his overall percentage of loss or profit?
the second year. Find the overall approximate (A) 4 % loss (B) 4% profit
percentage increase in the population of the city (C) 4.16% loss (D) 4.16% profit
during the two years.
(A) 36% (B) 35% (C) 30% (D) 25% 21. A fruit seller bought 40 kg of grapes at ₹35 per kg. He
sold 15 kg at ₹38 per kg and 20 kg at ₹45 per kg. The
10. A trader decides to sell a kilogram of rice at its remaining 5 kg grapes were rotten and he threw them
cost price. But he uses false weights and sells away. Find his percentage of profit or loss.
250 grams less for every kilogram of rice. What is his (A) 4.76% profit (B) 4.76% loss
percentage of profit? (C) 5% profit (D) 5% loss
(A) 20% (B) 25% (C) 30% (D) 331/3%
22. P, Q and R together invested a total capital of
11. A man buys certain number of oranges at 3 per ₹10 ₹90 lakhs in a business. B invested ₹6 lakhs less than
and the same number of oranges at 5 per ₹15. that of C and ₹12 lakhs more than that of A. What is
He mixes them together and sells at 5 per ₹19. the share of A out of a total profit of ₹27 lakhs?
Find the gain or loss percentage. (A) ₹4 lakhs (B) ₹4.5 lakhs'
(A) 25% gain (B) 20% loss (C) ₹5 lakhs (D) ₹6 lakhs
(C) 25% loss (D) 20% gain
12. The price of an item goes up by 15% and consequently 23. A number is decreased by 50% instead of increasing by
its sales decreased by 20%. What is the percentage 50%. What is the percentage error in the calculation?
decline in the revenue of income of the company? (A) 20% (B) 331/3%
(A) 12.5% (B) 8% (C) 10% (D) 4% (C) 50% (D) 662/3%

13. Arjun, by mistake. calculated his profit percentage 24. The successive discounts of 30% and 20% are equal
on his selling price and found it to be 25%. Find his to a single discount of
actual profit percentage. (A) 44% (B) 53% (C) 50% (D) 48%
2 1 1
(A) 66 % (B) 50% (C) 83 % (D) 33 % 25. A salesman used to get 10% commission on his
3 3 3
sales. Under a new scheme, he gets a fixed pay of
14. The difference between the value of a number that is ₹2,000 and gets a 6% commission on the excess of
increased by 20%, and the value of the original his sales over ₹10,000. For what value of the sales
number decreased by 18.5% is 231. What is the he gets the same earnings in both the cases?
original number? (A) ₹27,000 (B) ₹35,000
(A) 400 (B) 500 (C) 600 (D) 800 (C) ₹33,000 (D) ₹24,000
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/18
26. Two items A and B were sold at a profit of 20% and 34. A, B and C start a venture with `1,20,000, `1,60,000
25% respectively. If the amount of the profit received and `2,00,000 respectively. C leaves after 2 months
on A and B is `1,000 each, then what are the cost and, two months later, re-joins, by investing half
prices of A and B? of his original investment. B leaves six months after
(A) `4,000, `5,000 (B) `5,000, `4,000 the start of the business. A keeps his capital invested
(C) `6,000, `5,000 (D) `2,500, `1,500 throughout. The venture earns a profit of `1,65,000.
A’s earnings exceed C’s by
27. The price of wheat goes up by 20%. By what percent (A) `11,000 (B) `10,000
Mr. Mehta has to reduce his consumption such that (C) `7,500 (D) `12,000
his expenditure remains the same?
(A) 26.5% (B) 16.67% (C) 36.9% (D) 34.4% 35. The ratio of the investments of A, B and C is 4 : 5 : 8.
If they share the profit in the ratio of 5 : 3 : 2, then find
28. From a school, 200 students appeared for the board the ratio of their period of investments.
examination and 18% of the students got distinction. (A) 4 : 3 : 5 (B) 2 : 4 : 5
The number of boys who got distinction is two more (C) 25 : 12 : 5. (D) 10 : 5 : 8
than the number of girls who got distinction. If 20% of
the girls got distinction, then the total number of boys 36. Tarun and Varun started a business with investments
in the school is ______. of ₹2,50,000 and ₹3,00,000 respectively. At the end
(A) 160 (B) 115 (C) 140 (D) 85 of the year, they made `88,000 as profit. Find the
profit share of Varun.
29. In a year, a football team played 60 matches. (A) `42,000 (B) `49,000 (C) `48,000 (D) `40,000
It won 75% of first 40% of the scheduled matches.
If, by the end of the year, the team wants to achieve 37. B and C start a partnership by investing `2,00,000
80% success rate, then how many of the remaining and `8,00,000 respectively. B brings in an additional
matches should it win? investment of `2,00,000 at the beginning of every
(A) 30 (B) 36 (C) 24 (D) 40 quarter. While C withdraws `2,00,000 at the end of
every quarter. In what ratio will B and C divide the
30. Arun marks up the price of an article by 50% and then annual profit?
offers a discount of 20% to Badri. Badri sells it for `200 (A) 2 : 1 (B) 1 : 1 (C) 2 : 3 (D) 4 : 5
more than the price at which he purchased it. If Badri’s
selling price is 30% more than the original cost price of 38. If a shopkeeper marks the price of an article 100%
the article, then what is the marked price of the article? above the cost price and gives discount in one of the
(A) `1,500 (B) `1,800 (C) `3,000 (D) `2,400 following ways, then by allowing which pattern of
successive discounts would he get the least profit?
31. Akash labelled the price of a article at ₹4000 and (A) 25%, 25% (B) 10%, 40%
offered a discount of 20%. If he gains 25%, then what (C) 20%, 30% (D) 45%, 5%
is its cost price?
(A) ₹2,400 (B) ₹2,560 39. Rama and Bhima started a business with the
(C) ₹3,000 (D) ₹2,850 investments of `4,50,000 and `6,00,000 respectively.
At the end of the year, they paid 30% of the total profit
32. A man buys two scooters for `12000 each. He makes of `3,00,000 for rent. Find the difference in the profit
a profit of 30% on one and a loss of 30% on the other. shares of both out of the remaining profit (in rupees).
The percentage of the profit/loss, on the whole, is (A) 45,000 (B) 36,800 (C) 24,440 (D) 30,000
(A) 6% profit (B) 9% loss
(C) 10% profit (D) 0% 40. M, N and P enter into a partnership with investments
of ₹3,60,000, ₹4,80,000 and ₹5,40,000 respectively.
33. The annual rate of inflation in a country is 100%. M stayed for the entire year. If at the end of the
What will be the cost of an item two years from year the profit was distributed equally, then for how
now if it costs `1,000 now? many months less was P’s investment there in the
(A) `3,000 (B) `4,000 business than that of N’s investment?
(C) `2,000 (D) `3,500 (A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 4

Key
Exercise – 3(a)
1. (i) D 6. A 13. B 20. A 27. B 34. B
(ii) B 7. C 14. A 21. C 28. A 35. D
(iii) A 8. D 15. A 22. D 29. D 36. C
2. D 9. C 16. A 23. C 30. B 37. B
3. C 10. A 17. B 24. B 31. B 38. C
4. B 11. C 18. C 25. C 32. C 39. C
5. C 12. C 19. D 26. C 33. C 40. B
Exercise – 3(b)
1. B 6. C 11. D 16. A 21. C 26. B 31. B 36. C
2. A 7. A 12. B 17. B 22. D 27. B 32. D 37. B
3. C 8. A 13. D 18. D 23. D 28. B 33. B 38. D
4. B 9. C 14. C 19. B 24. A 29. A 34. A 39. D
5. D 10. D 15. B 20. A 25. B 30. C 35. C 40. A
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/19
 CHAPTER – 4
SIMPLE INTEREST – COMPOUND INTEREST
Interest Worked out examples:
Interest is money paid to the lender by the borrower for 4.01. What is the simple interest on `20,000 at
using the money for a specified period of time. Various 18% p.a. for a period of two years?
terms and their general representation are as follows:
PTR
Sol. S.I = where P is principal,
(a) PRINCIPAL : The original sum borrowed = P 100
T is time period and
(b) TIME : Time for which money is borrowed R is rate of interest.
= T. (T is expressed in number of Here P = `20,000, T = 2 years and R =18% p.a.
periods, which is normally one 20000  2  18
S.I = = `7,200
year) 100
(c) RATE OF 4.02. What sum of money will yield a simple interest of
INTEREST : Rate at which interest is calculated `7,200 in four years at 12% p.a.?
on the original sum = R
PTR
(d) AMOUNT : Sum of Principal and Interest = A Sol. S.I =
100
Simple interest P  4  12
As S.I = `7,200, we have 7200 =
100
When interest is calculated every year (or every time 7200  100
period) on the original principal, i.e., the sum at the P = = `15,000
4  12
beginning of first year, such interest is called Simple
Interest. Here, year after year, even though the interest 4.03. In how many years does a sum become
gets accumulated and is due to the lender, this six times itself at 20% p.a. simple interest?
accumulated interest is not taken into account for the
purpose of calculating interest for later years. Sol. Let the principal be `P. Then amount = `6P
So, interest = 6P – P = `5P
PTR PTR P  T  20
Simple Interest = , where P, T, R are as explained As S.I = , 5P =
100 100 100
above. T = 25 years.
PTR  TR 
Total Amount A = P + , =P 1 +  4.04. What sum of money amounts to `5,800 in
100  100  three years at 15% p.a. simple interest?

Compound interest Sol. Amount = Principal + Interest

P  3  15
5800 = P +
In Compound Interest, the interest is added to the 100
principal at the end of each period to arrive at the 5800 = P + 0.45P  5800 = P(1 + 0.45)
new principal for the next period. 5800
P= = Rs.4000
`4,000
1.45
In other words, the amount at the end of the first year
(or period) will become the principal for the second year 4.05. What is the compound interest on `1,400 at
(or period); the amount at the end of the second period 20% p.a. for a period of two years compounded
becomes the principal for the third period and so on. annually?

If P denotes the principal at the beginning of year 1, then,  R 

n
Sol. A = P1 +  , where A is amount, P is principal,
 R   100 
P at the beginning of year 2 = P 1 + 
 100  R is rate of interest and n is number of years.
2 Here P = `1,400, R = 20%, n = 2 years.
 R  2 2
P at the beginning of year 3 = P 1 +   20  6
 100  A = 14001 +  , A = 1400 
 100  5
n
 R  1400  6  6
P at the beginning of year (n + 1) = P 1 +  A= ==Rs.2016
100 
`2,016
 55
Compound interest = A – P Compound interest = 2016 – 1400 = `616

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/20
4.06. What is the compound interest on `10,240 at 4.08. What sum becomes `10,368 in 3 years at 20%
25% p.a. for one and a half year compounded p.a. compound interest compounded annually?
semi-annually? n
 R 
Sol. A = P1 + 
n  100 
 R 
Sol. A = P1 +   20 
3
 100  Given, 10368 = P 1 + 
Here R = 12.5% and n = 3  100 
3
3 6
 12.5  10368 = P  
A = 102401 +  5
 100 
10368  53
 1
3 P = = `6,000
A = 102401 +  63
 8 
10240  9  9  9 4.09. At what rate of simple interest does a sum of
A= ==Rs.14580
`14,580 money double itself in 12 years?
888
Sol. Let the Principal be `P.
 Compound interest = 14580 – 10240 = `4,340. Then amount = 2P
So, simple interest = 2P – P = P
4.07. What is the compound interest on `10,000 at 100  P 25 1
40% p.a. for 9 months, interest being So R = = %=8 %
P  12 3 3
compounded quarterly?
4.10. A sum of money becomes 27 times itself in
n
 R  3 years at compound interest. Find the rate of
Sol. A = P 1 +  interest per annum.
 100 
Here, P = `10,000, Sol. Let Principal be `P.
So amount = 27P
R = 10% and n = 3 3 3
3  R   R 
 10  27P = P1 +   1 +  = 27
A = 100001 +  = 13310  100   100 
 100  R
Compound interest = 13310 – 10000 = `3,310  1+ = 3  R = 200%
100

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/21
 Exercise – 4(a)
Directions for questions 1 to 20: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. What amount does Varshini get if she invests 10. A certain sum gives ₹12,064 interest for the second
(a) ₹24,000 at 16% p.a for 3 years 4 months at year at 16% p.a. compound interest, compounded
simple interest? annually. Find the sum.
(A) ₹34,500 (B) ₹36,800 (A) ₹45,000 (B) ₹50,000
(C) ₹38,400 (D) ₹39,600 (C) ₹60,000 (D) ₹65,000

(b) ₹45,000 at 12% p.a compound interest for two 11. The compound interest on a certain sum for the
years compounded annually? second and the third years are ₹580 and ₹638
(A) ₹52,442 (B) ₹53,668 respectively. Find the rate of interest.
(C) ₹54,866 (D) ₹56,448 (A) 10% p.a. (B) 15% p.a.
(C) 20% p.a. (D) 25% p.a.
2. A certain sum of money becomes ₹13,640 in two
12. Approximately what rate of interest per annum does
years and ₹15,500 in five years at simple interest.
a person get if he invests at 20% p.a. at compound
Find the sum.
interest, interest being compounded quarterly?
(A) ₹12,000 (B) ₹12,200
(A) 20% (B) 25% (C) 22% (D) 24%
(C) ₹12,400 (D) ₹12,500
13. A sum of money becomes three times itself in
3. A certain sum of money yields a simple interest of 5 years at compound interest. In how many years
₹28,800 at 16% p.a. in four years. Find the sum. does it become 27 times itself?
(A) ₹40,000 (B) ₹42,000 (A) 15 years (B) 20 years
(C) ₹45,000 (D) ₹50,000 (C) 45 years (D) 50 years

4. M borrowed a sum of money from N at simple 14. Selvam invested two equal sums in two schemes
interest. The rate of interest is 6% for the first year, A and B. He invested in scheme A at 18% p.a and in
8% p.a for the next 2 years and 12% p.a starting from the other scheme at 20% p.a. He received a total
the fourth year. If M paid ₹4,200 as interest after interest of ₹5,320 at the end of a year. Find each sum.
7 years, then find the sum. (A) ₹12,000 (B) ₹14,000
(A) ₹12,000 (B) ₹10,000 (C) ₹15,000 (D) ₹16,000
(C) ₹80,000 (D) ₹6,000
15. Anshu opened a savings account in a bank with the
5. A sum of money becomes five times itself in fifteen annual interest rate of 12%. If she deposits ₹60,000
years at simple interest. In how many years does it in her account, and the interest is compounded half
become 9 times itself? yearly, how much interest will she earn after 1 year?
(A) 30 years (B) 27 years (A) ₹7,416 (B) ₹7,296 (C) ₹7,316 (D) ₹7,496
(C) 31 years (D) 28 years
16. Which of the following is a better investment for
6. A certain amount becomes 9/5 times itself at simple a time period of 2 years?
interest for eight years. Find the rate of interest. (a) Interest compounded annually at 20%
(A) 5% (B) 8% (b) Interest compounded half yearly at 20% p.a.
(C) 10% (D) 12% (A) a (B) b
(C) Both are same (D) Cannot be determined
7. A sum of money becomes ₹16,900 at the end of the
second year and ₹28,561 at the end of four years at 17. If the difference between the compound interest
compound interest, compounded annually. Find the and simple interest on a sum for 2 years at 30% p.a.
rate of interest. is `1,260, then find the sum.
(A) 15% p.a (B) 20% p.a (A) ₹14,000 (B) ₹21,000
(C) 25% p.a (D) 30% p.a (C) ₹24,000 (D) ₹28,000

18. What is the difference between compound interest

8. A sum of money is invested in a scheme for
and simple interest on the sum of ₹24,000 for
three years at compound interest, which offers the
three years at the rate of interest of 15% p.a.?
rate of interest 10% p.a, 15% p.a and 20% p.a for the
(A) ₹1,245 (B) ₹1,367 (C) ₹1,595 (D) ₹1,701
first, the second and the third years respectively.
If the sum becomes ₹18,975, then find the sum. 19. Rajesh borrows ₹40,000 from a bank at 10% p.a.,
(A) ₹12,000 (B) ₹12,500 of compound interest and lends it to Manoj at
(C) ₹13,000 (D) ₹14,000 20% p.a., compound interest. Both clear their debts
after 2 years. How much did Rajesh gain?
9. The simple interest and compound interest on (A) ₹8,400 (B) ₹9,200 (C) ₹6,250 (D) ₹7,240
a certain sum for two years are ₹15,500 and ₹16,120
20. Sandeep took a loan of ₹3,60,000 at the rate of
respectively. Find the sum and the rate of interest.
12% p.a. for two years. He repaid ₹153200 at the end
(A) ₹94,245 and 5% p.a. of first year. How much should he repay at the end of
(B) ₹95,465 and 6% p.a. second year to clear the debt?
(C) ₹96,875 and 8% p.a. (A) ₹2,50,000 (B) ₹2,70,000
(D) ₹93,625 and 10% p.a. (C) ₹3,00,000 (D) ₹2,80,000
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/22
 Exercise – 4(b)
Directions for questions 1 to 20: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. In how many years ₹90,000 yields an interest of 3

11. Find the sum that yields ₹5,040 in 1 years at
₹29,790 at 10% interest, compounded annually? 4
(A) 2 (B) 3 25% p.a. simple interest.
(C) 4 (D) 5 (A) ₹12,250 (B) ₹11,250
(C) ₹13,600 (D) ₹11,520
2. A certain sum of money lent at compound interest,
doubles itself in 4 years. In how many years it will 12. The simple interest and the compound interest at the
become 8 times itself? same rate on a certain sum for 2 years are `1,920
(A) 14 years (B) 16 years and `2,016 respectively. Find the rate of interest and
(C) 21 years (D) 12 years the sum.
(A) 15% & `8,400 (B) 8⅓% & `9,000
3. David lent ₹80,000 for three years at r% p.a. simple (C) 10% & `9,600 (D) 12%, & `8,000
interest. He received ₹36,000 as the interest. What is
value of r? 13. Aman borrowed `1,20,000 at the rate of 15% p.a.
(A) 12 % (B) 10% compound interest, interest being compounded
(C) 15% (D) 20% annually. How much amount should he have paid at
the end of the first year, if by repaying `69,000 at the
4. A certain sum is lent at 8% p.a. for first four years, 5% end of the second year, he can clear the loan?
p.a. for next two years and 4% p.a. for the remaining (A) ₹78,000 (B) ₹68,480
period. If for 9 years, the simple interest obtained is (C) ₹84,400 (D) ₹72,880
₹3,510, then find the sum.
(A) ₹5,000 (B) ₹6,000 14. The difference in the compound interests earned on
(C) ₹6,500 (D) ₹8,000 a certain sum, for which interest is compounded
annually, in the first and the second year is ₹270.
If the rate of interest becomes four times the original
5. A sum of money becomes four times itself in rate, then the difference calculated would be _____.
18 years under simple interest. In how many years (A) ₹1,080 (B) ₹4,320
will it become 10 times of itself under the same rate (C) ₹3,040 (D) ₹2,880
of simple interest?
(A) 54 years (B) 42 years 15. A sum of money amounts to ₹4,680 in three years
(C) 45 years (D) 48 years and ₹6,000 in five years, at a certain rate of simple
interest. Find the rate of interest as well as the sum.
6. At what rate of interest, interest being compounded 1
annually will the interest on ₹24,000 for three years (A) 11 % p.a.; `3,000
9
be ₹3,783?
1
(A) 4% (B) 5% (B) 9 % p.a.; `3,600
(C) 8% (D) 10% 11
(C) 24.44% p.a.; `2,700
7. A certain sum is lent at compound interest for (D) 8⅓% p.a.; `3,300
three years. The rate of interest for the three years is
15%, 10% and 8% respectively. If the amount at the 16. A sum of `8,500 amounts to `10,285 at the end of
end of the three years is ₹81,972, find the sum. 2 years at r% per annum compound interest.
(A) ₹75,000 (B) ₹60,000 What would it amount to at the end of 3 years at the
(C) ₹55,000 (D) ₹50,000 same rate of simple interest?
(A) ₹10,150 (B) ₹11,050
8. If the difference between the compound interest and (C) ₹10,050 (D) ₹10,200
the simple interest on a certain sum for 3 years is
₹59,136 at 8% p.a., then find the sum. 17. If the compound interest for the second year on
(A) ₹9,00,000 (B) ₹20,00,000 a certain sum is ₹6,250, and the simple interest on
(C) ₹30,00,000 (D) ₹40,00,000 the same sum at the same rate for the 3rd year is
₹5,000, then find the rate of interest.
9. Find the approximate interest earned, when ₹4,800 is (A) 20% (B) 10%
deposited for 9 months at 16% p.a. compound (C) 5% (D) 25%
interest when compounded quarterly.
(A) ₹900 (B) ₹800 18. Ram takes a loan of ₹80,000 at 6% p.a. simple
(C) ₹700 (D) ₹600 interest. After 2 years, he borrows an additional
amount of ₹1,00,000 at 10% per annum compound
10. Find the difference between the compound interest interest. If ram wishes to clear both the loans
and the simple interest on ₹55,000 at 8% p.a. rate of two years from there, then what is the total amount
interest at the end of two years. he should pay to clear them?
(A) ₹352 (B) ₹363 (A) `2,22,200 (B) `2,20,200
(C) ₹374 (D) ₹385 (C) `2,22,000 (D) `2,20,000
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/23
19. A bank gives a loan of `4,00,000 each, to two 20. Raghav invested two equal sums in two schemes
customers A and B at compound interest of A and B. He invested in scheme A at 15% p.a.
8% per annum. A pays `1,50,000 at the end of the and in the other scheme at 12% p.a. He received
first year, and clears the remaining amount at the end a total interest of ₹5,400 at the end of a year.
of the second year. B repays the entire loan at the Find each sum.
end of two years. What is the difference in the amount (A) ₹32,000 (B) ₹24,000
paid by them? (C) ₹18,000 (D) ₹20,000
(A) ₹12,000 (B) ₹14,000
(C) ₹16,000 (D) ₹18,000

Key
Exercise – 4(a)
1. (a) B 5. A 10. D 15. A 20. D
(b) D 6. C 11. A 16. B
2. C 7. D 12. C 17. A
3. C 8. B 13. A 18. D
4. D 9. C 14. B 19. B

Exercise – 4(b)
1. B 5. A 9. D 13. A 17. D
2. D 6. B 10. A 14. B 18. B
3. C 7. B 11. D 15. C 19. A
4. C 8. C 12. C 16. B 20. D

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/24
 CHAPTER – 5
TIME AND DISTANCE
Speed current/stream, the boat is said to be moving WITH THE
STREAM OR CURRENT.
Distance covered per unit time is called speed.
i.e., Speed = Distance / time or When a boat is moving in a direction opposite to that
of the water current/stream, it is said to be moving
Distance = Speed  time or
AGAINST THE STREAM OR CURRENT.
Time = Distance/speed
– If two bodies travel with the same speed, SPEED OF THE BOAT IN STILL WATER is the speed of
Distance covered  Time (Direct Variation). the boat when it travels in water that is not moving.

– If two bodies travel for the same period of time, When the boat is moving upstream, the speed of the water
opposes (and hence reduces) the speed of the boat.
Distance covered  Speed (Direct Variation).
– If two bodies travel in the same distance, Time  When the boat is moving downstream, the speed of the
water aids (and thus adds to) the speed of the boat. Thus,
1
(Inverse Variation) we have
Speed
Speed of the boat against stream = Speed of the boat in
Distance is normally measured in km, metres or miles; still water – Speed of the stream.
Time in hours or seconds and Speed in Km/hr (also
denoted by kmph), miles/hr (also denoted by mph) or Speed of the boat with the stream = Speed of the boat in
metres / second (denoted by m/s). still water + Speed of the stream.
To convert speed in kmph to m/sec, multiply it with (5/18). These two speeds, the speed of the boat against the
To convert speed in m/sec to kmph, multiply it with (18/5). stream and the speed of the boat with the stream, are
RELATIVE SPEEDS.
Relative Speed
In problems, instead of a boat, it may be any other moving
The speed of one (moving) body in relation to another body, the approach is exactly the same.
moving body is called the relative speed for these two
bodies. If two bodies are moving in the same direction, the Circular Tracks
relative speed is equal to the difference of the speeds of
the two bodies. If two bodies are moving in opposite When two people are running around a circular track
direction, the relative speed is equal to the sum of the starting at the same time from the same point, we would
speeds of the two bodies. be interested in finding out the time taken by them to meet
for the first time anywhere on the track or to meet for the
Average Speed first time at the starting point.
Average speed of a body travelling at different speeds is This can be done when the two people are running in the
NOT EQUAL to the average of the speeds but is defined same direction or in the opposite direction.
as follows:
Similarly, we can find the time taken for THREE people to
Total distance travelled
Average Speed = meet each other to meet for the first time anywhere on the
Total time taken track or at the starting point.

Boats and streams Let the length of the circular track be L. Let three people
be A, B and C run around the circular track with speeds of
Problems related to boats and streams are different in the a, b and c respectively where a > b > c. They start running
computation of relative speed from those of trains/cars. from the same point at the same time.

When a boat is moving in the same direction as the water

Then the following table gives complete details for finding out the time required for each of the various meetings as
discussed above.

Situation Three people A, B

Two people A and B running Two people A and B running
and C running in the
in opposite directions in the same direction
Time taken same direction
To meet for the first Lengthof the track L Lengthof the track L
= = LCM of
time anywhere on the
Re lativeSpeed (a + b) Re lativeSpeed (a − b) {L/(a – b), L/(b – c)}
track
To meet for the first
time at the starting LCM of {L/a, L/b} LCM of {L/a, L/b} LCM of {L/a, L/b, L/c}
point

Also, when two people are running around a circular track starting from the same point at the same time, then every time
the two people meet, the faster person covers one full round more than the slower person and vice-versa.
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/25
Worked out examples: (f) Total distance = 300 + 300 = 600 m
relative speed = 54 − 36 = 18 kmph
5.01. A person can cover certain distance in 8 hours 5
= 18  = 5 m/s
at a speed of 50 kmph. At what speed must he 18
travel to cover the distance in 5 hours? 600
Time = = 120 sec .
Sol. Distance = Speed  time 5
= 50  8 = 400 km
th
400 = speed  5  speed = 80 kmph 3
5.04. A person covered 280 km. He covered of the
4
5.02. A train travelled for 9 hours. It travelled the first distance at 70 kmph and the remaining distance
half of the distance at 12 kmph and remaining at 35 kmph. What is the average speed of the
distance at 15 kmph. Find the distance. person?
Sol. Let the distance be x km. 3 3
x x Sol. of 280 =  280= 210 km
4 4
Time taken = 2 + 2 =9 Time taken to cover 210 km is
12 15 210
= 3 hours.
x x 5x + 4x 70
+ = 9, =9
24 30 120 Time taken to cover remaining
9x = 120  9 70
70 km = = 2 hours
 x = 120 km 35
Total distance
5.03. A train, 300 m long is moving at 54 kmph. How Average speed =
Total time taken
long does it take
(a) to cross an electric pole? 280
= = 56 kmph
(b) to cross a platform 150 m long? 2+3
(c) to cross a person moving in the same
direction at 18 kmph? 5.05. Train T crosses a bridge 100 m long in 21 seconds.
(d) to cross a person moving in opposite It crosses another bridge 220 m long in
direction at 18 kmph? 33 seconds. Find its speed.
(e) to cross another train, 300 m long, running
at 36 kmph in opposite direction? Sol. Let the speed of T be S m/sec. Let its length be
(f) to cross another train, 300 m long, running L m.
at 36 kmph in the same direction? L + 100 L + 220
= 21 and = 33.
S S
5
Sol. Speed of the train = 54  = 15m / s  L = 21S – 100 and L = 33S – 220
18
 L = 21S – 100 = 33S – 220
(a) speed = 15 m/s; distance = 300 m  12S = 120
300  S = 10.
so time = = 20 sec.
15
5.06. Walking at 5 kmph a student reaches his school
(b) Distance = 300 + 150 = 450 from his house 15 minutes early and walking at
450 3 kmph he is late by 9 minutes. What is the
Time = = 30 sec .
15 distance between his school and his house?
(c) Speed of the train relative to the man
Sol. Let the distance between school and house be x km.
= 54 − 18 = 36 kmph
x x 24
5 − =
= 36  m s = 10 m s 3 5 60
18
300 5x − 3x 2
Time = = 30 sec . =
10 15 5
2x 2
(d) Speed of the train relative to the man =  10x = 30  x = 3 km.
= 54 + 18 = 72 kmph 15 5
5
= 72  m s = 20 m s 5.07. In a 1000 m race, A beats B by 100 m and C by
18
180 m. In a 1800 m race, by how many meters
300 does B beat C?
Time = = 15 sec
20
(e) Total distance = 300 + 300 = 600 m Sol. By the time A covers 1000 m, B covers 1000 − 100
relative speed = 54 + 36 = 90 kmph = 900 m and C covers 1000 − 180 = 820 m.
5 By the time, B covers 1800 m, the distance
= 90  = 25 m / s 1800
18 C covers =  820 = 1640
600 900
Time = = 24 sec. So, B beats C by 1800 − 1640 = 160 m.
25
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/26
5.08. A man can swim at 6 kmph downstream and 5.10. The distance between two persons is 800 m.
4 kmph upstream. Find the speed of the man in If they start moving towards each other
still water and also the speed of the stream. simultaneously at 10 m/s and 15 m/s, in how
much time do they meet?
Sol. Let the speed of the man in still water be
x kmph and speed of the stream be y kmph Sol. Distance = 800 m
x + y = 6 ---- (A) x − y = 4 ---- (2) Relative speed = (10 + 15) = 25 m/s
Solving the equations, we get x = 5 and y = 1 Dis tan ce
Time taken to meet =
Re lative speed
5.09. A boat travelled from A to B and back to A from
800
B in 5 hours. If the speed of the boat in still water = = 32 sec .
and speed of the stream be 75 kmph and 25
15 kmph respectively, then what is the distance
between A and B?

Sol. Let distance between A and B be x km

Speed upstream = 7.5 − 1.5 = 6 kmph
Speed downstream = 7.5 + 1.5 = 9 kmph
x x 3 x + 2x
+ =5, =5
6 9 18
 x = 18

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/27
 Exercise – 5(a)
Directions for questions 1 to 35: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. Convert the following speeds into meters per second 10. A person covered the first 50 km of his journey at
(a) 72 kmph = 75 kmph, the next 45 km at 60 kmph and the
(A) 10 (B) 15 (C) 20 (D) 18 remaining distance in 15 minutes. If the average
speed for the entire journey is 69 kmph, then find the
(b) 99 kmph = distance covered in the last stretch of the journey.
(A) 27.5 (B) 22.5 (C) 32.5 (D) 17.5 (A) 8 km (B) 14 km (C) 20 km (D) 27 km
(c) 32.4 kmph =
11. A car covers a certain distance at 126 kmph speed
(A) 10.4 (B) 9 (C) 12.8 (D) 7.2
and returns at 168 kmph, then what is the average
speed of the car for the entire distance?
2. If a car covers 240 meters in 15 seconds, then what
(A) 156 kmph (B) 162 kmph
is the speed of the car?
(C) 153 kmph (D) 144 kmph
(A) 55. 2 kmph (B) 56.2 kmph
(C) 56.8 kmph (D) 57.6 kmph 12. A train of a certain length crosses a platform of length
360 m in 36 seconds and another platform of length
3. What is the distance (in meters) traveled by a car in 270 m in 30 seconds. What is the speed of the train?
18 minutes if its speed is 54 kmph? (A) 32 kmph (B) 54 kmph
(A) 10,800 (B) 12,600 (C) 60 kmph (D) 72 kmph
(C) 16,200 (D) 24,300
13. The lengths of two trains are 360 m and 290 m.
4. Anil travelled for 13 hours. He covered two-thirds The faster train takes 25 seconds to overtake the
of the total distance at 50 kmph and the remaining other. The two trains cross each other in 13 seconds,
distance at 40 kmph. Find the distance travelled when traveling in the opposite directions. What is the
by Anil. speed of the faster of the two trains?
(A) 545 km (B) 484 km (A) 35 m/s (B) 38 m/s
(C) 750 km (D) 600 km (C) 12 m/s (D) 23 m/s

5. A person takes 36 minutes less to cover a certain 3

14. P by traveling at 1 times his usual speed is early to
distance by increasing his speed by 25%. What is the 7
time taken by him to cover the distance at ¾th his his office by 15 min. What is the time taken to reach
original speed? the office at his usual speed?
(A) 2 hours 45 minutes (B) 3 hours (A) 60 min (B) 70 min (C) 35 min (D) 50 min
(C) 2 hours 30 minutes (D) 4 hours
15. A train which is moving at an average speed of
6. Travelling at 45 kmph, a person is late to his 60 kmph, reaches its destination 20 minutes early.
destination by 30 minutes. If he increases his speed When its average speed is 54 kmph, it reaches its
by 9 kmph, he would reach his destination early by destination 5 minutes early. The distance traveled by
20 minutes. What should be his speed so that he the train to reach its destination is ______
reaches his destination on time? (A) 154 km (B) 135 km (C) 148 km (D) 166 km
(A) 50 kmph (B) 47 kmph 16. Two trains, one from Amritsar to Delhi and the other
(C) 48.6 kmph (D) 51.5 kmph from Delhi to Amritsar, start simultaneously with the
speeds 60 kmph and 75 kmph respectively. What is
7. Ajmal travelled from city P to city Q at a speed of the ratio of the time taken by them to reach their
36 kmph and from city Q to city R at a speed of destinations after they meet each other?
48 kmph. What is the average speed of Ajmal from P (A) 4 : 5 (B) 25 : 16 (C) 16 : 25 (D) 5 : 4
to R given that the ratio of distances between P to Q
17. A train leaves Mumbai at 1:00 p.m. and reaches
and Q to R is 3 : 2?
Hyderabad at 9:00 p.m. and another train leaves
(A) 38 kmph (B) 45 kmph
Hyderabad at 2:00 p.m. and reaches Mumbai at
(C) 40 kmph (D) 42 kmph
10:00 p.m. When will the two trains cross each other?
(A) 4:00 p.m. (B) 5:30 p.m.
8. By travelling at 60 kmph, a person reaches his
(C) 4:30 p.m. (D) 6:00 p.m.
destination on time. He covered one-fourth of the total
distance in one-third of the total time. At what speed 18. Sunny and Bunny start from the same point at the
should he travel for the remaining distance to reach same time with speeds of 56 kmph and 49 kmph
his destination on time? respectively. How many kilometers apart will they be
(A) 75.5 kmph (B) 81 kmph from each other in 5 hours if
(C) 67.5 kmph (D) 63 kmph (a) they are moving in the same direction?
(b) they are moving in the opposite direction?
9. The ratio of speeds of M and N is 4 : 5. M and (A) (a) 45 (b) 535 (B) (a) 42 (b) 576
N start simultaneously towards each other from (C) (a) 35 (b) 525 (D) (a) 49 (b) 635
P and Q respectively. If they meet at 48 km from P,
then what is the distance between P and Q? 19. A train, 950 m long, crosses a tunnel of length 350 m
(A) 108 km (B) 86.4 km in 52 seconds. What is the speed of the train in kmph?
(C) 120 km (D) 96 km (A) 72 (B) 75 (C) 81 (D) 90
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/28
20. A train leaves Pune at 8:00 a.m. at a speed of 28. A boat travels downstream from P to Q and back from
50 kmph. After two hours, another train leaves Pune Q to P in 4 hours. The speed of the boat in
in the same direction as that of the first train at still water is 9 km/hour and speed of the current is
a speed of 60 kmph. When and at what distance from 3 km/hour. Then the distance from P to Q is
Pune do the two trains meet? (A) 12 km (B) 16 km (C) 24 km (D) 20 km
(A) 8:00 p.m, 600 km (B) 9:00 p.m, 500 km
(C) 7:00 p.m, 450 km (D) 10:00 p.m, 500 km 29. A man rows to a place 36 km distant and back in
10 hours. He realizes that he can row 3 km
21. In a 2500 m race, P beats Q by 200 m and Q beats R downstream in the same time as 2 km against the
by 250 m. In the same race by how many meters does stream. The speed of the man in still water is
P beat R? (A) 7.5 km/hr (B) 8.4 km/hr
(A) 450 (B) 500 (C) 475 (D) 430 (C) 6.3 km/hr (D) 9 km/hr
30. A train which is moving at an average speed of
22. In a 750 m race, X beats Y by 125 m and Z by 75 kmph, reaches its destination 18 minutes early.
150 m. In a 2500 m race, by how many meters does When its average speed is 90 kmph, it reaches its
Y beat Z? destination 30 minutes early. The exact speed of the
(A) 100 (B) 200 train to reach its destination on time is
(C) 125 (D) 150 (A) 54 km/hr (B) 60 km/hr
(C) 48 km/hr (D) 66 km/hr
23. In a 1260 m race A beats B by 180 m or 30 seconds.
Find A’s speed in meters per second. 31. Alok and Basu start running around a circular track of
(A) 7.5 (B) 8 length 3.6 km at their respective speeds of 54 km/hr and
(C) 7 (D) 8.5 27 km/hr simultaneously in opposite directions. After
how many seconds from the start do they meet for the
24. P is 13/4 times as fast as Q. If Q is given a headstart first time anywhere on the track?
of 300 m, what should be the length of the race so (A) 80 sec (B) 160 sec (C) 120 sec (D) 150 sec
that both of them complete the race at the same time?
(A) 700 m (B) 1200 m 32. Rohit took a total of 8 hours to cover a 60 km round
(C) 1400 m (D) 840 m trip on a river. If the speed of the stream is one fourth
of the speed of his boat. Find the speed of his boat in
25. A man misses a train by 30 minutes if he travels at still water (in kmph).
36 kmph. If he increases his speed to 45 kmph, then (A) 6 (B) 8 (C) 10 (D) 12
he misses the train by 12 minutes. What is the
33. A train X starts from P to Q moving at a speed of
minimum speed required to catch the train on time?
60 km/hr. At the same time another train Y starts from
(A) 48 kmph (B) 54 kmph
Q at 50 km/hr. After crossing each other X took
(C) 60 kmph (D) 57 kmph
50 min to reach Q, then after how many minutes from
the start X and Y cross each other?
26. The average speed for an entire journey is 75 kmph
(A) 72 minutes (B) 90 minutes
without considering the stoppages. When the
(C) 60 minutes (D) Cannot be determined
stoppages are considered, the average speed
becomes 60 kmph. How many minutes per hour on 34. Three members A, B and C run a race at uniform
average were the stoppages? speeds. A beats B by 50 m and beats C by 145 m, B
(A) 18 minutes (B) 20 minutes beats C by 100 m. Find the length of the race (in meters).
(C) 15 minutes (D) 12 minutes (A) 1000 (B) 750 (C) 900 (D) 1080

27. A train P leaves station X at 9:00 a.m. and reaches 35. Ajay and Vijay start running simultaneously from point
station Y at 10:40 a.m, while another train Q leaves P on a circular track at speeds of 10 kmph and
station Y at 9:00 a.m. and reaches station X at 12 kmph respectively. If they meet for the first time at
11:30 a.m. The two trains cross each other at: the starting point after 6 minutes, then what is length
(A) 9:40 a.m. (B) 10:00 a.m. of the track?
(C) 10:15 a.m. (D) 9:55 a.m. (A) 300 m (B) 240 m (C) 160 m (D) 200 m

Exercise – 5(b)
Directions for questions 1 to 30: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.
1. A train covered a distance of 360 km, partly at 3. The distance between two stations P and Q is
50 kmph and the rest at 70 kmph. Find the distance 336 km. A car covers the journey from P to Q at
covered at 70 kmph if it took 6 hours for the train to 56 kmph and returns back to P with a speed of
cover the distance. 42 kmph. What is the average speed of car during the
(A) 228 km (B) 210 km (C) 260 km (D) 185 km whole journey?
(A) 50 kmph (B) 48 kmph
2. Cherry and Dinesh run towards each other from
(C) 46 kmph (D) 44 kmph
points A and B respectively with respective speeds of
18 kmph and 24 kmph. After meeting each other 4. A train of length X meters crosses a platform of length
if Dinesh reaches A in 3 hours, in how many hours 200 meters in 9 seconds. If the train can cross a pole
does Cherry reach B? in 4 seconds, what is value of X?
(A) 51/3 hours (B) 41/2 hours (A) 100 (B) 120
(C) 6 /4 hours
1
(D) 4 hours (C) 160 (D) 320
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/29
5. Rana covers a distance of 36 km at a speed of 15. Ajay can swim in a river at a speed of 12 kmph
8 km/hr and a distance of 54 km at a speed of downstream and at a speed of 8 kmph upstream. Find
12 km/hr. What is his average speed for the his speed in still water. (in km/hr).
whole journey? (A) 11 (B) 10 (C) 9 (D) 7
(A) 12 km/hr (B) 10 km/hr
(C) 13 km/hr (D) 11 km/hr 16. The sides of a rectangle ABCD, are in the ratio 4 : 3.
Two persons P and Q, started from A towards C.
6. Akash starts from M towards N at a speed of P moved directly while Q first moved to B then to C.
48 km/hr and after every 15 minutes increases Both of them reached C simultaneously. What is the
his speed by 12 km/hr. If the distance between ratio of speeds of P and Q?
M and N is 45 km, then how much time does he take (A) 1 : 1 (B) 5 : 7 (C) 3 : 4 (D) 4 : 5
to cover the distance?
(A) 40 minutes (B) 90 minutes 17. A boat travelled from point A in a river to point B and
(C) 45 minutes (D) 60 minutes returned back to A total of 14 hours. If Speed of the
boat in still water is 7 kmph and speed of the stream
7. What is the speed of a train, which can cover is 3 kmph, then find the distance between A and B.
918 km in 15 hours? (A) 40 km (B) 45 km (C) 48 km (D) 52 km
(A) 17 m/s (B) 18 m/s
(C) 19 m/s (D) 21 m/s 18. Train P departs from station G at 6:00 a.m. on
a certain day towards station H which is 360 km away.
8. A train travels from city P to city Q, which are 1080 km P travels at 60 km/hr for 1 hour. After that train Q
apart at a speed of 72 kmph and arrives in city Q at depart from station H at 90 km/hr towards station G.
11:00 a.m. When did the train depart for city Q? At what time will the two trains cross each other?
(A) 7:00 a.m (B) 8:00 p.m (A) 9:36 am (B) 8:48 am
(C) 8:00 a.m (D) 10:00 p.m (C) 9:00 am (D) 10:00 am

9. A car has started to leave for city B from city A 19. Johnson and Lewis run at speeds of 10 m/s and
at 10:15 a.m and reached city B at 11:00 a.m. 11 m/s respectively on a circular track simultaneously.
City B and city A are apart by 54 km. What is the They start from the same point on the 420 m long
speed of the car? track and run in the opposite directions. After how
(A) 15 m/s (B) 20 m/s many seconds they meet for the first time anywhere
(C) 25 m/s (D) 30 m/s on the track?
(A) 18 (B) 10 (C) 20 (D) 25
10. A car covers the distance 'd' between two cities in
time 't' hours, arriving one hour late. At what speed 20. In a km race A beats B by 25 seconds, who beats
should it travel to arrive one hour early? C by 75 seconds. In the same race, B beats C by
(A) d/t – 2 (B) d/t – 1 375 metres. By how much distance does A beat C in
(C) d/(t – 1) (D) d/(t – 2) the same race?
(A) 100 m (B) 200 m (C) 250 m (D) 500 m
11. Kiran beats Varun by 20 m in a 100 m race. Varun
beats Arun by 120 m in a 400 m race. If they run at 21. Rajesh takes 5 hours to row his boat 45km
their respective speeds, by how many meters will downstream in a river and 10 hours to return. Find
Kiran beat Arun in a 1000 m race? the ratio of the speed of his boat in still water and the
(A) 100 m (B) 150 m speed of the stream.
(C) 440 m (D) 250 m (A) 6 : 5 (B) 5 : 2 (C) 3 : 1 (D) 4 : 3

12. Praneeth and Joseph leave points P and Q at same 22. Runners X, Y and Z run around a circular track
time towards Q and P respectively and travel in of length 300 m their respective paths at
the same route. After meeting each other, Praneeth uniform speeds of 5 m/sec, 10 m/sec and 6 m/sec
takes 18 hours to reach his destination, while Joseph respectively. After what time they meet for the
takes 8 hours to reach his destination. If the speed of first time at the starting point?
Praneeth is 8 kmph, what is the speed of Joseph? (A) 300 sec (B) 200 sec
(A) 18 kmph (B) 14.5 kmph (C) 400 sec (D) 150 sec
(C) 7.5 kmph (D) 12 kmph
23. Two wizards A and B fly on magic broomsticks.
13. Anirudh had covered three-fifth of a certain distance They fly at 22 m/s and 11 m/s respectively.
when his bike had a trouble. He parked it and covered They start on a circular path of length 550 m from the
the remaining distance on foot. His time of travel on same point in the same direction. After how many
foot was 12 times his time of travel on bike. seconds does A overtake B for the first time anywhere
What is the ratio of Anirudh’s walking speed to his on the track?
bike’s speed? (A) 300 (B) 550 (C) 150 (D) 50
(A) 1/24 (B) 1/36 (C) 1/12 (D) 1/18
24. Two gun shots are fired at an interval of 30 seconds.
14. A man starts from point P, driving his bike at 36 kmph A man in a submarine travelling away from the source
reaches his office 8 minutes late. Had he increased hears the gunshots at an interval of 33 seconds. If the
his speed by 25%, he would have reached 6 minutes speed of sound is 330 m/s, what is the speed of the
early. How far is his office from P? man?
(A) 42 km (B) 45 km (C) 48 km (D) 52 km (A) 36 m/s (B) 40 m/s (C) 30 m/s (D) 20 m/s
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/30
25. The distance between two stations P and Q is 28. Two trains left points P and Q simultaneously,
300 km. Two trains A and B start simultaneously from travelling towards each other. Four hours after their
stations P and Q and travel towards each other with meeting, the train travelling from P arrived at Q, and
speeds 40 km/hr and 60 km/hr respectively. How far nine hours after their meeting, the train travelling from
from P do the trains meet? Q arrived at P. How many hours did it take the faster
(A) 150 km (B) 120 km train to cover the whole distance?
(C) 144 km (D) 180 km (A) 4 (B) 6 (C) 9 (D) 10

26. Train A of length 300 m travelling at a speed of 29. A leopard walks at a speed of 9 km/hr and runs
54 km/hr enters a tunnel of length 300 m. At the same at a speed of 45 km/hr. How much time the leopard
time, train B of length 210 m enters the tunnel with will take to cover a distance of 180 km, if it covers ¼th
a speed which is 6 km/hr more than that of A in the of the distance walking and the remaining distance by
opposite direction. After what time the tunnel is free running?
from traffic? (A) 8 hours (B) 9 hours
(A) 40 sec (C) 12 hours (D) None of these
(B) 30 sec
(C) 60 sec 30. A train is 540 m long. It overtook a car travelling
(D) Cannot be determined at 45 kmph in 36 seconds. An hour later, it overtook
a scooterist in 27 seconds. Find the speed (in kmph)
27. If the speed of stream is 20% of the speed of the boat of the scooterist.
in still water, then the ratio of the speed of the boat (A) 24 (B) 33 (C) 30 (D) 27
downstream to that of upstream is ______.
(A) 6 : 5 (B) 5 : 2 (C) 3 : 2 (D) 4 : 3

Key
Exercise – 5(a)
1. (a) C 7. C 15. B 23. C 31. B
(b) A 8. C 16. B 24. A 32. B
(c) B 9. A 17. B 25. B 33. C
2. D 10. C 18. C 26. D 34. A
3. C 11. D 19. D 27. B 35. D
4. D 12. B 20. A 28. B
5. D 13. B 21. D 29. A
6. A 14. D 22. A 30. B

Exercise – 5(b)
1. B 7. A 13. D 19. C 25. B
2. A 8. B 14. A 20. D 26. A
3. B 9. B 15. B 21. C 27. C
4. C 10. D 16. B 22. A 28. D
5. B 11. C 17. A 23. D 29. A
6. C 12. D 18. C 24. C 30. D

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/31
 CHAPTER – 6
TIME AND WORK
Work to be done is usually considered as one unit. It may number of men increases, the number of days
be, constructing a wall or laying a road, filling up or required to complete the same work decreases
emptying a tank or cistern or eating certain amount of and vice-versa.
food. If there is more than one person (or thing) carrying
out the work, it is assumed that each person (or thing) – Work and days are directly proportional, i.e., if the
does the same amount of work each day and all the work increases, the number of days required to
persons (or things) do exactly the same amount of work. complete the work with the same number of men also
increases and vice versa.
For example:

(i) If a person completes the work in 4 days, he does

Worked out examples:
1/4th of the work on each day and conversely,
6.01. A can do a work in 21 days and B in 28 days.
if a person can complete 1/4th of the work in one day,
If they work together in how many days will they
he can complete the work in 4 days.
complete the work?
(ii) If a tap can fill a tank in 20 minutes, then in one
minute, it can fill 1/20th part of the tank. 1
Sol. In one day, A can do th of the work and
21
(iii) If 2 people together can do the work in 8 days it 1
means that one man can do it in 16 days. This, in turn, B can do th of the work.
28
means, each person can do 1/16th of the work per
In one day they can complete
day.
1 1 4+3 1
+ = = of the total work.
(iv) If a man works three times as fast as a boy, the man 21 28 84 12
takes one-third of the time the boy takes to So they can complete the work in 12 days.
complete the work. If the boy takes 12 days to
complete the work, then a man takes 4 days to 6.02. A can do a work in 12 days, with the help
complete the work. of B he can do the work in 10 days. In how many
days can B alone do the work?
In Pipes and Cisterns, a filling pipe or tap does positive
work and an emptying pipe or a "leak" does negative work. 1
Sol. In one day A and B together can do th of
10
Wages earned by people doing a work together are to be the work.
distributed in the ratio of the total work done by each of
them. If a group of people, working at different pace (i.e., 1
A alone can do th of the work
the work done by each of them per day is different), start 12
and complete a work together, then the wages or earnings 1 1 1
have to be divided in the ratio of the work per day of each So B can do − = th of the work in
of them. 10 12 60
one day.
Here, we follow what is known as "UNITARY METHOD", So B can do the work in 60 days.
i.e., the time taken per "Unit Work" or number of persons
required to complete "Unit Work" or work completed by 6.03. A and B can do a work in 12 days and 20 days
"Unit Person" in "Unit Time", etc., is what is first respectively. A started the work and left after
calculated. 3 days. B immediately took over and worked till
the completion. In how many days was the total
For example, if 20 men take 30 days to complete a work, work completed?
then we have
1 man can complete (1/20)th work in 30 days.
1 man can complete (1/600)th work in 1 day. 1
Sol. A can do of work in one day. So he can do
20 men can complete (1/30)th work in 1 day. 12
600 men can complete 1 work in 1 day. 1 1
1 man can complete 1 work in 600 days.  3 = th of the work in 3 days. After 3 days
12 4
1 3
We should recollect the fundamentals on variation (direct 1 − = of the work is still left over.
and inverse) here. 4 4
1
B can do th of the work in one day. So he
– Work and men are directly proportional to each other, 20
i.e., if the work increases, the number of men required 3 20
3
to complete the work in the same number of days can do of work in  = 15 days
increases, and vice versa. 4 4 1
– Men and days are inversely proportional, i.e., if the So total time taken is 15 + 3 = 18 days.

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/32
6.04. A and B can do a work in 6 days, B and C 6.07. Two pipes can fill a tank in 15 minutes and
in 8 days. and A and C in 10 days. If all three 25 minutes respectively. Both pipes are opened
work together, in how many days will the work together and after some time the first pipe is
will be completed? closed and the tank is filled in a total of
15 minutes. For how many minutes is the first
Sol. One day work of, pipe open?
1
A and B = Sol. Second pipe is opened for 15 minutes. So, part
6
15 3
1 of tank filled by the second pipe = =
B and C = 25 5
8
3 2
1 So 1 − = is filled by first pipe. First pipe can
A and C = 5 5
10
2 2
two days of work (A + B + C) fill of tank in  15 = 6 minutes. So the first
5 5
1 1 1 20 + 15 + 12 47
= + + = = pipe is opened for 6 minutes.
6 8 10 120 120
47 6.08. Pipe A can fill a tank in 8 hours and pipe B can
one day of work (A + B + C) =
240 empty the full tank in 15 hours. If the both pipes
240 5 are opened together, in how much time will the
So, they can do the work in days i.e., 5 tank become full?
47 47
days
1
6.05. A can do a work in 6 days more than what B Sol. Part of tank filled by pipe A in 1 hour r =
8
takes to do the work. A worked for 7 days, then
B takes the work and completed it in 10 more Part of the tank that can be emptied by B in 1 hour
days. In how many days each of them can 1
= . When both pipes are opened the part of
complete the work individually? 15
the tank filled in 1 hour
Sol. Let B take x days to do the work. 1 1 15 − 8 7
= − = =
A takes (x + 6) days to do the work. 8 15 120 120
7 So the tank will become full in
Work done by A in 7 days =
x+6 120 1
= 17 hours.
7 7
10
Work done by B in 10 days =
x
6.09. 12 men can do a work in 15 days working
7 10 8 hours a day. In how many days can 9 men do
So + =1
x+6 x the same work, working 10 hours a day?
7 x + 10x + 60 Sol. We have M1D1H1 = M2D2H2
=1
( x + 6) ( x )
So 12  15  8 = 9  D2  10
17x + 60 = x2 + 6x D2 = 16 days.
 x2 − 11x − 60 = 0
 x2 − 15x + 4x − 60 = 0 6.10. Due to a leak at the bottom, pipe Y takes 15 hrs
to fill the tank and the leak alone can empty
 x (x − 15) + 4 (x − 15) = 0
the full tank in 10 hrs. In what time can pipe Y
 x = 15 alone fill the tank when the leak is closed?
A can do the work in 21 days and B can do it in
15 days. Sol. Let pipe Y takes x hrs to fill the tank when the
leak is closed.
6.06. A hostel has provision for 800 men for 24 days at Due to the leak Y takes 15 hrs to fill the tank.
the rate of 2 kg per man per day. For how many
men is the provisions sufficient, for Leak alone can empty the full tank in 10 hrs.
20 days at the rate of 15kg per man per day? 1 1 1
 − =
x 10 15
Sol. Total food available = (800  24  2) kg
Let the number of men be x 1 1 1
 = +
So 800  24  2 = x  20  15 x 15 10
800  24  2 1 2+3
x= = 1280  =
20  1  5 x 30
The food is sufficient for 1280 men.
 x = 6 hrs.
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
nd

Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/33

 Exercise – 6(a)
Directions for questions 1 to 35: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. If P alone can complete a piece of work in 12 days 11. Three men P, Q and R together can do a certain work
and Q alone can do the same work in 24 days, then in 9 hours. All the three started the work
in how many days can P and Q together complete the simultaneously. After 4 hours Q left and the work was
same work? completed in 10 more hours. Find the time in which Q
(A) 14 (B) 8 (C) 21 (D) 6 can do the work individually.
(A) 12 hours (B) 15 hours
2. A master can prepare a toy in 10 days, while each (C) 16 hours (D) 18 hours
of his two assistants can prepare a similar toy in
20 days. How long would this three-member team take 12. Parveen is thrice as efficient as Vimala and takes
to prepare 20 such toys? 24 days less to complete a piece of work. In how
(A) 50 days (B) 100 days many days Parveen and Vimala together can
(C) 200 days (D) 125 days complete the work?
(A) 9 (B) 12 (C) 15 (D) 18
3. X and Y can complete a piece of work in 45 days,
Z and Y can complete the work in 36 days and 13. Akhil is twice as efficient as Badri and two-third
X and Z can complete the work in 60 days. In how as efficient as Chakri. If they together can complete
many days Z alone can do the same work? a piece of work in 12 days, in how many days Akhil,
(A) 60 (B) 75 (C) 90 (D) 120 Badri and Chakri individually can complete the work?
(A) 36, 18 and 54 (B) 18, 36 and 54
4. A and B can do a work in 30 days, B and C in (C) 22, 44 and 66 (D) 36, 72 and 24
255/7 days and C and A in 20 days. In how many days
A, B and C individually can do the work? 14. P can complete a piece of work in 16 days while
(A) 36, 24 and 18 (B) 45, 36 and 24 Q can do it in 48 days. How many days would they
(C) 90, 36 and 24 (D) 45, 90 and 36 take to complete the work, working on alternate days
with P starting the work?
5. Varun and Karthik can do a work in 48 days and (A) 36 (B) 27 (C) 30 (D) 24
60 days respectively. They start working together and
Varun leaves after 8 days. In how many days Karthik 15. A and B can do a piece of work in 27 days and
alone can complete the remaining work? 36 days respectively. If they work on alternate days
(A) 36 (B) 42 (C) 45 (D) 48 beginning with B followed by A, then in how many
days can they finish the whole work?
(A) 30 (B) 31 (C) 32 (D) 33
6. A and B can do a work in 36 days and 45 days
respectively. A worked for 9 days, then B joined, and
16. Akul and Abhi together can do a work in 20 days. With
they together completed the remaining work. In how
the help of Karan they completed the work in 12 days
many days, the work is completed?
and earn ₹1,200. What is the share of Abhi, if Akul
(A) 20 (B) 21 (C) 24 (D) 16 alone can complete the work in 36 days?
(A) ₹240 (B) ₹320 (C) ₹360 (D) ₹480
7. Two men M and N can do a certain work in 45
and 60 minutes respectively. They started a work 17. A and B separately can complete a piece of work in
simultaneously but N left10 minutes before the end. 18 days and 15 days respectively. They worked
In how many minutes, the work is completed? together for 6 days, the remaining work is done
(A) 20 (B) 30 (C) 36 (D) 45 by C alone in 2 days. Find the share of C out of
total wage ₹6,000?
8. P, Q and R individually can do a work in 18, 24 and (A) ₹1,000 (B) ₹1,200
36 days respectively. Q started the work. P and R (C) ₹1,500 (D) ₹1,600
joined after six days. In how many days was the total
work completed? 18. Fifty-four men can assemble 450 devices in
(A) 4 (B) 6 (C) 9 (D) 12 54 days working 8 hours a day. In how many days
thirty-six men can assemble 600 such devices
9. Anvesh, Barkat and Charan can do a work in 50, 60 working 9 hours a day?
and 75 days respectively. Barkat and Charan start the (A) 96 (B) 84 (C) 72 (D) 60
work and Anvesh joined after 5 days. If Barkat left 12
days before the completion of the work, in how many 19. Fourty five men can do a work in 12 days. In how
days was the work completed? many days 18 men do the work, given that time spent
(A) 20 (B) 24 (C) 26 (D) 30 per day increased by 1/5 of the previous time?
(A) 18 (B) 25 (C) 36 (D) 45
10. P and Q can do a piece of work in 36 days and
24 days respectively. They worked together for 20. Twelve men can complete a piece of work in
8 days, after which Q is replaced with R. If the work 18 days working for 8 hours a day. How many days
is finished in next 4 days, then in how many days are required for 8 men working for 9 hours to
R alone can complete the work? complete the work if they work at the same rate?
(A) 9 (B) 12 (C) 15 (D) 24 (A) 24 (B) 27 (C) 30 (D) 34

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/34
21. If 15 men or 24 women can do a work in 35 days. 29. There are two taps A and B which can fill a tank
Then in how many days 10 men and 12 women in 20 minutes and 30 minutes respectively. There is
together do the work? a leak in the tank, which can empty the full tank in
(A) 20 (B) 24 (C) 30 (D) 36 60 minutes. If the taps are opened together and the
leak is not closed then what is the total time taken
22. Twelve men or sixteen women can complete a work to fill the tank?
in 25 days. How many men should work along with (A) 15 minutes (B) 25 minutes
12 women to complete the work in 10 days? (C) 30 minutes (D) 20 minutes
(A) 27 (B) 24 (C) 21 (D) 18
30. Pipe M can fill an empty tank in 20 minutes. Due to
23. Five men or 10 children can build a wall in 30 days. the leak at the bottom of the tank it takes 24 minutes
If a man and his three children work together, to fill the tank. In what time can the leak empty
how long would they take to build the wall? 5/8th of the full tank?
(A) 60 days (B) 50 days (A) 45 minutes (B) 1hour
(C) 45 days (D) 48 days (C) 1 hour 15 minutes (D) 1 hour 20 minutes

24. Six men and five women can do a work in 6 days. 31. Pipes M and N can fill a tank in 30 minutes and
Nine men and 10 boys can complete the work in 36 minutes respectively. Pipe P can empty it in
4 days. If 45 women can complete the work in 40 minutes. All the pipes were opened
12 days. Then how many boys can do the same work simultaneously. After x minutes, P was closed. If tank
in 16 days? is filled in 18 minutes, what is the value of x?
(A) 42 (B) 45 (A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 5 (D) 4
(C) 54 (D) 60
32. There are two outlet pipes A and B. A can empty the
25. Twenty-four men and eighteen women can complete full tank in 24 hours, while B can empty the full tank
a piece of work in 10 days. Twelve men and in 36 hours. Both the pipes are turned on at 6 a.m.
twenty-seven women can complete the same work in At what time the full tank is empty?
12 days. In how many days 4 men and 14 women can (A) 8:24 p.m. (B) 10:24 p.m.
complete the work? (C) 9:24 p.m. (D) 9:36 p.m.
(A) 24 (B) 27
(C) 18 (D) 15 33. Pipe P can fill an empty tank in 18 hours and Q can
empty the tank in 24 hours. Both pipes are opened at
26. A contractor employs 64 men to complete a task. 5 a.m. and after some time Q is closed, and the tank
The men working for 8 hours a day, manage to is full at 2 a.m. on the next day. At what time was the
complete the two-fifth work in 9 days. If they are to pipe Q closed?
complete the remaining work in 8 more days, how (A) 11 a.m. (B) 8 a.m. (C) 9 a.m. (D) 10 a.m.
many hours a day should they be working?
(A) 11 (B) 12 34. Of the three taps A, B, and C, C takes twice as much
(C) 13.5 (D) 9 time as A and B together, while B takes 18 minutes,
to fill the tank. If the three taps together fill the tank in
27. A contractor is asked to do the work of laying cables 8 minutes, then how long does A take to fill the tank
that requires 40 men to work for 60 days. But, 20 days individually?
later, the deadline was advanced by 20 days. How (A) 30 minutes (B) 60 minutes
many more men would the contractor have to hire to (C) 90 minutes (D) 36 minutes
complete the work within the stipulated time?
(A) 20 (B) 30 (C) 40 (D) 50 35. Pipes A and B are inlet pipes while pipe C is an outlet
pipe. Pipe A fills a tank at 60 litres per/min.
28. Two pipes can fill a tank in 21 minutes and B fills the tank in 2 hours while C can empty the
28 minutes respectively. A third pipe can empty the tank in 4 hours. The tank gets filled in an hour when
full tank in 8 minutes. All the three pipes are opened all three are left open. Then, what is the capacity
simultaneously. In how many minutes will the tank of the tank?
become empty? (A) 7,200 litres (B) 6,000 litres
(A) 15 (B) 18 (C) 20 (D) 24 (C) 8,000 litres (D) None of these

Exercise – 6(b)
Directions for questions 1 to 30: Select the correct 2. If eighty people can complete a piece of work in
alternative from the given choices 150 days, then how many people are required to
complete the work in 60 days?
1. Raj and Rehman can do a piece of work in (A) 180 (B) 200 (C) 250 (D) 270
36 minutes and 45 minutes respectively. How much
time will it take for Raj and Rehman to do the same 3. Amul is twice as efficient as Badri and 80% as
work if they are working together? efficient as Charan. If Charan alone can complete
(A) 30 minutes a piece of work in 18 days, how many days will it take
(B) 27 minutes for Amul and Badri working together to complete the
(C) 25 minutes work?
(D) 20 minutes (A) 12 (B) 14 (C) 15 (D) 16
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/35
4. A man gets an e-mail every minute, and manages 15. P and Q can complete a piece of work in 24 days.
to answer 60% of them. How many messages is Q and R can complete the work in 30 days. R and
he able to answer in a day? P can complete the work in 20 days. All the three of
(A) 864 (B) 576 (C) 624 (D) 648 them started working together. In how many days
was the work completed?
5. An ATM can dispense 600 notes in every (A) 17 (B) 18 (C) 16 (D) 20
40 seconds How many notes it can dispense every
second, if its efficiency increases by 3 times? 16. If 60% of certain quantity of a work is done by P and
(A) 30 (B) 45 (C) 50 (D) 60 after that the remaining 40% of the work is done by
Q, the work will be completed in 12 days. If 40% of
6. P and Q complete a work in 20 days, Q and R in the work is done by P and after that the remaining
12 days and R and P in 15 days. All three started 60% of the work is done by Q, the work will be
working together but R left after working for 6 days. completed in 15 days. In how many days, can Q alone
In how many more days do P and Q finish the complete the work?
remaining work? (A) 8 (B) 21 (C) 16 (D) 24
(A) 6 (B) 5 (C) 8 (D) 9
17. A and B together can complete a piece of work in
7. Taps M and N can fill an empty tank in 30 minutes and 12 days. B and C together can complete the work in
22½ minutes respectively. Both taps are opened 16 days and A and C can complete the work in
simultaneously and after some time tap M is turned 8 days. If C worked for 4 days, then B worked for
off. The tank is filled completely in exactly 18 minutes, 6 days and then A worked for 6 days, what fraction of
if tap M is turned off after: the work is completed?
(A) 10 minutes (B) 12 minutes 19 17 5 7
(C) 9 minutes (D) 6 minutes (A) (B) (C) (D)
24 24 6 8

8. P can do a piece of work in 12 days and R can do the 18. Thirty men can complete a work in 32 days. However,
same work in 15 days. P and R agreed to do the work after 15 days it was observed that only 25% of the
together for `3,600. With the help of Q, they finished work had been done. Then, find the number of days
the work in 5 days. How much Q is to be paid? required over the scheduled time to complete the
(A) `1,500 (B) `1,050 work.
(C) `900 (D) `1,360 (A) 12 (B) 18 (C) 28 (D) 32

9. A and B completed a job in 12 days. Had A worked with 19. Pipes m1 and m2 alone can fill the empty tank in
four times his efficiency and B worked at half of his 36 minutes and 48 minutes respectively. A leak was
efficiency, it would have taken 6 days to complete the formed at the bottom of the tank, then 24 minutes has
job. How much time would it take for B to do the job? taken for both m1 and m2 together to fill the empty
(A) 18 days (B) 21 days tank. In how much time can the leak alone empty the
(C) 24 days (D) 28 days full tank?
(A) 1 hour 48 minutes
10. Thirty six men working 8 hours per day can do a piece (B) 2 hours
of work in 12 days. In how many days 24 men working (C) 2 hours 12 minutes
9 hours a day do the same piece of work? (D) 2 hours 24 minutes
(A) 16 (B) 18 (C) 21 (D) 24
20. There are two pipes attached to a tank. Pipe M is for
11. Nine women and four boys can do a work in 6 days.
filling the tank and pipe N is for emptying the tank.
Three women and two boys can do the same work in
If M can fill the tank in 12 hours and N can empty the
16 days. In how many days can six women and eight
tank in 20 hours, then find how many hours will it take
boys can do four times the amount of this work?
to completely fill a three-fourth empty tank?
(A) 36 (B) 27 (C) 18 (D) 24
(A) 221/2 (B) 253/4 (C) 23 (D) 261/4
12. Harsha can finish a work in 12 days working 8 hours
a day. Madhu can finish the same work in 16 days 21. The Aliyar Reservoir has four inlets. Through the first
working 5 hours a day. In how many days can they and the fourth inlets, the reservoir can be filled in
finish it working together for 51/3 hours a day? 40 minutes. Through the first three inlets it can be
(A) 71/3 (B) 81/2 (C) 82/11 (D) 105/9 filled in 30 minutes and through the second, the third
and the fourth inlets it can be filled in 24 minutes. How
13. P is 60% more efficient than Q who is 50% more much time will it take for all the four inlets to fill up the
efficient than R. To complete a work, P takes reservoir (in minutes)?
30 days less than that of Q. In how many days can Q (A) 14 (B) 15 (C) 20 (D) 16
and R complete the total work?
(A) 50 (B) 54 (C) 60 (D) 48 22. Ajay, Bhavan and Charan work together to complete
a piece of work. Bhavan and Charan take 2 hours
14. There is a group of persons each of whom can more and 5 hours more respectively to complete the
complete a piece of work in 36 days, working work than the time taken by all the three to complete
individually. On the first day one person starts the
the work working together. If Ajay completes the work
work. From the second day onwards everyday two
persons join, the work. In how many days would the in 2 hours, then in how many hours all the three
work get completed? working together complete the work?
(A) 8 (B) 5 (C) 7 (D) 6 (A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/36
23. A man’s working rate, reduces by half at the end 27. In a power house 50 generators need to work for
of every hour. However, at the end of every 18 hours a day for 20 days to fulfil the factory’s power
three hours, he can work at his normal rate. At his requirement for a particular project. For the same
peak performance, he can complete the work in project, thirty generators need to work for how many
70 hours. Considering the cycle of the reduction in hours a day to generate the total power required in
speed, and the subsequent increase continues, when 75 days?
does he eventually complete the work if he starts off (A) 4 (B) 12
at his peak speed? (C) 8 (D) 18
(A) 120 hours (B) 130 hours
(C) 140 hours (D) 118 hours 28. A swimming pool has three drain pipes. The first
two pipes operating simultaneously can empty the
24. Arun is 50% more efficient than Bali, and can pool in half the time that the third pipe alone takes to
complete a piece of work in 50 days. Arun works for empty the pool. The Third pipe can empty the pool in
20 days on the work. How many days does Bali take 12 hours. Together the three pipes empty the pool in
to complete the remaining work? how many hours?
(A) 30 (B) 25 (C) 45 (D) 60 (A) 3 (B) 4
(C) 6 (D) 8
25. Anil, Bhaskar and Chandra made `24,000 totally
by working together for 18 days. Anil and Chandra 29. If 30 men working independently can manufacture
can together complete the work in 30 days. 72 baskets in an hour, how many baskets can 54 men
While Bhaskar alone can complete it in 25 days. make in 75 minutes?
If they share the money they have earned, who gets (A) 96 (B) 135
the maximum? (C) 150 (D) 162
(A) Anil (B) Bhaskar
(C) Chandra (D) Cannot be determined 30. A big swimming pool is supplied water by three pipes
A, B and C which can fill the empty pool in 9 hours.
26. Three bulls A, B and C can plough a hectare of land A and B together can fill 130 gallons per hour and the
in 40, 60 and 120 days respectively. If all the total capacity of the pool is 1560 gallons. In how many
three bulls are used to plough a hectare of land on hours pipe C alone can fill the pool?
rotation basis, then in how many days will they (A) 20 (B) 24
complete the ploughing? (C) 36 (D) 28
(A) 75 (B) 45 (C) 50 (D) 60

Key
Exercise – 6(a)
1. B 6. C 11. D 16. B 21. C 26. C 31. D
2. B 7. B 12. A 17. D 22. C 27. C 32. A
3. C 8. D 13. D 18. A 23. A 28. D 33. C
4. D 9. C 14. D 19. B 24. B 29. A 34. D
5. B 10. B 15. B 20. A 25. B 30. C 35. D

Exercise – 6(b)
1. D 6. C 11. D 16. B 21. C 26. D
2. B 7. D 12. C 17. B 22. A 27. C
3. C 8. C 13. D 18. C 23. A 28. B
4. A 9. B 14. D 19. D 24. C 29. D
5. D 10. A 15. C 20. A 25. B 30. C

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/37
 CHAPTER – 7
AVERAGES - MIXTURES - ALLIGATIONS
AVERAGES The extent to which this method will simplify the
calculation will depend on the selection of the arbitrary
"Average is a very simple but effective way of value P. It should be selected in such a way that the
representing an entire group by a single value. positive and negative deviations cancel out each other to
the extent possible. Then the final figure left for division
"Average" of a group is defined as
will be relatively small making the division easier.
Sumof allitemsin the group
Average = For example, the cricketer that we considered above
Numberof itemsin the group scored the following runs in seven innings: 35, 56, 45, 43,
"Sum of all the items in the group" means "sum of the 67, 70 and 48. Now, to find his average, we take an
values of all the items in the group". arbitrary figure, say 50 and first find the deviations of each
of the scores from this figure. The deviations of the scores
Example, Let us say a cricketer played 9 innings in from 50 are –15, +6, –5, –7, +17, +20 and –2. The sum of
a year. Let us say he scored the following runs in those these deviations is +14.
innings 35, 56, 124, 29, 0, 87, 98, 45 and 75. Then his Hence the average of the cricketer's scores is
average score (per innings) for the year is
14
Total score/Number of innings = 50 + = 52
7
35 + 56 + 124 + 29 + 0 + 87 + 98 + 45 + 75 Please note that the number P (= 50 above) can be
= 61
9 any value. Let us work out the same example taking
Similarly the average height of a class of students is equal a different value for P. Let us take P equal to 45.
to the sum of the heights of all the students of the class The deviations of the scores from P are –10, +11, 0, –2,
divided by the number of students in the class. +22, +25 and +3. The sum of these deviations is 49.
Hence the average is 45 + 49/7 = 45 + 7 = 52.
Average is also called the "mean" or mean value of all the
values. WEIGHTED AVERAGE
POINTS TO REMEMBER When two groups of items are combined together, then
we can talk of the average of the entire group. However,
(i) If the value of each item is increased by the same if we know only the average of the two groups individually,
value p, then the average of the group or items will we cannot find out the average of the combined group of
also increase by p. items.
(ii) If the value of each item is decreased by the same
value p, then the average of the group or items will For example, there are two sections A and B of a class
also decrease by p. where the average height of section A is 150 cm and that
(iii) If the value of each item is multiplied by the same of section B is 160 cm. On the basis of this information
value p, then the average of the group or items will alone, we cannot find the average of the entire class
also be multiplied by p. (of the two sections). As discussed earlier, the average
(iv) If the value of each item is divided by the same value height of the entire class is
p (p  0), then the average of the group or items will
also be divided by p. total heightof the entire class
(v) The average of a group of distinct items will always total number of students in the entire class
lie between the smallest value in the group and Since we do not have any information regarding the
largest value in the group - i.e., the average will be number of students in the two sections, we cannot find the
greater than the smallest value and less than the average of the entire class. Now, suppose that we are
largest value in the group. given that there are 60 students in the section A and 40
students in the section B, then we can calculate the
AN EASY METHOD TO CALCULATE AVERAGES average height of the entire class which, in this case will
60 x 150 + 40 x 160
As already discussed, the average of a group of items be equal to = 154 cm.
whose values are given can be found out by the rule given 60 + 40
at the beginning of this section. However, in most of the This average height 154 cm of the entire class is called
cases, we do not need to perform such elaborate "weighted average" of the class.
additions and divisions. The calculation of averages can
be simplified greatly by taking some arbitrary number (P) The above step in calculating the weighted average of the
as a starting point, take the deviations of the given items class can be rewritten as below:
(Qi) from this arbitrary number, find the average of all these 60 x 150 + 40 x 160 60 40
= 150 + 160
deviations (Qi – P) and add it to the arbitrary number (P) to 60 + 40 100 100
give the correct average of the given items.
3 2
= 150 + 160
If there are n items and they are denoted by Q1, Q2, Q3, ....., 5 5
Qn, then the average of these n items is given by 3/5 and 2/5 are the weights multiplying the averages.
1 n Hence the average height of the entire class is called
Average = P +  (Q i − P) as weighted average.
n i=1
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/38
MIXTURES Worked out examples:
Mixing of two or more qualities of things produces a 7.01. The monthly incomes of Ajay in January,
mixture. When two items of different qualities are thus February and March this year are `3000, `4000
mixed, the quality of the resultant mixture lies in between and `5000 respectively. Find his average
the qualities of the original constituent items, i.e., it will be monthly income for these three months.
higher than the lowest quality and lower than the highest
Sol. Average income =
quality of the items being mixed.
sum of incomes of AjayinJanuary,February
In the above example that we took, the "quality" that we and March
looked at was the height of the students. We could also
3
have taken their weights or the marks scored by them or
any other "quality" and calculated the "weighted average" 12000
= = `4000
value of that particular "quality" for the entire group. 3

Similarly, if two types of a product of different prices per unit 7.02. Vijay purchased 1 dozen mangoes at `6 per
are mixed, the unit price of the resultant mixture will lie dozen, 2 dozen mangoes of another variety at
between the prices of the two types that form the mixture. `10 per dozen and 5 dozen mangoes of a third
variety at `6 per dozen. Find the average cost per
Here, the average quality is essentially the weighted
dozen of mangoes purchased by Vijay.
average of the two constituent items.
Sol. Cost of 1 dozen mangoes = (1) (6) = `6
If q1 is the quantity (or number of items) of one particular
Cost of 2 dozen mangoes = (2) (10) = `20
item of quality p1, and q2 be the quantity (or number of
Cost of 5 dozen mangoes = (5) (6) = `30
items) of the second item of quality p2 are mixed together
Total cost of 8 dozen mangoes = `56
to give a new mixture, then the weighted average value
(p) of the quality of the mixture is given by 56
Average cost per dozen of mangoes = ` = `7
8
p1 q1 + p 2 q2
p= 7.03. The average weight of a group of 4 girls is
q1 + q2 25 kg. A girl joins them and the average weight
of the group goes up by 1 kg. Find the weight
ALLIGATIONS of the girl who joined.
We will take the Weighted Average rule discussed in the Sol. Total weight of the 4 girls = (4) (25) = 100 kg
previous section and rewrite the formula such that the Total weight of 5 girls after the girl joins them
quantity terms come on one side and the price terms = (5) (26) = 130 kg
come on the other side. If we do this we get the rule
Weight of the girl who joined = 130 − 100 = 30 kg
q1 p − p2
= 7.04. 4 kg of rice costing `6 per kg is mixed with
q2 p1 − p 8 kg of rice costing `12 per kg. Find the cost of
This is called the RULE OF ALLIGATION. This rule the mixture in `per kg.
connects quantities and prices in mixtures. This can also Sol. Cost of 4 kg of rice = (4) (6) = `24
q p −p Cost of 8 kg of rice = (8) (12) = `96
be written as 1 = 2
q2 p − p1 Total cost of 12 kg of rice = 24 + 96 = `120
Cost of the mixture = 120/12 = `10 per kg.
In a descriptive manner, the Rule of Alligation can be written
7.05. Find the quantity of tea costing `12 per kg to be
as Quantityof Cheaper = Rate of Dearer - AverageRate mixed with 18 kg of tea costing `9 per kg to form
Quantityof Dearer AverageRate - Rate of Cheaper
a mixture costing `10.2 per kg.
This rule is a very powerful rule and is useful in solving
problems on weighted averages and mixtures. This rule is Sol. By alligation rule,
also useful in a number of problems which can be treated Quantity of tea costing Rs.9 per kg
as mixtures and applied to parameters other than price Quantiy of tea costing Rs.12 per kg
also.
12 − 10.2 3
= =
If there is P litres of pure liquid initially in a vessel and 10.2 − 9 2
in each operation, Q litres is taken out and replaced Quantity of tea costing `12 per kg
by water, then at the end of n such operations, the 2
concentration (k) of the liquid in the solution is given = (18) = 12 kg
3
n
P − Q  7.06. Alok purchased 16 items. The average cost of
by   =k those 16 items is `59. He then returned four
 P 
items with an average price of `60 and three
This gives the concentration (k) of the liquid as other items costing `39, `49 and `40. Find the
a PROPORTION of the total volume of the solution. average cost of the remaining items.
If the concentration has to be expressed as
Sol. Total cost of 16 items = ` (16  59).
a percentage, then it will be equal to 100k.
Total cost of the final 9 items
If the volume of the liquid is to be found out at the end = `[(16  59) − (4  60) − (39 + 49 + 40)]
of n operations, it is given by kP, i.e., the concentration = `576
k multiplied by the total volume P of the solution. New average = 576/9 = `64

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/39
7.07. A dealer sells a mixture of two varieties A and B 7.09. In a group of 19 boys, one boy named Bhavan
of tea at `30 per kg making 25% profit. Variety A ate 18 chocolates more than the average number
costs `22 per kg. If the two varieties were mixed of chocolates eaten by all the boys.
in the ratio 1 : 1, find the cost of variety B (in `per If the remaining 18 children ate an average of
kg). 5 chocolates, find the number of chocolates
eaten by Bhavan.
Sol. Let the cost price of the mixture be `x per kg
25 Sol. Let the average number of chocolates eaten by
x + x = 30  5x/4 = 30  x = 24
100 the boys be x.
Whenever two varieties (measured in kg) are Number of chocolates eaten by Bhavan = x + 18.
mixed in the ratio 1 : 1, cost of the mixture is Total number of chocolates eaten by the others
given by average of the costs of the two varieties = (5) (18) = 90  19x = x + 18 + 90
(in Rs per kg) x=6
Cost of variety A + Cost of variety B So Bhavan ate 6 + 18 = 24 chocolates
= =24
2
7.10. The average weight of 20 students of a class is
Cost of variety B = 2(24) − Cost of variety A
25 kg. If one student named Amar leaves the
= `26 per kg.
class, the average weight of the class decreases
7.08. Three numbers have an average of 20. If two of by 0.2 kg. Find the weight of Amar. (in kg.)
the numbers are 14 and 28, the third number is Sol. Weight of Amar = Weight of 20 students of the
Sol. Sum of the three numbers = (20) (3) = 60 class − Weight of other 19 students of the class
Third number = 60 − (sum of the other two = (20) (25) − (19) (24.8) = 28.80 kg
numbers) = 60 – 42 = 18

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/40
 Exercise – 7(a)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.
1. The average of all the even natural numbers less than 12. A vessel contains pure milk, 20% of the solution was
200 is _____. removed and replaced with water. If this process is
(A) 100 (B) 99 (C) 98 (D) 101 repeated one more time find the percentage of milk in
the resultant solution.
2. The average runs of a cricket player in m innings is (A) 70% (B) 64% (C) 60% (D) 52%
48. After another innings of 146, his average runs
increased by 2. Find m + 1. 13. The average cost of producing 200 units of
(A) 51 (B) 50 (C) 49 (D) 48 article A is ₹50 while that of producing 300 units of
article B is ₹45. Find the average cost of each unit of
3. Abhijith spent ₹8,000 on an average in the first three
the articles A and B.
months of a year. His average spendings for the next
(A) ₹47 (B) ₹46 (C) ₹45 (D) ₹48
5 months and the last 4 months of the year were
₹9,600 and ₹10,500 respectively. If he saved
14. Two varieties of rice P and Q costing ₹46 per kg and
a total of ₹36,000 in that year, find his average
₹50 per kg respectively were mixed in the ratio 5 : 3.
monthly income in that year.
If 12 kg of mixture is sold at 20% profit, find the
(A) ₹12,000 (B) ₹12,500 (C) ₹15,000 (D) ₹18,000
profit made.
4. A cricket player played a total of 46 matches in his (A) ₹108 (B) ₹114 (C) ₹124 (D) ₹136
career. In the first 45 matches, his average was 52
runs. If he scored 144 runs in the last match, find his 15. The average runs scored by a cricketer was
average score at the end of his career. decreased by one run after he scored 108 runs in the
(A) 53 (B) 54 (C) 55 (D) 56 last innings. Find the average runs of the player
before the last innings if he played overall 45 innings.
5. In a golf tournament, 90 players initially participated. (A) 131 (B) 132 (C) 153 (D) 154
Their average number of points is 48. If 15 players
whose average number of points is 38 had left and 16. In an industry, the average wages of all the workers
other 25 players whose average number of points is is ₹520. If the average wages of 36 men is ₹600 and
54 are included, find the average number points of that of women is ₹400, find the total number of
the new group. workers in the industry.
(A) 36 (B) 42 (C) 51 (D) 50 (A) 50 (B) 60 (C) 66 (D) 75

6. The concentration of acid in three vessels P, Q and R 17. Thirty-five men went to a restaurant. Thirty-four of
are 17%, 40% and 35% respectively. If 2 liters from them paid ₹120 each and the thirty fifth man paid
vessel P, 11 liters from Q and 6 liters from vessel R ₹204 more than the average of all the thirty five men.
mixed, find the concentration of acid in the resultant Find the total bill.
solution. (A) ₹4,340 (B) ₹4,375 (C) ₹4,410 (D) ₹4,445
(A) 24% (B) 30% (C) 32% (D) 36%
18. In what ratio must water be mixed with milk to gain
7. How many liters of 60% sugar solution is to be added 1
to 45 liters of 80% sugar solution to obtain 75% sugar a profit of 33 % on selling the mixture at cost price?
3
solution? (A) 1 : 2 (B) 1 : 3 (C) 1 : 4 (D) 2 : 3
(A) 20 liters (B) 15 liters (C) 12 liters (D) 10 liters
19. The average weight of a class of 42 students is 15 kg.
8. The average of 35 numbers is 44. If the average
If the teacher’s weight is included, then the average
of first eighteen numbers is 43 and the average of last
weight increases by 1 kg. What is the weight of the
eighteen numbers is 47, then what is the eighteenth
teacher?
number?
(A) 55 kg (B) 58 kg (C) 60 kg (D) 72 kg
(A) 80 (B) 75 (C) 64 (D) 60
20. There are two sections A and B in a class, consisting
9. A historical monument has an average of
of 32 and 48 students respectively. If the average age
540 visitors on Sundays and 330 visitors on other
of section A is 13.5 years and that of section B is 16
days. What is the average number of visitors per day
years, find the average age of the whole class.
in the month of June beginning with a Sunday?
(A) 14 years (B) 14.5 years
(A) 365 (B) 350 (C) 372 (D) 422
(C) 15 years (D) 15.2 years
10. In a vessel, milk and water are mixed in the respective
ratio of 7 : 5. How many liters of milk should be added 21. The average of 100 natural numbers is 54.3. If 4.5 is
to 60 liters of the mixture to make the ratio of water subtracted from each number, then what will be the
and milk to be 1 : 2? new average?
(A) 25 liters (B) 20 liters (C) 15 liters (D) 10 liters (A) 48.9 (B) 49.8 (C) 58.8 (D) 54.8

11. A mixture is formed by mixing two varieties of sugar A 22. Solution A has milk and water in the ratio 7 : 9
and B whose quantities are in the ratio 5 : 2. and solution B has milk and water in the ratio 3 : 5.
The cost of B exceeds the cost of A by ₹14 per kg. If 160 liters of solution A and 96 liters of solution B are
The cost of the mixture is ₹31 per kg. Find the cost of mixed to form a new milk solution, find the ratio of milk
B (in ₹ per kg). and water in the new solution.
(A) ₹30 (B) ₹32 (C) ₹35 (D) ₹41 (A) 5 : 7 (B) 15 : 19 (C) 21 : 37 (D) 53 : 75
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/41
23. The average of 15 consecutive numbers which are in What is the age of P?
ascending order is 28. Then what is the average of (A) 69 years (B) 83 years
the last five numbers among these numbers? (C) 76 years (D) 72 years
(A) 31 (B) 32 (C) 33 (D) 35
25. A vessel contains milk and water in the ratio 5 : 3.
24. The average age of three women P, Q and R is If 24 liters of water is added to it, then the ratio of milk
72 years. Another woman M joins the group and the and water in the vessel gets reversed. Find the initial
average age now becomes 76 years. If another quantity of the mixture in the vessel.
person N, who is 4 years elder to M, replaces P, then (A) 36 liters (B) 48 liter
the average age of Q, R, M and N will be 80 years. (C) 56 liters (D) 80 liters

Exercise –7(b)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. The average age of a family of 6 members is 35 years. 9. Solution A has milk and water in the ratio 4 : 9
If the age of the youngest member is 5 years, then and solution B has milk and water in the ratio 3 : 8.
what was the average age of the family at the time of If 260 liters of solution A and 99 liters of solution B are
the birth of the youngest member? mixed to form a new milk solution, find the ratio of milk
(A) 30 years (B) 36 years and water in the new solution.
(C) 35 years (D) 37 years (A) 5 : 11 (B) 15 : 49
(C) 107 : 252 (D) 153 : 275
2. The average of 75 numbers is 24. If 48, 64 and 104
are discarded from the numbers, then what will be the 10. Average weight of 60 students in a class is 32 kg. When
new average? 15 students are newly joined in the class, then the
(A) 23.5 (B) 23 average weight of the class increases by 2 kg. What is
(C) 22.5 (D) 22 the average weight of the newly joined students?
(A) 50 kg (B) 46 kg
3. The average wages of a worker during 31 (C) 42 kg (D) 38 kg
consecutive working days were `360. During the first
15 days, his average wages were `310 per day and 11. Two alloys containing copper and bronze are in the
the average wages during the last 15 days were `400 ratio 4 : 5 and 7 : 8 respectively. If they are melted in
per day. What was his wage on the 16th day? equal quantities, the ratio of copper to bronze in the
(A) `520 (B) `510 resultant alloy will be ___
(C) `500 (D) `480 (A) 41 : 43 (B) 43 : 47
(C) 41 : 49 (D) 43 : 49
4. The average price of 15 chairs in a shop was `800.
When one chair whose price was `720, was replaced 12. A milkman has 50 liters of milk. He removes 10 liters
with a new chair, then the average price of all the of milk and replaces it with water. He repeats the
chairs together went down to `784. What is the price same for once more. Then what is the quantity of milk
of the new chair? in the resultant solution?
(A) `480 (B) `500 (A) 30 liters (B) 32 liters
(C) `540 (D) `600 (C) 35 liters (D) 36 liters

5. The average price of 15 pens is `12 while the average 13. The average weight of a class of 45 students is 34 kg.
price of 13 of these pens is `13. Of the remaining two When the weight of the teacher is also included, the
pens, if the price of one pen is 20% more than the average weight increases by 1 kg. What is the weight
price of the other, what is the price of each of these of the teacher?
two pens? (A) 50 kg (B) 60 kg
(A) `2.5 and `3.125 (B) `2 and `2.75 (C) 70 kg (D) 80 kg
(C) `3.5 and `4.375 (D) `5 and `6
14. The average wages of a worker during 21
6. In what ratio should rice of ₹46 per kg be mixed consecutive working days were ₹450 per day. During
with rice of ₹52 per kg so that the mixture costs the first 10 days, his average wages were ₹480 and
₹48.50 per kg? average wages during the last 10 days were ₹420.
(A) 3 : 1 (B) 5 : 3 (C) 7 : 5 (D) 6 : 5 What was his wage on the 11th day?
(A) ₹440 (B) ₹450
7. A class has 72 students. A total of ₹4400 was (C) ₹460 (D) ₹480
distributed among them. Each boy got ₹55 and each
girl got ₹66. Find the number of girls in the class. 15. In a week, the average temperature on Monday,
(A) 45 (B) 40 (C) 35 (D) 30 Tuesday and Wednesday is 21 degrees and the
average temperature on Friday, Saturday and
8. The mean(average) score of 39 students in a 60 mark Sunday is 25 degrees. If the temperature on
test was found to be 48. If four of the scores were Thursday is equal to the average temperature of the
misread as 12, 6, 24 and 15 instead of 21, 60, 42 and week, then what is the temperature on Thursday?
51 respectively, find the correct mean(average). (A) 21 degrees (B) 22 degrees
(A) 49.75 (B) 50.5 (C) 52.25 (D) 51 (C) 23 degrees (D) 24 degrees
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/42
16. A sugar seller has two varieties of sugar A and B, 21. The average height of 15 babies is 540 mm. One of
sugar A costing 9 kg per `180 and sugar B costing the babies whose height is x cm taken out, then the
5 kg per `180. He mixes the two varieties to get average height decreases by 5 mm. What is x?
a mixture of worth `2,700. He sells this at 6 kg per (A) 62 (B) 61
`192 making a profit of 331/3 percent. What is the (C) 66 (D) 65
percentage of sugar B in the mixture?
(A) 15% (B) 20% (C) 24% (D) 25% 22. The average score of 72 students in section A in
a test was 63. If the average score in section B
17. A sum of ₹24,000 was invested partly at 12% p.a. at was 70 and that in both sections A and B together was
simple interest and partly at 15% p.a. at simple 67. Find the strength of section B.
interest. If the total interest on the sum was ₹3,360 at (A) 84 (B) 96
the end of one year, find the sum invested at 15% p.a. (C) 90 (D) 75
(A) ₹10,000 (B) ₹12,000 (C) ₹15,000 (D) ₹16,000
23. How many kgs of rice costing ₹48 per kg should
18. A vessel contains a mixture of water and ethanol in be mixed with 15 kgs of rice costing ₹32 per kg to get
the ratio of 7 : 5 respectively. How much of the mixture a mixture of ₹40 per kg?
must be siphoned off and replaced with ethanol, so (A) 20 kg (B) 15 kg
that the mixture may be half water and half ethanol? (C) 12 kg (D) 10 kg
(A) 1/7 (B) 1/12 (C) 1/5 (D) 1/6
24. How many liters of water must be added to 15 liters
19. A man bought 8 bats at ₹550 each, 5 basket balls of milk costing ₹40 per liter, so that on selling the
at ₹720 each and 7 tennis rackets at ₹960 each. What mixture at ₹42 per liter, 19% profit is made?
is the average price of each item? (A) 2 liters (B) 3 liters
(A) ₹682 (B) ₹696 (C) ₹715 (D) ₹736 (C) 4 liters (D) 5 liters

20. A museum has an average of 403 visitors on Sundays 25. The average marks obtained by 50 students in
and 279 visitors on other days. What is the average a class are 85. If the four highest marks are removed,
number of visitors per day in the month of December then the average is reduced by 1 mark. Find the
beginning with a Saturday? average mark of the top 4 students.
(A) 299 (B) 330 (C) 343 (D) 312 (A) 98.5 (B) 99 (C) 98 (D) 96.5

Key
Exercise – 7(a)
1. A 6. D 11. D 16. B 21. B
2. C 7. B 12. B 17. C 22. D
3. B 8. A 13. A 18. B 23. C
4. B 9. A 14. B 19. B 24. C
5. C 10. C 15. C 20. C 25. A

Exercise –7(b)
1. B 6. C 11. C 16. D 21. B
2. D 7. B 12. B 17. D 22. B
3. B 8. D 13. D 18. A 23. B
4. A 9. C 14. B 19. D 24. A
5. D 10. C 15. C 20. A 25. D

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/43
 CHAPTER – 8
NUMBERS
NUMBERS is one of the important topics for many (4) Rational, Irrational Numbers
entrance exams. In this chapter, we have put together
a number of models of problems - mainly based on Any number which can be expressed as p/q, where p
various problems that have been appearing in different and q are integers and q  0, is a rational number.
exams. In other words, all rational numbers are integers,
terminating decimals (like 0.25, 0.6) or recurring
For understanding certain mathematical concepts, it is
necessary to know the classification of numbers. decimals. Eg. 3/5, 4, − 6, 22/7 etc.
The following is the presentation of types of numbers. Numbers which are in the form of non-terminating
and non-terminating decimals are termed as irrational
words.
(1) Natural Numbers
Eg : 2 (1.414,…), 3 (1.732,... ), 5 (2,226).
All the counting numbers are called as natural
numbers and are denoted by N. (5) Real and Complex Numbers
Eg: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ..............
The combination of rational and irrational numbers is
(a) Even Numbers and Odd Numbers called as Real numbers.
The numbers which are exactly divisible by 2 are
called as even numbers and which leave a In general, when we talk about a number, we take it
remainder of one when divided by two are called as a real number. The above discussion can be
as odd numbers. summarised in the following way.
Eg: 2,4,6,8, ……. are even numbers. Real Numbers
Eg: 1,3,5,7, ……. are odd numbers.

(b) Prime Numbers and Composite Numbers Rational Irrational

Any number greater than one is divisible by unity Numbers Numbers
(one) and itself. If a number is not divisible by any
other number except one and itself, it is called
a prime number. Integers Fractions
Eg : 2,3,5,7,11,……..
Numbers which are divisible by other numbers Negative 0 Positive
along with one and itself are called as composite integers integers
numbers.
Eg : 4,6,8,9,10,……. Addition:
The number 1 is neither prime nor composite. Addition is the process of finding a single number or
fraction equal to two or more quantities taken together.
(2) Whole Numbers
The set of natural numbers plus zero are called the Subtraction:
whole numbers and are denoted by W. Subtraction is the process of finding the quantity left when
Eg: 0, 1, 2, 3, ............. a smaller quantity (number/fraction) is reduced from
a larger one.
(3) Integers
Multiplication:
The whole numbers along with their negatives are Multiplication signifies repeated addition. If a number
called integers. has to be repeatedly added then that number is
Eg: –4, –3, –2, –1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, ....... Multiplicand. The number of times the addition is to be
done is Multiplier. The sum of repetition is Product.
Note: (a) Terminating decimal: For example, in the multiplication 3 x 4 = 12, 3 is
A decimal which contains a finite number Multiplicand, 4 is Multiplier and 12 is Product.
of digits is called a terminating decimal.
1 1
Eg : = 0.25; = 0.125 Division:
4 8 Division is the reverse of multiplication. In this we find how
(b) Recurring decimal: often a given number called Divisor is contained in
A decimal in which a number or group of another given number called Dividend. The number
numbers are repeated is called as expressing this is called the Quotient and the excess of
recurring decimal. the dividend over the product of the divisor and the
Eg: 1/3 = 0.33333…… quotient is called Remainder.
Eg : 1/7= 0.142857142857………….
We will learn more about recurring For example, in the division 32/5, 32 is Dividend,
decimals, later in the chapter. 5 is Divisor, 6 is Quotient and 2 is the Remainder.

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/44
The same operations are performed in algebra also. Algebra Rule of Simplification
treats quantities as in arithmetic but, with greater generality,
for while the quantities used in arithmetical processes are In simplifying an expression various operations must be
denoted by figures which have a single definite value, performed as per the following order.
algebraic quantities are denoted by symbols which may
have any value, we choose to assign to them. V → Vinculum
B → Remove Brackets - in the order ( ), { }, [ ]
Factors: O → Of
When a number is expressed as a product of two or more D → Division
numbers, the latter numbers are called factors. Similarly, M → Multiplication
when an algebraic expression is as the product of two or A → Addition
more expressions each of these later quantities is called a S → Subtraction
factor of it. The determination of these is called resolution.
While performing mathematical operations on numbers
Example: (i) 72 = 8  9 = 2  2  2  3  3 = 23  22 speed is very important. Given unlimited time all problems
(ii) 7a2 – 21ab = 7a(a – 3b) can be solved. To develop the speed it is necessary to
know certain simple guidelines. The basis for such rules
While resolving algebraic expression the following may be is the assumption that the student is comfortable and
remembered x2 + (a + b)x + ab = (x + a) (x + b) fast in
(a) additions than in multiplication
Multiples: (b) multiplying by smaller numbers than bigger numbers.
If you multiply 5 with 3, the product is 15. Here, 5 and 3 (c) dividing by a small number than multiplying by big
are called the factors of 15 (as described above) and 15 numbers.
is a multiple of 5 and 3.
You have to know by-heart Multiplication Tables up to 20
Thus if p divides q completely without leaving any and Squares of numbers upto 25.
remainder, then p is a factor of q; and q is a multiple of p. In
the above example, 15 is called a "common multiple" of 3 Some easy methods described below:
and 5 because it is a multiple of both 3 and 5.
(i) Multiplication by a number close to 10, 100, 1000, etc.
Co-Primes: For e.g. 9 = 10 – 1; 101 = 100 + 1;
If two numbers are such that there is no common factor To multiply with such numbers, convert the number
between them, then they are said to be relatively prime or into (10  k), k = 1, 2, 3 and perform the operation.
Co-Prime to each other.
The two numbers individually may be prime or composite. Examples: 1. 175  12 = 175  (10 + 2) = 175  10 +
Eg : 15 and 23; 13 and 29; 15 and 32 are co-primes. 175  2 = 1750 + 350 = 2100
2. 46  98 = 46(100 − 2) = (46  100) − (46
Certain rules to be remembered in Algebraic  2) = 4600 − 92 = 4508
operations:
3. 13456  9899 = (13456  10000) −
(13456  101) = 13456  10000 − 13456
(i) The sum of a number of like terms is a like term (like
(100 + 1) = 133200944
terms are the terms which differ only in their
numerical components).
(ii) Multiplication by 5 or powers of 5 can be simplified
(ii) If the terms are not all of the same sign, we need to into multiplication by 10 and its powers and dividing
add together separately the coefficient of positive by 2 and its powers. i.e. 5k = (10/2)k
terms and the coefficient of all the negative terms.
The difference of these two results preceded by the Examples: 1. 68  5 = (68  10)/2 = 680/2 = 340
sign of the greater will give the coefficient of the sum
required. 2. 2345  125 = 2345 (10/2)3 = 2345000/8
2a2b – 7a2b + 4a2b + 5a2b –3a2b = a2b(2 + 4 + 5) – or 2345 (100 + 100/4)
a2b(7 + 3) = 11a2b – 10a2b = a2b
The student may choose a method which is more suitable
(iii) When expression within the brackets is preceded by to him/her.
the sign "+", the sign of every term within the bracket
remains unaltered even if the bracket is removed. For understanding certain mathematical concepts, it is
However, if the bracket is preceded by the sign "–" necessary to know the classification of numbers.
the bracket may be removed if the sign of every item
within bracket is changed. Number of factors of a given number
a + (b – c + d) = a + b – c + d;
a – (b – c + d) = a + b – c – d If N is a composite number such that N = [Link] ......
where a, b, c are prime factors of N and p, q, r..... are
Rule of Signs positive integers, then the number of factors of N is given
The product of two terms with like signs is positive; the by the expression (p + 1)(q + 1)(r + 1)... For example
product of two terms with unlike signs is negative. 144 = 24  32. Hence 144 has (4 + 1)(2 + 1), i.e., 15
Example: –1  –1 = +1; +1  –1 = –1; factors. This figure includes 1 and the number itself also
+1  +1 = +1; –1  +1 = –1; counted as factors.

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/45
Number of ways of expressing a given number as Involutions and Evolutions
a product of two factors
Involution is the general name of multiplying the
The given number N (which can be written as equal to expression by itself so as to find first, second, third ...
[Link] ...... where a, b, c are prime factors of N and p, q, powers. For a number, the square, cube etc. are the 2nd,
r..... are positive integers) can be expressed as the 3rd, etc. powers of the number - i.e., the number multiplied
product of two factors in different ways. The number of by itself to certain power.
ways in which this can be done is given by the expression It is worth noting that square of every expression is
1/2{(p + 1)(q + 1)(r + 1).....} positive.
If p, q, r etc. are all even, then the product (p + 1)(q + 1)
(r + 1)... becomes odd and the above rule will not e.g. :- (a2)3 = a2 .a2 .a2 = a6
be valid. If p, q, r,... are all even, it means that N is The following algebraic formulae should be learnt by heart
a perfect square. and are very useful (in a number of exams, there will be
problems involving simplification using such formulae):
So, to find out the number of ways in which a perfect
square can be expressed as a product of 2 factors, (a + b)2 = a2 + 2ab + b2
we have the following 2 rules (a – b)2 = a2 – 2ab + b2
(a + b + c)2 = a2 + b2 +c2 +2ab + 2bc+ 2ca
(1) as a product of two DIFFERENT factors is 1/2{(p + 1) (a + b)3 = a3 + b3 + 3ab(a + b)
(a – b)3 = a3 – b3 – 3ab(a – b)
(q + 1)(r + 1)... -1} ways (excluding N  N) a2 – b2 = (a + b)(a - b)
(2) as a product of two factors (including N  N ) is a3 + b3 = (a + b)(a2 - ab + b2)
1
/2{(p + 1)(q + 1)(r + 1)... +1 } way. a3 - b3 = (a - b)(a2 + ab + b2)
a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc = (a + b + c)(a2 + b2 + c2 –
ab – bc – ca)
Rules of Divisibility:
These formulae can be used effectively in finding out
To find factors of numbers the following rules are to be
powers of some numbers.
remembered.
(a) A number to be divisible by 2 has to have its last digit
1122 = (100 + 12)2 = 1002 + (2  100  12) + 122
an even number (128, 246)
(b) A number is divisible by 3 if the sum of its digits is 3 892 = (100 – 11)2 = 7921
or its multiple. (123 = 1 + 2 + 3 = 6 hence divisible by 17  23 = (20 – 3)(20 + 3) = 202 – 32
3, similarly 342, 789 etc,) 172 = (17 + 3)(17 – 3) + 32 = 20  14 + 9 = 289
(c) A number is divisible by 4 if its last two digits are divis- 392 = (39 + 1)(39 – 1) + 12 = 40  38 + 12
ible by 4. (178564, 236784 etc.,) = 1520 + 1 = 1521
(d) A number is divisible by 5 if its last digit is 5 or
zero. (15, 40, etc) Evolutions
(e) A number is divisible by 6 if it is divisible both by
2 and 3. (18,42,96 etc.) The root of any number or expression is that quantity
(f) A number is divisible by 8, if its last 3 digits are which when multiplied by itself the requisite number of
divisible by 8. (3816, 14328, 18864 etc.,) times produces the given expression. The operation of
(g) A number is divisible by 9, if the sum of its digits equals finding the root is evolution.
9 or is a multiple of 9. (18 = 8 + 1 = 9, hence divisible by (a) Any even root of a positive quantity may be negative
9. Similarly, 729, 981, etc.) or positive
(h) A number is divisible by 11, if the sum of the alternate (b) No negative quantity can have an even root.
digits is the same or they differ by multiples of 11. (c) Every odd root will have the same sign as the
(132 sum of alternate digits is 1 + 2 = 3 and 3 which quantity itself.
are equal, hence it is a multiple of 11 (Examples:
1331, 2541) Recurring Decimal
(i) A number is divisible by 19 if the sum of the
number of tens and twice the units digit is divisible by A decimal in which a digit or a set of digits is repeated
19. continually is called a Recurring decimal. Recurring
e.g. 38  3 + (2  8) = 19, hence 38 is a multiple of 19. decimals are written in a shortened form, the digits which
1292  In 1292, No. of tens is 129. are repeated being marked by dots placed over the first
Therefore, 129 + (2  2) = 133; 133 and the last of them, thus
 13 + 2  3 = 19 hence, 1292 is divisible by 19. 8/3 = 2.666 = 2. 6 ;
1/7 = 0.142857142857142857... = 0. 142857
Some results to be remembered
21/22 = 0.9545454...... = 0. 954
(1) If n is even, n(n2+ 20) is divisible by 48. Such a decimal as 0. 142857 , in which all the digits recur, is
(2) If n is a prime, greater than 3, n2 – 1 is divisible by 24.
called a pure circulator, and such a decimal as 0 .9 5 4 in
(3) The difference between any number and its square is
which some do not recur is called a mixed circulator. The
even.
digit, or set of digits, which is repeated is called the period of
(4) n(n + 1)(n + 5) is divisible by 6.
the decimal. In the decimal equivalent to 8/3, the period is 6;
(5) any prime number can be written in the form of (6k+1) in 1/7 it is 142857 and in 21/22 it is 54.
or (6k–1)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/46
The General Rule will be considered later, but if we Rule to express a mixed recurring decimal into a vulgar
consider a few examples, we shall be able to see what the fraction is "In the numerator write the entire given number
rule is (including recurring and non-recurring parts) and subtract
from it the part of the decimal that is not recurring. In the
Example 1: denominator, write as many nine as the period and then
0. 7 = .77777.... (i) place next to it as many zero as there are digits without
As the period is of one digit, we multiply by 10 1 i.e. by 10. recurring in the given decimal.
Therefore,
156 − 1 155 1
10  0. 7 = 7.77777...... (ii) Example 1: 0.156 = = =
990 990 198
By subtracting (i) from (ii) we have 9  0. 7 = 7 or 0 . 7
= 7/9 73 − 7 66 11
Example 2: 0.73 = = =
90 90 15
Example 2:
0. 89 = 0.898989... ...(i) Least Common Multiple (LCM)
As the period is containing 2 digits, we multiply by 10 2 i.e. Least Common Multiple (LCM) of two or more numbers is
by 100. Therefore, the least number which is divisible by each of
100  . 89 = 89.898989...... ...(ii) these numbers without a remainder. The same can be
By subtracting (i) from (ii) we have algebraically defined as "LCM of two or more expressions
is the expression of the lowest dimension which is divisible
99  0. 89 = 89, therefore, 0. 89 = 89/99
by each of them without remainder."
Example 3:
Highest Common Factor (HCF)
0. 023 023 = .023023023... ...(i)
As the period is containing 3 digits, we multiply by 10 3 i.e. Highest Common Factor (HCF) is the largest factor of two
by 1000. Therefore or more given numbers. The same can be defined
algebraically as " HCF of two or more algebraical
1000  0. 023 = 23.023023... ...(ii) expressions is the expression of highest dimension which
By subtracting (i) from (ii) we have divides each of them without remainder.
999  0. 023 = 23, therefore, 0. 023 = 23/999 HCF is also called GCD (Greatest Common Divisor).

Hence, we see that a pure recurring decimal is equivalent Product of two numbers = LCM  HCF
to a vulgar fraction which has the given decimal number
(called the period of the decimal) for its numerator, and for For finding LCM and HCF of fractions, the following
its denominator the number which has for its digits as formulae may be remembered:
many nines as there are digits in the given recurring HCF of numerators
decimal. HCF of fractions =
LCM of denominators
32
Thus 0.32 = LCM of numerators
99 LCM of fractions =
HCF of denominators
0.216
0.216 =
999
24 8
Finding LCM and HCF of given numbers
= =
111 37 LCM and HCF can each be found by either one of two
61 methods: – Factorization
0.61 = – Long Division
99
We will look at both the methods.
A mixed recurring decimal becomes the sum of a whole
number and a pure circulator, when it is multiplied by such LCM by factorization
a power of 10 as will bring the decimal point to the left of Resolve the numbers into prime factors. Then multiply the
the first recurring figure. We can then find the equivalent product of all the prime factors of the first number by those
vulgar fraction by the process of the preceding article. prime factors of the second number which are not
common to the prime factors of the first number.
Example 1:
Let x = 0.14 This product is then multiplied by those prime factors of
the third number which are not common to the prime
4 13
Then 10  = 1. 4 = 1 = factors of the first two numbers.
9 9
13 In this manner, all the given numbers have to be dealt with
Therefore, x = and the last product will be the required LCM.
90

Example 2: Example: Find the LCM of 108, 144, 270.

Let x = 1.27 108 = 18  6 = 33  2²
 10  = 1.27 = 1 27/99 144 = 12  12 = 32  24
= 126/99 = 42/33 270 = 27  10 = 33  5  2
Therefore x = 42/330 LCM = 33  5  24 = 2160
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/47
LCM by Division Factorial
Select any one prime factor common to at least two of the Factorial is defined for any positive integer. It is denoted
given numbers. Write the given number in a line and by  or !. Thus "Factorial n" is written as n! or /n. n! is
divide them by the above prime number. Write down the defined as the product of all the integers from 1 to n.
Thus n! = 1.2.3. ... (n – 1), n.
quotient for every number under the number itself. If any
0! is defined to be equal to 1.
of the numbers is not divisible by the prime factor Therefore 0! = 1 and 1! = 1.
selected, write the number as it is in the line of quotients.
Remainder Theorem
Repeat this process for the line of quotients until you get
a line of quotients which are prime to each other (i.e., no When a polynomial function f(x) is divided by (x – a), the
two "quotients" should have a common factor). remainder is f(a)
For example, when x² – 2x + 5 is divided by x – 1, the
The product of all the divisors and the number, in the last remainder will be f (1), i.e. 12 – 2(1) + 5 = 4
line will be the required LCM. We can see that if f (x) is divided by (x + a), then the
remainder will be f (–a).
Another method is elimination using prime numbers. For example, when x3 + x2 – 5x – 4 is divided by x +1, then
the remainder will be f (–1),
Example: Find the LCM of 72, 42, 90. i.e., (–1)3 + (–1)2 – 5 (–1) – 4. i.e., 1
If f (a) is zero, it means that the remainder is zero and
7 72, 42, 90 hence, we can say that (x – a) is a factor of f(x).
6 72, 6, 90
3 12, 1, 15 Some important rules
3 4, 1, 5
The student should remember the following very
important rules pertaining to xn – yn and xn + yn when n is
Therefore, LCM = 7  2  3  3  4  5 = 2520
a positive integer.
HCF by Factorization Rules pertaining to xn – yn
Resolve the given number into prime factors. The product (i) It is always divisible by x – y (i.e., x – y is always
of the prime factors common to all the numbers will be the a factor of xn – yn).
required HCF. (ii) It is also divisible by x + y when n is even.
(iii) It is not divisible by x + y when n is odd.
Example: Find the HCF of 256, 964, 424.
256 = 16  16 = 24  24 = 28 Rules pertaining to xn + yn
964 = 241  4 = 22  241
424 = 53  8 = 23  53 (i) It is never divisible by x - y (i.e., x - y is never a factor
Hence HCF = 4 of xn + yn).
(ii) It is divisible by x + y whenever n is odd.
HCF by Long Division (iii) It is not divisible by x + y when n is even.
These six rules are very useful for certain problems that
Take two numbers. Divide the greater by the smaller; then are common in various entrance exams. For example, if
divide the divisor by the remainder, divide the remainder we have a number like 19n + 1, since this is of the form of
by the next remainder and so on until the remainder is xn + yn, we can conclude that it is divisible by 20
zero. The last divisor is the HCF of the two numbers taken. (= 19 + 1) whenever n is odd (as per the rules discussed
above). Similarly, if we have a number like 13n – 1, since
By the same method find the HCF of this HCF and the this is of the form xn – yn, we can conclude that it is always
third number. This will be the HCF of the three numbers. divisible by 12(= 13 – 1). We can say it is also divisible by
Example : HCF of 1241 and 8979 14(= 13 + 1) whenever n is even (as per the rules
discussed above).
1241) 8979 (7
8687 Sum of natural numbers, their squares and cubes:
--------
292) 1241 (4 The sum to 'n' terms of the following series are quite useful
1168 and hence should be remembered by students.
-------- n (n + 1)
Sum of first n natural numbers = n =
73) 292 (4 2
292 Sum of the Squares of first n natural numbers
-------- n (n + 1) ( 2n + 1)
0 = n2 =
6
-------- Sum of the Cubes of first n natural numbers
2
Note: For any two numbers, product of these  n (n + 1) 
n3 =  
numbers = product of their LCM and HCF  2 
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/48
Worked out examples: 8.05. Simplify:
(2.25)3 + 6.75 x (2.75)2 – 8.25 x (2.25)2 – 2.753
8.01. Test for divisibility by 2, 3, 4,5, 9, 10 and 19 for
the number 783. Sol. Substituting 2.25 = a and 2.75 = b
the expression to be simplified becomes
Sol. The number 783 a3 + 3ab2 – 3a2b – b3 = (a – b)3
(a) 783 as the last digit is not divisible by 2, the As a = 2.25 and b = 2.75
(a – b)3 = (–0.5)3 = –0.125
number is not divisible by 2.
Sum of digits is 18. As this is divisible by 3, 8.06. Find the HCF of 1113 and 2279.
the number is divisible by 3. As the number
is not divisible by 2 it is not be divisible by 4,
As the last digit is not 0 or 5, the number is
Sol. 1113 2279 (2
not divisible by 5. 2226
As the sum of digits of the number is divisible 53 1113(21
by 9, the number is divisible by 9. 106
As the last digit is not zero, the number is not
53
divisible by 10.
Number of ten’s in the number + twice the 53
units digit is 84. As this is not divisible by 19, 0
the number is not divisible by 19.
HCF of 1113 and 2279 is 53
Note: If a number is divisible by 4, it is also divisible by
2 is divisible by 9, it is also divisible by 3. 8.07. Find the LCM of 144 and 180
If a number is divisible by 10, it is also divisible
by both 2 and 5. Sol. 144 = 36 × 4; 180 = 36 × 5
 The LCM of 144 and 180 is 36 × 4 × 5 = 720
8.02. If the six-digit number 56x4y2 is divisible by 9,
then find the least value of x + y.
2 4 6
8.08. Find the LCM of , and .
Sol. The sum of the digits of 56x4y2 should be 7 9 11
divisible by 9. i.e. 17 + x + y should be divisible
by 9. LCM of numerators
Sol. LCM of fractions =
The least value of x + y is 1. HCF of denominators
LCM (2, 4, 6) 12
7 27 = = = 12
7 x HCF (7, 9, 11) 1
8.03. Simplify: 9 140
5 2
5  16 18 22
9 9 8.09. Find the HCF of , and .
5 25 15
7 7  9 + 7 70
Sol. 7 = = Sol. HCF of fractions
9 9 9
HCF of numerators
5 5  9 + 5 50 =
5 = = LCM of denominators
9 9 9
7 27 70 27 3 HCF(16, 18, 22) 2
7  =  = = =
9 140 9 140 2 LCM(5, 25, 15) 75
5 2 5 9 50 9
5  = 5  =  = 25 8.10. Arrange the following fractions in descending
9 9 9 2 9 2
Hence the expression to be simplified becomes order.
3 5 4 1
, and
9 7 2
2 = 3
25 50 Sol. Take the LCM of the denominators and then
compare the numerators.
8.04. Simplify : LCM of 9, 7 and 2 = 126
5.71x5.71x5.71 − 3.21x3.21x3.21 5 70
5.71x5.71 + 5.71x3.21 + 3.21x3.21 =
9 126
4 72
Sol. Substituting 5.71 = a and 3.21 = b, =
7 126
the expression to be simplified becomes
1 63
a3 − b3 =
which is equal to a – b 2 126
a + ab + b2
2
Comparing the numerators, 72 > 70 > 63
As a = 5.71 and b = 3.21 4 5 1
a – b = 2.5 Hence  
7 9 2
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/49
8.11. Arrange
13 1
, and
25
in ascending order. Place Values:
48 4 96
While writing the numbers in the “Decimal System”, we
Sol. Let us make each of the denominators equal, to consider the places from right to left as units, tens,
LCM of the denominators of the fractions hundreds, thousands, ten thousands, lakhs, ten lakhs ….
LCM (48, 4, 96) = 96 and so on.
13 26 For example, in 23456, the places of the digits are as
=
48 96 follows.
1 24
=
4 96 Digit 2 3 4 5 6
As the denominators are equal, comparing the Ten
numerators 24< 25 < 26 Place Thousands Hundreds Tens Units
thousands
1 25 13
Hence  
4 96 48
Face value:
8.12. Three bells toll every 30 minutes, 45 minutes The actual value of a digit in a number is called face value
and 60 minutes. If they toll together at 9:30 a.m., of the digit. In 23456, the face value of 3 is 3.
what is the next time they toll together?
Place Value:
Sol. The three bells toll together after every LCM of The place value of a digit of a number is the digit times the
(30, 45, 60) = 180 minutes = 3 hours value of the place.
After 9:30 a.m., they toll together again at
12:30 p.m. In 23456, the place value of 3 is 3  1000 = 3000
8.13. Find the number of factors of 432. 8.16. Find the face value and place value (or location
Sol. 432 = 9 × 48 = 9 × 3 × 16 = 24 × 33 value) of 8 in 5,84,321.
Number of factors = [(4 + 1) (3 + 1)] = 20
Sol. Given number is 5,84,321
8.14. Find the remainder when 293 is divided by 7. Face value of 8 is 8.
Place value (or) location value of 8
293 293 (23 )31
Sol. = 3 −1 = 3 − 1 = 8  10000 = 80,000
7 2 2
293 8.17. Find the face value and place value
 Remainder when is (1)31 = 1 (or location value) of 4 in 23,456.
7

Sol. Given number is 23,456

8.15. Simplify  3 of 2 of {(3  6) + (4  8)} + 14 + 17 Face value of 4 is 4.
 41 5 
Place value (or) location value of 4 = 4  100 = 400
Using BODMAS,

3 2 3
Sol. of =
4 5 10
Hence the expressions to be simplified becomes
3 
 10 of {50} + 31 = 15 + 31 = 46
 

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/50
 Exercise – 8(a)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. (a) Which of the following numbers is divisible by 12. Find the smallest number which when increased by
both 8 and 3? 19 becomes exactly divisible by 14, 36 and 56.
(A) 2368 (B) 2916 (C) 3954 (D) 2184 (A) 593 (B) 835 (C) 485 (D) 523
(b) Which of the following numbers is divisible by 4
13. What is the smallest four-digit number which, when
and 6?
divided by 9, 12 and 13, leaves a remainder of 6 in
(A) 2458 (B) 2324 (C) 2148 (D) 3968
each case?
(c) Which of the following numbers is divisible by 18? (A) 1178 (B) 1236 (C) 1014 (D) 1410
(A) 2862 (B) 2425 (C) 2547 (D) 2730
14. Find the smallest number which, when divided by 2,
(d) Which of the following numbers is divisible by 11 3, 5 and 7, leaves respective remainders of 1, 2, 4
and 12? and 6.
(A) 4830 (B) 3960 (C) 3584 (D) 4686 (A) 419 (B) 209 (C) 31 (D) 72
2. Express the following numbers as product of powers 15. Find the greatest three-digit number, which when
of prime factors. divided by 28, 35 and 42, leaves remainders of 25, 32
(a) 5040 and 39 respectively.
(A) 24 × 5 × 32 × 7 (B) 25 × 32 × 5 × 7 (A) 843 (B) 975 (C) 837 (D) 963
(C) 24 × 52 × 3 × 7 (D) 25 × 52 × 32 × 7
(b) 1656 16. Find the greatest number which divides 5390 and
(A) 23 × 32 × 231 (B) 21 × 32 × 232 6400 leaving remainders 25 and 20 respectively.
(C) 22 × 232 (D) None of these (A) 145 (B) 29 (C) 435 (D) 1595

3. The seven-digit number 86432m4 is divisible by 36. 17. Find the greatest number, which divides 127, 223 and
Find the value of m. 95 leaving the same remainder.
(A) 0 (B) 4 (C) 9 (D) 6 (A) 16 (B) 32 (C) 36 (D) 48

4. The 11-digit number 4235a8966b2 is divisible by 12 18. It is given that two numbers a, b are such that their
and a – b = 3, find (a, b). LCM is 68 while their HCF is 17. Then the product of
(A) (8, 5) (B) (7, 4) (C) (6, 3) (D) (5, 2) a and b is ______.
(A) 888 (B) 1156 (C) 884 (D) 1088
5. If the six-digit number 15x67y is divisible by 66, then
the value of x + y is 19. What is the minimum number of identical square tiles
(A) 11 (B) 9 (C) 5 (D) 7 required to cover a rectangular base of dimensions
4 m 59 cm by 5m 61 cm?
6. (1.04)3 + 3(1.04)2 (0.96) + 3(1.04) (0.96)2 + (0.96)3 = ? (A) 991 (B) 616 (C) 48 (D) 99
(A) 9 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 27
20. P denotes the set of all the prime numbers less
than 40. How many zeros does the product of the
7. [5 + (1/2) of {19 – (10 + 8 − 2 )}!] elements of P end with?
(A) 13 (B) 5 (C) 8 (D) 11 (A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4

8. A number when divided by a certain divisor, leaves a

2.6
remainder of 217. But when twice the same number 21. =
is divided by the same divisor, the remainder is 104. 0.27
The divisor is 47 46 47 48
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) 330 (B) 148 9 7 3 5
(C) 121 (D) Cannot be determined
22. Find the number of divisors of 576 excluding 1 and
9. Two numbers, when divided by a certain divisor,
itself.
leave remainders 345 and 425 respectively.
When the sum of the two numbers is divided by the (A) 24 (B) 15 (C) 33 (D) 19
same divisor, the remainder is 185. Find the divisor.
(A) 605 (B) 585 (C) 625 (D) 565 23. In how many ways can 2400 be expressed as
a product of two of its factors?
10. Six bells commence tolling together and toll at (A) 20 (B) 16 (C) 18 (D) 13
an interval of 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 seconds
respectively. How many times do they toll together 24. The total number of factors of 600 is ______.
from 10:00 a.m to 10:50 a.m (both inclusive)? (A) 56 (B) 32 (C) 48 (D) 24
(A) 21 (B) 32 (C) 26 (D) 16
25. If x = (233 + 253 + 273), then x divided by 75 leaves
11. What is the least number which, when divided by 16,
a remainder of ______.
24, 32, 96 and 288, leaves 7 as remainder each time?
(A) 1163 (B) 871 (C) 295 (D) 584 (A) 5 (B) 0 (C) 114 (D) 15

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/51
 Exercise – 8(b)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. What is the sum of first 28 consecutive natural numbers?

(A) 800 (B) 406 (C) 452 (D) 726 14. Find the smallest three digit number which, when
divided by 7 or 6 or 11, leaves a remainder of 3.
2. Find the HCF of 35 × 73 × 57 × 13 and 34 × 55 × 74 × 11 (A) 711 (B) 339
(A) 35 × 55 × 73 × 11 (B) 34 × 56 × 72 (C) 411 (D) 465
(C) 32 × 55 × 74 (D) 34 × 55 × 73
15. What is the sum of all the odd numbers in the first 90
3. What are the prime factors of 20790? natural numbers?
(A) 2, 3, 5 and 11 (B) 2, 3, 5, 7 and 13 (A) 2,240 (B) 2,025
(C) 2, 7, 11 and 13 (D) 2, 3, 5, 7 and 11 (C) 2,000 (D) 2,400

4. Find the greatest four-digit number which, when 16. Three bells commence tolling together and toll at an
divided by 32, 40 and 48, leaves remainders 27, 35 interval of 6, 15 and 20 seconds respectively.
and 43 respectively. In 30 minutes, how many times do they toll together
(A) 9348 (B) 9945 (C) 9595 (D) 9845 excluding the initial one?
(A) 21 (B) 12
5. When 5½ is subtracted from a number and the result (C) 25 (D) 30
is multiplied by 3½ and then 8 is added to the product
and then the sum is divided by 2¼, the quotient 17. N is a five-digit number by using the digits 1, 3, 4, 5
becomes 30. What is that number? and 6, no digit being repeated in the numbers. Among
(A) 24½ (B) 22½ (C) 20½ (D) 18½ the possible values of N, what is the difference
between the least and the greatest of such?
6. Ramu started adding the page numbers of a book (A) 51975 (B) 48795
starting from the first page. After he finished his (C) 72395 (D) 52495
addition, he had obtained a sum of 1023. If he missed
adding one-page number, what is the number of 18. Four silver coins of weight 270 gm, 450 gm, 630 gm
pages in the book? and 810 gm are cut into small pieces, all of which have
(A) 90 (B) 75 (C) 60 (D) 45 the same weight. If each person is given two such
pieces, then how many minimum number of persons
7. The sum of all the natural numbers from 1 to 300 are needed to give all the pieces of silver coins?
(both inclusive) which are divisible by 8 is ______ (A) 12 (B) 24
(A) 5,624 (B) 3,764 (C) 48 (D) 96
(C) 4,956 (D) 8,004
19. Find the smallest number which, when divided by 29,
8. Four consecutive positive odd integers, whose sum leaves a remainder of 4 and when divided by
of squares is 6420 are: 12 leaves a remainder 5.
(A) 37, 39, 41 and 43 (B) 31, 33, 35 and 37 (A) 93 (B) 294 (C) 149 (D) 729
(C) 47, 49, 51 and 53 (D) 41, 43, 45 and 47
20. Find the number of divisors of 2025 excluding 1 and

9. The simplified value of

(0.111)3
+ (0.222)3 − (0.333)3  itself.
(A) 13 (B) 15 (C) 11 (D) 17
0.111 0.222 0.333
is ______
(A) 0.666 (B) 3 (C) 0 (D) –3 21. The fraction equivalent to 82.7 65 is _____
(A) 82038/990 (B) 81928/990
10. What is the least number which, when divided by 18, (C) 81938/990 (D) 80398/990
48 and 80, leaves 11, 41 and 73 respectively as
remainders? 2
(A) 713 (B) 853 22. If 0.0ababab ---------  = , then what is the value
55
(C) 895 (D) 923
of a  b?
(A) 10 (B) 18 (C) 27 (D) 36
11. What is the sum of all the even natural numbers from
1 to 90?
23. The total number of factors of 840 is _____.
(A) 2,248 (B) 1,890
(A) 12 (B) 16 (C) 24 (D) 32
(C) 2,000 (D) 2,070
24. Let X = (2565)(2567)(2569). What is the remainder
12. Two bells start tolling together. One tolls 3 times in
when X is divided by 9?
6 minutes. The other tolls twelve times in 15 minutes.
(A) 8 (B) 1 (C) 0 (D) 6
How many times will they toll together in 1 hour?
(A) 6 (B) 5 (C) 8 (D) 10
25. The LCM of two numbers a and b is 162 and
their HCF is 27. How many pairs of numbers satisfy
13. If m2 = 10000200001, what is m?
these conditions?
(A) 101001 (B) 100011
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
(C) 100001 (D) 100011
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/52
 Key
Exercise – 8(a)
1. (a) D 3. A 9. B 15. C 21. D
(b) C 4. C 10. C 16. A 22. D
(c) A 5. A 11. C 17. B 23. C
(d) B 6. B 12. C 18. B 24. D
2. (a) A 7. C 13. D 19. D 25. B
(b) A 8. A 14. B 20. A

Exercise – 8(b)

1. B 6. D 11. D 16. D 21. C

2. D 7. A 12. A 17. A 22. B
3. D 8. A 13. C 18. A 23. D
4. C 9. D 14. D 19. C 24. C
5. B 10. A 15. B 20. A 25. B

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/53
 CHAPTER – 9
GEOMETRY AND MENSURATION
In CLAT Entrance Exam, the problems relating to Geometry then the line l1 is said to be the BISECTOR of the line l2,
cover mostly triangles, quadrilaterals and circles. Even i.e., the line l2 is divided into two equal parts.
though polygons with more than four sides are also covered,
the emphasis on such polygons is not as much as it is on If a line l1 is drawn at the vertex of an angle dividing the
triangles and circles. In this chapter, we will look at some angle into two equal parts, then the line l1 is said to be the
properties as well as theorems and riders on parallel lines, ANGLE BISECTOR of the angle. Any point on the angle
angles, triangles (including congruency and similarity of bisector of an angle is EQUIDISTANT from the two arms of
triangles), quadrilaterals, circles and polygons. the angle.

If a line l1 is perpendicular to line l2 as well as passes

ANGLES AND LINES through the mid-point of the line l2, then the line l1 is said
to be the PERPENDICULAR BISECTOR of the line l2.
An angle of 90° is a right angle; an angle less than 90° is
an acute angle; an angle between 90° and 180° is an Any point on the perpendicular bisector of a line is
obtuse angle; and angle between 180° and 360° is a reflex EQUIDISTANT from both ends of the line segment.
angle. Fig. 1.04
The sum of all angles made on one side of a straight line P
AB at a point O by any number of lines joining the line AB
at O is 180°. In Fig. 1.01 below, the sum of the angles u,
v, x, y and z is equal to 180°. R

When any number of straight lines join at a point, the sum

of all the angles around that point is 360°. In Fig. 1.02 A B
below, the sum of the angles u, v, w, x, y and z is equal to
360°. Q
Fig. 1.01
In Fig 1.04, line PQ is the perpendicular bisector of line
segment AB. A point P on the perpendicular bisector of AB
will be equidistant from A and B, i.e., PA = PB. Similarly,
z for any point R on the perpendicular bisector PQ, RA
y u
= RB.
x v
A o B PARALLEL LINES
Fig. 1.02 When a straight line cuts two or more lines at different
points, then the cutting line is called the TRANSVERSAL.
When a straight line XY cuts two parallel lines PQ and RS
[as shown in Fig. 1.05], the following are the relationships
u
z v between various angles that are formed. [M and N are the
points of intersection of XY with PQ and RS respectively].
y w
x
Fig. 1.05
Two angles whose sum is 90° are said to be X
complementary angles and two angles whose sum is 180°
are said to be supplementary angles. P Q
M
When two straight lines intersect, vertically opposite angles
N
are equal. In Fig. 1.03 given below, AOB and COD are R S
vertically opposite angles and BOC and AOD are
vertically opposite angles. So, we have AOB = COD and Y
BOC = AOD.
Fig. 1.03 (a) Alternate angles are equal,
A B i.e.PMN = MNS and QMN = MNR
(b) Corresponding angles are equal,
i.e. XMQ = MNS; QMN = SNY;
O XMP = MNR; PMN = RNY
(c) Sum of interior angles on the same side of the
transversal is equal to 180°,
D C i.e.QMN + MNS = 180° and PMN + MNR = 180°
Two lines which make an angle of 90° with each other are (d) Sum of exterior angles on the same side of the
said to be PERPENDICULAR to each other. transversal is equal to 180°,
If a line l1 passes through the mid-point of another line l2, i.e. XMQ + SNY = 180°; and XMP + RNY = 180°
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/54
If three or more parallel lines make intercepts on In an equilateral triangle, the perpendicular bisector, the
a transversal in a certain proportion, then they make median and the altitude drawn to a particular side coincide
intercepts in the same proportion on any other transversal and that will also be the angle bisector of the opposite
as well. In Fig. 1.06, the lines AB, CD and EF are parallel vertex. If a is the side of an equilateral triangle, then its
and the transversal XY cuts them at the points P, Q and altitude is equal to 3 .a / 2
R. If we now take a second transversal, UV, intersecting
the three parallel lines at the points J, K and L, then we
have PQ/QR = JK/KL. Sum of any two sides of a triangle is greater than the third
side; difference of any two sides of a triangle is less than
Fig.1.06
the third side.
X U
If the sides are arranged in the ascending order of their
A P J B measurement, then the angles opposite the sides (in the
same order) will also be in ascending order (i.e., greater
Q K
C D angle has greater side opposite to it); if the sides are
R L arranged in descending order of their measurement, the
E F angles opposite the sides in the same order will also be in
descending order (i.e., smaller angle has smaller side
Y V
opposite to it).
If three or more parallel lines make equal intercepts on
one transversal, they make equal intercepts on any other There can be only one right angle or only one obtuse
transversal as well. angle in any triangle. There can also not be one right
angle and an obtuse angle both present at the same time
TRIANGLES in a triangle.
Fig. 1.07
Hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle in a right-
angled triangle. In a right-angled triangle, hypotenuse is
X the longest side. In an obtuse angled triangle, the side
opposite the obtuse angle is the longest side.
Y Z
Fig. 1.08
Sum of the three angles of a triangle is 180°. (Right-angled triangle)
The exterior angle of triangle (at each vertex) is equal to
the sum of the two opposite interior angles. (Exterior angle A
is the angle formed at any vertex, by one side and the
extended portion of the second side at that vertex).

A line perpendicular to a side and passing through

the midpoint of the side is said to be the perpendicular
bisector of the side. It is not necessary that the
perpendicular bisector of a side should pass through the B C
opposite vertex in a triangle in general.
In a right-angled triangle, the square on the hypotenuse
The perpendicular drawn to a side from the opposite (the side opposite the right angle) is equal to the sum
vertex is called the altitude to that side. of the squares on the other two sides. In Fig. 1.08,
AC2 = AB2 + BC2
The line joining the midpoint of a side with the opposite
vertex is called the median drawn to that side. A median
Fig. 1.09
divides the triangle into two equal halves as far as the area
is concerned. (Acute angled triangle)

An equilateral triangle is one in which all the sides are A

equal (and hence, all angles are equal, i.e., each of the
angles is equal to 60°). An isosceles triangle is one in
which two sides are equal (and hence, the angles
opposite to them are equal). A scalene triangle is one in
which no two sides are equal.

In an isosceles triangle, the unequal side is called the B D C

BASE. The angle where the two equal sides meet is called
the VERTICAL ANGLE. In an isosceles triangle, the In an acute angled triangle, the square of the side
perpendicular drawn to the base from the vertex opposite opposite the acute angle is less than the sum of the
the base (i.e., the altitude drawn to the base) bisects the
squares of the other two sides by a quantity equal to twice
base as well as the vertical angle. That is, the altitude
drawn to the base will also be the perpendicular bisector the product of one of these two sides and the projection
of the base as well as the angle bisector of the vertical of the second side on the first side.
angle. It will also be the median drawn to the base. In Fig. 1.09, AC2 = AB2 + BC2 − 2 [Link]
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/55
 Fig. 1.10 The three perpendicular bisectors of a triangle meet at
(Obtuse angled triangle) a point called Circumcentre of the triangle and it is
represented by S. The circumcentre of a triangle is
A equidistant from its vertices and the distance of
circumcentre from each of the three vertices is called
circumradius (represented by R) of the triangle. The circle
drawn with the circumcentre as centre and circumradius
as radius is called the cirumcircle of the triangle and
passes through all the three vertices of the triangle.
C D (refer to Fig. 1.13)
B
In an obtuse angled triangle, the square of the side INCENTRE AND EXCENTRES
opposite to the obtuse angle is greater than the sum of the
squares of the other two sides by a quantity equal to twice Fig. 1.14
the product of one of the sides containing the obtuse angle
and the projection of the second side on the first side.
In Fig. 1.10, AC2 = AB2 + BC2 + [Link] A

Fig. 1.11
x x
A E
r
F r
x° x°

z r y
z y
B D C
B D C
In a triangle, an internal bisector of an angle divides the The internal bisectors of the three angles of a triangle
opposite side in the ratio of the other two sides. meet at a point called Incentre of the triangle and it is
In triangle ABC, if AD is the angle bisector of angle A, then represented by I. Incentre is equidistant from the three
BD/DC = AB/AC. This is called the Angle Bisector Theorem sides of the triangle i.e., the perpendicular's drawn from
(refer to Fig. 1.11).
the incentre to the three sides are equal in length and this
Fig. 1.12 length is called the inradius (represented by r) of the
A
triangle. The circle drawn with incentre as centre and
inradius as radius is called the incircle of the triangle and
it touches all three sides on the inside.

In Fig. 1.14, BIC = 90° + ½ A where I is the incentre.

CIA = 90° + ½ B; and AIB = 90° + ½ C.

B D C If the internal bisector of one angle and the external

In ABC, if AD is the median from A to side BC (meeting bisectors of the other two angles are drawn, they meet at
BC at its midpoint D), then 2(AD2 + BD2) = AB2 + AC2. a point called Excentre. There are totally three excentres
This is called the Apollonius Theorem. This will be for the triangle - one corresponding to the internal bisector
helpful in calculating the lengths of the three medians of each angle.
given the lengths of the three sides of the triangle (refer to
Fig. 1.12). ORTHOCENTRE
GEOMETRIC CENTRES OF A TRIANGLE Fig 1.15
CIRCUMCENTRE
A
Fig 1.13
A E
F
R
O

S R
R
B D C
B C
The three altitudes of a triangle meet at a point called
Orthocentre and it is represented by O (refer to Fig. 1.15).
BOC = 180° – A; COA = 180° – B; AOB = 180° – C.
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/56
CENTROID inradius of the equilateral triangle ABC. Since AD is also
the altitude, its length is equal to 3a / 2 where a is the
Fig. 1.16 side of the equilateral triangle. Hence, the circumradius of
A the equilateral triangle
2 3 1 3
=  . a = a / 3 and the inradius =  .a
3 2 3 2
F E
G = a/2 3
Since the radii of the circumcircle and the incircle of
an equilateral triangle are in the ratio 2 : 1, the areas of
B D C the circumcircle and the incircle of an equilateral triangle
are in the ratio of 4 : 1.
The three medians of a triangle meet at a point called the When the three medians of a triangle (i.e., the medians to
Centroid and it is represented by G (refer to Fig. 1.16). the three sides of a triangle from the corresponding
opposite vertices) are drawn, the resulting six triangles
Important points about geometric centres of are equal in area and the area of each of these triangles
a triangle in turn is equal to one-sixth of the area of the original
triangle.
Please note the following important points pertaining to Fig. 1.18
the geometric centres of a triangle ABC. In an acute A
angled triangle, the circumcentre lies inside the triangle.
In a right-angled triangle, the circumcentre lies on the
hypotenuse of the triangle (it is the midpoint of the
hypotenuse). In an obtuse angled triangle, the
circumcentre lies outside the triangle. F
E
In an acute angled triangle, the orthocentre lies inside the G
triangle. In a right-angled triangle, the vertex where the right
angle is formed (i.e., the vertex opposite the hypotenuse) is
B D C
the orthocentre. In an obtuse angled triangle, the
orthocentre lies outside the triangle. In Fig 1.18, AD, BE and CF are the medians drawn
In a right-angled triangle the length of the median drawn to to the three sides. The three medians meet at the centroid
the hypotenuse is equal to half the hypotenuse. This G. The six resulting triangles AGF, BGF, BGD, CGD, CGE
median is also the circumradius of the right-angled triangle. and AGE are equal in area and each of them is equal to
1/6th of the area of triangle ABC.
Centroid divides each of the medians in the ratio 2 : 1, the
part of the median towards the vertex being twice in length SIMILARITY OF TRIANGLES
to the part towards the side.
Two triangles are said to be similar if the three angles of
Inradius is less than half of any of the three altitudes of the
one triangle are equal to the three angles of the second
triangle.
triangle. Similar triangles are alike in shape only.
In an isosceles triangle, the centroid, the orthocentre, the The corresponding angles of two similar triangles are equal
circumcentre and the incentre, all lie on the median to the but the corresponding sides are only proportional and not
base. equal.
.
In an equilateral triangle, the centroid, the orthocentre, the Fig. 1.19
circumcentre and the incentre, all coincide.
A D
Fig. 1.17

• G
B C E F

B D C For example, in Fig 1.19, if ABC is similar to DEF where

A = D, B = E and C = F, then we have ratios of
Hence, in equilateral triangle ABC shown in Fig. 1.17, AD the corresponding sides equal, as given below.
is the median, altitude, angle bisector and perpendicular AB BC CA
bisector. G is the centroid which divides the median in the = =
ratio of 2 : 1. Hence, AG = 2/3 AD and GD = 1/3 AD. DE EF FD

But since AD is also the perpendicular bisector and angle By "corresponding sides", we mean that if we take a side
bisector and since G is the circumcentre as well as the opposite to a particular angle in one triangle, we should
incentre, AG will be the circumradius and GD will be the consider the side opposite to the equal angle in the second

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/57
triangle. In this case, since AB is the side opposite to C in Two right-angled triangles are congruent if the hypotenuse
ABC, and since C = F, we have taken DE which is the and one side of one triangle are respectively equal to
side opposite to F in DEF. hypotenuse and one side of the second right-angled
triangle.
Two triangles are similar if, In two congruent triangles,
- the three angles of one triangle are respectively equal
to the three angles of the second triangle, or – the corresponding sides (i.e., sides opposite to
- two sides of one triangle are proportional to two corresponding angles) are equal.
sides of the other and the included angles are equal, – the corresponding angles (angles opposite to
corresponding sides) are equal.
or – the areas of the two triangles are equal.
- if the three sides of one triangle are proportional to
the three sides of another triangle. SOME MORE USEFUL POINTS ABOUT
In two similar triangles, TRIANGLES
(a) Ratio of corresponding sides = Ratio of heights
(altitudes) = Ratio of the lengths of the corresponding Fig. 1.21
medians = Ratio of the lengths of the corresponding
angle bisectors = Ratio of inradii = Ratio of circumradii A
= Ratio of perimeters.
(b) Ratio of areas = Ratio of squares of corresponding
sides.
P Q
Fig. 1.20
A
B C
A line drawn parallel to one side of a triangle divides the
other two sides in the same proportion. For example, in
Fig. 1.21, PQ is drawn parallel to BC in ABC. This will
divide the other two sides AB and AC in the same ratio,
B D C i.e., AP/PB = AQ/QC.

In a right-angled triangle, the altitude drawn to the Fig. 1.22

hypotenuse divides the given triangle into two similar A
triangles, each of which is in turn similar to the original
triangle. In triangle ABC in Fig. 1.20, ABC is a right-angled m m
triangle where A is a right angle. AD is the perpendicular
drawn to the hypotenuse BC. The triangles ABD, CAD and P Q
CBA are similar because of the equal angles given below.
n n
In triangle ABC, A = 90°. If B = , then C = 90° – .
In triangle ABD, ADB = 90°. We already know that B C
B = ; hence BAD = 90° – .
In triangle ADC, ADC = 90°. We already know that Conversely, a line joining two points (each) dividing
C = 90° – ; hence CAD = . two sides of a triangle in the same ratio is parallel to
the third side. In Fig. 1.22, P divides AB in the ratio
We can write down the relationship between the sides in m : n and Q divides AC in the ratio m : n. Now, the line
these three triangles. The important relationships that joining P and Q will be parallel to the third side BC and the
emerge out of this exercise are: m
1. AD2 = BD·DC; length of PQ will be equal to times the length of BC.
2. AB2 = BC·BD; m+n
3. AC2 = CB·CD.
We can say that a line drawn through a point on a side of
the triangle parallel to a second side will intersect the third
CONGRUENCY OF TRIANGLES side in the same ratio as the first side is divided.
Two triangles are congruent if at least one of the following
conditions is satisfied: The line joining the midpoints of two sides of a triangle is
parallel to the third side and it is half the third side.
Three sides of one triangle are respectively equal to the
three sides of the second triangle (normally referred to as Fig. 1.22 (a)
the S-S-S rule, i.e., the side-side-side congruency). A D
Two sides and the included angle of one triangle are
respectively equal to two sides and the included angle of
the second triangle (normally referred to as the S-A-S rule,
i.e., side-angle-side congruency).
Two angles and one side of a triangle are respectively
equal to two angles and the corresponding side of the
second triangle (normally referred to as the A-S-A rule,
i.e., angle-side-angle congruency). B C
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/58
Two triangles having the same base and lying between If one side of a quadrilateral is parallel to its opposite side,
the same pair of parallel lines have their areas equal then it is called a trapezium. The two sides other than the
(Fig. 1.22(a)). parallel sides in a trapezium are called the oblique sides.
AD is parallel to BC. Hence, ABC = DBC
In Fig. 1.25, ABCD is a trapezium where AD is parallel to
BC.
QUADRILATERALS
If the midpoints of the two oblique sides are joined, it is
Any four-sided closed figure is called a quadrilateral.
equal in length to the average of the two parallel sides,
By imposing certain conditions on the sides and/or angles
i.e., in Fig. 1.25, PQ = 1/2 [AD + BC].
of a quadrilateral, we can get the figures trapezium,
parallelogram, rhombus, rectangle, square.
In general, if a line is drawn in between the two parallel
sides of the trapezium such that it is parallel to the parallel
Fig. 1.23
sides and also divides the distance between the two
A D parallel sides in the ratio m : n (where the portion closer
to the shorter of the two parallel sides is m), the length of
E the line is given by :

F m n
 Longer side +  Shorter side where
m+n m+n
shorter side and longer side refer to the shorter and longer
B C of the two parallel sides of the trapezium.
The sum of four angles of a quadrilateral is equal to 360°.
In Fig. 1.25, RS is the line parallel to AD and BC and the
The perpendiculars drawn to a diagonal (in a quadrilateral) ratio of the distances DT and TE is m : n.
from the opposite vertices are called "offsets". In Fig. 1.23, The length of RS is given by
BE and DF are the offsets drawn to the diagonal AC.
m n
 BC +  AD
If the four vertices of a quadrilateral lie on the m+n m+n
circumference of a circle (i.e., if the quadrilateral can be
inscribed in a circle) it is called a cyclic quadrilateral (refer to PARALLELOGRAM
Fig. 1.24). In a cyclic quadrilateral, sum of opposite angles
= 180° i.e., in Fig. 1.24, A + C = 180° and B + D = 180°. Fig. 1.26
Fig. 1.24 A B
A

D E C
B D A quadrilateral in which opposite sides are parallel is
called a parallelogram.
C
E In a parallelogram
– Opposite sides are equal.
Also, in a cyclic quadrilateral, exterior angle is equal to the – Opposite angles are equal.
interior opposite angle, i.e., in Fig. 1.24, DCE is equal to – Sum of any two adjacent angles is 180°.
BAD. – Each diagonal divides the parallelogram into two
Now, we will look at different quadrilaterals and their congruent triangles.
properties. – The diagonals bisect each other.

TRAPEZIUM Conversely, if in a quadrilateral

– the opposite sides are equal or
Fig. 1.25 – the opposite angles are equal or
– the diagonals bisect each other or
D A – a pair of opposite sides are parallel and equal such
a quadrilateral is a parallelogram.

If two adjacent angles of a parallelogram are equal, then
P Q all four angles will be equal and each in turn will be equal
to 90°. Then the figure will be a rectangle.
m 
R S If any two adjacent sides of a parallelogram are equal,
T n then all four sides will be equal to each other and the
C E F B figure will be a rhombus.

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/59
 Fig. 1.27 The diagonals of a rectangle are equal (and, of course,
A B bisect each other).

When a rectangle is inscribed in a circle, the diagonals

become the diameters of the circle.
P If a and b are the two adjacent sides of a rectangle, then
the diagonal is given by a2 + b2 .
D C
If any point inside a parallelogram is taken and is joined If a rectangle and a triangle are on the same base and
to all the four vertices the four resulting triangles will be between the same parallels, then the area of the triangle
such that the sum of the areas of opposite triangles is will be equal to half the area of the rectangle.
equal. In Fig. 1.27, P is a point inside the parallelogram
ABCD and it is joined to the four vertices of the SQUARE
parallelogram by the lines PA, PB, PC and PD respectively.
Then Area of triangle PAB + Area of triangle PCD = Area A square is a rectangle in which all four sides are equal
of triangle PBC + Area of triangle PAD = Half the area of (or a rhombus in which all four angles are equal, i.e., all
parallelogram ABCD. are right angles) Hence, the diagonals are equal and they
bisect at right angles. So, all the properties of a rectangle
If there is a parallelogram and a triangle with the same as well as those of a rhombus hold good for a square.
base and between the same parallel lines, then the area
of the triangle will be half that of the parallelogram.
Diagonal = 2  Side
When a square is inscribed in a circle, the diagonals
If there is a parallelogram and a rectangle with the same
become the diameters of the circle.
base and between the same parallel lines, then the areas
of the parallelogram and the rectangle will be the same. When a circle is inscribed in a square, the side of the
The figure formed by joining the midpoints of the sides of square is equal to the diameter of the circle.
any quadrilateral taken in order, is a parallelogram.
The largest rectangle that can be inscribed in a given
circle will be a square.
RHOMBUS
Fig. 1.28 POLYGON
B Any closed figure with three or more sides is called
a polygon.
A convex polygon is one in which each of the interior
angles is less than 180°. It can be noticed that any straight
line drawn cutting a convex polygon passes only two sides
A C
P of the polygon, as shown in the figure below.

Fig. 1.28 (a)

D
A rhombus is a parallelogram in which a pair of adjacent
sides are equal (all four sides of a rhombus are equal).

Since a rhombus is a parallelogram, all the properties of a

parallelogram apply to a rhombus. Further, in a rhombus,
the diagonals bisect each other perpendicularly. Convex Polygon
Conversely, any quadrilateral where the two diagonals In a concave polygon, it is possible to draw lines passing
bisect each other at right angles will be a rhombus. through more than two sides, as shown in the figure
The four triangles that are formed by the two bisecting below.
diagonals with the four sides of the rhombus will all be
Fig. 1.28 (b)
congruent. In Fig. 1.28, the four triangles PAB, PBC, PCD
and PAD are congruent.

Side of a rhombus
= 1 4 x Sum of squares of the diagonals .

RECTANGLE Concave Polygon

A regular polygon is a convex polygon in which all sides
A rectangle also is a special type of parallelogram and are equal and all angles are equal. A regular polygon can
hence all properties of a parallelogram apply to rectangles be inscribed in a circle. The centre of the circumscribing
also. A rectangle is a parallelogram in which two adjacent circle (the circle in which the polygon is inscribed) of
angles are equal or each of the angles is equal to 90°. a regular polygon is called the centre of the polygon.
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/60
The names of polygons with three, four, five, six, seven, A chord is a line segment joining two points on the
eight, nine and ten sides are respectively triangle, circumference of a circle (AB in Fig. 1.30). Diameter is the
quadrilateral, pentagon, hexagon, heptagon, octagon, longest chord in a circle.
nonagon and decagon.
A secant is a line intersecting a circle in two distinct points.
The sum of interior angles of a convex polygon is equal to A line that touches the circle at only one point is a tangent
(2n − 4) right angles where n is the number of sides of the to the circle (R1R2 is a tangent touching the circle at the
polygon. point R in Fig. 1.30).
If each of the sides of a convex polygon is extended, the If PAB and PCD are two secants (in Fig. 1.29), then
sum of the external angles thus formed is equal to [Link] = [Link]
4 Right Angles (i.e., 360°).
If PAB and PCD are secants and PT is a tangent to the
In a regular polygon of n sides, if each of the interior circle at T (in Fig. 1.29), then [Link] = [Link] = PT².
2n − 4
angles is d°, then d = × 90° and each exterior Two tangents can be drawn to the circle from any point
n
360° outside the circle and these two tangents are equal in
angle = .
n length. In Fig. 1.30, P is the external point and the two
It will be helpful to remember the interior angles of the tangents PX and PY are equal.
following regular polygons:
A tangent is perpendicular to the radius drawn at the point
Regular pentagon : 108° of tangency (In Fig. 1.30, R1R2 ⊥ OR). Conversely,
Regular hexagon : 120° if a perpendicular is drawn to the tangent at the point of
Regular octagon : 135° tangency, it passes through the centre of the circle.
A perpendicular drawn from the centre of the circle to a
If the centre of a regular polygon (with n sides) is joined with chord bisects the chord (In Fig. 1.30, OC, the
each of the vertices, we get n identical triangles inside the perpendicular from O to the chord AB bisects AB) and
polygon. In general, all these triangles are isosceles conversely, the perpendicular bisector of a chord passes
triangles. Only in case of a regular hexagon, all these through the centre of the circle.
triangles are equilateral triangles, i.e., in a regular hexagon,
the radius of the circumscribing circle is equal to the side of Two chords that are equal in length will be equidistant
the hexagon. from the centre, and conversely two chords which are
equidistant from the centre of the circle will be of the same
A line joining any two non-adjacent vertices of a polygon length.
is called a diagonal. A polygon with n sides will have
n(n – 3) One and only one circle passes through any three given
diagonals. non-collinear points.
2
Fig. 1.31
CIRCLES P
Fig. 1.29
X Y
B
A Q
When there are two intersecting circles, the line joining the
centres of the two circles will perpendicularly bisect the
C
P D line joining the points of intersection. In Fig. 1.31, the two
circles with centres X and Y respectively intersect at the
T
two points P and Q. The line segment XY (the line
A circle is a closed curve drawn such that any point on the segment joining the centres) bisects PQ (the line segment
curve is equidistant from a fixed point. The fixed point is joining the two points of intersection).
called the centre of the circle and the distance from the
centre to any point on the circle is called the radius of the Two circles are said to touch each other if a common
circle. tangent can be drawn touching both the circles at the
same point. This is called the point of contact of the two
Fig. 1.30 circles. The two circles may touch each other internally
R1 (as in Fig. 1.32) or externally (As in Fig. 1.33). When two
X circles touch each other, then the point of contact and the
centres of the two circles are collinear, i.e., the point of
contact lies on the line joining the centres of the two
90° O circles.
R B
P Fig. 1.32
C
A Y
R2

Diameter is a line segment passing through the centre of

the circle and joining two points on the circle. A circle is
symmetric about any diameter.
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/61
If two circles touch internally, the distance between the Fig. 1.36
centres of the two circles is equal to the difference in the
radii of the two circles. When two circles touch each other
externally, then the distance between the centres of the
two circles is equal to the sum of the radii of the two
circles.
Fig. 1.33

Two circles which are non-intersecting and non-enclosing

(i.e. one does not lie inside the other) have four common
tangents - two direct and two transverse common tangents
(Refer to Fig. 1.36).
If r1 and r2 are the radii of the two non-intersecting
non-enclosing circles,
A tangent drawn common to two circles is called a
common tangent. In general, for two circles, there can be Length of the direct common tangent
anywhere from zero to four common tangents drawn =√(Distance between centre)2 – (r1 – r2 )2
depending on the position of one circle in relation to the
other. Length of transverse common tangent
= √(Distance between centre)2 – (r1 + r2 )2
If the common tangent is either parallel to the line of
centres or intersects the line joining the centres not Two circles are said to be concentric if they have the same
between the two circles but on one side of the circles, centre. As is obvious, here the circle with smaller radius
such a common tangent is called a direct common lies completely within the circle with bigger radius.
tangent. A common tangent that intersects the line joining
the centres in between the two circles is called transverse ARCS AND SECTORS
common tangent.
Fig. 1.37
Fig. 1.34
X D Y

If two circles are such that one lies completely inside the A B
other (without touching each other), then there will not be •
any common tangent to these circles (refer to Fig. 1.34). C
An arc is a segment of a circle. In Fig. 1.37, ACB is called
Two circles touching each other internally (i.e., still one minor arc and ADB is called major arc. In general, if we
circle lies inside the other), then there is only one common talk of an arc AB, we refer to the minor arc. AOB is called
tangent possible and it is drawn at the point of contact of the angle formed by the arc AB (at the centre of the circle).
the two circles (refer to Fig. 1.32).
The angle subtended by an arc at the centre is double the
Fig. 1.35 angle subtended by the arc in the remaining part of the
circle.
In Fig. 1.37, AOB = 2 . AXB. = 2.AYB. Angles in the
same segment are equal. In Fig. 1.37,
AXB = AYB.
Fig. 1.38

R S
Two intersecting circles have two common tangents.
Both these are direct common tangents and the two U
intersecting circles do not have a transverse common
tangent (refer to Fig. 1.35).
Two circles touching each other externally have three Q T P
common tangents. Out of these, two are direct common
tangents and one is a transverse common tangent. The angle between a tangent and a chord through the point
The transverse common tangent is at the point of contact of contact of the tangent is equal to the angle made by the
(Refer to Fig. 1.33). chord in the alternate segment (i.e., segment of the circle on

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/62
the side other than the side of location of the angle between (a) When the measurements of three sides a, b, c are
the tangent and the chord). This is normally referred to as the given,
"alternate segment theorem." In Fig. 1.38, PQ is a tangent to a+b+c
Area = √𝐬(𝐬 − 𝐚)(𝐬 − 𝐛)(𝐬 − 𝐜) where s =
the circle at the point T and TS is a chord drawn at the point 𝟐
of contact. Considering PTS which is the angle between the This is called Hero's formula.
tangent and the chord, the angle TRS is the angle in the
"alternate segment". So, PTS = TRS. (b) When base (b) and altitude (height) to that base are
Similarly, QTS = TUS. given,
Area = ½ x base x altitude = ½ b.h
Fig.1.39 (c) Area = ½ ab . sinC = ½ [Link] = ½ [Link]
abc
(d) Area = where R is the circumradius of the
C B 4R
90° triangle.
(e) Area = r.s where r is the inradius of the triangle and s,
the semi-perimeter.

A Out of these five formulae, the first and the second are the
most commonly used and are also more important from
the examination point of view.
We have already seen in quadrilaterals, the opposite
angles of a cyclic quadrilateral are supplementary and
(ii) For a right angled triangle,
that the external angle of a cyclic quadrilateral is equal to
Area = ½ X Product of the sides containing the
the interior opposite angle.
right angle.
The angle in a semicircle (or the angle the diameter (iii) For an equilateral triangle
subtends in a semicircle) is a right angle. The converse of 3  a2
the above is also true and is very useful in a number of Area = where "a" is the side of the triangle.
4
cases - in a right angled triangle, a semi-circle with the
hypotenuse as the diameter can be drawn passing through 3 a
the third vertex (Refer to Fig. 1.39). The height of an equilateral triangle =
2
Fig. 1.40 (iv) For an isosceles triangle
b
B Area = 4a 2 − b 2 where "a" is length of each of
4
the two equal sides and b is the third side.
A

QUADRILATERALS
O
(i) For any quadrilateral
Area of the quadrilateral = ½  One diagonal  Sum
of the offsets drawn to that diagonal.
The closed figure formed by an arc and the two radii at the Hence, for the quadrilateral ABCD shown in
two end points of the arc is called a sector. Fig. 1.23, area of quadrilateral ABCD = ½  AC 
(BE + DF)
In Fig. 1.40, the shaded figure AOB is called the minor
sector. (ii) For a cyclic quadrilateral where the four sides measure
a, b, c and d respectively,
AREAS OF PLANE FIGURES Area = √(𝐬 − 𝐚) (𝐬 − 𝐛) (𝐬 − 𝐜) (𝐬 − 𝐝) where s is the
semi-perimeter, i.e., s = (a + b + c + d)/2
Mensuration is the branch of geometry that deals with the
measurement of length, area and volume. We have (iii) For a trapezium
looked at properties of plane figures till now. Here, in Area of a trapezium = ½  Sum of parallel sides 
addition to areas of plane figures, we will also look at Distance between them
surface areas and volumes of "solids." Solids are objects, = ½  (AD + BC)  AE (refer to Fig. 1.25)
which have three dimensions (plane figures have only two
dimensions). (iv) For a parallelogram
Let us briefly look at the formulae for areas of various (a) Area = Base  Height
plane figures and surface areas and volumes of various (b) Area = Product of two sides  Sine of the
solids. included angle.

TRIANGLES (v) For a rhombus

Area = ½  Product of the diagonals
The area of a triangle is represented by the symbol . For Perimeter = 4  Side of the rhombus
a triangle ABC, the three sides are represented
(vi) For a rectangle
by a, b and c and the angles opposite these sides
represented by A, B and C respectively. Area = Length  Breadth
Perimeter = 2(l + b), where l and b are the length
(i) For any triangle in general, and the breadth of the rectangle respectively.
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/63
(vii) For a square CUBOID OR RECTANGULAR SOLID
(a) Area = Side2
(b) Area = ½  Diagonal2 A right prism whose base is a rectangle is called
a rectangular solid or cuboid. If l and b are respectively
[where the diagonal = √2  side] the length and breadth of the base and h, the height,
Perimeter = 4  Side then Volume = lbh
Lateral Surface Area = 2(l + b). h
(viii) For a polygon Total Surface Area = 2(l + b)h + 2lb = 2(lb + lh + bh)
(a) Area of a regular polygon = ½  Perimeter 
Perpendicular distance from the centre of the Longest diagonal of the cuboid = l2 + b 2 + h2
polygon to any side (Please note that the centre
of a regular polygon is equidistant from all its CUBE
sides)
A right prism whose base is a square and height is equal
(b) For a polygon which is not regular, the area has to the side of the base is called a cube.
to be found out by dividing the polygon into
suitable number of quadrilaterals and triangles Volume = a3 where a is the edge of the cube.
and adding up the areas of all such figures Lateral Surface Area = 4a2
present in the polygon. Total Surface Area = 6a2

CIRCLE The longest diagonal of the cube (i.e., the line joining one
vertex on the top face to the diagonally opposite vertex on
(i) Area of the circle =  r2 where r is the radius of the the bottom face) is called the diagonal of the cube.
circle. The length of the diagonal of the cube is a 3 .
Circumference = 2 r

(ii) Sector of a circle CYLINDER


Length of arc =  2 r A cylinder is equivalent to a right prism whose base is
360 a circle. A cylinder has a single curved surface as its
θ lateral faces. If r is the radius of the base and h is the
Area =   r 2 where  is the angle of the height of the cylinder
360
sector in degrees and r is the radius of the circle. Volume = r2h
Area = (1/2)lr; l is length of arc and r is radius. Curved Surface Area = 2rh
Total Surface Area = 2rh + 2r2 = 2r(h + r)
(iii) Ring : Ring is the space enclosed by two concentric A hollow cylinder has a cross-section of a ring.
circles. Volume of the material contained in a hollow cylindrical
Area = R2 – r2 = (R + r) (R – r) where R is the ring = (R2 – r2)h where R is the outer radius, r is the inner
radius of the outer circle and r is the radius of the radius and h, the height.
inner circle.
CONE
AREAS AND VOLUMES OF SOLIDS Fig. 1.41
Solids are three-dimensional objects which, in addition to
areas, have volumes also. For solids, two different types
of areas are defined
(a) Lateral surface area or curved surface area and ℓ
h
(b) Total surface area

As the name itself indicates, lateral surface area is the

area of the LATERAL surfaces of the solid. Total surface r
area includes the areas of the top and the bottom surfaces
also of the solid. Hence, Total surface area = Lateral A cone is equivalent to a right pyramid whose base is
surface area + Area of the top face + Area of the bottom a circle. The lateral surface of a cone does not consist of
face. triangles like in a right pyramid but is a single curved
surface.
In solids (like cylinder, cone, sphere) where the lateral
surface is curved, the lateral surface area is usually If r is the radius of the base of the cone, h is height of the
referred to as the "curved surface area." cone and' l is the slant height of the cone, then we have
the relationship (Fig. 1.41)
For any solid, whose faces are regular polygons, there is l² = r² + h²
a definite relationship between the number of vertices, the Volume = 1/3  r2h
number of sides and the number of edges of the solid. Curved Surface Area =  r.l
This relationship is given by "Euler's Rule". Total Surface Area =  rl +  r2 =  r( l + r)
A cone can be formed by taking the sector of a circle and
Number of faces + Number of vertices = Number of edges joining together its straight edges. If the radius of the
+ 2 (Euler's Rule) sector is R and the angle of the sector is °, then we have
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/64
the following relationships between the length of the arc 9.03. X and Y are supplementary angles and X = 3Y.
and area of the sector on the one hand and base Find Y.
perimeter of the cone and curved surface area of the cone
on the other hand. Sol. X + Y = 180° ( Supplementary angles are a pair
Radius of the sector = Slant height of the cone of angles whose sum is 180°)
i.e., R = l 1
X = 3Y  Y = X
Length of the arc of the sector = Circumference of the 3
 1
base of the cone i.e.  2 R = 2r X + X = 180°
360 3
 4
 r= R X = 180°
360 3
and Area of the sector = Curved surface area X = 135° and y = 180° – 135° = 45°.
(Actually, from this last equation, substituting the values
from the first two equations, we can get the curved surface 9.04.
X
area of the cone, which is what is given previously as equal
to rl)

SPHERE •
Any point on the surface of a sphere is equidistant from
the centre of the sphere. This distance is the radius of the Y Z
sphere. In the above figure,  is the incenter of XYZ
Surface Area of a sphere = 4 r2 YZ = 3YXZ. Find YXZ.
Volume of a sphere = (4/3) r3 Sol. Since  is the incentre of XYZ,
The curved surface area of a hemisphere is equal to half 1
the surface area of a sphere, i.e., 2r²  YZ = 90° + YXZ
2
The following examples cover various properties / 1
theorems discussed in Geometry as well as areas and 3YXZ = 90° + YXZ
2
volumes discussed in Mensuration. You should learn all
5
the properties of triangles, quadrilaterals and circles as well YXZ = 90°; YXZ = 36°.
as areas/volumes of plane figures and solids thoroughly 2
before starting with the worked out examples and the P
exercise that follows the worked out examples. 9.05. In the given figure, PS bisects
QPR. PQ = 12 cm, PR = 10 cm
and QR = 11 cm. Find SR.
Examples
9.01. Sol. PS bisects QPR Q S R
t
PQ QS
130°  =
ℓ PR SR
b° (By Angle bisector theorem)
a° PQ PR
c° ℓ  =
QS SR
12 10
In the above figure, ℓ1 || ℓ2. The transversal t =
QR − SR SR
intersects ℓ1 and ℓ2. Find a, b and c.
12 10
Sol. a = 130 ( corresponding angles are equal) i.e. =
11 − SR SR
b = 130 (∵ Vertically opposite angles are equal) 12SR = 110 – 10SR
a + c = 180 (∵ linear pair) 22SR = 110
 c = 180 – a SR = 5 cm.
 c = 180 − 130 = 50.
9.06. Each of the exterior angles of a regular polygon
9.02. P and Q are complementary angles and P = 2Q. is not more than 30°. The sum of its interior
Find P. angles does not exceed 1800°. Find the number
of sides of the polygon.
Sol. P + Q = 90° ( Complementary angles are a pair
of angles whose sum is 90°) Sol. Let the number of sides in it be N.
1 360
P = 2Q  Q = P
2  30° and 180° (N – 2)  1800°
N
1 3  N  12 and N – 2  10 i.e. N  12
P+ P = 90°; P = 90°
2 2  N = 12.
P = 60°.
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/65
9.07. In the figure below O is the center of the circle. 9.10.
Triangle PQR is inscribed in the circle, ORQ P S
= 35°. Find QSR.
P T
Q R

Q R In the above figure, QR is the diameter of the

circle. PQS = 30°. Find PTQ.
S
Sol. QPT = 90° ( Angle in a semicircle is 90°)
Sol. OQ = OR  OQR = ORQ  OQR = 35° In PTQ, PTQ + PQT + QPT = 180°
In QOR, QOR + OQR + ORQ = 180° PTQ + 30° + 90° = 180°
QOR + 35° + 35° = 180°  PTQ = 60°.
QOR = 110°
Reflex QOR = 360° – 110° = 250° 9.11. One of the sides containing the right angle of a right
Reflex QOR = 2QSR angled triangle is 15 cm and the area of the triangle
 QSR = 125°. is 60 [Link]. Find the length of the hypotenuse.
Sol. Let the other side containing the right angle be
9.08. In a circle with centre O of radius 3 cm, the
x cm.
chords PQ and PR have equal lengths and
1
QPR = 120°. Find the sum of the perimeters of (x) (15) = 60 [Link].
2
OPQ and OPR.
x=8
Hypotenuse’s length (in cm)
2 2
O = 8 + 15 = 289 = 17.

Q R 9.12. Find the area of a right angled triangle whose

circum radius is 18 cm and the altitude drawn to
P its hypotenuse is 12 cm.

Sol. In the figure, reflex QOR = 2QPR = 240° 1

Sol. Area = (Length of the hypotenuse) (Length of
QOR = 360° – reflex QOR = 120° 2
Joining OP, we get OQP and ORP. the altitude drawn to the hypotenuse)
PQ = PR, OQ = OR = radii and OP is a common 1
= (36) (12) [Link].
side for both the triangles  OQP  ORP 2
(by SSS) = (36) (6) [Link] = 216 [Link].
QOR
QOP = ROP = = 60° --- (1)
2 9.13. The diagonals of a rhombus are 30 cm and 40 cm.
In OPQ, Find its perimeter.
OP = OQ
Sol. The perimeter of a rhombus whose diagonals
 OPQ = OQP = 60° (∵ QOP = 60°)
 QOP and ROP are equilateral triangles. and d1 cm and d2 cm is equal to 2 d12 + d22 cm.
Perimeter of OPQ + Perimeter of OPR d1 = 30 and d2 = 40
= 3OP + 3OP = 6(OP) = 6(3 cm) = 18 cm.
 Perimeter = 2 302 + 402 cm
9.09. = 2 900 + 1600 cm
P
= 2 2500 cm = 2(50) cm = 100 cm.

S R Q 9.14. There are two identical wires of equal length.

One of them was bent into a circle and the other
was bent to form a square of side 44 cm. Find the
area of the circle.
In the figure above (not to scale), PQ is a tangent
to the given circle at P. SRQ is a secant. Sol. Length of each wire must be the same
PQ = 5.4 cm and QR = 3.6 cm. Find RS.
( Wires are identical) --- (1)
Length of the wire made into a circle
Sol. PQ2 = (QR) (QS)
= Circumference of the circle.
(5.4)2 = (3.6) (QS) Length of the other wire = Perimeter of the square.
(5.4)( 5.4) 3
QS = = (5.4) = 8.1 (1)  Circumference of the circle = Perimeter of
3.6 2 the square = 4(44 cm) = 176 cm.
 RS = QS – QR = 4.5 cm.
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/66
 176 176 The cuboid formed will have length of 20 cm,
Radius of the circle = cm = cm breadth of 10 cm and height of 5 cm.
22 44
2. Its volume = (20 cm) (10 cm (5 cm)) = 1000 [Link].
7 7
= (4) (7) cm = 28 cm 9.18. Four solid cubes of edge 2 cm each are placed
22 side by side in a straight line. Find the ratio of the
Area of the circle (in [Link]) = (28) (28)
7 total surface area of the cuboid formed and the
= (22) (4) (28) = (88) (28) = 2464 [Link]. sum of the surface areas of all the cubes.

9.15. The side of a regular hexagon is 20 cm. A circle Sol. The arrangement will be a cuboid of length 8 cm,
circumscribes it. Find the difference between the breadth 2 cm and height 2 cm.
area of the hexagon and the circle. Its total surface area = 2[8(2) + 8(2) + (2) (2)] [Link]
= 72 [Link].
Sol. A Sum of the surface areas of all the cubes
= 4(6(2)2) [Link] = 96 [Link].
F B
 Required ratio = 72 : 96 = 3 : 4.
•
O 9.19. Sum of the radius and the height of a solid
E cylinder is 26 cm. If its total surface area is
C 2288 [Link]. Find its volume.
D
Let the hexagon be denoted by ABCDEF. Let its Sol. Let the radius and the height of the cylinder be
centre be denoted by O. r cm and h cm respectively.
r + h = 26
3 3
Area of a regular hexagon = a2, where a 2r(r + h) = 2288
2 2r (r + h) 2288 22
is its side. = = 2. .r = 88
r +h 26 7
 3  r = 14  h = 12.

 Area = 3 (20)2  sq cm = 600 3 sq cm. 22
2  Volume = r2h = (142) (12) cubic cm.
  7
As O is the hexagon’s centre OA = OB = OC = = (22) (28) (12) cubic cm = 7392 cu. cm.
OD = OE = OF.
 A circle which can be drawn passing through the 9.20. The sides of a right angled triangle containing the
vertices of the hexagon must have a centre of O. right angle are 8 cm and 15 cm. It is rotated
 radius of the circle = 20 cm. taking the side of 8 cm as the axis. Find the
Its area = (20)2 sq. cm. = 400 sq. cm. volume of the space covered in one rotation.
(
Required difference = 400 − 600 3 sq. cm. ) Sol.

9.16. The dimensions of a cuboid are 20 cm  12 cm 

9 cm. Find the longest needle that can be
accommodated in the cuboid. 8

Sol. The longest needle which can be accommodated

in a cuboid of dimensions 15 15
l cm  b cm  h cm = l2 + b2 + h2 cm.
 Longest needle which can be accommodated The solid formed is a cone of radius 15 cm and
1
2 2 2 height 8 cm. Its volume =  (15)2 (8) cu. cm.
in the cuboid = 20 + 12 + 9 cm. 3
= 400 + 144 + 81 cm = 625 cm = 25 cm. = 600 cu. cm.

9.21. A cylindrical vessel of radius 4.9 cm contains

9.17. The dimensions of a rectangular sheet are
some water. ‘N’ marbles of diameter 1.4 cm each
30 cm  20 cm. At each of its corners, a square
are dropped into it. The water level in the vessel
of side 5 cm is cut and the remaining sheet is
rises by 2.4 cm. Find N.
folded to form on open cuboidal box. Find the
volume of the box.
Sol. Volume of the water risen = Total volume of the
marbles dropped.
Sol.
5 cm 5 cm  4  1.4 3 
   cu. cm.
(4.9)2 (2.4) cu cm = N  
10 cm  3  2  
20 cm

 
5 cm 5 cm ( 4.9)2 (2.4)  (4.9)2 (2.4) 
N= = 6  = 6[21] = 126.
30 cm 4 (1.4)3  (1.4)3 
5 cm 5 cm 
3 8
20 cm

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/67
9.22. The radii of two right cylinders are in the ratio 9.24. Find the volume of a cone frustrum of radii 14 cm
3 : 4. The heights are in the ratio 6 : 5. Find the and 21 cm and height 30 cm.
ratio of the curved surface areas of the first and
the second cylinder’s. Sol. D E

Sol. Ratio of the curved surface areas of the first and

 r12h1
the second cylinders =
 r22h2 B C
2 A
 r1   h1  2
6  9  6
 
r    =  3    =    = 27 : 40. Let the frustrum be as one shown above.
h     5   16  5
 2  2 4       BC = 14 cm, DE = 21 cm and DB = 30 cm
1
Volume of cone frustum = h (R2 + Rr + r2)
9.23. A godown is in the shape of a semi cylindrical 3
dome surmounting a cuboidal. The dimensions 1 22
=   30 [(21)2 + 21  14 + (14)2]
of the cubical portion are 15 m  7 m  2 m. Find 3 7
the inner surface area of the godown excluding 220
= 2
 7 (3 + 3  2 + 2 )
2 2
the floor. 7
= 220  7  19 = 29260 cm3.
Sol.
9.25. A circus tent is in the shape of a cone surmounted
on a cylinder. The radius of the cylinder is 28 m.
The height of the tent is 18 m. The ratio of the
2m heights of the cylinder and the cone is 2 : 1.
15 m Find the curved surface area of the tent.
7m Sol. Height of the tent = 18 m
 Height of the cone + Height of the cylinder
Surface area of the cuboid part = 18 cm
= 2(7 + 15) (2) sq.m = 88 sq.m Height of the cylinder: Height of the cone = 2 : 1
Area of the semi cylindrical part = rh  Height of the cylinder = 12 m and height of the
22 cone = 6 m
=  (7/2) (15) sq.m = (7/2) (15) sq.m
7 Curved surface area of the cylinder
330  22 
= = 165 sq.m.
2 = 2 (28) (12) sq.m = 2  (28) (12) sq.m

Combined area of the semicircular parts  7 
1  = 2112 sq.m.
= 2 r 2  = r2 Slant height of the cone = 282 + 62 m
2 
= 784+ 36 m = 820 m = 2 205 m
2
22 7 Curved surface area of the cone
=   sq.m.
7 2
  =
22
7
( )
(28) 2 205 sq.m. = 176 205 sq. m.
154
= sq.m. = 38.5 sq.m Curved surface area of the tent
4
Required area = (88 + 165 + 38.5) sq.m.
(
= 2112+ 176 205 sq.m. )
= 291.5 sq.m.

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/68
 Exercise − 9(a)
Directions for questions 1 to 35: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. Two distinct angles are complementary. Half of the 10. PQRS is a quadrilateral. I is a point inside it.
greater angle and five times the smaller angle are T he perimeter of PQRS can be equal to ______.
supplementary. Find the difference between the angles. PI + QI + RI + SI
(A) 20° (B) 25° (C) 30° (D) 35° (A) 2 (B) 2.1 (C) 2.2 (D) 1.9

2. In a triangle, the greatest angle is equal to thrice the 11. Consider the following statements.
least angle. The third angle is as much less than the A triangle is said to be equilateral if
greatest angle as it is greater than the least angle.  the sum of any two sides is the same.
Find the greatest angle.  the product of any two sides is the same.
(A) 75° (B) 90° (C) 105° (D) 120° Which of the following can be concluded?
(A)  is true and  is false.
3. ABC is a triangle. D and E are points on AB and AC
(B)  is false and  is true.
such that DE is parallel to BC. DE divides triangle
ABC into two parts of equal area. Find AE : EC. (C) Both  and  are true.
(D) Both  and  are false.
(A) 1 : 2 (B) 1 : 2 −1
12. Two similar triangles have equal perimeters.
(C) 2: 2 (D) 1 : 2 +1 They must have ______.
(A) equal areas
4. The number of diagonals of a regular polygon is equal (B) the products of their sides equal
to 3 times the number of its sides. It is a/an ______. (C) Neither (A) nor (B)
(A) decagon (B) nonagon (D) Both (A) and (B)
(C) octagon (D) heptagon
13. S is a square and R is a rectangle of distinct
5. ABCD is a parallelogram of perimeter 24 cm. dimensions. Which of the following can be concluded?
The bisectors of angle C and angle D meet on AB at (A) If S and R have the same perimeter, the area of
E. Find BC (in cm). S exceeds that of R.
(A) 6 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 3 (B) If S and R have the same area, the side of
S lies between the length and the breadth of R.
6. In the given figure which is not (C) Both (A) and (B)
drawn to scale, PT = 4 cm, TQ = 6 P R (D) Neither (A) nor (B)
cm and RT = 4.8 cm. Find ST (in cm). T
14. The length of the sides of a triangle are 5cm, 12cm,
(A) 4 and 13 cm. Find the area of the triangle. (in [Link]).
(B) 3 (A) 25 (B) 30 (C) 36 (D) 15
(C) 5 S Q
(D) 6 15. The area of a rectangle (in [Link].) is numerically equal
to its perimeter (in cm). Find the area of a rectangle
7. The height of a trapezium is 10 cm and its area is whose dimensions are 2 cm less than the
90 sq. cm. The longer of its parallel sides is equal to corresponding dimensions of the rectangle (in [Link]).
twice the shorter of its parallel sides. Find the shorter (A) 6 (B) 4 (C) 16 (D) 12
of its parallel sides (in cm). 16. The areas of three of its adjacent faces of a cuboid
(A) 5.4 (B) 6 (C) 4.5 (D) 5 are 48 sq. m, 32 sq.m. and 24 sq.m. Find its volume
(in cubic m).
8. (A) 216 (B) 192 (C) 288 (D) 144
P Q 17. If the radius and height of a cone is 7.5 cm and 14 cm
T then find the volume of the cone (in cubic cm).
V (A) 262.5 (B) 282.5 (C) 300 (D) 320
S R
18. The contents of four completely filled cylindrical soft
drink bottles were poured into an empty hemispherical
bowl. As a result, the bowl becomes completely full. The
In the above figure (not to scale), TQ is parallel to VR.
radius of each bottle is equal to half of that of the bowl.
2 angle TPS = 3 angle PSV. Find angle QRS.
Find the ratio of the radius and the height of each bottle.
(A) 108° (B) 120° (C) 114° (D) 102°
(A) 3 : 4 (B) 4 : 3 (C) 10 : 3 (D) 7 : 3
9. In the figure shown, ABCD is A B 19. The ratio of the length and breadth of a rectangle is
a rectangle. The circles shown 5 : 4 and it’s area is 180 [Link]. Find the perimeter of
are equal. Find the ratio of the the rectangle.
area of the shaded region to the (A) 324 cm (B) 48 cm (C) 54 cm (D) 27 cm
area of ABCD.
20. The radius of a circular cricket field is 70 m. Around
(A) (4 − ) : 8
it, a path of marble stones of uniform width of 7 m is
(B) (4 − ) : 12
D C laid. The cost of laying is `10 per [Link]. Find the total
(C) (4 − ) : 16 cost incurred in laying the path.
(D) (4 − ) : 24 (A) `32,340 (B) `34,540 (C) `31,130 (D) `34,650
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/69
21. The radius of a sphere is 6 cm. It is melted and recast 28. The area of a circle is equal to four times that of
into a hollow cylinder of height 12 cm and thickness a square. What is the ratio of the radius of the circle
3 cm. Find the external radius of the cylinder (in cm). to the side of the square?
(A) 4.5 (B) 5.5 (C) 5 (D) 6 (A) 2 :  (B) 2 :  (C) 3 :  (D) 1 : 

22. A rectangular garden of dimensions 40 m × 25 m has

29. A wire in the form of a circle of radius 3.5 m is bent in
two paths, in the midway with each being 5 m wide,
the form of a rectangle, whose length and breadth are
that run parallel to its dimensions. Find the area of
in the ratio of 6 : 5. What is the area of the rectangle?
two paths.
(A) 60 cm2 (B) 30 cm2 (C) 45 cm2 (D) 120 cm2
(A) 325 sq.m (B) 450 sq.m
(C) 300 sq.m (D) 350 sq.m 30. Two adjacent sides of a rectangle are in the ratio
3 : 11. If its area is 132 square metres, then what is
23. The ratio of the area of two circles is 289 : 169. its perimeter?
Find the ratio of the radii. (A) 28 m (B) 56 m (C) 112 m (D) 14 m
(A) 17 : 13 (B) 4 : 3 (C) 15 : 8 (D) 24 : 7
31. The perimeter of a rhombus PQRS is 68 cm. If the
24. The slant height of a cone is five times its radius. length of the diagonal PR is 30 cm, what will the
Find the ratio of radius and height of the cone. length of the other diagonal QS be?
(A) 1 : 6 (B) 1 : 2 6 (C) 6 : 1 (D) 2 6 : 1 (A) 16 cm (B) 8 cm (C) 24 cm (D) 32 cm

32. The base and the altitude of a parallelogram are

25. If the dimensions of a cuboid are 12 cm, 10 cm, 8 cm 12 cm and 8 cm respectively. What is its area?
then find the total surface area (in [Link]) of the (A) 192 cm2 (B) 48 cm2 (C) 36 cm2 (D) 96 cm2
cuboid.
(A) 608 (B) 592 (C) 588 (D) 612 33. The diameter of the base of a cylinder is 14 cm and its
height is 12 cm. What is the volume of the cylinder?
26. The length of the diagonal of a square is 36√2 cm. (A) 1600 cm3 (B) 1200 cm3
The square is reshaped to form a equilateral triangle. (C) 1848 cm3 (D) 2400 cm3
What is the area (in cm2) of the triangle?
34. If the volumes of two right cylinders are in the ratio of
(A) 476√3 cm2 (B) 676√3 cm2
5 : 12 and their radii are in the ratio of 3 : 16, then
(C) 756√3 cm2 (D) 576√3 cm2 what is the ratio of their heights?
(A) 340 : 27 (B) 400 : 29 (C) 320 : 27 (D) 64 : 11
27. What is the area of a regular hexagon whose side
measures 4 cm? 35. The diagonal of a cube is 363 cm. The total surface
(A) 12 3 cm2 (B) 18 3 cm2 area of the cube is ______.
(C) 24 3 cm2 (D) 36 3 cm2 (A) 864 cm2 (B) 726 cm2 (C) 600 cm2 (D) 486 cm2

Exercise − 9(b)
Directions for questions 1 to 35: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. In the given figure, 3. In the figure given below, ABC is an equilateral

E triangle and ADB = 105°. What is DAC?
C A
P Q
R S
A B
T
F 105°
PQ || AB, and AB || RS and RC || EF. If CRS = 50°, B D C
find STA.
(A) 40° (B) 100° (C) 130° (D) 140° (A) 45° (B) 30° (C) 15° (D) 60°

2. 4. In the given figure, ACD = 140° and AC = BC. Find

ℓ4 ℓ3
x° the respective angles A, B and C of triangle ABC.
A
50°
m

140°
ℓ1 ℓ2
B C D
In the figure given above, ℓ1 and ℓ2 are perpendicular
to m and ℓ4 is parallel to ℓ3. What is x? (A) 40°, 40°, 100° (B) 70°, 70°, 40°
(A) 30° (B) 40° (C) 50° (D) 60° (C) 100°, 50°, 30° (D) 70°, 30°, 80°

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/70
5. 13. The radii of two circles are 6 cm and 14 cm and the
M
distance between their centres is 17 cm. Which one
of the following is the correct statement regarding the
circles?
(A) They touch internally
(B) They Intersect in two points
(C) They touch each other externally
B A C (D) They do not touch and they are far apart.
In the diagram shown above, MBC = 82°,
MAC = 90°, ACM = 68°. Among AM, BM and CM, 14. In a circle, a chord, 3 18 cm long, subtends a right
which one is the smallest? angle at the centre. The diameter of the circle is
(A) BM (B) AM (A) 9 cm (B) 18 cm (C) 36 cm (D) 72 cm
(C) CM (D) Cannot say
P 15.
6. PQR is an Isosceles triangle, A D
QPR = 40° and PQ = PR. x° y° + 20°
MQR is an equilateral triangle. M
What is the measure of PRM?
(A) 10° (B) 20°
(C) 15° (D) 18° R x° – 40°
Q
7. In triangle ABC, D and E are the A B C
midpoints of sides AB and AC The given figure ABCD is a parallelogram. What is
respectively. If BC – DE = 15 cm, the value of y?
what is the measure of (BC + DE) D E (A) 50° (B) 70° (C) 80° (D) 110°
in cm?
(A) 45 (B) 60 16. The perimeter of an equilateral triangle is 132 cm.
(C) 30 (D) 75 B C What is its altitude in cm?
(A) 66 3 (B) 33 3 (C) 28 3 (D) 22 3
8. In ∆ABC, the bisectors of B and C meet at D and
BDC = 160°. Then A =
17. The base and the altitude of a parallelogram are
(A) 145° (B) 120° (C) 140° (D) 130°
15 cm and 4 cm respectively. What is its area?
9. In PQR, Q = 62°, R = 30° and the bisector of (A) 92 cm2 (B) 42 cm2
QPR meets QR in S. What is the measure of PSR? (C) 30 cm2 (D) 60 cm2
(A) 106° (B) 74° (C) 88° (D) 116° 18. The diagonals of two squares are in the ratio of
2 12 : 5. What is the ratio is their areas?
10. In a triangle PQR, Q = 90° and PR = PQ. (A) 12 : 5 (B) 196 : 27
3
(C) 156 :19 (D) 144 : 25
Find the measure of P.
(A) 60° (B) 30° 19. What is the area of the square inscribed in a semi
(C) 45° (D) None of these circle of radius 25 cm?
(A) 225 cm2 (B) 125 cm2
11. (C) 100 cm2 (D) 500 cm2
A
20. A cow is tied to one corner of a closed shed located in
a field. The dimensions of the shed are 15 m × 12 m and
• C the length of the rope that is used to tie the cow is 10 m.
B
What is the area in which the cow can graze?
(A) 25 m2 (B) 50 m2
(C) 75 m2 (D) 100 m2
In the above circle with centre B, AC is a tangent,
24 cm long. If the radius of the circle is 18 cm, 21. Find the area of the region swept by the hour hand of
what is the length of BC? a clock, 3.5 cm long, in an interval of 30 minutes.
(A) 20 cm (B) 21 cm (C) 24 cm (D) 30 cm 77 77
(A) [Link] (B) [Link]
2 96
12.
77 77
C (C) [Link] (D) [Link]
D 48 192
M 22. A cube of side one meter length is cut into small
B cubes of side 10 cm each. How many such small
A
cubes can be obtained?
(A) 10 (B) 100 (C) 1000 (D) 10000
AB and CD are two chords of a circle meeting at
a point M outside the circle when extended. 23. The volumes of two cones are in the ratio of 1 : 10
AB = 10 cm, CD = 5 cm, DM = 3 cm. and the radii of the cones are in the ratio of 1 : 2, what
What is the length of AM in cm? is the ratio of their vertical heights?
(A) 13.5 (B) 13 (C) 12.5 (D) 12 (A) 2 : 5 (B) 1 : 5 (C) 3 : 5 (D) 4 : 5
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/71
24. A metallic sphere of radius 21 m is melted and formed 31. When the surface area of a ball is increased from
into a cylinder of diameter 14 m. What is the length of 616 [Link] to 2464 [Link], its radius is increased by
the cylinder? (A) 14 cm (B) 7 cm
(A) 126 m (B) 252 m 
(C) 504 m (D) 1008 m (C) cm (D) 14 cm
7 
25. The radius of a hemisphere and a sphere are in
32. The sides of a triangle are in the ratio of 10 : 5 : 7 and
the ratio of 6 : 13. What is the ratio of their volumes?
its perimeter is 44 meters. What is the area of the
(A) 128 : 2197 (B) 125 : 169
triangle (in square meters)?
(C) 36 : 169 (D) 108 : 2197
(A) 2 66 (B) 4 66
26. A hall 40 meter long and 30 meter broad, has a tiled
path of uniform width of 4.5 meters around it inside. (C) 8 66 (D) 16 66
The cost of flooring the path, at `32.50 per square
meter is ______. 33.
(A) `15,000 (B) `18,000 P
•
(C) `17,842.50 (D) `15,824.50

27. The perimeter of a rhombus is 68 units and the sum

of the lengths of its diagonals is 46. The area of the
rhombus is ______. (in units) •
Q S A R
(A) 240 (B) 120
(C) 60 (D) 30 In the above triangle PQR, PS ⊥ QR, PS = 12 cm,
PQ = 15 cm. and QR = 22 cm. A is the midpoint of
28. Three circles of radius 10 cm, 12 cm and 14 cm touch QR. Find the area of PSA.
each other externally. The area of the triangle formed (A) 12 cm2 (B) 16 cm2
by joining the centers is: (C) 9 cm2 (D) 25 cm2
(A) 24 15 [Link] (B) 48 5 [Link]
34. ABC is a scalene triangle in which D is the midpoint
(C) 24 105 [Link] (D) 96 3 [Link] of AB and E is a point on side BC such that BE : EC
= 1 : 3. What is the ratio of areas of triangles BDE and
29. The perimeter of a rectangle and a circle are BAC?
176 cm each. The breadth of the rectangle is 12 cm (A) 1 : 3 (B) 1 :4
more than the radius of the circle . The length of the (C) 1 : 16 (D) 1 : 8
rectangle is _______.
(A) 48 cm (B) 52 cm (C) 56 cm (D) 60 cm 35. Each side of a cube is increased by 50%. Find the
ratio of the total surface areas of the original cube and
30. The least number of square tiles of side 31 cm that of the resulting cube.
required to pave the floor of a room of size 19 meters (A) 27 : 8 (B) 4 : 9
20 cm long and 15 m 5 cm broad is _______. (C) 8 : 1 (D) 1 : 27
(A) 3007 (B) 1900 (C) 2200 (D) 2700

Key
Exercise – 9(a)
1. C 6. C 11. C 16. B 21. B 26. D 31. A
2. B 7. B 12. D 17. A 22. C 27. C 32. D
3. B 8. A 13. C 18. A 23. A 28. A 33. C
4. B 9. C 14. B 19. C 24. B 29. B 34. C
5. B 10. D 15. B 20. A 25. B 30. B 35. B

Exercise – 9(b)
1. C 6. A 11. D 16. D 21. C 26. C 31. B
2. B 7. A 12. D 17. D 22. C 27. A 32. C
3. A 8. C 13. B 18. D 23. A 28. C 33. A
4. B 9. A 14. B 19. D 24. B 29. A 34. D
5. B 10. B 15. A 20. C 25. D 30. A 35. B

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/72
 CHAPTER – 10
INDICES AND SURDS
INDICES These rules/laws will help you in solving a number of
problems. In addition to the above, the student should also
If a number 'a' is added three times to itself, then we write remember the following:
it as 3a. Instead of adding, if we multiply 'a' three times
with itself, we write it as a3. – When the bases of two equal numbers are equal,
then their powers also be equal.
We say that 'a' is expressed as an exponent. Here, 'a' is Example : If 2n = 23, then it means n = 3
called the 'base' and 3 is called the 'power' or 'index' or
'exponent'. – When the powers of two equal numbers are equal,
then their bases are equal (when both the bases are
Similarly, 'a' can be expressed to any exponent 'n' and of the same sign).
accordingly written as an. This is read as "a to the power
n" or "a to the power of n" or "a raised to the power n."
Example : If a² = 3², then it means a = 3
an = a × a × a × a × ..................... n times

For example,23 = 2 × 2 × 2 = 8 and 34 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 = 81 SURDS

If a number raised to a certain power is inside brackets Any number of the form p/q where p and q are integers
and this is then raised to a power again, {i.e., a number of and q  0 is called a rational number. Any real number
the type (am)n – read as "a raised to the power m whole which is not a rational number is an irrational number.
raised to the power n"}, then the number inside the Amongst irrational numbers, of particular interest to us are
brackets is evaluated first and then this number is raised SURDS. Amongst surds, we will specifically be looking at
to the power which is outside the brackets.
'quadratic surds' - surds of the type a + b and a + b
For example, to evaluate (23)2, we first find out the value + c where the terms involve only square roots and not
of the number inside the bracket (23) as 8 and now raise any higher roots. We do not need to go very deep into the
this to the power 2. This gives 8² which is equal to 64. area of surds - what is required is a basic understanding
Thus (23)2 is equal to 64. of some of the operations on surds.
If we have powers in the manner of "steps", then such a
number is evaluated by starting at the topmost of the If there is a surd of the form a + b , then a surd of the
"steps" and coming down one "step" in each operation.
form a – b is called the conjugate of the initial surd.
The product of a surd and its conjugate will always be
43
For example, 2 is evaluated by starting at the topmost a rational number.
level '3'. Thus we first calculate 43 as equal to 64. Since 2
is raised to the power 43, we now have 264. RATIONALISATION OF A SURD
2

Similarly, 2 3 is equal to "2 raised to the power 32 " or "2 1

When there is a surd of the form it is difficult to
raised to the power 9" or 29 which is equal to 512. a+ b
perform arithmetic operations on it.
There are certain basic rules/formulae for dealing with
numbers having powers. These are called Laws of
Indices. The important ones are listed below but we are Hence, the denominator is converted into a rational
not required to learn the proof for any of these number thereby facilitating ease of handling the surd. This
formulae/rules. process of converting the denominator into a rational
number without changing the value of the surd is called
Rule/Law Example rationalisation.
(1) am x an = am + n 52 × 57 = 59
To convert the denominator of a surd into a rational
a m 75 number, multiply the denominator and the numerator
(2) =a m-n = 7² = 49
an 73 simultaneously with the conjugate of the surd in the
(3) (a ) = amn
m n (4 ) = 46
2 3 denominator so that the denominator gets converted to a
1 1 1 rational number without changing the value of the fraction.
(4) a–m = m 2-3 = 3 = = 0.125
a 2 8 That is, if there is a surd of the type a + b in the
m 3 denominator, then both the numerator and the
(5) a =a 1/m
64 = 64 1/3
denominator have to multiplied with a surd of the form
(6) (ab)m = am .bm (2 × 3)4 = 24 . 34
(7) a0 = 1 30 = 1 a – b or a surd of the type -a + b to convert the
(8) a1 = a 41 = 4 denominator into a rational number.

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/73
SQUARE ROOT OF A SURD 10.04. Solve for x: 162x + 3 = 64x + 3

Sol. 162x + 3 = 64x + 3

If there exists a square root of a surd of the type a + b, (24)2x + 3 = (26)x + 3
then it will be of the form x + y . We can equate the 24(2x + 3) = 26(x + 3)
4(2x + 3) = 6(x + 3) (∵ am = an  m = n)
square of x + y to a + b and thus solve for x and y. 8x + 12 = 6x + 18  2x = 6  x = 3
Here, one point should be noted : When there is an
equation with rational and irrational terms, the rational part 10.05. Which of the following is the greatest? 2 300, 3200
on the left hand side is equal to the rational part on the and 1250
right hand side and, the irrational part on the left hand side
is equal to the irrational part on the right hand side of the Sol. 2300 = 250.6 = (26)50 = 6450
equation. 3200 = 350.4 = (34)50 = 8150
81 > 64 > 12
COMPARISON OF SURDS  8150 > 6450 >1250
 3200 > 2300 >1250
Sometimes we will need to compare two or more surds  3200 is the greatest
either to identify the largest one or to arrange the given
surds in ascending/descending order. The surds given in 7 3 1
such cases will be such that they will be close to each 10.06. Arrange 2 8 ,3 4 and 5 2 in ascending order.
other and hence we will not be able to identify the largest
one by taking the approximate square root of each of the 7
( )
1
terms. In such a case, the surds can both be squared and
= (128)
1
Sol. 2 8 = 27 8 8
the common rational part be subtracted. At this stage,
3 1 1
normally one will be able to make out the order of the
surds. If even at this stage, it is not possible to identify the 3 4 = (36 ) 8 = 7298
larger of the two, then the numbers should be squared 1 1
( )
1
once more. 5 2 = 54 8 = 6258
We know that 128 < 625 < 729
Worked out examples: 1 1 1
1 2 1
1288  6258  7298
(64) 2  (512) 3  (243) 5
10.01. Simplify: 1 1
7 1 3
 28  5 2  3 4
(256) 4  (729) 3
7 1 3

Sol. 64 = 82, 512 = 83, 243 = 35, 256 = 44 and 729 = 93  The ascending order is 2 8 ,5 2 and 3 4
 the given expression
1 2 1 36 54
10.07. Find the value of + .
(82 ) 2  (83 ) 3  (35 ) 5 8  82  3 128 5+ 7 5− 7
= 1 1
= =
49 3
( 44 ) 4  (93 ) 3
36 54 ( ) ( )
36 5 − 7 + 54 5 + 7
1 2
Sol.
5+ 7
+
5− 7
=
(5 + 7 )(5 − 7 )
 49  2  3375  3 7
10.02. Simplify:       180 − 36 7 + 270 + 54 7
=
 225   343  15
52 − ( 7) 2

Sol. 49 = 72, 225 = 152, 3375 = 153 and 343 = 73 450 + 18 7

1 2 = = 25 + 7
 7  15 2 2 3 3 18
7
The given expression =  2    3  
 15   7  15
    10.08. Find the square root of 35 + 12 6 .
1 2
 7    15 
2 2 3 3 2
7 7  15  15
=           =     Sol. Let 35 + 12 6 = a + b where a and b are
  15    7   15 15  7  7
    rational with a > b → (1)
2 Squaring both sides,
 15  225
=   =
 7 49 35+ 12 6 = a + b + 2 ab → (2)
a + b is rational. If 2 ab was rational,
10.03. Solve for x: 36x – 18 = 34x – 14
R.H.S. of (2) would be rational while its L.H.S.
would be irrational.
Sol. 36x – 18 = 34x – 14
This cannot happen.
Since the bases are equal, their powers on both
Sides must also be equal.  2 ab is irrational.
6x – 18 = 4x – 14 Squaring the rational and irrational parts both
 6x – 4x = 18 – 14  x = 2 sides in (2),
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/74
 a + b = 35 and 2 ab = 12 6 i.e. 45 and 47

ab = 6 6 ( 3+ )
2
23 = 3 + 23 + 2 69 = 2b + 2 69
Squaring on both sides, ab = 216. We know that 8 < 69 < 9
a + b = 35 and ab = 216
(a – b)2 = (a + b)2 – 4ab = 352 – 4(216)  ( 3+ 23 ) 2
lies between 42 and 44
 (a – b)2 = 361
 a – b = 19
( 6+ 19 ) ( 3+
2
23 )
2

 a + b = 35 and a – b = 19  6 + 19  3 + 23 .
 a = 27 and b = 8
10.10. Arrange the following numbers in their ascending
10.09. Which of the surds are greater. 3
order (23)3, 23 and233.
6 + 19, 3 + 23 ?
Sol. (2 )3 3
= 29 and 23 = 227
3

Sol. ( 6+ 19 )
2
= 6 + 19 + 2 114 29  227  233
= 25 + 2 114  23( ) 3 3
 23  233
114 lies between 10 to 11.  The ascending order is 23 ,23 and 233. ( )
3 3

( )
2
 6 + 19 lies between 25 + 2(10) and
25 + 2(11)

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/75
 Exercise – 10(a)
Directions for questions 1 to 30: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1
− 6− 5 6+ 5
14. If a = and b = , then find the value
( )
  −1
−1   3
1. 1− 1− y 3 + 1   = 6+ 5 6− 5
    of a + b.
1 1 (A) 22 (B) 42 (C) 24 (D) 26
(A) y (B) (C) −y (D) −
y y
15. Find the positive square root of the surd 18 + 308 .
4x +2 4 2x − 2
3 − 3 .9 (A) 7 + 11 (B) 11− 7
2. =
81x (C) 7 + 11 (D) 7 − 11
(A) 2 (B) 8 (C) 26 (D) 0
3
4
16. ( 324 + 2 323 ) − ( 324 − 2 323 ) =
6 4  610
3. = (A) 2 (B) 1
4
69 (C) 36 (D) 2 323
4
(A) 6 (B) 36 (C) 6 (D) 1
17. Compare the following pairs of surds and relate them.
xab a xac xbc a= 7 + 21, b = 6 + 22
4. b c = (A) a>b
xbc xab xac
(B) a<b
(A) x a+b+c
(B) 1 (C) a=b
(C) 0 (D) xab + bc + ca (D) Cannot be determined.
5. 3430.12 × 24010.08 × 490.01 × 70.1 =
18. If pe = qf = rg  0 and r2 = pq, then ef + fg + ge =
(A) 7 (B) 74/5 (C) 78 (D) 73/5
(A) 2fg (B) 2ef (C) 3fg (D) 3ef
3 6
6. Find the value of x, if 52x + 1 = 254 x + 5 . 19. Arrange the following in ascending order
3
(A) 3 (B) 2 (C) −2 (D) −3 33 33
a = 3333, b = 33 , c = 3 , d = 3333
x+6 −2 x (A) abcd (B) acbd (C) bcad (D) dbac
 4  4  1331 3
7. Find the value of x, if   =   1 1
 121   8  20. If 5a = 7b = 35c, then + =
(A) 3/2 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 2/3 a b
(A) 2/c (B) 3/c
8. Find the value of x, if 74x + 3 − 30 = 74x + 1 + 18. (C) 1/c (D) 2/c + 1/a

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(A) (B) − (C) − (D) 21. – + – = ?
2 4 2 4 17 − 4 4 − 15 15 − 14 14 − 13
9. Which of the following is the largest in value? (A) 4 + 17 (B) √17 + √14
(A) 61/2 (B) 71/3 (C) 81/4 (D) 91/5 (C) √17 − √13 (D) √17 + √13
1
10. If y = 19 + 6 10 , then y + = 22.
√175
=
y √7 + √28
(A) 36 (B) 38 (C) 37 (D) 39 (A) 4/5 (B) 3/5 (C) 5/3 (D) 5/4
2
11. If y = 9 + 4 5 , then find y2 − 18y.  1 1
23. If  x +  = 81, find x 3 + 3 .
1 1  x  x
(A) 1 (B) −1 (C) (D) −
5 5 (A) ±692 (B) ±702 (C) ±712 (D) ±756

12. If y = 12 + 2 35 , then √y −
2
= 5  1  1
24. Simplify: 16 2 –   – .
√y
2  2  2
(A) 2√7 (B) √5 (C) √7 (D) 2√5
53 55 59 57
(A) (B) (C) (D)
50 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
13. Rationalise the denominator: .
15 − 10
(A) 5 15 − 5 10 (B) 10 15 − 10 10 25. 90 + 90 + 90 + − − − −  =
(C) 5 15 + 5 10 (D) 10 15 + 10 10 (A) 8 (B) 9 (C) 10 (D) 11

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
nd

Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/76

 Exercise – 10(b)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. Simplify the following: 4

√p – √pq
−4
243 −2⁄5 144 −1⁄2 12. (4 ) =
(1024)  ( 49 ) √pq – √q

(A) 25  3−1  7 (B) 25  3−3  7−2 (A)

p
(B) √
p
(C) √
q
(D)
q

(C) 22  3−3  7 (D) 24  3−1  7−2 q q p p

2. Simplify the following:

−3⁄16
498
(65612 ) 13. √21 + √207 + √307 + √273 + √256 =
27 27
(A) − (B) (A) 6 (B) 10 (C) 8 (D) 5
343 343
343 343
(C) − (D) 14. √7 + 2√10 +√7 − 2√10 =
27 27

3. Simplify the following:

(A) 2 5 (B) 2 ( 5 + 2)
(
X2 ⋅y−3
)
−2
x2 ⋅y
x ( z−2 ) ÷ (
3
x−12 ⋅y7
)
−1
(C) ( 3 + 2) (D) 2√2
z4 z−8
(A) x10. y16 . z−22 (B) x7. y−16 . z−22 (x + y )( x+ y )
(C) x−7. y16 . z−22 (D) x−10. y16 . z22 15. If x ≠ y, then
(x − y )( x− y )=
(a2 + ab + b2 ) (b2 + bc + c2 ) (A) 1 (B) 0
4. (x a − b ) . (x b − c ) x−y x+y
2 2 (C) (D)
. (x c − a )(c + ac + a ) x + y + 2 xy x + y − 2 xy
(A) 0 (B) 1
3 3 3 2 2 2
(C) x a +b +c (D) x 3(a +b +c +ac+bc+ca)
16. Find the positive square root of the surd 14 − 6 5
5. Solve for x: 9 2x + 1
= 27 5x – 3
(A) 5+ 3 (B) 3 − 5
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) −1 (D) −2 (C) 3 + 5 (D) 5− 3

9
x+6
343
−2x
17. Find the positive square root of the surd 10 + √84
4 3
6. Find the value of x, if ( ) =( ) (A) 7 + √3 (B) √7 − √3
49 27
(A) 3/2 (B) 2 (C) √7 + √3 (D) 7 − √3
(C) 3 (D) 2/3
18. Rationalize the denominator of the following surds.
7. Find the value of x, if 52x + 3 − 9 = 52x + 1 + 15. 7
1 1
(A) (B) −2 √17 − √10
2
1 1 (A) 7√17 + 7√10 (B) 7√17 − 7√10
(C) − (D)
4 4
(C) √17 + √10 (D) √17 − √10
8. Which of the following is the smallest in value?
(A) 51/5 (B) 31/3 19. Rationalize the denominator of the following surds.
2
(C) 61/4 (D) 21/2
(√2 + 1) – √3
9. If 2y−1 = 8z = 43, yz – zy = 2 – √2 – √6 2 – √2 + √6
(A) (B)
(A) −97 (B) −79 2 2
(C) 79 (D) 97 2 + √2 + √6 2 + √2 – √6
(C) (D)
2 2
1 1
10. If 4 = 7 = 28 then
a b c
−c=
a √3 – √2 √3 + √2
1 1 2 1 20. If a = and b = , then find the value of
(A) +c (B) −b √3 + √2 √3 – √2
b c
1 1 a2 + b2.
(C) (D) −b (A) 98 (B) 82 (C) 79 (D) 100
b

9 – √77 1 21. Which of the following relates x and y, where

11. If y = , then find y 2 + y2.
2 x = √31 − √10; y = √29 − √13?
(A) 83 (B) 79 (A) x > y (B) x < y
(C) 79/2 (D) 83/2 (C) x = y (D) Cannot be determined
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/77
 24. If 23x + 4 . 24x + 1 = 27x + 2 + 3584, then find the value of x.
22. If x = 4 + 7 , then the value of x2 – 8x is 1
(A) –7 (B) –9 (C) 9 (D) 7 (A) (B) 1
7
1
p r 1 1 (C) −1 (D) −7
23. If = s and p = q = r = s , then a − b =
a b c d
q
1 1 1 1
(A) −c (B) +d 25. √32√32√32 … … . ∝=
d c
1 1 1 1
(C) −d (D) − (c + d) (A) √32 (B) 32 (C) 32√32 (D) 1024
c

Key
Exercise – 10(a)
1. C 6. C 11. B 16. A 21. C
2. B 7. B 12. D 17. A 22. C
3. A 8. B 13. D 18. D 23. B
4. B 9. A 14. A 19. D 24. D
5. B 10. B 15. C 20. C 25. C

Exercise – 10(b)
1. C 6. B 11. B 16. B 21. A
2. B 7. B 12. D 17. C 22. B
3. D 8. A 13. A 18. C 23. C
4. B 9. B 14. A 19. C 24. B
5. A 10. D 15. D 20. A 25. B

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/78
 CHAPTER – 11
PERMUTATIONS AND COMBINATIONS
Permutations and Combinations is one of the important When a problem is read, it should first be clear to you as to
areas in many exams because of two reasons. The first is whether it is a permutation or combination that is being
that solving questions in this area is a measure of discussed. Some times the problem specifically states
students' reasoning ability. Secondly, solving problems in whether it is the number of permutations (or arrangements)
areas like Probability requires thorough knowledge of or the number of combinations (or selections) that you
Permutations and Combinations. should find out. The questions can be as follows:

Before discussing Permutations and Combinations, let us For permutations, "Find the number of permutations that
look at what is called the "Fundamental Rule". can be made ...." OR "Find the number of arrangements
that can be made,....." OR "Find the number of ways in
“If one operation can be performed in ‘m' different ways which you can arrange.....".
and (when, it has been performed in any one of these
ways), a second operation then can be performed in ‘n' For combinations, "Find the number of combinations that
different ways, the number of ways of performing the can be made ....." OR "Find the number of selections that
two operations simultaneously will be m  n". can be made....." OR "Find the number of ways in which you
can select.....".
This can be extended to any number of operations.
Sometimes, the problem may not explicitly state whether
If there are three cities A, B and C such that there are what you have to find out is a permutation or
3 roads connecting A and B, and 4 roads connecting a combination but the nature of what is to be found out will
B and C, then the number of ways one can travel from dictate whether it is the number of permutations or the
A to C via B is 3  4, i.e., 12. number of combinations that you have to find out. Let us
look at the following two examples to clarify this.
This is a very important principle and we will be using it
extensively in Permutations and Combinations. Since we "How many four-digit numbers can be made from the
use it very extensively, we do not explicitly state every time digits 1, 2, 3 and 4 using each digit once?"
that the result is obtained by using the Fundamental Rule
but directly write down the result. Here, since we are talking of numbers, the order of the
digits matters and hence what we have to find out is
PERMUTATIONS permutations.

Each of the arrangements which can be made by taking "Out of a group of five friends that I have, I have to invite
some or all of a number of items is called a Permutation. two for dinner. In how many different ways can I do this?"
Permutation implies "arrangement" or that "order of the Here, if the five friends are A, B, C, D and E, whether the
items” is important. two friends that I call for dinner on a particular day are
A and B or B and A, it does not make any difference,
The permutations of three items a, b and c taken two at a i.e., here the order of the "items" does not play any role
time are ab, ba, ac, ca, cb and bc. Since the order in which and hence it is the number of combinations that we have
the items are taken is important, ab and ba are counted to find out.
as two different permutations. The words "permutation"
and "arrangement" are synonymous and can be used Now, we will find out the number of permutations and
interchangeably. combinations that can be made from a group of given
items.
The number of permutations of n things taking r at
a time is denoted by nPr (and read as "nPr") Initially, we impose two constraints (conditions) while
looking at the number of permutations. They are
- all the n items are distinct or dissimilar (or no two
COMBINATIONS items are of the same type).
- each item is used utmost once (i.e., no item is
Each of the groups or selections which can be made by repeated in any arrangement).
taking some or all of a number of items is called a
Combination. In combinations, the order in which the Number of linear permutations of 'n' dissimilar items
items are taken is not considered as long as the specific taken 'r' at a time without repetition (nPr)
things are included.
Consider r boxes each of which can hold one item.
The combinations of three items a, b and c taken two at a When all the r boxes are filled, what we have is
time are ab, bc and ca. Here, ab and ba are not considered an arrangement of r items taken from the given n items.
separately because the order in which a and b are taken is So, each time we fill in the r boxes with items taken from
not important but it is only required that a combination the given n items, we have an arrangement of r items
including a and b is what is to be counted. The words taken from the given n items without repetition. Hence the
"combination" and "selection" are synonymous. number of ways in which we can fill in the r boxes by taking
The number of combinations of n things taking r at a time things from the given n things is equal to the number of
is denoted by nCr (and read as "nCr") permutations of n things taking r at a time.
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/79
Boxes .......................... The number of combinations of n dissimilar things taken
1 2 3 4 r all at a time is 1.

The first box can be filled in n ways (because any one of Out of n things lying on a table, if we select r things and
the n items can be used to fill this box). Having filled the remove them from the table, we are left with (n − r) things
first box, to fill the second box we now have only (n – 1) on the table − that is, whenever r things are selected out
items; any one of these items can be used to fill the of n things, we automatically have another selection of
second box and hence the second box can be filled in in (n − r) things. Hence, the number of ways of making
(n – 1) ways; similarly, the third box in (n – 2) ways and so combinations taking r out of n things is the same as
on, the rth box can be filled in {n – (r – 1)} ways, i.e. selecting (n − r) things out of n given things, i.e.,
[n – r + 1] ways. Hence, from the Fundamental Rule, all
the r boxes together can be filled in in n. (n – 1) (n – 2) n
Cr = nCn − r
............(n – r + 1) ways
When we looked at nPr, we imposed two constraints which
So, nPr = n  (n – 1) . (n – 2).............. (n – r + 1)
we will now release one by one and see how to find out
the number of permutations.
This can be simplified by multiplying and dividing the right
hand side by (n – r) (n – r – 1).........3.2.1 giving us
Number of arrangements of n items of which p are of
one type, q are of the second type and the rest are
n
Pr = n(n − 1)(n − 2) ........ [n − (r − 1)]
distinct
n (n − 1(n − 2)....[n − (r −1)] (n − r )....3.2.1 n! When the items are all not distinct, then we cannot talk of
= = a general formula for nPr for any r but we can talk of only
(n − r )........3.2.1 (n − r )! n
Pn (which is given below). If we want to find out
n
Pr for a specific value of r in a given problem, we have to
The number of permutations of n distinct items taking work on a case to case basis (this has been explained in
r items at a time is one of the solved examples).

n! The number of ways in which n things may be arranged

n
Pr = taking them all at a time, when p of the things are exactly
(n − r)! like one kind, q of them exactly like another kind, r of them
n!
exactly like a third kind, and the rest all distinct is
If we take n items at a time, then we get nPn. From p! q!r!
a discussion similar to that we had for filling in the
r boxes above, we can find that nPn is equal to n!. Number of arrangements of n distinct items where
each item can be used any number of times
The first box can be filled in in n ways, the second one in (i.e., repetition allowed)
(n – 1) ways, the third one in (n – 2) ways and so on, then
the nth box in 1 way; hence, all the n boxes can be filled in You are advised to apply the basic reasoning given while
in n(n – 1) (n – 2) ....3.2.1 ways, i.e., n! ways. Hence, deriving the formula for nPr to arrive at this result also.
Let us consider n blanks to be filled by n items with
n
Pn = n! repetition. The first blank can be filled in n ways;
the second blank can be filled in again in n ways (even
though the first blank is filled with one item, the same item
But if we substitute r = n in the formula for nPr, then can be used for filling the second blank also because
n! repetition is allowed); the third blank can also be filled in
we get nPn = ; since we already found that nPn = n!, we n ways and so on ... the rth blank can be filled in n ways.
0!
Now all the r blanks together can be filled in {n.n.n.n ... r
can conclude that 0! = 1. times} ways, i.e., nr ways.
Number of combinations of n dissimilar things taken r at The number of permutations of n things, taken r at a time
a time when each item may be repeated once, twice, .... up to r
times in any arrangement is nr.
Let the number of combinations nCr be x. Consider one of What is important is not this formula by itself but the
these x combinations. Since this is a combination, the reasoning involved. So, even while solving problems of
order of the r items is not important. If we now impose the this type, you will be better off if you go from the basic
condition that order is required for these r items, we can reasoning and not just apply this formula.
get r! arrangements from this one combination. So each
combination can give rise to r! permutations. TOTAL NUMBER OF COMBINATIONS
x combinations will thus give rise to x.r! permutations.
But since these are all permutations of n things taken r at Out of n given items, the number of ways of selecting one
a time, this must be equal to nPr. or more items is where we can select 1 or 2 or 3 and so
n! n! on n items at a time; hence the number of ways is
So, x.r! = nPr = . Hence, x = nCr =
(n − r )! (n − r ) ! r ! n
C1 + nC2 + nC3 + ..... + nCn

This is called "the total number of combinations" and is

n n! equal to 2n − 1, where n is the number of items.
Cr =
r! (n − r )!
The same can be reasoned out in the following manner also.

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/80
There are n items to select from. Let each of these be CIRCULAR PERMUTATIONS
represented by a box.
When n distinct things are arranged in a straight line
1 2 3 4 n taking all the n items, we get n! permutations. However, if
No. of ways of dealing     ................ these n items are arranged in a circular manner, then the
with the boxes 2 2 2 2 2 number of arrangements will not be n! but it will be less
than that. This is because in a straight line manner, if we
The first box can be dealt with in two ways. In any
have an arrangement ABCDE and if we move every item
combination that we consider, this box is either included
one place to the right (in cyclic order), the new
or not included. These are the two ways of dealing with
arrangement that we get EABCD is not the same as
the first box. Similarly, the second box can be dealt with
ABCDE and this also is counted in the n! permutations
in two ways, the third one in two ways and so on, the
that we talked of. However, if we have an arrangement
nth box in two ways. By the Fundamental Rule, the number
ABCDE in a circular fashion, by shifting every item by one
of ways of dealing with all the boxes together in 2 . 2 . 2 .
place in the clockwise direction, we still get the same
..........n times ways, i.e., in 2n ways. But out of these, there
arrangement ABCDE. So, if we now take n! as the number
is one combination where we "do not include the first box,
of permutations, we will be counting the same
do not include the second box, do not include the third box
arrangement more than once.
and so on, do not include the nth box." That means, no box
is included. But this is not allowed because we have to
The number of arrangements in circular fashion can be
select one or more of the items (i.e., at least one item).
found out by first fixing the position of one item. Then the
Hence this combination of no box being included is to be
remaining (n – 1) items can be arranged in (n – 1)! ways.
subtracted from the 2n ways to give the result of
Now even if we move these (n – 1) items by one place in
the clockwise direction, then the arrangement that we get
Number of ways of selecting one or more items
will not be the same as the initial arrangement because one
from n given items is 2n – 1 item is fixed and it does not move.

Dividing given items into groups Hence, the number of ways in which n distinct things can
be arranged in a circular arrangement is (n – 1)!.
Dividing (p + q) items into two groups of p and q items
respectively If we take the case of five persons A, B, C, D and E
Out of (p + q) items, if we select p items (which can be sitting around a table, then the two arrangements ABCDE
done in (p+q)Cp ways), then we will be left with q items, i.e., (in clockwise direction) and AEDCB (the same order but
we have two groups of p and q items respectively. So, the in anticlockwise direction) will be different and distinct.
number of ways of dividing (p + q) items into Here we say that the clockwise and anti-clockwise
two groups of p and q items respectively is equal to arrangements are different. However, if we consider the
(p + q)! circular arrangement of a necklace made of five precious
p+q
Cp which is equal to
p!  q! stones A, B, C, D and E, the two arrangements talked of
above will be the same because we take one arrangement
The number of ways of dividing (p + q) items into
and turn the necklace around (front to back), then we get
two groups of p and q items respectively is
the other arrangement. Here, we say that there is no
(p + q)!
. difference between the clockwise and anticlockwise
p!  q! arrangements. In this case the number of arrangements
will be half of what it is in the case where the clockwise
If p = q, i.e., if we have to divide the given items into two and anticlockwise arrangements are different.
EQUAL groups, then two cases arise
(i) when the two groups have distinct identity and
(ii) when the two groups do not have distinct identity. The number of circular arrangements of
In the first case, we just have to substitute p = q in the n distinct items is (n – 1)! if there is a DIFFERENCE
above formula which then becomes between clockwise and anticlockwise arrangements and
(n – 1)!/2 if there is NO DIFFERENCE between
The number of ways of dividing 2p items into
clockwise and anticlockwise arrangements.
two equal groups of p each is
(2p )! where the
(p!)
2 The number of diagonals in an n-sided regular polygon
An n-sided regular polygon has n vertices. Joining any two
two groups have distinct identity. vertices we get a line of the polygon which are nC2 in
number. Of these nC2 lines, n of them are sides.
In the second case, where the two groups do not have
n(n − 3)
distinct identity, we have to divide the above result by 2!, Hence diagonals are n C 2 − n = .
i.e., it then becomes. 2

The following points are useful in solving the problems.

The number of ways of dividing 2p items into
(1) nCo = nCn = 1
(2p)! (2) nC1 = nCn – 1 = n
two equal groups of p each is where
2!(p! ) 2 (3) nCr = nCn – r
(4) If nCr = nCs then r = s or n = r + s
the two groups do not have distinct identity.
(5) nCr + nCr – 1 = n + 1Cr

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/81
Worked out Examples: 11.08. How many different words can be formed using
all the letters of the word “DISCOUNT” so that all
11.01. A man has 8 trousers, 10 shirts and 6 pairs of the vowels are together?
shoes. Find the number of different possible
Sol. The word “DISCOUNT” contains 3 vowels and
combinations in which he can wear a trouser,
5 consonants and all the vowels are considered as
a shirt and a pair of shoes.
one unit. Now there are 6 letters (5 consonants +
Sol. The man can wear a shirt in 10 ways, a trouser 1 unit of vowels) and the number of words formed
in 8 ways and shoes in 6 ways. The total number with these letters is 6!. Again three vowels can be
of ways in which he can wear clothes and a pair arranged among themselves in 3! ways. The
of shoes is 10  8  6 = 480. number of words formed such that the vowels are
always together is 6!3!.
11.02. A password contains four numbers. If the
password never begins with 0 and 1, then how 11.09. In how many ways can 8 persons be arranged in
many different passwords can be formed using a circle, so that two particular persons don’t sit
the digits from 0 to 4? together?
Sol. Consider four blanks _ _ _ _ since the password Sol. First arrange the remaining 6 members in a circle.
never begins with 0 and 1, the first blank can be This can be done in 5! ways. Now there are
filled in 3 ways. Second, third and fourth blank 6 gaps and these two persons can be arranged in
can be filled in 5 ways each. The total number of these gaps in 6P2 ways. The total number of
passwords that can be formed is 3  5  5  5 required arrangements = 6P2  5! = 3600.
= 375.
11.10. In how many ways can 6 boys and 8 girls sit
11.03. If nC8 = nC10, then find the value of 21Cn. around a circular table?
Sol. We know that n persons can be arranged around
Sol. We know that if nCr = nCs then r + s = n a circle in (n − 1)! ways.
n
C8 = nC10 14 students can be arranged around a circular
 8 + 10 = n table in 13! ways.
 18 = n
21
Cn = 21C18 = 21C3 (∵ nCr = nCn − r) 11.11. In how many ways can 7 members be selected
from a group of 20 members?
21.20.19
= = 1330. Sol. Seven members can be selected from a group of
3 . 2 .1 20 members in 20C7 ways.
11.04. If nC4= 35, then find nP4. 11.12. Find the number of ways of selecting two vowels
and four consonants from the letters of the word
Sol. We know that r! C4= P4
n n
“CHAMPION”.
n
P4 = nC4  4!
= 35  24 = 840 Sol. The word “CHAMPION” contains 3 vowels and
5 consonants. Two vowels and four consonants can
11.05. How many different words are formed using the be selected from 3 vowels and 5 consonants in
letters of the word “AMPLITUDE”? 3
C2.5C4 ways. i.e. = 3  5 = 15 ways.
Sol. The word contains 9 letters 11.13. In how many ways can 7 members be selected
 The number of different words that can be from a group of 13 members so that a particular
formed by using the letters is 9!. person is always included in the group?

11.06. How many five digit numbers can be formed Sol. Since one person is in a group, we select
using the digits {2, 2, 3, 4, 5} subject to the 6 members from 12 members in 12C6 ways.
condition that each digit occurs atmost once in 11.14. A plane contains 10 points of which four points
every number? are collinear. How many different straight lines
Sol. The given digits are {2, 2, 3, 4, 5} can be formed with these points?
5! Sol. A straight line is formed by joining any two points.
Number of five-digit numbers formed is = 60 .
2! From 10 points, two points can be selected in
10
C2 ways. Out of these, 4 points lie on the same
11.07. In how many ways can 6 men and 6 women be line, only one line is formed by these four points.
arranged in a row so that the men and women sit The number of straight lines which are formed
alternately? is 10C2 − 4C2 + 1 = 45 – 6 + 1 = 40.

Sol. The required arrangement can be made as follows 11.15. Find the number of squares that can be observed
M1 W1 M2 W2 M3 W3 M4 W4 M5 W5 M6 W6 in a 6  6 square grid.
The six men can be arranged among themselves
in 6! ways and six women can be arranged Sol. In a 6  6 square grid the number of squares of
among themselves in 6! ways. size 1  1 is 62.
The men and women can be arranged in 6! 6! The number of squares of size 2  2 is 52.
ways. The row may begin with a woman also. Similarly, the number of squares of size 6  6 is 12
The number of ways of arranging men and  The total number of squares in a 6  6 square
women alternately is 2(6! 6!) ways. grid is 62 + 52 + ……. + 12 = 91.

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/82
 Exercise − 11(a)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.
1. In how many ways can the letters of the word FREQUENT 14. A bag contains 3 different white balls, 4 different
be arranged so that all the vowels are together? green balls and 5 different yellow balls. In how many
(A) 2720 (B) 2600 (C) 2160 (D) 2800 ways can 3 balls be selected such that exactly
two balls are of the same colour?
2. How many 6-letter words with distinct letters can be
(A) 130 (B) 120 (C) 145 (D) 152
formed using the letters of the word INDEPENDENT?
(A) 720 (B) 120 (C) 600 (D) 500 15. There are 6 green balls and 10 red balls in a bag.
Find the number of ways in which a man can pick
3. Find the number of words that can be formed by using 12 balls such that there are at least 9 red balls.
all the letters of the word ATTENDANCE such that (A) 200 (B) 315 (C) 250 (D) 215
the word always starts with D and ends with C.
8! 10! 16. In how many ways can a committee of 6 persons be
(A) 8! (B) (C) (D) 7! selected from 4 men and 8 women such that an even
(2!)4 (2!)4
number of women is present in the committee?
4. In how many ways can the letters of the word BANANA (A) 456 (B) 476 (C) 486 (D) 490
be arranged so that no two N’s come together?
17. A committee of 6 members is to be formed from 8 men
(A) 60 (B) 40 (C) 20 (D) 80
and 6 women. In how many ways can it be formed so
5. How many 6-digit odd numbers can be formed by that at least one man is present in the group?
using the digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, such that each digit (A) 2002 (B) 2001 (C) 3002 (D) 3003
occurs atmost once? 18. In a snooker tournament three opponents are made
(A) 288 (B) 360 (C) 300 (D) 480 to play one game and 220 games were played in total.
Each opponent played with all combinations of the
6. How many six-digit numbers can be formed using digits other two opponents. Find the number of players.
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 such that the number is divisible by 5 and (A) 11 (B) 12 (C) 10 (D) 13
each digit can occur at most once in each number?
(A) 120 (B) 216 (C) 210 (D) 220 19. If the number of diagonals of an n sided regular
polygon is 54, then find the value of n.
7. If repetition is allowed, how many 10-digit numbers (A) 11 (B) 12 (C) 13 (D) 14
can be formed using the digits 0, 1, 2 ……. 9, such
that a number formed is divisible by 4? 20. In a plane there are ten points of which four lie on a
line. Except for the 4 combination of 3 points among
(A) 225  106 (B) 225  107
these 4 points no other combination of 3 points are
(C) 15  108 (D) 15  106
collinear. How many straight lines can be formed?
8. In how many ways can 6 people sit in 7 chairs? (A) 39 (B) 45 (C) 30 (D) 40
(A) 6! (B) 7! (C) 7! – 6! (D) 7! – 2(6!)
21. A six-digit number is formed with the digits 1, 2, 3, 4,
9. A storage place contains 3 Nokia phones and 5, [Link] repetition of the digits. How many of them
4 Samsung phones. Find the number of ways of are palindromes?
arranging them so that no two phones of the same (A) 729 (B) 216 (C) 720 (D) 120
company are together. 22. Twenty people participated in a function.
(A) 120 (B) 144 (C) 5040 (D) 150 Every person shakes hands with every other person.
10. In how many ways can 6 boys be arranged in a row How many handshakes are exchanged?
such that two particular boys do not sit together? (A) 200 (B) 190 (C) 380 (D) 400
(A) 400 (B) 240 (C) 480 (D) 460 23. A group contains 12 people. If the number of ways of
11. In how many ways can seven persons be selected selecting two people is equal to selecting n people
from three men, four women, two girls and one boy? (n  2), then the number of ways of selecting n – 1
(A) 120 (B) 210 (C) 360 (D) 720 people from the group is ______.
(A) 60 (B) 12 (C) 220 (D) 225
12. A man has seven friends to whom he wants to give
a treat. In how many ways can he invite five friends if 24. Anil went to a hotel to have breakfast. There were five
two particular friends should be invited every time? different items available. Find the number of ways he
(A) 15 (B) 10 (C) 20 (D) 25 can have at least two items.
(A) 32 (B) 31 (C) 25 (D) 26
13. In how many ways can a cricket team of 11 players be
selected from 8 batsmen and 7 bowlers, such that the 25. In how many ways can 6 ‘+’ signs and 5 ‘–’ signs be
number of batsmen is more than the number of bowlers? arranged so that no two ‘–’ signs come together?
(A) 803 (B) 900 (C) 903 (D) 906 (A) 20 (B) 21 (C) 25 (D) 30

Exercise – 11(b)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.
1. A five lettered word is formed using some of the 2. A man has 8 blazers, 6 shirts and 4 ties. In how many
letters {b, c, l, j, q, s, t}. How many such words, not ways he can wear the blazers shirts and ties?
necessarily meaningful, are the same as those when (A) 32 (B) 96
read backwards?
(C) 144 (D) 192
(A) 21 (B) 343 (C) 16807 (D) 2401
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/83
3. In how many ways can 8 letters be posted into 15. In how many ways can 7 boys and 6 girls be seated
5 letter boxes? in a row of chairs such that the boys and the girls sit
(A) 8P5 (B) 58 (C) 85 (D) 8C5 alternately?
(A) 2(7!)(6!) (B) (7!)(6!) (C) (7!)2 (D) (6!)2
4. How many words can be formed using all the letters
of the word GINGER? 16. In how many ways can three boys and two girls be
(A) 720 (B) 240 (C) 380 (D) 360 seated in a row, so that all girls sit together?
(A) 12 (B) 24 (C) 84 (D) 48
5. How many different words, which begin with N can be
formed using all the letters of the word COUNTRY?
17. In how many ways can five men and three women be
(A) 720 (B) 120 (C) 24 (D) 5040
seated around a circular table?
6. How many different words can be formed using the (A) 720 (B) 5040 (C) 4020 (D) 2520
letters of the word MARKET so that they begin with K
and end with R? 18. If n books can be arranged on an ordinary shelf in
(A) 16 (B) 24 (C) 12 (D) 64 720 ways, then in how many ways can these books
be arranged on a circular shelf?
7. How many different words can be formed using all the (A) 120 (B) 720 (C) 360 (D) 60
letters of the word TRINETRA?
19. In how many ways can two consonants be selected
(A) 20160 (B) 40320 (C) 5040 (D) 10080
from the English alphabet?
8. In how many ways can four letters be selected from (A) 420 (B) 105 (C) 210 (D) 300
the word EDUCATION?
20. The number of ways of selecting four members from
(A) 9C8 (B) 9C7 (C) 9C4 (D) 9C6
a group of ten members so that one particular
9. A committee of five is to be formed from a group of member is always included is
4 men and 3 women. In how many ways can the (A) 63 (B) 72 (C) 84 (D) 56
committee be formed such that it has more men than
21. In how many way can a cricket team of 11 be formed
women?
from 14 players such that a particular player is a part
(A) 15 (B) 12 (C) 24 (D) 21
of team and another particular player is not a part of
10. How many three-digit numbers can be formed using the team?
the digits {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}, so that each digit is repeated (A) 78 (B) 66 (C) 286 (D) 210
any number of times?
(A) 150 (B) 200 (C) 25 (D) 125 22. In how many ways can three blue balls be selected from
a bag which contains four white balls six blue balls?
11. How many odd numbers can be formed using the (A) 20 (B) 10 (C) 120 (D) 210
digits {0, 2, 4, 6}?
(A) 0 (B) 192 (C) 18 (D) 20 23. A bag contains three white balls, four green balls and
five red balls. In how many ways two balls can be
12. All possible four-digit numbers, with distinct digits are selected?
formed, using the digits {1, 3, 4, 5, 6}. How many of (A) 132 (B) 66 (C) 33 (D) 76
them are divisible by 5?
(A) 8 (B) 12 (C) 24 (D) 20 24. Rahul has six friends. In how many ways can he invite
five or more friends for dinner?
13. In how many ways can 4 boys be seated in 6 chairs? (A) 1 (B) 6 (C) 7 (D) 8
(A) 180 (B) 720 (C) 360 (D) 240
25. Ten points are selected on a plane, such that no three
14. The number of ways of arranging 6 persons in a row is of them are collinear. How many different straight
6! lines can be formed by joining these points?
(A) 6! (B) 5! (C) 6 (D) (A) 54 (B) 45 (C) 90 (D) 108
2

Key
Exercise – 11(a)
1. C 6. B 11. A 16. B 21. B
2. A 7. B 12. B 17. C 22. B
3. B 8. B 13. C 18. B 23. C
4. B 9. B 14. C 19. B 24. D
5. A 10. C 15. D 20. D 25. B

Exercise – 11(b)
1. B 6. B 11. A 16. D 21. B
2. D 7. D 12. C 17. B 22. A
3. B 8. C 13. C 18. A 23. B
4. D 9. A 14. A 19. C 24. C
5. A 10. D 15. B 20. C 25. B
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/84
 CHAPTER – 12
PROBABILITY
The word PROBABILITY is used to indicate a vague COMPOUND EVENTS:
possibility that something might happen. It is also used
synonymously with chance. When two or more events are in relation with each other,
they are known as Compound Events.
If an experiment is repeated under essentially identical
conditions, one of the following two situations will be Example: When a die is thrown two times, the event of
observed. getting 3 in the first throw and 5 in the
(a) The result is unique or certain. Deterministic second throw is a compound event.
phenomena in which the result can be predicted fall
under this category. Definition of Probability:
(b) The result is not unique but may be one of the several
possible outcomes. Such phenomena are called If an event E can happen in m ways and fail in k ways out
probabilistic phenomena. of a total of n ways, and each of them is equally likely, then
Let us look at some of the definitions. the probability of happening of E is m/(m + k) = m/n, where
n = (m + k). In other words, if a random experiment is
RANDOM EXPERIMENT: conducted n times and m of them are favourable to event
E, then the probability of happening E is P(E) = m/n. Since
If the result of an experiment conducted any number of the event does not occur (n – m) times, the probability of
times under essentially identical conditions, is not certain non-occurrence of E is P(E) .
but is any one of the several possible outcomes, the
n−m m
experiment is called a trial or a random experiment. Each P(E) = = 1 − = 1 − P(E)
of the out come is known as an event. n n
Therefore, P(E) + P(E) = 1
Example: Drawing 3 cards from a well shuffled pack is
a random experiment while getting an Ace
Note 1: Probability, P(E) of the happening of an event E
and a King are events. is known as the probability of success and the
Mutually exclusive events: probability, P(E) of the non-happening of the
event is the probability of failure.
If the happening of any one of the events in a trial prevents
the happening of all others, then those events are said to Note 2: If P(E) = 1, the event is called a certain event and
be mutually exclusive. if P(E) = 0 the event is called an impossible
event.
Example: The events of getting a head or a tail when a
coin is tossed are mutually exclusive. Note 3: Instead of saying that the chance of happening
of an event is m/n, we can also say that the odds
Equally likely events: in favour of the event are m to (n – m) or the odds
against the event are (n – m) to m.
Two events are said to be equally likely when there is no
reason to expect any one rather than the other.
Some important results: (Commit to memory)
Example: When a die is thrown, any number from 1 to
6 may be got. In this trial, the six events are (1) If A and B are independent, then
equally likely.
(a) A and B are independent
Independent events: (b) A and B are independent

Two events E1 and E2 are said to be independent, if the (c) A and B are independent
occurrence of the event E2 is not affected by the (2) If A  B, then P(A)  P(B)
occurrence or non-occurrence of the event E1.
(3) P(A  B)  P(A)  P(A  B)
Example: Two drawings of one ball each time are (4) P(A  B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A  B)
made from a bag containing balls.
Worked out examples:
Here, we have two events-drawing a ball first time (E1) and
drawing a ball second time (E2). If the ball of the first draw is 12.01. If an unbiased dice is rolled, then find the
replaced in the bag before the second draw is made, then probability of getting a non-composite number or
the outcome of E2 does not depend on the outcome of E1. In on even number.
this case E1 and E2 are Independent events.
Sol. When a dice rolled, the possible outcomes are 6.
If the ball of the first draw is not replaced in the bag before
the second draw is made, then the outcome of E2 depends The favorable outcomes that the number is even
on the outcome of E1. In this case, events E1 and E2 are or non - composite number is {2, 4, 6, 1, 3, 5} is 6.
Dependent events.  The required probability = 6/6 = 1
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/85
12.02. If a card is drawn at random from a pack of cards, 12.07. When a coin is tossed 8 times then find the
then find the probability of obtaining a red probability of obtaining.
coloured queen or a diamond. (i) at most 6 heads.
(ii) at least 6 heads.
Sol. A pack of cards has 52 cards. Of these 13 are (iii) exactly 5 tails.
diamonds and 2 are red coloured queens of
which 1 is a diamond. Sol. Total number of out comes possible =28 = 256.
 Number of ways of obtaining a red coloured (i) Number of ways of getting at most 6 heads
queen or a diamond = 13 + 2 – 1 = 14 = Total outcomes – (Number of ways of
14 7 getting 7 heads + Number of ways of getting
 Required probability = = 8 heads).
52 26
Number of favourable cases = 256 – (8 + 1)
12.03. A bag contain 6 white balls and 7 black balls. = 247.
If Raj drawn two balls simultaneously, then find the 247
Required probability =
probability that the two balls are different colour. 256
Sol. Total number of balls = 6 + 7 = 13
(ii) Number of ways of getting 6 heads = 8C6 = 28.
Number of ways of drawing two balls
simultaneously is = 13C2 = 78 Number of ways of getting 7 heads = 8.
For the balls to be of different colour, one must Number of ways of getting 8 heads = 1
be white and the other must be black. Number of favourable cases of getting
A white ball can be chosen in 6C1 ways. at least 6 heads = 28 + 8 + 1 = 37
A black ball can be chosen in 7C1 ways. 37
Required probability =
Two balls of different colours can be chosen in 256
6
C1  7C1 = 42 ways.
42 7 (iii) Number of ways of getting exactly 5 tails
 Required probability = = . = 8C5 = 56
78 13
56 7
12.04. If two unbiased dice, A and B are rolled together,  Required probability = = .
256 32
then find the probability that the number on one of
them being thrice that on the other. 12.08. If there are 100 different pieces of paper, on each
Sol. When two dice are rolled together total number of them, a different natural number from
of outcomes = 6  6 = 36. The favourable out 1 to 100 was written and one paper was picked
comes for given event is {(1,3) (2,6) (3,1) (6,2)} at random then find the probability that the
i.e. 4. number on it is
(i) either a multiple of 20 or 30.
4 1
Required probability = = (ii) a prime number.
36 9
Sol. (i) One number can be selected from 100
12.05. If two unbiased dice are rolled together then find
numbers in 100 ways.
the probability that the sum on them is a
The multiples of either 20 or 30 are 20, 30,
two digit prime number.
40, 60, 80, 90 and 100.
When two dice are rolled together, the total
7
Sol.  Required probability =
outcomes are 6  6 = 36. The favorable 100
outcomes that the sum on the two dice is a two (ii) There are 25 prime numbers from 1 to 100.
digit prime number is {(6,5) (5,6)} i.e. 2 25 1
 Required probability = =
The required probability = 2/36 = 1/18. 100 4
12.06. A bag has 3 red balls, 4 black balls and 5 green
balls. If three balls are drawn simultaneously 12.09. A and B are writing a test. The probability of A
from it, then find the probability of at least two 3
passing the test is and the probability of B
balls being of the same colour. 5
2
Sol. Probability of at least two balls being of the same passing the test is . Find the probability that
colour = 1 – Probability of all balls being of 5
different colour. (i) only one of them passing the test.
Since all three balls are different colour, so we (ii) none of them passing the test.
drawn one ball from each colour.
Number of favourable cases = 3C1  4C1  5C1 = 60. Sol. Given the probability of A passing the test is 3/5
Three balls can be drawn from 12 balls in 12C3 ways. and B passing the test is 2/5
 probability of (All balls being of different P(A) = 3/5, P( A ) = 2/5
60 60 3 P(B) = 2/5, P( B ) = 3/5
colour)= 12 = =
C3 12  11  10 11
6 Only one of them pass the test is denoted by
The probability that atleast two balls are of same A  B or A  B
3 8
colour = 1 – =  P(A  B ) or P( A  B)
11 11
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/86
 (i) P(A). P( B ) + P ( A ). P(B) Sol. (i) If X and Y are mutually exclusive then
3 3 2 2 13 P(X  Y) = 0
= . + . =  P(X  Y) = P(X) + P(Y)
5 5 5 5 25
P(Y) = P(X  Y) – P(X)
0.7 – 0.35 = 0.35
(ii) None of them pass the test is A  B . (ii) If X and Y are equally likely, then P (X)
2 3 6 = P(Y)
 P( A  B ) = P( A ). P( B ) = . =  P(Y) = P(X) = 0.35.
5 5 25
(iii) If X and Y are independent events then
12.10. In a lottery, there are 40 tickets numbered 1 to P(X  Y) = P(X). P(Y)
40. In that 8 tickets have a prize money. If three P (X) + P(Y) – P(X  Y) = P(X Y)
tickets are drawn at random then find the 0.35 + P(Y) = 0.7 + P(X). P (Y)
probability that all are prized tickets. 0.35 + P(Y) = 0.7 + (0.35)P (Y)
 P(Y) – (0.35) P(Y) = 0.35
Sol. Total number of ways of drawing 3 tickets = 40C3.  P(Y) (0.65) = 0.35
Number of ways of drawing three prized tickets 35 7
P(Y) = = .
= 8C3. 65 13
8
C3
 Required probability = 40
. 12.15. In an entrance exam, there are two tests. Out of
C3 80 students appeared for the exam, 45 passed in
first test and 55 passed in second test and 25
12.11. If three dice are rolled together. then find the passed in both. Find the probability that a student
probability that at least two of them showing selected at random has failed in both tests.
different numbers.
Sol. Let E1 and E2 be the events that the number of
Sol. When three dice are rolled together, the total students passed in the first test and second test
outcomes = 6  6  6 = 216. respectively.
Let E be event that atleast two dice show Given n(E1) = 45; n(E2) = 55, n(E1  E2) = 25.
different number. E be the event that all dice n(E1  E2) = n(E1) + n(E2) – n(E1  E2)
show same number. = 45 + 55 – 25 = 75.
The favourable cases that all dice show same  The number of students passed in any one of
number is {(1,1,1), (2,2,2), ... (6,6,6) } the test is 75 hence the number of students failed
n( E ) = 6 in both tests is 5.
 The probability that the students is failed in
P( E ) = 6/216 = 1/36 both tests is = 5/80 = 1/16.
P(E) = 1 – P( E ) = 1 – 1/36 = 35/36.
12.16. If one letter is selected at random from the word
12.12. Five letters have to be placed in five addressed ‘PICUTRE’, then find the probability that the letter
envelopes. Find the probability that at least one is a consonant.
letter being placed into wrong envelope.
Sol. Number of letters in the word PICTURE = 7 of
which 3 letters are vowels 4 are consonants.
Sol. Five letters can be placed into 5 five addressed
The probability that the letter is constant is
envelopes in 5! = 120 ways. 4
The probability that at least one letter being C1 4
7
= .
placed in wrong envelope.= 1 – (Probability all C1 7
letters being placed in corresponding envelopes)
1 119 12.17. A committee of four is to be formed from a group
=1– = . of 5 gentlemen and 3 ladies. Find the probability
120 120
that at most 3 gentlemen being included in the
committee.
12.13. If 4 coins are tossed, then find the odds in favour
of getting at least 2 heads. Sol. Total number of possible selections = 8C4= 70.
The number of ways of selecting atmost three
Sol. When four coins are tossed the total outcomes gentlemen is given the following table.
= 24 = 16.
Let E be the event of getting atleast two heads. Number of
n(E) = 4C2 + 4C3 + 4C4 = 6 + 4 + 1 = 11. Gentlemen Ladies ways
P(E) = 11/16. selecting
P( E ) = 1 – P(E) = 1 – 11/16 = 5/16. 3 1 5
C3 3C1
2 2 5
C2 3C2
 The odds in favour of E is P(E) : P( E )
1 3 5
C1 3C3
11/16 : 5/16 = 11 : 5.
 Number of favourable ways
12.14. X and Y are two events such that P (X  Y) = 0.7
= 5C3 . 3C1 + 5C2 . 3C2 + 5C1 . 3C3
and P (X) = 0.35. Find P (Y) if
= 30 + 30 + 5 = 65
(i) X and Y are mutually exclusive.
(ii) X and Y are equally likely. 65 13
Required probability = =
(iii) X and Y are independent. 70 14

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/87
12.18 If x is an integer chosen from set {3, 4, 5, .... 98}, 2 1 1
= + P(B) − P(B)
then find the probability that x − 6  1. 3 2 2
2 1 1 4−3 1
Sol. Given set S is {3, 4, 5. . . . 98} − = P(B)  = P(B)
3 2 2 6 2
One number can be selected from the above set
in 96 ways.
n(S) = 96.
1
3
()
= P(B)  P B = 2/3

x – 6  1
–1  x – 6  1  5  x  7. 12.20 If a number is chosen at random from the
5, 6 and 7 are the solutions of the above equation. set {10, 11, 12,…….100}, then find the probability
 favourable outcomes are 3. that the chosen number is a palindrome.
3 1
 The required probability = = Sol. One number can be selected from the given set
96 32
is 91 ways.
Palindrome means reading from right to left is
12.19 If A and B are independent events such that same as reading from left to right.
P(A  B) =
2
3
1
and P(A) = , then find P B .
2
() In the set {10, ……… 100}, The palindrome
are 11, 22, 33, 44, 55, 66, 77, 88, 99.
Favourable cases = 9
Sol. Given A and B are Independent events, 9
 P(A  B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A) P(B)  Required probability =
91

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/88
 Exercise − 12(a)
Directions for questions 1 to 12: Select correct 12. If three unbiased dice are rolled, then what is the
alternative from given choices. probability that the sum of the numbers showing up is
17?
1. The probability that a number selected at random 1 7 1 11
from first 25 natural numbers is a prime number is (A) (B) (C) (D)
108 108 72 108
6 16 19 9
(A) (B) (C) (D)
25 25 25 25 Directions for questions 13 to 16: These questions are
based on the following information.
2. If a number is chosen from the set {1, 2, 3…56}, then
the probability that the chosen number is a multiple of A bag contains 11 fruits of which 3 are spoiled. If 4 fruits
9 is are chosen at random, find the probability that
1 3 1 9
(A) (B) (C) (D) 13. all the fruits are spoiled.
28 28 27 17
14 4
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) (D)
3. Let E be the set of integers with 5 in the tens place. 55 165
The probability that a number chosen from the set {3,
4, 5, ………62} is an element of E is 14. exactly two of them are spoiled.
10 10 1 1 13 11 7 14
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) (B) (C) (D)
59 61 6 8 55 54 54 55

4. A number is chosen from {1, 3, 6, 9, 15, 20, 16, 18}. 15. one is good and three are spoiled.
The probability that it satisfies the equation 3 4 3 4
(x – 3) (x – 10) (x – 9) = 0 is (A) (B) (C) (D)
173 165 125 173
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 4 6 3 16. at least one of the fruits is good.
32 4
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) (D)
5. The probability of picking a consonant from the letters 113 173
of the word ‘ANSWER’ is
1 2 1 5 Directions for questions 17 to 25: Select the correct
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 3 5 6 alternative from the given choices.

6. The probability that a leap year has 53 Mondays is 17. If 5 coins are tossed, then what is the probability that
1 2 3 4 at least 3 coins show tail?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
7 7 7 7 1 1 3 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 3 4 8
7. A number chosen at random from the first 50 odd
natural numbers, the probability that it is a multiple of 18. A bag contains 7 bulbs of which 3 are defective.
3 is Three bulbs are chosen at random from the bag and
8 19 9 17 fit into the three sockets in a room. What is the
(A) (B) (C) (D) probability that the room is lighted?
25 50 25 50
1 32 3 34
(A) (B) (C) (D)
8. The probability of getting exactly 3 heads when 35 35 35 35
6 coins are tossed is
1 15 5 3 19. If a card is picked from a well-shuffled pack of cards
(A) (B) (C) (D)
8 32 16 4 then what is probability that it is an ace or red
coloured card?
9. When two dice are rolled together, what is the 3 7 1 1
probability of getting sum ‘7’? (A) (B) (C) (D)
13 13 12 8
1 6 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
7 7 6 2 20. If two balls are drawn at random from a bag
containing 4 black balls and 3 white balls, then odds
10. If four cards are drawn from a well shuffled pack of in favour of drawing two white balls is
cards, what is the probability that each card is queen? (A) 7 : 1 (B) 6 : 1
1 1 4 3 (C) 1 : 6 (D) 1 : 7
(A) 52 (B) (C) 52 (D) 52
C4 13 C4 C4
1
21. If A and B are two events such that, P(A) = ,
11. An unbiased coin is tossed, if head turns up a person 3
gets `20 and if tail turns up he losses `5 If four 3 4
unbiased coins are tossed simultaneously, the P(B) = and P (A  B) = , then P(A  B) =
4 5
probability that the person gains `5 is
19 13 17 7
1 1 3 1 (A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D) 60 60 60 60
2 4 4 8
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/89
22. If A and B are two mutually exclusive events such that 24. A team of four members is to be formed from a group
(
P A B = ) 7
15
and P(A) =
1
5
then P B =() of 3 boys and 4 girls. What is the probability that at
least two girls are included in the team?
1 2 1 3 1 4 31 2
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) (B) (C) (D)
3 3 4 4 35 35 35 35

23. A problem is given to two students A and B whose 25. If six boys are to be seated in a row, the probability
that three particular boys always sit together is
1 1
chances of solving it are and respectively. 1 1 3 2
5 3 (A) (B) (C) (D)
5 3 5 5
The probability that the problem being solved is
8 14 7 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
15 15 15 15

Exercise − 12(b)
Directions for questions 1 to 15: Select correct 9. If two cards are picked at random from
alternative from given choices. a well-shuffled pack of cards, what is the probability
that both the cards picked are queens or diamonds?
1. The probability that a number chosen at random from 1 14 1 1
the set B = {2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 17} being a multiple (A) (B) (C) (D)
of 4 is 221 221 13 18
1 5 3 3 10. If three cards are drawn at random from a well
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 8 4 8 shuffled pack of cards, what is the probability that
each card is a queen?
2. Out of 9 oranges in a basket, 4 are rotten. 1 1 1 1
If two oranges are drawn at random from the basket, (A) (B) (C) (D)
5120 5125 5525 5530
the probability of both being rotten is
1 1 1 1 11. The probability of getting no tail when 4 coins are
(A) (B) (C) (D)
10 6 7 8 tossed is
1 15 1 3
3. A pot contains 8 copper, 4 silver and 3 gold coins. If (A) (B) (C) (D)
16 16 4 4
three coins are picked at random from the pot, then
the probability that all the three coins are silver coins 12. The probability of getting at least 4 tails when
is 6 coins are tossed is
4 6 7 1
(A) (B) (C) (D) 3 15 7 11
455 455 455 45 (A) (B) (C) (D)
4 16 16 32
4. If two distinct numbers are picked at random from the
set {2, 4, 7, 9, 10, 11}, then what is the probability that 13. When twenty boys are to be seated in a row, the
the sum of the numbers picked is even? probability that two particular students always sit
together is
4 1 2 3
(A) (B) (C) (D) 1 1 1 1
5 5 5 5 (A) (B) (C) (D)
20 10 5 4
5. A number P is chosen from {2, 4, 6, ……48} the
probability that P satisfies the equation (x – 3) 14. A committee of 3 members is to be formed from a
(x – 6) (x – 8) (x – 48) = 0 is group of 4 men and 5 women. What is the probability
that at least two women are included in the
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D) committee?
8 6 3 5 19 25 13 5
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6. A bag contains 15 fruits of which 5 are spoiled. If 6 21 42 21 21
fruits are chosen at random, find the probability that
all the fruits are spoiled. 15. The probability that a leap year has 53 Mondays and
14 4 52 Tuesdays is
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) (D) 2 1 5 6
55 165 (A) (B) (C) (D)
7 7 7 7
7. If an unbiased dice is rolled two times, what is the
probability that the product of the two numbers is even? Directions for questions 16 to 18: These questions are
1 3 1 5 based on the following information.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 4 6 6 A bag contains 10 mobiles of which 4 are damaged.
8. When two dice are rolled together, what is the If 3 mobiles are chosen at random, find the probability that
probability that the sum of the numbers on the two
dice is 9? 16. all the mobiles are damaged.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) (B) (C) (D)
8 12 6 9 25 18 30 15

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/90
17. two mobiles are good mobiles and one is damaged. 22. Pasha speaks truth in 90% cases and Bhargav
1 1 1 1 speaks truth in 40% cases. The probability that they
(A) (B) (C) (D) coincide with each other on stating the same fact is
4 5 3 2
3 21 12 17
(A) (B) (C) (D)
18. one is good and the other two are damaged. 50 50 25 50
1 3 1 3
(A) (B) (C) (D) 23. If A and B are two mutually exclusive events and P(A)
10 10 5 5
1 1
= and P(B) = , then P(A  B) =
Directions for questions 19 to 25: Select correct 3 5
alternative from given choices. 1 8 7 14
(A) (B) (C) (D)
15 15 15 15
19. A three-digit number is formed by using the digits 0,
2, 5, 4, 6 without repetition. If a number is selected at
24. If A and B are two independent events, such that
random from these numbers, the probability that it is
an odd number is ()
PA =
1
5
2
(
and P(B) = , then find P A  B .
3
)
1 3 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D) 14 1 1 4
2 16 4 16 (A) (B) (C) (D)
15 15 5 5
20. In rolling an unbiased dice, the probability of getting
an odd number or a number less than 5 is 25. If A and B are two events such that P A ( ) = 0.3,
(A)
1
6
(B)
1
2
(C)
5
6
(D)
2
3 ()
P B = 0.4 and P(A  B) = 0.8, then P(A  B) =
(A) 0.5 (B) 0.6 (C) 0.2 (D) 0.3
21. A person gets as many rupees as the number shows
up when unbiased 6 faced dice is rolled. If two dice
are rolled, the probability that the person gets `6 is
1 5 1 7
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 36 9 36

Key
Exercise − 12(a)
1. D 6. B 11. B 16. B 21. C
2. B 7. D 12. C 17. A 22. B
3. C 8. C 13. A 18. D 23. C
4. B 9. C 14. D 19. B 24. C
5. B 10. A 15. B 20. C 25. A

Exercise – 12(b)

1. D 6. A 11. A 16. C 21. B

2. B 7. B 12. D 17. D 22. B
3. A 8. D 13. B 18. B 23. B
4. C 9. B 14. B 19. B 24. B
5. A 10. C 15. B 20. C 25. A

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/91
 CHAPTER – 13
PROGRESSIONS
Arithmetic Progression (A.P) Harmonic Progression (H.P.):
An arithmetic progression is an arrangement of quantities A progression is said to be a harmonic progression if the
in an order such that any quantity (other than the first reciprocal of the terms in the progression form an
quantity) is more (or less) than the immediately preceding arithmetic progression.
quantity by a constant value. This constant value is called 1 1 1 1
For example, consider the series , , , ,...
the common difference. In other words, any term of an 2 5 8 11
A.P. can be obtained by adding the common difference to The progression formed by taking reciprocals of terms of
its preceding quantity. the above series is 2, 5, 8, 11,. . . . Clearly, these terms
An A.P. can be represented by a, a + d, a + 2d, …...., a + form an A.P. whose common difference is 3.
(n – 1)/d. Hence, the given progression is a harmonic progression.
a is the first term; n is the number of terms in the nth term of an H.P:
progression ; d is the common difference. We know that if a, a + d, a + 2d,….are in A.P., then the
nth term of the A.P = a + (n – 1)d nth term of this A.P. is a + (n – 1) d. Its reciprocal is
n 1
Sum of n terms =  [2a + (n – 1)d]
2 a + (n − 1)d
If three numbers are in arithmetic progression, the middle 1
number is called the arithmetic mean. So, nth term of an H.P. whose first two terms are and
a
(a + b )
A.M. = , where a and b are in arithmetic 1 1
2 is .
a+d a + (n − 1)d
progression (A.P.).
S 1 Note: There is no concise general formula for the sum
Arithmetic Mean of 'n' terms in A.P = = {2a + (n – 1)d} to n terms of an H.P.
n 2
First Term + Last Term Harmonic Mean (H.M.):
=
2
If three terms are in H.P., then the middle term is the H.M.
Conversely, if the A.M. of an A.P. is known, the sum to 'n' of other two terms.
terms of the series (Sn) can be expressed as
The harmonic mean of two terms a and b is given by
Sn = n  A.M
2ab
n H.M. =
i.e., Sn =  (First Term + Last Term) a+b
2
Worked out examples:
Geometric Progression (G.P)
Quantities arranged in an order are said to be in 13.01. What is the 15th term of the arithmetic
geometrical progression, if the ratio of any quantity (other progression 2, 5, 8, 11, …… ?
than the first quantity) to its preceding quantity is the Sol. Nth term = a + (n – 1)d,
same. This ratio is called the Common Ratio. In other where a = 2, n = 15, d = 5 – 2 = 3.
words, any term of a G.P. can be obtained by multiplying Hence 15th term = 2 + (15 – 1)  3 = 44.
its preceding quantity by the common ratio.
13.02. The 40th term and the 45th term of an arithmetic
This can be represented by a, ar, ar2 …… arn − 1, where a
progression are 80 and 110 respectively.
is the first term and r is the common ratio of the geometric
Find its 20th term.
progression (G.P) nth term of the G.P = arn – 1
a(1 - r n ) a(r n − 1) Sol. Let the first term and the common difference be
Sum of n terms: or denoted by a and d respectively.
1− r r −1
a + 39d = 80 → (1)
r . arn-1 − a r  Last Term − First Term a + 44d = 110 → (2)
= =
r -1 r −1 (2) – (1)  5d = 30  d = 6.
If three terms are in geometric progression, then the middle From (1) a = 80 – 39d
term is the Geometric Mean of the other two terms. = 80 – 234 = –154
20th term = a + 19d = –154 + 114 = –40.
G.M. = ab , where a and b are in G.P
13.03. The sum of three numbers in arithmetic
Similarly, if 'n' terms a1, a2, a3, ....... an are in G. P., then progression is 30. The sum of their squares is
the geometric mean of these 'n' terms is given by 308. Find the numbers.
G.M. = n a1  a 2  a 3 ...... an Sol. Let the first term and the common difference be
denoted by a and d respectively.
If –1 < r < +1, we can talk of sum to infinite number of
Second term = a + d and Third term = a + 2d
a a + a + d + a + 2d = 30
terms of a G.P, represented as Sα. We have Sα =
1− r a + d = 10 → (A)
For any two numbers a and b, the A.M. is always greater  a = 10 – d and a + 2d = a + d + d = 10 + d
than the G.M. a2 + (a + d)2 + (a + 2d)2 = 308
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/92
 (10 – d)2 + 102 + (10 + d)2 = 308 12
100 – 20d + d2 + 100 + 100 + 20d + d2 = 308 Therefore, = 18
1− r
d2 = 4 i.e., d = 2
2 = 3(1 – r)  r = 1/3
If d = 2, (A)  a = 8
The numbers would be 8, 10 and 12. 13.07. The sum to infinity of the terms, of a geometric
If d = –2, (A)  a = 12 progression G is 180. The sum to infinity of the
The numbers would be 12, 10 and 8. squares of its terms is 6480. Find the first term
In any case, the numbers are 8, 10 and 12. and common ratio of G.

Alternate: Sol. Let the first term and the common ratio of G be
Let the three numbers in the arithmetic denoted by a and r respectively.
progression be a − d, a, a + d. a
= 180 → (1)
Given sum = 30 1− r
 a − d + a + a + d = 30  3a = 30  a = 10 The squares of the terms of the progression are
Given (a − d)2 + a2 + (a + d)2 = 308 a2, a2r2, a2r4, a2r6, …………
2 (a2 + d2) + a2 = 308 These form a geometric progression. Their first
2d2 = 308 − 3a2 = 308 − 3(100) term is a2 and their common ratio is r2.
2d2 = 8  d2 = 4  d = 2 a2
their sum to infinity S∞ = = 6480
 The three numbers are 8, 10, 12. 1− r 2
13.04. In an arithmetic progression, the first term and  a  a 
     = 6480
the last term are 6 and 66 respectively. The  1 − r   1+ r 
sum of all the terms is 1008. Find the number of
terms and the common difference.  a  6480
From (1)   =

Sol. Let the number of terms and the common  1+ r  180
difference be denoted by n and d respectively.  a 
 
Sum of n terms of the progression  1 + r  = 36 → (2)
 
n
[first term + last term] = 1008 Divide (1) and (2)
2
 a 
n  
i.e., [6 + 66] = 1008 i.e., n = 28  1− r  = 180  1+ r = 5
2
Given t28 = 66  a  36 1− r
 
66 = 6 + (27)d  d =
60 20
= .  1+ r 
27 9 2
r= .
13.05. The sum of three numbers in geometric 3
progression is 42. Their product is 512. Find the  a = 180 (1 − r) = 180 (1 − 2/3) = 60.
numbers.
13.08. In a series, there are 6 arithmetic means between
a 9 and 44. Find its common difference.
Sol. Let the three numbers be . a . ar.
r Sol. If there are n arithmetic means between a
Given product is = 512 and b, common difference is given by
a + ar + ar2 = 42 → (1) b−a
a d= , a = 9, b = 44 and n = 6
. a . ar = 512 n +1
r 44 − 9 35
a3 = 512  a = 8 Common difference = = = 5.
6 +1 7
substitute the value of a in (1)
8 13.09. If  x  < 1, find the sum of the series
+ 8 + 8r = 42 1 + 2x + 3x² + 4x3 + ………. to infinity.
r
4r2 – 17r + 4 = 0 Sol. Let s = 1 + 2x + 3x² + 4x3 + ……. (1)
(4r – 1) (r – 4) = 0 Multiplying both the sides by x
1 xs = x + 2x² + 3x3 + 4x4 + …………. (2)
r = or4 subtracting (2) from (1) we get
4
1
s(1 – x) = 1 + x + x² + x3 + ….
If r = , (2)  a = 32. 1 1
4 s(1 – x) = s=
The numbers would be 32, 8 and 2. 1− x (1− x)²
If r = 4, (2)  a = 2 13.10. Find the harmonic mean of 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10.
The numbers would be 2, 8 and 32.
5
13.06. The first term of an infinite geometric series is Sol. H.M.=
1 1 1 1 1
12 and the sum to infinity is 18. What is the + + + +
2 4 6 8 10
common ratio?
5 600
a = =
Sol. Sum of infinite terms = 60 + 30 + 20 + 15 + 12 137
1− r 120
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/93
 Exercise − 13(a)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. Find the 22nd term of the arithmetic progression 15. How many terms of the geometric progression whose
whose first term is 20 and common difference is 1/3. first term is 4 and the common ratio is 3 make a sum
(A) 27 (B) 271/3 (C) 272/3 (D) 28 of 4372?
(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 8 (D) 9
2. Which term of the arithmetic progression
2, 6, 10, …… is 106? 16. The fourth term and the eighth term of a geometric
(A) 25 (B) 26 (C) 27 (D) 28 progression are 3 and 1/27 respectively. Find the
3. The sixth term and the eleventh term of an arithmetic twelfth term of the series.
progression are 30 and 55 respectively. Find the (A) 1/243 (B) 1/729 (C) 1/2187 (D) 1/6561
twenty first term of the series.
(A) 881/3 (B) 105 (C) 110 (D) 921/2 17. How many terms of the series 5, 5 5 . 25, ..… add
4. Thirteen times the thirteenth term of an arithmetic up to 155 + 155 5 ?
progression is equal to seven times the seventh term of (A) 3 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 8
the arithmetic progression. What is the twentieth term?
(A) −1 (B) −3 (C) 0 (D) 4 18. Three terms are in geometric progression such that
their sum is 26 and the product is 216. Find the terms.
5. Find the number of terms and the sum of the terms of (A) 4, 8, 16 (B) 2, 6, 18 (C) 2, 8, 16 (D) 3, 6, 12
the arithmetic progression 32, 28, … 4.
(A) 8; 144 (B) 7; 126 (C) 14; 252 (D) 15; 270 19. Find the common ratio of a geometric progression,
6. Three terms are in arithmetic progression such that their whose first term is 3, last term is 2187 and the sum of
sum is 24 and product is 312. Find the three terms. the series is 3279.
(A) 5, 8, 11 (B) 3, 8, 13 (C) 4, 8, 12 (D) 2, 8, 14 (A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 6

7. Find the sum of all the two-digit numbers which leave 20. In an infinite geometric progression each term is
a remainder of 1 when divided by 4. equal to seven times the sum of the terms that follow.
(A) 1201 (B) 1012 (C) 1210 (D) 1021 What is the common ratio of the progression?
(A) 1/6 (B) 1/7 (C) 1/8 (D) 1/9
8. The nth term of an arithmetic progression is 7n + 5.
Find the sum of the first six terms. 21. Find the sum of infinite terms of the series 1 +
2
+
4
(A) 147 (B) 177 (C) 162 (D) 192 8
5 25
+ + ………….
9. The sum to n terms of an arithmetic progression is 125
5n2 + 2n. Find the nth term of the series. (A) 5/4 (B) 3 (C) 3/2 (D) 5/3
(A) 10n + 5 (B) 10n – 3 (C) 5n – 1 (D) 5n – 2 22. If p, q > 1 and pq = p + q such that
p2n + 1 + q2n + 1 1 1 1 1
10. If is the arithmetic mean between r = 1 + + 2 + …., s = 1 + + + …., then
pn + qn p p q q2
p and q, then n is 1 1
find + .
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 1/2 (D) 2 r s
11. If x + 4, 6x – 2 and 9x – 4 are three consecutive terms (A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1
of an arithmetic progression, then find x. 23. If x, y and z are in geometric progression and p, q and
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 6 (D) 8 r are in arithmetic progression, then
12. If x1, x2, ….. x15 are fifteen arithmetic means between xr–q. yp–r . zq – p = ______.
14 and 46, then find x7. (A) 2 (B) 1/2 (C) 1 (D) 1/3
(A) 26 (B) 28 (C) 30 (D) 32
24. The first and the second terms of a harmonic
13. Find the first four terms of a geometric progression progression are 18 and 12 respectively. Find the third
whose nth term is 4(–5)n. term.
(A) –20, 100, –500, 2500 (A) 9 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 4
(B) 20, –100, –500, 2500
(C) –20, –100, –500, –2500 25. If q + r, r + p and p + q are in arithmetic progression,
(D) 20, 100, 500, 2500 then p, q and r are in _______.
(A) harmonic progression
14. Which term of the geometric progression (B) geometric progression
4, 4√2, 8 ..… is 64√2? (C) arithmetic progression
(A) 8 (B) 9 (C) 10 (D) 12 (D) None of these

Exercise − 13(b)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. Find the eighteenth term of the arithmetic progression 2. Find the sum of the first fifteen terms of the arithmetic
11, 7, 3,..… progression 8, 13, 18 …….
(A) –57 (B) –61 (C) 61 (D) 57 (A) 630 (B) 645 (C) 660 (D) 615

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/94
3. Three terms are in arithmetic progression such that their 14. If the 7th term and 18th term of an arithmetic
sum is –30. The sum of first two terms is eight more than progression are 13 and 35 respectively, then find the
the sum of the last two terms. Find the three terms. 23rd term of the progression.
(A) –8, –12, –16 (B) –6, –9, –12 (A) 43 (B) 45 (C) 47 (D) 49
(C) –8, –10, –12 (D) –6, –10, –14
15. Three terms are in arithmetic progression such that
4. The fourth and sixteenth terms of an arithmetic their sum is 36 and product is 1296. Find the common
progression are 5 and 13 respectively. Find the sixth difference.
term of the arithmetic progression. (A)  5 (B)  6 (C)  7 (D)  9
(A) 17/3 (B) 19/3 (C) 22/3 (D) 8
16. Find the eighth term of a geometric progression
5. If the sum of the first fifteen terms of an arithmetic whose first term is 1/4 and common ratio is 4.
progression is 75, find the value of the middle term. (A) 28 (B) 210 (C) 212 (D) 214
(A) 15 (B) 10 (C) 5 (D) 25
17. Find the sixteenth term of the geometric progression
6. Find the sum of all the two-digit numbers which leave 1/64, 1/32, 1/16, …..
a reminder of 2 when divided by 6. (A) 128 (B) 256 (C) 512 (D) 1024
(A) 780 (B) 840 (C) 960 (D) 1080
18. In a geometric progression the first term is 1, the last
7. The sum of four terms in arithmetic progression is 30. term is 243 and the sum of the terms is 364.
If the product of the second and third terms is Find the common ratio.
eighteen more than the product of the first and last (A) 3 (B) 14 (C) 9 (D) 7
terms, find the four terms.
(A) 5, 10, 15, 20 (B) 4, 6, 8, 12 19. Three terms are in geometric progression such that their
(C) 2, 6, 10, 12 (D) 3, 6, 9, 12 sum is 35 and product is 1000. Find the three terms.
(A) 5, 10, 20 (B) 10, 12, 15
8. The tenth term of an arithmetic progression is 67 and
(C) 2, 10, 50 (D) 5, 10, 15
the twenty-fifth term is 172. Find the sum of the first
thirty-four terms. 20. A group of ants are moving in parallel rows. The first
(A) 4056 (B) 4077 (C) 4063 (D) 4049 row has two ants, the second row has four ants, the
9. In an arithmetic progression if 3t 2 = t9 – t5, then find third row has eight ants and so on. How many ants
the ratio of the first term to the common difference. are there in the group containing twelve rows?
(A) 3 : 1 (B) 1 : 3 (C) 2 : 3 (D) 3 : 2 (A) 8192 (B) 4095 (C) 4094 (D) 8190
10. The sum of twelve terms of an arithmetic progression 21. How many terms of the series 216, 72, 24, ... are
is equal to the sum to its sixteen terms. Find the sum needed to give a sum of 3235/9?
to twenty eight terms of the series (A) 9 (B) 8 (C) 7 (D) 6
(A) 0 (B) 243
(C) 81 (D) Cannot be determined 22. In an infinite geometric progression every term is
equal to five times the sum of the terms that follow.
11. Which of the following statements related to arithmetic Find the common ratio.
progression is true, where tn represents nth term? (A) 1/5 (B) 1/6 (C) 1/7 (D) 1/4
(A) t3 + t5 = t7
(B) t4 + t6 = t2 + t9 23. The product of three terms in a geometric progression
(C) t3 + t8 = t4 + t7 is 5832. Find the middle term in geometric
(D) Both (B) and (C) are correct progression.
12. The sum to x terms of an arithmetic progression is (A) 26 (B) 9 (C) 18 (D) 12
11x2 + 8x. Find the common difference of the series.
24. Find the sum to infinite terms of the series 110, 10,
(A) 11 (B) 19 (C) 22 (D) 14
10/11, …...
13. Three terms are in arithmetic progression such that (A) 1100 (B) 1210 (C) 121 (D) 110
their sum is 21 and the sum of their squares is 165.
Find the numbers. 25. Find the value of 3/3.6 + 3/6.9 + ……+ 3/18.21
(A) 1, 7, 14 (B) 5, 7, 9 (C) 4, 7, 10 (D) 3, 7, 11 (A) 1/12 (B) 1/3 (C) 2/7 (D) 1/27

Key
Exercise – 13(a)
1. A 6. B 11. A 16. C 21. D
2. C 7. C 12. B 17. C 22. D
3. B 8. B 13. A 18. B 23. C
4. C 9. B 14. C 19. B 24. A
5. A 10. A 15. B 20. C 25. C
Exercise – 13(b)
1. A 6. B 11. C 16. C 21. D
2. B 7. D 12. C 17. C 22. B
3. D 8. C 13. C 18. A 23. C
4. B 9. B 14. B 19. A 24. C
5. C 10. A 15. B 20. D 25. C
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/95
 CHAPTER – 14
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
An equation which has the unknown quantity raised only Maximum or Minimum value of a Quadratic
to powers which are whole numbers and the highest Expression
power being the square of the unknown quantity, is called
a quadratic equation. The most general form of As we have already seen, an equation of the type
a quadratic equation is ax2 + bx + c = 0. ax2 + bx + c = 0 is called a quadratic equation.
There are two values of x that satisfy such a quadratic An expression of the type ax 2 + bx + c is called
equation. These values are called the roots of the a "quadratic expression".
quadratic equation. The quadratic expression ax2 + bx + c takes different
values as x takes different values.
The roots of the above quadratic equation are given by
− b  b2 − 4ac As x varies from – to + , the quadratic expression
ax2 + bx + c
2a
For ax2 + bx + c = 0, Sum of the roots = –b/a; Product of (i) has a minimum value, whenever a > 0. The minimum
the roots = c/a value of the quadratic expression is (4ac – b2)/4a and
it occurs at x = –b/2a.
Nature of the Roots
(ii) has a maximum value, whenever a < 0. The maximum
The quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 has real roots, value of the quadratic expression is (4ac – b2)/4a and
only if b2 – 4ac  0. it occurs at x = –b/2a.
If b² – 4ac < 0, then the roots of the quadratic equation will
be complex. Worked out examples:
Since b² – 4ac determines the nature of the roots of the
quadratic equation, it is called the "DISCRIMINANT" of the 14.01. Find the roots of x2 + 8x + 12 = 0.
quadratic equation.
Sol. x2 + 8x + 12 = 0
Thus we can write down the following about the nature of  x2 + 2x + 6x + 12 = 0
the roots of a quadratic equation.  x (x + 2) + 6 (x + 2) = 0
 (x + 2) (x + 6) = 0
– the roots are real and equal, if b2 – 4ac = 0  x + 2 = 0 or x + 6 = 0
– the roots are rational and unequal, if b 2 – 4ac is x = –2 or – 6
positive and a perfect square.
– the roots are irrational, if b2 – 4ac is positive but 14.02. Find the roots of the equation
not a perfect square. 24x2 + 36x – 24 = 0.
– the roots are imaginary, if b2 – 4ac < 0
Sol. The given equation is same as 2x2 + 3x – 2 = 0
Whenever the roots of the quadratic equation (having The roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are
rational co-efficients) are irrational, they will be of the form
− b  b 2 − 4ac
a + b and a – b , x=
2a
i.e.,whenever a + b is one root of a quadratic equation, here a = 2, b = 3 and c = – 2,
then a – b will be the second root of the quadratic − 3  9 − 4(2) ( −2) −3  5
x = = = –2 or 1/2
equation. 2(2) 4

If the roots of the quadratic equation are given as  and 14.03. Discuss the nature of the roots of the
, the equation can be written as equation 10x2 – 6x + 1 = 0.
(x – ) (x – ) = 0
i.e., x2 – ( + )x +  = 0 Sol. The discriminant of the quadratic equation
= (−6)2 − (4)(10)(1) = −4
Equations of Higher Degree As the discriminant is negative, the roots are
The highest power of x in the equation is called the degree complex.
of the equation. For example, if the highest power of x in
the equation is 3, then the degree of the equation is said 14.04. If the sum of the roots of the quadratic equation
to be 3. An equation whose degree is 3 is also called kx2 – 8x + 7 = 0 is 4/3, then find the product of the
a cubic equation. An equation whose degree is 'n' will roots.
have n roots. As discussed above in the case of a
quadratic equation and in any other equation (with rational Sol. Sum of the roots of the equation = 8/k
coefficients) irrational roots occur in pairs. The same is = 4/3 (given)  k = 6
true for complex roots also. Whenever a + ib is a root, then In the given equation, product of roots =7/k
a – ib is also a root of the equation and vice–versa. As k = 6,
 Product of roots = 7/6
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/96
14.05. Find the quadratic equation, whose sum of the root of the equation will be x − y .
roots is 7 and product of the roots is 12.
So in this case, the other root of the equation will
Sol. Let  and  be the roots of the equation. be (2 − 3 )
Given  +  = 7
and  = 12. 14.09. Find the maximum value of the quadratic
 The required quadratic equation is expression –3x2 + 6x + 4.
x2 – ( + )x +  = 0
i.e. x2 – 7x + 12 = 0 Sol. The maximum value of a quadratic expression
4ac − b 2
14.06. Find the value of k if one root of the equation ax2 + bx + c when a < 0, is given by
4a
x2 – 8x + k = 0 is thrice the other root.
 The maximum value of the given expression
Sol. Let the roots be , 3. 4(−3) (4) − (6) 2 −48 − 36
= = =7
[ ∵ one root is thrice the other] 4(−3) − 12
 The equation is x2 – ( + 3 ) + (3) = 0
But it is equal to x2 – 8x + k = 0 14.10. If the cost of each chocolate is reduced by `5,
Comparing the two equations above, we get then 5 more chocolates can be purchased for
 + 3 = 8  4 = 8   = 2 `50. Find the cost of each chocolate.
(3) = k  k = 32
 k = 3(2)2 = 12 Sol. Let the original cost of each chocolate be `x and
the number of chocolates can be purchased with
14.07. Find the value of k, so that the roots of the `50 be y.
equation 3x2 – 10x + k = 0 are reciprocals of each  xy = 50 → (1)
other. (x – 5) (y + 5) = 50 → (2)
(2) – (1)
Sol. If the roots of the equation are reciprocals  5x – 5y – 25 = 0
of each other, then the product of the  5(x – y) = 25  x – y = 5
roots should be equal to 1.  y = x – 5 → (3)
k Substituting (3) in (1), we get
 = 1  k = 3. x(x – 5) = 50
3
 x2 – 5x – 50 = 0  x2 – 10x + 5x – 50 = 0
 x(x – 10) + 5(x – 10) = 0
14.08. If 2 + 3 is one root of a quadratic equation with  (x – 10) (x + 5) = 0  x = 10 or – 5
rational co-efficients, then find the other root of But x is positive
the equation.  x = 10
50 50
Sol. When the coefficients of the equation are rational Alternately, − = 5, x can be found by
x −5 x
and the roots are irrational, they occur in pairs
solving the above quadratic equation.
like x  y i.e., if x + y is one root then the other

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/97
 Exercise – 14(a)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. Factorize: 8x2 + 32x + 14. 14. If p and q are the roots of x2 + x + 3 = 0, then
(A) (8x + 4) (x + 6) p6 −q6
(B) (8x + 6) (x + 4) equals ______.
p−6 −q−6
(C) (4x + 1) (2x + 14) (A) 81 (B) 27 (C) 243 (D) –729
(D) (4x + 14) (2x +1)
15. The sum of the squares of two consecutive positive
2. Find the roots of x2 + 2x – 15 = 0. integers exceeds their product by 91. Find the integers.
(A) –5, 3 (B) 3, 5 (C) –3, 5 (D) –3, –5 (A) 9, 10 (B) 10, 11 (C) 11, 12 (D) 12, 13

3. Find the roots of the equation 2x2 + 3x – 9 = 0. 16. Find the maximum or minimum value of the
−3 3 −3 3 expression x2 + x + 5.
(A) 3, (B) ,−3 (C) ,−3 (D) ,3
2 2 2 2 19
(A) Minimum value of
4
4. The roots of the equation 3x2 – 12x + 10 = 0 are 19
(A) rational and unequal (B) Minimum value of −
2
(B) complex
(C) real and equal 19
(C) Maximum value of
(D) irrational and unequal 4
19
5. If the roots of a quadratic equation are 20 and –7, (D) Maximum value of
2
then find the equation.
(A) x2 +13x – 140 = 0 17. The sum of the squares of three consecutive even
(B) x2 – 13x +140 = 0 natural numbers is 1460. Find the numbers.
(C) x2 – 13x – 140 = 0 (A) 18, 20, 22 (B) 20, 22, 24
(D) x2 +13x +140 = 0 (C) 22, 24, 26 (D) 24, 26, 28
6. The sum and the product of the roots of the quadratic 18. The roots of the equation x 2 + px + q = 0 are
equation √2x2 + 20x + 3√2 = 0 are respectively consecutive integers. Find the discriminant of the
(A) 10√2, 3 (B) –10√2, 3 quadratic equation.
(C) 10√2, –3 (D) –10√2, –3 (A) 0 (B) p + q (C) pq (D) 1

7. Find the quadratic equation with rational coefficients, 19. The roots of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are
which has one of its roots as 3 – √8. in the ratio of 3 : 4, which of the following holds true?
(A) x2 + 6x + 1 = 0 (B) x2 – 6x + 1 = 0 (A) 49ac = 12b2 (B) 12ac = 49b2
(C) x – 6x – 1 = 0
2
(D) x2 + 6x – 1 = 0 (C) 25ac = 12b2 (D) 12ac = 25b2

8. If the roots of the equation x2 – kx + 1 = 0 are equal 20. The sum and product of the roots of the equation
then find k, given that both the roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are reciprocals of each other. Then
are positive. (A) ab = c2 (B) ac = b2
(A) 16 (B) 8 (C) 4 (D) 2 (C) bc = a2 (D) None of these

9. The roots of the equation 2x2 – 5x + p = 0 are in the 21. If 4 + √15 is a root of x2 + ax + b = 0 (where a and b
ratio of 2 : 3. Find p. are integers) then a2 + b2 is
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6 (A) 81 (B) 9 (C) 63 (D) 65

10. One root of 64x2 + ax + 1 = 0 is the square root of the 22. Find the quadratic equation whose roots are the
other. Find the value of a. reciprocals of the roots of 2x2 + 5x + 3 = 0.
(A) 68 (B) –20 (C) –85 (D) 85 (A) 3x2 + 5x – 2 = 0 (B) 3x2 + 5x + 2 = 0
(C) 3x2 – 5x + 2 = 0 (D) 3x2 – 5x – 2 = 0
11. In the quadratic equation 7x2 – 12x + p = 0, one root
is thrice the other. Find the value of p. 23. What can be said about the roots of ax2 + bx + a = 0?
(A) 29/7 (B) 27 (C) 28/7 (D) 27/7 (A) Roots are equal in magnitudes but different in sign
(B) The roots are reciprocals of each other.
12. For what value of p does the equation x2 + px + 81 = 0, (C) One root is the square of the other
have equal roots? (D) Both (A) and (B)
(A) 18 (B) 9 (C)  9 (D)  18 24. The maximum value of the quadratic expression
–x2 + 8x + 5 occurs at x =
13. If  and  are the roots of the equation (A) 4 (B) 6 (C) 3 (D) 5
 2 +  2 − 
x2 – 9x + 20 = 0, find the value of 2 . 25. A positive number exceeds its reciprocal by 168/13.
 +  2 + 
Find the number.
(A) –21/61 (B) 1 (C) 161 (D) 21/61 (A) 12 (B) 13 (C) 14 (D) 15
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/98
 Exercise – 14(b)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. Find the roots of the quadratic equations. 11. If α and β are the roots of the quadratic equation
x2 – 8x + 15 = 0 1 1
x2 + 2x + 3 = 0, find the value of +
(A) 3, 5 (B) 3, –5 α β
(C) –3, 5 (D) –3, –5 (A) –2/3 (B) 1/2 (C) –1/2 (D) –2

2. Find the roots of the following quadratic equation. 12. If α and β are the roots of the quadratic equation
8x2 – 17x +2 = 0 x2 + 4x + 5 = 0, find the value of α2 + β 2
1 1 (A) –14 (B) 14 (C) –6 (D) 6
(A) 2, (B) − , − 2
8 8
13. If the square of the sum of the roots of a quadratic
1 1
(C) − , 2 (D) , −2 equation equal to 4 times the product of the roots,
8 8 then the roots are _____.
(A) rational and equal
3. Find the sum and the product of the roots of the (B) rational and unequal
equation. (C) irrational
6 3 x2 – 36x + 12 3 = 0 (D) complex

(A) 2 3 , 2 (B) –2 3 , 2 14. If a quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 has the sum

(C) 12, 2 (D) –12, 2 of the roots equal to the product of the roots, which of
the following holds true?
4. Find the sum and the product of the roots of the (A) b = c (B) b = –c
equation. (C) a = b (D) a = –c
1 1
(a – b) x2 + (a2 – b2) x + − = 0 15. The minimum value of the quadratic expression
a b
3x2 – 7x + 6 is ______.
1 1 23
(A) a + b, (B) − (a + b ), 23 31 7
ab ab (A) − (B) (C) − (D)
6 12 6 6
−1 −1
(C) a + b, (D) − (a + b ),
ab ab 16. The maximum value of the quadratic expression
–x2 + 10x + 3 occurs at x =
5. Identify the nature of roots of the equation? (A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 3 (D) 4
9x2 – 10x + 3 = 0
(A) Real and equal 17. Find the maximum or minimum value of
(B) Rational and unequal –8x2+ 10x + 3
(C) Complex 49
(D) Irrational (A) Minimum of −
8
Identify the nature of roots of the equation? 49
6. (B) Maximum of −
25x2 + 60x + 36 = 0 8
(A) Real and equal 49
(B) Rational and unequal (C) Minimum of
8
(C) Complex 49
(D) Irrational (D) Maximum of
8
7. The quadratic equation whose roots are 5 and –2 is
(A) x2 – 3x – 10 = 0 18. A positive integer was subtracted from its reciprocal.
(B) x2 + 3x – 10 = 0 −48
If the result is , then find the positive integer.
(C) x2 – 3x + 10 = 0 7
(D) x2 – 3x + 10 = 0 (A) 7 (B) 1/49
1
8. Find the quadratic equation whose roots are –5  √3 (C) (D) None of these
7
(A) x2 – 10x + 22 = 0
(B) x2 + 10x + 22 = 0 19. The discriminant of the quadratic equation
(C) x2 – 28x + 22 = 0 (a – b)x2 + 2ax + (a + b) = 0, where a and b are real
(D) x2 + 28x + 22 = 0 numbers is _____.
(A) non – positive.
9. In the quadratic equation 16x2 – qx + 81 = 0, one root (B) non – negative.
is the cube of the other. Find the value of q. (C) zero.
(A) 78 (B) 39 (C) –39 (D) 56 (D) None of these

10. If x2 – px + 9 = 0 has 3 as one root, then the value of 20. If 2 + √3 is a root of x2 + ax + b = 0 (where a and b
p is ______. are integers) then a + b is
(A) 6 (B) –6 (C) 4 (D) –4 (A) –3 (B) 3 (C) –5 (D) 5
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/99
21. Find the quadratic equation whose roots are the 24. Find the quadratic equation whose roots are equal
reciprocals of the roots of 5x2 + 6x + 8 = 0. in magnitude but opposite in sign of the roots of
(A) 8x2 – 6x – 5 = 0 x2 + 5x + 4 = 0.
(B) 8x2 + 6x – 5 = 0 (A) x2 – 5x– 4 = 0
(C) 8x2 – 6x + 5 = 0 (B) x2 – 5x + 4 = 0
(D) 8x2 + 6x + 5 = 0 (C) x2 + 5x + 4 = 0
(D) x2 + 5x – 4 = 0
22. If the roots of the equation x2 – 2x + k = 0 rational and
unequal, then the value of k can be 25. Ashok bought some pencils for `180. He sold all but
(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) 2 (D) 6 2 pencils for `160, making a profit of `2 per pencil.
Find the number of pencils he bought.
23. Find the roots of the following quadratic equation. (A) 18 (B) 16 (C) 10 (D) 12
–6x2 + 29x – 20 = 0
5 5 −5 −5
(A) 4, (B) –4, (C) 4, (D) − 4,
6 6 6 6

Key
Exercise – 14(a)

1. D 6. B 11. D 16. A 21. D

2. A 7. B 12. D 17. B 22. B
3. B 8. D 13. D 18. D 23. B
4. D 9. A 14. D 19. A 24. A
5. C 10. B 15. A 20. D 25. B

Exercise – 14(b)

1. A 6. A 11. A 16. A 21. D

2. A 7. A 12. D 17. D 22. B
3. A 8. B 13. A 18. A 23. A
4. D 9. A 14. B 19. B 24. B
5. C 10. A 15. B 20. A 25. C

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/100
 CHAPTER – 15
CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY
Co-ordinate Geometry is also called Analytical IV quadrant: x-co-ordinate is positive
Geometry. It is the branch of Geometry in which we use y-co-ordinate is negative
two numbers, called co-ordinates to indicate the position
of a point in a plane. Examples: (5, 3) lies in first quadrant.
(6, –3) lies in fourth quadrant.
Any point in a plane can be located in position with (5, 1/2) lies in first quadrant.
reference to two mutually perpendicular lines called (–3, –4) lies in third quadrant.
“Co-ordinate axes” or simply “axes”. The horizontal (–7, 5) lies in second quadrant.
reference line is called the x-axis, and the vertical
reference line is called the y-axis. Note 1: The co-ordinates of origin are (0, 0).
Note 2: The ordinate of every point on x-axis is zero.
As shown in the figure given below, XX' is the Note 3: The abscissa of every point on y-axis is zero.
x-axis and YY' is the y-axis. The point of intersection of
these two axes is called origin. Some basic rules and formulae are given below, which
have to be remembered. Each formula is followed by one
Y P(x, y) or more examples, which clearly explain its application.
•
1. Distance formula:
y
(i) The distance between the two points (x1, y1)
X' • X
O x M and (x2, y2) is (x2 − x1)2 + (y2 − y1)2 .

(ii) The distance between the origin (0, 0) and the

point (x, y) is x2 + y2 .
Y'
15.01. Find the distance between the points (−2, 1)
Let 'P' be any point in the plane. From ‘P’, draw PM and (–6, 4).
perpendicular to OX. Then the lengths OM and MP are
called the “co-ordinates” of P. (usually denoted by ‘x’ and Sol. Distance = (− 6 − (− 2))2 + (4 − 1 )2
‘y’ respectively). The length OM is called the
x-co-ordinate or the abcissa and the length PM is called = 16 + 9 = 25 = 5 units.
the y-co-ordinate or ordinate of P. Hence a point P can
be denoted as P(x, y). 15.02. Prove that the points (–3, 3) (0, 0) and (5, 5)
represent the vertices of a right angled triangle.
The axes divide the plane into 4 quadrants as shown below.
Sol. Let A = (–3, 3), B = (0, 0) and C = (5, 5).
Y
AB = 9+9 = 18

II Quadrant BC = 25 + 25 = 50
I Quadrant
90° to 180° 0° to 90° AC = 64 + 6 = 68
X' X AB2 = 18, BC2 = 50 and AC2 = 68
O  AC2 = AB2 + BC2.
III Quadrant IV Quadrant  The given points represent the vertices of
180° to 270° 270° to 360° a right angled triangle.

2. Area of triangle:
Y' The area of the triangle formed by the vertices
A(x1 y1), B(x2, y2) and C(x3, y3) is
Sign convention:
1 x1 − x2 y1 − y2
(determinant value)
Distances measured along OX and OY are positive 2 x 2 − x 3 y 2 − y3
whereas the ones measured along OX' and OY' are
negative. The signs of the co-ordinates 'x' and 'y' depend 15.03. Find the area of a triangle whose vertices are
on the quadrant in which the point lies. (6, 5), (–3, 2) and (5, – 1).
 quadrant: x-co-ordinate is positive Sol. Let A = (x1, y1) = (6, 5), B = (x2, y2) = (–3, 2) and
y-co-ordinate is positive C = (x3, y3) = (5, –1)
 quadrant: x-co-ordinate is negative 1 x −x y −y
Area = 1 2 1 2
y-co-ordinate is positive 2 x 2 − x3 y 2 − y3
1 9 3 1
 quadrant: x-co-ordinate is negative = = 27 + 24 = 25.5 [Link]
y-co-ordinate is negative 2 −8 3 2
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/101
3. Section formula:  −2 + 4 1+ 9 
 Required midpoint =  ,  = (1, 5)
(i) Internal Division: If A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2)  2 2 
are two points, then the co-ordinates of the
point P which divide the line joining AB Centroid: If A(x1, y1) , B(x2, y2) and C(x3, y3) are the
internally in the ratio m : n is given by vertices of a triangle, then the centroid of
 mx2 + nx1 my2 + ny1  triangle ABC is given by
 , 
 m+n m + n   x1 + x2 + x3 y1 + y2 + y3 
 , 
•  3 3 
A m P n B
Note : Centroid of a triangle is the point of concurrence
Note: The point P can be any where between A of the medians of a triangle.
and B for internal division.
15.07. Find the centroid of the triangle formed by the
15.04. Let A = (7, 6) and B = (6, −3). C is a point on AB vertices P (1, 1), Q (3, 5) and R (5, 7)
and dividing AB internally in the ratio 3 : 2.
Find the coordinates of C. Sol. Centroid of a triangle formed by the vertices
Sol. The coordinates of a point dividing the line (x1, y1), (x2, y2) and (x3, y3) is given by
segment joining two points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2)  x1 + x2 + x3 y1 + y2 + y3 
internally in the ratio m1 : m2 is given by  , 
 3 3 
 m x 2 + n x1 m y 2 + ny1 
 
 m+n , m+n   1+ 3 + 5 1+ 5 + 7   13 
 centroid =  ,  =  3,
  3 3 
   3 
here A (7, 6) B (6, −3); 3 : 2
 (3)(6) + (2)(7) (3)(− 3) + (2)(6)   32 3 
C =  ,  =  , 
 5 5   5 5 THE STRAIGHT LINE
(ii) External Division: If A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2)
are two points, then the coordinates of the point I. General form:
which divides the line joining AB in the ratio A first degree equation in two variables x and y
m : n externally are represents a straight line, that is, ax + by + c = 0 (not
 mx2 − nx1 my2 − ny1  both a, b = 0). This is called general form of equation of
 , 
 m−n m − n  a line.

• • • OR • • • Examples: 3x + 4y + 5 = 0 ; x + 3 = 0; y – 4 = 0;
P A B A B P
Note 1 : If a = 0, then the line by + c = 0 is parallel to
Note: The point P is on the line AB, but not
x-axis.
between A and B for external division. The point
of division may be to the right or left of the
Note 2 : If b = 0, then the line ax + c = 0 is parallel to
points A and B.
y-axis.
15.05. Find the point which divides the line joining
Note 3 : If c = 0, then the line ax + by = 0 passes
points (2, 8) and (8, −7) in ratio 4 : 3 externally.
through origin.
Sol. Given points (2, 8), (8, −7); 4 : 3
4 8 − 3 2 4 −7 − 3 8 Slope of a line (m): The angle '' made by a line with
required point =  ,  x-axis in the positive direction is called the inclination
 4−3 4−3  and ‘tan ’ is called the slope of the line.
= (26, −52)
Y L
(iii) Mid point: If A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2) are the two
given points, then the mid point of the line
joining A and B is given by
 x1 + x2 y1 + y2 
 , 
 2 2 

Note: Mid point is a special case of section formula,
when the ratio is 1 : 1. X

15.06. Find the midpoint of the line AB where

A = (–2, 1) and B = (4, 9).

Sol. Midpoint of the line whose endpoints are (x 1, y1)

x +x y +y 
and (x2, y2) is  1 2 , 1 2 
 2 2 

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/102
Formula for finding slope:
III. Slope- intercept form: y = mx + c
If A(x1, y1) and B (x2, y2) are two points on a line, then
the slope of the line is given by where m is the slope of the line and c is the y-intercept.

y2 − y1 y − y2 15.10. If a line has a slope of 6 units and y – intercept

m= or 1 or
x2 − x1 x1 − x2 of 4 units, then find its equation.

differencein y − coordinates Sol. The equation of a straight line which has

(taken in same order ) a slope m and y – intercept c is y = mx + c.
differencein x − coordinates  Required equation is y = 6x + 4.

15.08. Find the slope of the line joining the points

IV. Point Slope Form: y – y1 = m(x – x1 )
(5, –10) and (6, –12).

− 12 − (− 10) where (x1, y1) is any fixed point on the line and m is
Sol. Slope = =–2 the slope of the line.
6−5
15.11. Find the equation of a line which passes
Note 1: Slope of x-axis (or) any line parallel to it is zero. through (2, –3) and has a slope of 3.
Note 2: Slope of y-axis (or) any line parallel to it is not Sol. The equation of a line which has a slope m and
defined. pass through the point (x1, y1) is y − y1 = m(x − x1)
Note 3: If ax + by + c = 0 is the equation of a line, then The required equation y + 3 = 3 (x − 2)
its slope is –a/b.  The required equation is y = 3x – 9

Note 4: If three points lies on a line, then the points are

called collinear. y − y1 y2 − y1
V. Two – Point Form: =
x − x1 x2 − x1
. Intercept form:

Intercept: If a line meets the x-axis at a point A(a, 0) and where (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) are any two points on the
the y-axis at a point B(0, b), then the length OA is called line.
x-intercept and the length OB is called y-intercept, as
shown in the figure below. 15.12. Find the equation of a straight line passing
through the points A (6, 8) and B (9, 9).
Y
Sol. The equation of a straight line passing through
B(0, b) the points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) is
y − y1
y-intercept y − y1 = 2 (x − x1).
x 2 − x1
‘b’ units
The equation of a line passing through the
points A(6, 8) and B(9, 9) is
A(a, 0) 9−8 1
X y−8= (x − 6)  y − 8 = (x − 6)
O 9−6 3
x-intercept  3y − 24 = x −6
‘a’ units  x − 3y + 18 = 0

Basically x-intercept means, how far from origin is the Angle between two lines:
point where the line cuts the x-axis.
Similarly y-intercept means how far from origin is the 1. If m1 and m2 are the slopes of two lines, then the
point where the line cuts the y-axis.
acute angle ‘’ between them is given by
The intercept form of a line is x y m1 − m2
+ =1 tan  =
a b 1 + m1 m2

15.09. If a line makes an intercept of 6 units with an x – axis Note 1: Condition for parallel lines: m1 = m2
and 4 units on y – axis, then find its equation.
Note 2: Condition for perpendicular lines: m1 m2 = –1
Sol. The equation of a line whose x – intercept is a and 15.13. Show that the lines 7x + 3y + 6 = 0 and
x y 14x + 6y + 10 = 0 are parallel.
y – intercept is b is + = 1.
a b
Sol. The condition for two lines a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 and
x y a2x + b2y + c2 = 0 are to be parallel is m1 = m2
 Required equation = + = 1
6 4 m1 = –7/3 and m2 = –14/6 = –7/3.
i.e., 2x + 3y = 12.  m1 = m2 the given lines are parallel.

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/103
Some formulae to remember: Sol. The equation of the line passing through
(x1, y1) and perpendicular to ax + by + c = 0 is
(1) The most general form of the equation of a straight b(x − x1) –a(y − y1)=0.
line is ax + by + c = 0. Here, the y-intercept is –c/b, x1 = −2, y1 = 3, a = 1 b = −3
x–intercept is –c/a and the slope is –a/b. −3(x + 2) −1(y − 3) = 0
(2) If ax + by + c = 0 is the equation of a line, the  −3x − 6 − y + 3 = 0
perpendicular distance from a point (x 1, y1) to this −3x − y − 3 = 0
ax1 + by1 + c  3x + y + 3 = 0.
line is given by
a2 + b2 15.15. Find the perpendicular distance from (–3, 2) to
(3) The distance between two parallel straight lines the line 2x – 3y + 38 = 0.
ax + by +c1 = 0 and ax + by + c2 = 0 is given by
c1 − c 2 Sol. Perpendicular distance from (x1, y1) to the line

a2 + b2 ax1 + by1 + c
ax + by + c = 0 is given by
(4) The equation of line through a point P(x 1, y1) and a 2 + b2
(i) parallel to ax + by + c = 0 is given by
a(x – x1) + b (y – y1) = 0 a = 2, b = −3, c = 38, x1 = –3 and y1 = 2.
(ii) perpendicular to ax + by + c = 0 is given by  Perpendicular distance
b(x – x1) – a(y – y1) = 0 2 (− 3) + (− 3)(2) + 38
=
22 + (− 3)
2
Some more worked examples:
15.14. Find the equation of a line passing through 26
= = 2 13 units
(–2, 3) and perpendicular to 13
x – 3y + 17 = 0.

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/104
 Exercise – 15(a)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.
1. If A = (–2, –3) and B = (7, 37) are two points, then 13. Find the area of the triangle formed by the x-axis,
find the distance between AB (in units). y-axis and 3x + y – 12 = 0 (in [Link]).
(A) 39 (B) 40 (C) 41 (D) 45 (A) 18 (B) 36 (C) 24 (D) 12
2. The radius of a circle whose centre lies on x-axis 14. Find the point of intersection of the lines 8x – 3y = 13
is 3 units. PQ is ends of diameter of the circle. and 2x + y = 5.
If P(4, 3) then find the coordinates of Q. (A) (–2, –1) (B) (2, 1) (C) (2, –1) (D) (–2, 1)
(A) (2, –3) (B) (3, –3) (C) (4, –3) (D) (6, –3)
15. Find the value of k for which the lines 2x + 3y = 7,
3. The triangle formed by the points (2, 4), (6, 2) and 4x + 7y = 15 and kx + 6y = 12 are passing through
(4, 6) is same point.
(A) isosceles. (B) scalene. (A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 5
(C) equilateral. (D) None of these
16. If the line y = px + q passes through the points
4. The coordinates of the vertices of a triangle ABC (1, 7) and (2, 10), then find the value of p + 2q.
are (4, –2), (5, 3) and (7, 1). Find the area of the (A) 11 (B) 9 (C) 13 (D) 15
triangle ABC.
(A) 18 (B) 21 (C) 6 (D) 15 17. Find the distance between the lines 3x + 6y + 7 = 0
and 3x + 6y + 11 = 0.
5. If the points (4, 9), (a, 13) and (8, 17) are collinear,
then find the value of a. 2 4 8 10
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 7 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5
6. The midpoints of the sides of triangle PQR are (–4, 0), 18. Find the distance from (2, 3) to the line 3x + 4y + 10 = 0.
(–2, 2) and (2, 4). Find the centroid of PQR. (A) 18/5 (B) 28/5 (C) 27/5 (D) 33/5
 −4   −2   −4   −2 
(A)  ,1 (B)  ,1 (C)  ,2  (D)  ,2  19. The equation of the line parallel to x – axis and
 3   3   3   3  passing through the point (–2, 8) is
7. PQR is a triangle. P = (6, 3). PS is median drawn to (A) y = – 8 (B) y = 2 (C) y = 8 (D) y = – 2
QR. S = (12, 9). Find the centroid of the triangle. 20. The distance from the point (3, –5) to y-axis is
(A) (8, 3) (B) (10, 7) (C) (10, 5) (D) (8, 5) (A) 5 units (B) 3 units. (C) 4 units. (D) 2 units.
8. Find the area of the square formed by joining the
21. Find the equation of the line whose slope is 4/3 and
points (–1, 1), (–1, –1), (1, –1) and (1, 1) (in [Link]).
x-intercept is 6.
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 6 (D) 8
(A) 4x – 3y – 24 = 0 (B) 4x + 3y – 24 = 0
9. L1 is 3x – 4y + 7 = 0 and L2 is ax + 8y – 6 = 0. L1 and (C) 4x – 3y + 24 = 0 (D) 3x + 4y – 18 = 0
L2 do not intersect. Find a.
22. Find the equation of the line passing through the
(A) 6 (B) –6 (C) – 1 (D) 1 point (4,18) and perpendicular to the line passing
6 6
through the points (1,6) and (3,14).
10. L1 is 2x – 3y + 8 = 0 and L2 = 3x + by + 9 = 0. L1 ⊥ L2. (A) x – 4y + 68 = 0 (B) x – 4y – 68 = 0
Find b. (C) x + 4y + 76 = 0 (D) x + 4y – 76 = 0
(A) –2 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) – 1
2 2 23. ABCD is a square. A is (3, 5) and C is (7, 13).
Find its area (in [Link]).
11. Find the equation of the line passing through
(A) 30 (B) 36 (C) 40 (D) 50
(2, 3) and parallel to the line 2x + 3y + 7 = 0.
(A) 2x + 3y – 7 = 0 (B) 2x + 3y – 13 = 0 24. The angle between the lines x = 10 and y = 5 is
(C) 2x + 3y – 12 = 0 (D) 2x + 3y – 10 = 0 (A) 0° (B) 45° (C) 90° (D) 60°
12. A line passes through (5, 7) and makes equal 25. L is 3x – 5y + 12 = 0. (5, 5) and (4, 6) lies on
intercepts on the coordinate axes. Find the intercepts. (A) the same side of L. (B) opposite sides of L.
(A) 12 and 12 (B) –12 and –12 (C) the line L. (D) none of these.
(C) –2 and –2 (D) 2 and 2

Exercise – 15(b)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.
1. If P = (–5, 11) and Q = (7, –5) are two points then 3. P = (3, 7) and Q = (5, 13). Find the point on the
find the distance between PQ (in units). y-axis which is equidistant from P and Q.
(A) 17 (B) 18 (C) 19 (D) 20  32   34  (C)  35  (D)  31
(A)  0,  (B)  0,   0,   0, 
2. The radius of a circle, whose centre lies on x-axis is  3   3   3   3
5 units. AB is the ends of diameter of the circle of 4. If AB = 3CD. and A = (6, 13) and B = (3, 7), then find
A(4, 3), then the coordinates of centre can be CD (in units).
(A) (0, 8) (B) (0, –8)
3 5
(C) (8, 0) (D) (–8, 0) (A) 5 (B) 2 5 (C) 5 (D) 5
2 2
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
nd

Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/105

5. A triangle whose midpoints of the sides are (3, 5), (5, 6) 15. In the previous question, find the equation of the line.
and (4, 8). Find the area of the triangle (in [Link]). (A) y = –x – 17 (B) y = –x + 17
(A) 9 (B) 12 (C) 10 (D) 15 (C) y = x + 17 (D) y = x – 17

6. The points (3, 8), (p, 20) and (8, 23) are collinear. 16. Find the equation of the line perpendicular to
Find p. 4x + 3y + 5 = 0 and passing through the point (2, 2).
(A) 5 (B) 7 (C) 6 (D) 8 (A) 3x – 4y + 2 = 0 (B) 4x + 3y = 14
(C) 3x + 4y – 14 = 0 (D) 4x – 3y – 2 = 0
7. ABC is a triangle. A = (8, 4). AD is the median drawn
to BC. D = (12, 8). Find the centroid of the triangle. 17. Find the area of the triangle formed by the X-axis,
Y-axis and x + 4y – 16 = 0 (in [Link]).
 26 14   32 20 
(A)  ,  (B)  ,  (A) 24 (B) 36 (C) 32 (D) 40
 3 3   3 3 
 28 16   28 14  18. Find the point of intersection of the lines y + 3x = 9
(C)  ,  (D)  ,  and 6x + 5y = 27.
 3 3   3 3  (A) (2, 3) (B) (–2, 3) (C) (2, –3) (D) (–2, –3)
8. If (5, 6) and (7, 9) are two vertices of triangle ABC 1
and origin is centroid, find the third vertex. 19. Find the equation of the line perpendicular to y =
2
(A) (–15, –12) (B) (15, 12)
x and passing through the point of intersection of
(C) (12, 15) (D) (–12, –15)
the lines 2x + y = 16 and y = x + 4.
9. Find the centroid of the triangle whose vertices are (A) x + 2y – 16 = 0 (B) x – 2y – 16 = 0
(8, 15), (23, 0) and (8, –15). (C) x – 2y + 16 = 0 (D) 2x + y – 16 = 0
(A) (8, 15) (B) (8, –15) (C) (0, 6) (D) (13, 0) 20. The line y = ax + b passes through the points (2, 6)
and (3, 10). Find 2a – 3b.
10. (–5, 6), (–8, 16) and (–9, 12) are vertices of
(A) 12 (B) 16 (C) 14 (D) 18
a parallelogram taken in that order. Find the
coordinates of the fourth vertex. 21. The angle between the two lines 3x + 4y + 7 = 0 and
(A) (–6, 2) (B) (–7, 3) (C) (–6, 3) (D) (–7, 2) 4x – 3y + 8 = 0 is
(A) 60° (B) 90° (C) 45° (D) 30°
11. The area of the square formed by the lines x = 3
and y = 3 in square units is ______. 22. PQR is a right angled isosceles triangle right angle
(A) 42 (B) 36 (C) 9 (D) 24 at Q. If P = (0, 0), Q = (4, 4) and R = (x, 0), then the
value of x is
12. A(3, –4), B(7, 2) and C(5, 6) are the three vertices of (A) 6 (B) 5 (C) 8 (D) 4
ABC. The length of the median drawn from B onto
AC is ______. 23. Find the equation of the line which is parallel to
(A) 10 (B) 3√10 (C) √10 (D) 2√10 y-axis and passes through the point (2,3).
(A) x = 3 (B) y = 3 (C) y = 2 (D) x = 2
13. Find the equation of the line passing through the
point (18, 6) and perpendicular to the line passing 24. If a line passes through the points (–7, 3) and (4, –1)
through the points (2, 7) and (3, 10). then the y-intercept of the line is ______.
(A) 3x + y – 60 = 0 (B) 3x – y – 48 = 0 −5 11 −11 5
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(C) x =3y (D) x + 3y – 36 = 0 11 5 5 11
14. A line passes through (4, 13) and makes equal 25. Find the equation of the line whose slope and
intercepts on the coordinate axes. Find the intercepts. y-intercepts are 6 and 3.
(A) 17 and 17 (B) –17 and –17 (A) y = 3x – 6 (B) y = 3x + 6
(C) 7 and 7 (D) –7 and –7 (C) y = 6x – 3 (D) y = 6x + 3

Key
Exercise – 15(a)
1. C 6. C 11. B 16. A 21. A
2. C 7. B 12. A 17. B 22. D
3. A 8. B 13. C 18. B 23. C
4. C 9. B 14. B 19. C 24. C
5. C 10. C 15. A 20. B 25. B
Exercise – 15(b)
1. D 6. B 11. B 16. A 21. B
2. C 7. B 12. C 17. C 22. C
3. B 8. D 13. D 18. A 23. D
4. A 9. D 14. A 19. D 24. D
5. C 10. A 15. B 20. C 25. D
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/106
 CHAPTER – 16
STATISTICS
Statistics is basically the study of numeric data. It The first three are mathematical averages and the
includes methods of collection, classification, last two are averages of position.
presentation, analysis and inference of data. Data as
such is qualitative or quantitative in nature. If one speaks II. Measures Of Dispersion:
of honesty, beauty, colour etc, the data is qualitative It is possible that two sets of data may have the same
while height, weight, distance, marks etc are central value, yet they may differ in spread. So there
quantitative. is a need to study about the spread of the data.
The present course aims to systematically study The measures we deal with are,
statistics of quantitative data. The quantitative data can (i) Range
be divided into three categories (ii) Quartile deviation or semi interquartile range
(iii) Mean deviation
(i) Individual series (iv) Standard deviation (including variance)
(ii) Discrete series and
(iii) Continuous series. The formulae for each of the above mentioned
measures is listed for each of the series in what follows.
(i) Individual series:
Examples: I. Measures Of Central Tendencies:
(a) Heights of 8 students
5.0, 4.9, 4.5, 5.1, 5.3, 4.8, 5.1, 5.3 (i) Arithmetic mean (A.M. or x ):
(in feet)
(b) The weight of 10 students (a) Individual series:
46, 48, 52, 53.4, 47, 56.8, 52, 59, 55, 52 x + x 2 +  + xn  xi
x = 1 =
(in kgs) n n
(ii) Discrete series: (b) Discrete series:
f x + f x +  + fnxn  fixi
Example: x= 1 1 2 2 =
x : Number of children in a family f1 + f2 +  + fn  fi
f : Number of families where x1, x2, .… x n are n distinct values
Total number of families = 50
with frequencies f1, f2, f3, …., fn respectively.
x 0 1 2 3 4
(c) Continuous series:
f 8 10 19 8 5 f m + f m +  + fnmn  fimi
x= 1 1 2 2 =
(iii) Continuous series: f1 + f2 +  + fn  fi
where f1, f2, f3 ,…. fn are the frequencies of the
Example:
classes whose mid-values are m1, m2, …
Total number of students = 50 mn respectively.

Class Interval Frequency Some important results based on A.M.:

(CI) (f) (1) The algebraic sum of deviations taken about
0 – 10 8 mean is zero.
10 – 20 12 (2) Its value is based on all items.
20 – 30 13 (3) Mean of first n natural numbers is (n + 1)/2
30 – 40 10 (4) Arithmetic mean of two numbers a and b is
40 – 50 7 (a + b)/2
(5) If b is A.M. of a and c then a, b, c are in
In order to analyse and get insight into the data some arithmetic progression.
mathematical constants are devised. These constants ** Combined Mean: If x1 and x2 are the arithmetic
concisely describe any given series of data. Basically we
deal with two of these constants means of two series with n1 and n2 observations
(1) Averages or measures of central tendencies respectively, the combined
(2) Measures of spread or dispersion. n1x1 + n2 x 2
mean, xc =
I. Measures Of Central Tendencies: n1 + n2

These tell us about how the data is clustered or (ii) Geometric Mean (G.M.):
concentrated. They give the central idea about the (a) Individual series:
data. The measures are 1/ n
G.M. = (x1. x2. x3 …. xn) ,
(i) Arithmetic mean or mean
(ii) Geometric mean In other words when x1, x2, …. xn are n
(iii) Harmonic mean observations, the nth root of product of the
(iv) Median numbers is geometric mean of the given n
(v) Mode numbers.
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/107
 (b) Discrete series: (c) Continuous series:
G.M. = ( f
x1 1
f2
 x 2 ........xn )
fn 1 / N
N  c
Median = l +  − m  x
where x1, x2, …. xn are n terms with frequencies 2  f
f1, f2,..., fn respectively and N = f1 + f2 + …. + fn where l = lower boundary of the median class
(or the class in which N/2th item lies)
(c) For a continuous series xi's in the discrete series m = cumulative frequency upto the median.
are to be replaced by the mid values of the c = width of the class interval
classes. f = frequency of median class
N = Total frequency i.e., N = fi
Some results based on G.M.:
(1) Geometric mean is not very commonly used. Some results based on Median:
Moreover, finding the nth roots involves cumbersome (1) Median does not take into consideration all the
mathematical calculations. items.
(2) It is not suited when negative numbers are involved. (2) The sum of absolute deviations taken about
(3) Geometric mean of two numbers a and b is √ab median is least.
(4) If b is G.M. of a and c then a, b and c are in (3) Median is the abscissa of the point of intersection
a geometric progression. of the cumulative frequency curves.
(iii) Harmonic Mean (H.M.): (4) Median is the best suited measure for open end
classes.
(a) Individual series:
(v) Mode:
n
H=
1 / x1 + 1 / x2 +  + 1 / xn The most frequently found item is called mode.
where x1, x2, …. xn are n observations. Being so, it is easy and straight forward to find for
individual and discrete series.
(b) Discrete series : Continuous series:
N
H= 1
f1 f2 f Mode = l1 + xc
+ + .... + n
x1 x2 xn 1 + 2
where x1, x2, …. xn are n observations with where l1 = lower boundary of the modal class
f1, f2, …. fn as respective frequencies and N = f i (class, where the frequency is maximum)
c = width of the class
(c) For a continuous series xi's are to be replaced 1 = f – f1
by the mid value of the classes. 2 = f – f2
f = frequency of the modal class
Some important results based on H.M.: f1 = frequency of the class which immediately
precedes modal class
2ab f2 = frequency of the class which immediately
(1) Harmonic mean of two numbers a and b is .
a+b succeeds modal class
(2) Harmonic mean is used to get the average speed of
Empirical Formula:
a person who travels at different rates at different
stages of the journey. • For moderately symmetrical distribution,
(3) If b is harmonic mean of a and c then a, b and c are • Mode = 3 median - 2 mean
in harmonic progression. • For a symmetric distribution,
Mode = Mean = Median. This formula is to be applied in
(iv) Median:
the absence of sufficient data. Given any two, of the
If for a value the total frequency above (or below) it mean, median or mode the third can be found.
is half of the overall total frequency the value is
II. Measures Of Dispersion:
termed as Median. Median is the middle-most item.
(i) Range: The range of a distribution is the difference
(a) Individual series: between the greatest and the least values observed.
If x1, x2, …. xn are arranged in ascending order Some important results based on Range:
of magnitude then the median is the size of
th
 n + 1 (1) Range is a crude measure of dispersion as it is
 2  item.
  based only on the value of extreme observations.
(2) It is also very easy to calculate.
(b) Discrete series: (3) It does not depend on the frequency of items.
Median is the value of the variable x for which
the cumulative frequency just exceeds or (ii) Standard Deviation (S.D.):
N Standard deviation is referred to as root mean
equals , N being the total frequency.
2 squared deviation about the mean.
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/108
 Individual series: 16.04. Find the geometric mean of 32, 38, 318, 332,
2
S.D. ( ) 350 .. . . , 32n
( x1 − x )2 + ( x 2 − x )2 +  + ( xn − x )2 Sol. The numbers are
=
n 2  12  2  22  2 32  2 42  2 52  2 n2 ,
where x1, x2, …. xn are n observations with mean as x 3  , 3   , 3  , 3  , 3   , . . . . .3  

2 2 There are n numbers.

 xi   xi  1
Alternatively  = −   is an useful formula 2 n
n  n  Their G. M = (32. 38. 318. . . . . 3 2n 
for computational purpose 
1
1
 2  12 + 22 + 32 + . . . . + n2   n
 2 n
Some results based on S.D.: =  32 + 8 + 18 + . . . . + 2n  =  3  
   
 
(1) The square of standard deviation is termed as
1
variance.
 2 (n )(n + 1)(2n + 1)  n
(2) S.D. is the least mean square deviation.
=  3 6 
(3) If each item is increased by a fixed constant the S.D.  
does not alter or S.D. is independent of change of  
origin. (n + 1)(2n + 1)
(4) Standard deviation depends on each and every data = 3 3

item.
(5) For a discrete series in the form a, a + d, 16.05. Find the harmonic mean of 3, 6, 9 and 12.
a + 2d, ……(A.P.), the standard deviation is given by
4
n2 − 1 Sol. We know that H.M.(a, b, c, d) =
S.D. = d , where n is number of terms in the 1 1 1 1
12 + + +
a b c d
series.
4 4 144
H. M (3, 6, 9, 12) = = =
1 1 1 1 25 25
Worked out examples: + + +
3 6 9 12 36
16.01. Find the mean, median and the mode for the 16.06. If the arithmetic mean and the geometric mean
series 6, 13, 20, 27, 34, 41, 48 and 55. Use the of two positive numbers is 8, and 8, then find
empirical formula to find the mode. the harmonic mean of the two numbers.
xi Sol. Let the numbers be a and b.
Sol. Mean = x = A. M (a, b) = G. M (a, b) = 8 – (1)
n
Method -1 :
6 + 13 + 20 + 27 + 34 + 41+ 48 + 55
= = 30.5 For any two positive numbers,
8  (G. M (a, b) )2 = A.M (a, b)  H. M (a, b)
Median : As the given numbers are in
82
ascending order.  H. M (a, b) = =8
Middle terms are 27 and 34. 8
27 + 34 61
 Median = = = 30.5 16.07. Find the mean, median and mode of the
2 2 following discrete distribution.
Mode : (As no term can be regarded as “most
often found” mode is not defined.) X 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30
By using empirical formula
Mode = 3(Median) – 2(Mean) = 3 (30.5) – 2 D 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
(30.5) = 30.5
Sol.
16.02. If the arithmetic mean of 6, 10, 16, 24 and x is
14, then find x. X D D.X C.F
3 2 6 2
6 + 10 + 16 + 24 + x 6 4 24 6
Sol. Mean = = 14 9 6 54 12
5
12 8 96 20
 56 + x = 70
15 10 150 30
x = 14
18 12 216 42
16.03. Find the geometric mean of 2, 4, 8 and 64. 21 14 294 56
24 16 384 72
Sol. G.M (a, b, c, d) = (abcd)1/4 27 18 486 90
 30 20 600 110
GM (2, 4, 8, 64) = (2. 4. 8. 64)4
In the above table, C.F denotes cumulative
( ) =( )
1 1
2
= 2. 2 . 2 3
. 26 4 212 4 = 2 = 8.
3 frequency.
D = 110
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/109
  D.X = 2310
= 50 +
(13 − 9)(25)
 D.X 6
Mean = = 21
D 2
= 66
Median : 3
110 Mode :
Middle value = th value = 55th value = 21
2
 Median = 21 C. I Frequency
Mode : The value having the highest frequency 0-25 5
of occurrence = 30
25-50 4
 Mode = 30
50-75 6 (f1)
16.08. Find the mean, median and mode for the 75-100 8 (f)
following continuous series.
100-125 3 (f2)
Class
0-25 25-50 50-75 75-100 100-125 Maximum frequency occurs in 75 – 100 class.
Interval
 f = 8, f1 = 6 and f2 = 3, L = 75.
Frequency 5 4 6 8 3
mode = L +
(f − f1) c
2f − (f1 + f2 )
Sol.
= 75 +
(8 − 6)(25)
2 (8)− (6 + 3)
Class Frequency Mid value
interval (F) (M)
F.M C.F = 821/7

0-25 5 12.5 62.5 5 16.09. Find the standard deviation of the first seven
25-50 4 37.5 150 9 (cmf) natural numbers.
50-75 6 62.5 375 15 Sol. The first seven natural numbers are 1,2, 3, 4, 5,
75-100 8 87.5 700 23 6 and 7.
100-125 3 112.5 337.5 26 Σxi 28
= = =4
n 7
In the above table, C.F denotes the cumulative  x12 140
= =20
frequency. n 7
F = 26 2
 F. M. = 1625 x12  xi 
 S.D. = −  
 F.M n  n 
 Mean = = 62.5
F = √20 − 42 = 2
F
Median = = 13
2
 F 
 2 − cmf  c
Median = L +  
f

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/110
 Exercise − 16(a)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. The arithmetic mean of 7, 6, 5, 4, 8, 10 and 2 is 14. If the difference between the mode and the median
(A) 7 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 9 is 36, then the difference between the median and
the mean is
2. The mean of cubes of first 25 natural numbers is (A) 42 (B) 24 (C) 20 (D) 18
(A) 4270 (B) 2425 (C) 2740 (D) 4225
15. The range of 8, 17, 28, 16, 30, 28, 15, 5, 19 and 35 is
3. The mean of a set of 20 observations is 35 and the
(A) 20 (B) 18 (C) 30 (D) 16
mean of another set of 30 observations is 40.
Find the combined mean of 50 observations.
16. The range of 10, 13, 14, 27, 16, 20 and x is 19, then
(A) 36 (B) 38 (C) 39 (D) 40
x can be
4. The mean of 25 observations is 32. It was later (A) 25 (B) 7 (C) 31 (D) 29
discovered that 38 and 29 are misread as 25 and
42. The correct mean is 17. The mode of 3, 8, 7, 20, 14 ,7, 14, 30, 7 and 15 is
(A) 35 (B) 33 (C) 32 (D) 29 (A) 14 (B) 7 (C) 20 (D) 8

5. The mid value of the class 60 – 72 is 18. The mean of 3x + 5, 3x + 7, 3x + 9, 3x + 11, 3x + 13,
(A) 72 (B) 56 (C) 65 (D) 66 3x + 15 and 3x + 17 is 23, then x =
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 1
6. If the arithmetic mean of two numbers is 25 and their
harmonic mean is 16, then their geometric mean is 19. If the median of the series of the form 5xi + 7 is 27,
(A) 60 (B) 40 (C) 20 (D) 80 then median of the series of the form 7xi + 5 is
(A) 33 (B) 44 (C) 28 (D) 22
7. The arithmetic mean of two numbers is 42.5 and the
geometric mean is 34, then the two numbers are 20. The standard deviation of 210, 240, 250, 260, 220,
(A) 15, 60 (B) 20,55 (C) 30,55 (D) 68,17 230 and 270 is
(A) 20 (B) 28 (C) 30 (D) 32
8. The median of first 25 composite numbers is
(A) 24 (B) 22 (C) 30 (D) 20 21. If the range of the observations k 1, k2, . . . kn is 8,
then the range of 5k1 + 7 , 5k2 + 7, . . ., 5kn + 7 is
9. The median of 72, 53, 85, 106, 62, 75 and 70 is (A) 60 (B) 40 (C) 80 (D) 20
(A) 72 (B) 62 (C) 106 (D) 75
22. The mean of a distribution is 42 and its median is
10. If the geometric mean of two numbers is 48 and one 38, then its mode is
of the numbers is 36, then the other number is (A) 51 (B) 24 (C) 34 (D) 30
(A) 69 (B) 38 (C) 42 (D) 64

11. The harmonic mean of the numbers 3, 4, 8, 9 and 23. The mean of 42 and 56 is
12 is (A) 45 (B) 65 (C) 49 (D) 98
(A) 72/15 (B) 72/13 (C) 27/13 (D) 72/51
24. The mean of 6, 9, 14, 17, 23, 26, 31, 35 is k, then
12. If k is the mean of x1, x2,x3, . . . xn, then the mean of the mean of 22, 31, 46, 55, 73, 82, 97, 109 is
5x1 + 7, 5x2 + 7, 5x3 + 7, . . . 5xn + 7 is (A) 4k (B) 4k + 3 (C) 3k (D) 3k + 4
(A) k + 7 (B) 5k (C) 5k + 7 (D) k
25. If the standard deviation of x1, x2, x3, . . . xn is k, then
13. The mode of a distribution is 24 and its median is the standard deviation of 3 + x1, 3 + x2, 3 + x3, . . .
48, then its mean is 3 + xn is
(A) 60 (B) 48 (C) 52 (D) 71 (A) –k (B) k (C) 3 – k (D) 3 + k

Exercise – 16(b)
Directions for questions 1 to 25: Select the correct alternative from the given choices.

1. The arithmetic mean of 10, 9, 8, 7, 14 and 12 is 5. The average weight of 50 students is 45 kg and the
(A) 7 (B) 5 (C) 10 (D) 9 average weight 35 of them is 42 kg. Find the
average weight of remaining students in kg.
2. The mean of squares of first 10 natural numbers is (A) 52 (B) 54 (C) 48 (D) 57
(A) 38 (B) 27 (C) 27.5 (D) 38.5
6. The mean of 15 observations is 22. It was later
3. If the mean of the first n natural number is 15, then n = discovered that 25 and 43 are misread as 28 and
(A) 29 (B) 28 (C) 30 (D) 32 40. The correct mean is
4. The mean of a set of 10 observations is 25 and the (A) 25 (B) 23 (C) 22 (D) 29
mean of another set of 20 observations is 28.
Find the combined mean of 30 observations. 7. The mid value of the class 50 – 70 is
(A) 36 (B) 27 (C) 29 (D) 33 (A) 72 (B) 56 (C) 65 (D) 60

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
nd

Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/111

8. The geometric mean of 1, 3, 32 . . . 36 is 18. The mean of following distribution is 8 then the value
(A) 9 (B) 27 (C) 81 (D) 18 of k is

9. If the arithmetic mean of two numbers is 36 and their x 2 4 6 8 10

harmonic mean is 9, then their geometric mean is f 5 3 7 6 k
(A) 22 (B) 15 (C) 18 (D) 25
(A) 14 (B) 25 (C) 26 (D) 28
10. The arithmetic mean of two numbers is 51 and the
geometric mean is 45, then the two numbers are 19. The mean of the following continuous distribution is
(A) 15, 60 (B) 25,77 (C) 40,62 (D) 75,27
Class
10–15 15 – 20 20 – 25 25 – 30 30 – 35
11. The median of first 25 prime numbers is Interval
(A) 31 (B) 41 (C) 43 (D) 37 frequency 8 11 6 13 12

12. The median of 78, 59, 91, 112, 68, 81 and 76 is (A) 23.5 (B) 22.48 (C) 18.94 (D) 25.6
(A) 78 (B) 76 (C) 91 (D) 112
20. The median of the data 12, 21, 31, 20, 34, 37, 44,
13. The geometric mean of 144 and 289 is 11, 29 and 43 is
(A) 204 (B) 157 (C) 218 (D) 235 (A) 34 (B) 30 (C) 27 (D) 26

14. If the geometric mean of two numbers is 24 and one 21. The mode of the data 6, 12, 15, 12, 6, 18, 23, 6,
of the numbers is 12, then the other number is 18, 6 and 10 is
(A) 69 (B) 38 (C) 42 (D) 48 (A) 6 (B) 12 (C) 10 (D) 18

15. The harmonic mean of the numbers 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 22. The mode of a distribution is 27 and its mean is 45,
and 1/8 is then its median is
(A)1/5 (B) 1/4 (C) 4 (D) 5 (A) 39 (B) 48 (C) 32 (D) 36

16. If 8 is the mean of x1, x2,x3, . . . x10 then the mean of 23. If the difference between the mode and the mean is
4x1 + 9, 4x2 + 9, 4x3 + 9, . . . 4x10 + 9 is 24, then the difference between the median and the
(A) 13 (B) 32 (C) 41 (D) 8 mean is
(A) 15 (B) 12 (C) 20 (D) 8
17. The arithmetic mean of the following data is
24. The range of 10, 19, 30, 18, 32, 35, 42, 9, 27 and 41 is
x 9 14 18 21 24 29 (A) 20 (B) 18 (C) 32 (D) 16

f 4 6 9 5 7 4 25. The standared deviation of 10, 13, 19, 25, 16, 28

and 22 is
(A) 19.21 (B) 16.71 (C) 18.17 (D) 19.17 (A) 3 (B) 7 (C) 5 (D) 6

Key
Exercise – 16(a)

1. C 6. C 11. B 16. D 21. B

2. D 7. D 12. C 17. B 22. D
3. B 8. B 13. A 18. C 23. C
4. C 9. A 14. D 19. A 24. D
5. D 10. D 15. C 20. A 25. B

Exercise – 16(b)

1. C 6. C 11. B 16. C 21. B

2. D 7. D 12. A 17. D 22. A
3. A 8. B 13. A 18. D 23. D
4. B 9. C 14. D 19. A 24. C
5. A 10. D 15. B 20. B 25. D

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/112
 Solutions
Chapter – 1 11. Let x/y be the fraction.
(Simple Equations) Given that,
x + 6 = 3y –––– (1)
Exercise – 1(a)
x/(y + 5) = 5/4
Solutions for questions 1 to 25: 4x = 5y + 25 –––– (2)
Substitute (1) in (2), we get y = 7 and x = 15
1. Given, 7g – 5h = 33 –––– (1) Required fraction = 15/7. Choice (D)
2g – 3h = –11 –––– (2)
3 x (1) – 5 × (2)  11g = 154  g = 14. Choice (A) 12. Let a and r be the prices of each apple and each orange
respectively.
2. Let a be the number. Given that,
Given that, a x(4/5) x(3/8) = 471 9a + 15r = 210 –––– (1)
 a = 1570. Choice (D) 6a + 18r = 180 –––– (2)
(2) × 3 – (1) × 2, we get, r = `5 and a = `15. Choice (C)
3. Let 30n be number.
Given that, 6n – 5n = 7  n = 7 13. Let x/y be the fraction.
Required number = 30(7) = 210. Choice (C) (x – 2)/(y + 1) = ½
2x – 4 = y + 1
4. Let a and b be the two numbers.
y = 2x – 5 –––– (1)
Given that,
(x + 4)/(y + 4) = 4/5
a + b = 47 –––– (1)
5x + 20 = 4y + 16
a – b = 33 –––– (2)
5x + 4 = 4y –––– (2)
Solving (1) and (2) we get, a = 40 and b = 7
Substituting (1) in (2), we get x = 8 and y = 11
Required sum = (40)2 + (7)2 = 1649. Choice (B)
Required fraction = 8/11. Choice (B)
5. Let the numbers in the reverse order be a, 3a and 9a
respectively. 14. Let k years be the present age of Kishan.
k – 30 = (9/4) (54 – 30)
13 a
 Their average = k = 84
3 Required difference = 84 – 54 = 30 years. Choice (A)
13 a
Given, = 39  a = 9 15. Let a and b be the number of ₹50 and ₹200 notes respectively.
3
Given that,
 The numbers are 9, 27 and 81. Choice (B)
50a + 200b = 1400 –––– (1)
6. Let the costs of each ice cream bar and each chocolate be 50a + 200b + 450 = 200a + 50b
`I and `c respectively. 150b + 450 = 150a
4i + 5c = 330 –––– (1) b+3=a
2i + 1c = 120 –––– (2) b = a – 3 –––– (2)
c = 30 Substitute (2) in (1)
(1) – 2 × (2) 30 50a + 200 (a – 3) = 1400
 i = 45 Choice (C) 250a = 2000
a=8
7. Let f and s be the ages of father and son respectively. Therefore b = 5
Given that, The total number of notes = 8 + 5 = 13. Choice (B)
f = 2s –––– (1)
f – 15 = 3(s – 15) 16. Let the present ages of P, Q and R be p, q and r years
f – 15 = 3s – 45 respectively.
f + 30 = 3s –––– (2) Given that,
From equations (1) and (2), 4p + 4q = 5r –––– (1)
3f = 2f + 60 r = 24 + q –––– (2)
f = 60 years p + q + r = 3p –––– (3)
Present age of father = 60 years q
Substitute (2) in (1),  p = + 30 –––– (4)
The age of father four year ago = 60 – 4 = 56 years. 4
Choice (C) Substitute (2) and (4) in (3), we get q = 24 years
8. Given that,  From (4), p = 36 years. Choice (B)
Total salary of A and B = 2(34000) = ₹68000
Total salary of B and C = 2(40000) =₹80000 17. Given that,
Total salary of C and A = 2(42000) = ₹84000 32 – n = 5 (8 – n)
Total salary of A, B and C together n=2
= (1/2)(68000 + 80000 + 84000) = `1,16,000 Required total age = 32 + 8 + 4 = 44 years. Choice (C)
Required salary of C = 116000 – 68000 = `48,000.
Choice (A) 18. Let m and s be the present ages of mother and her son
respectively.
9. Let the integers be n, n – 2 and n – 4 respectively. Given that,
n – 2 + n – 4 = 25 + n  n = 31 m = 6s –––– (1)
The numbers are 31, 29 and 27. m + 20 = 2(s + 20) –––– (2)
Required sum = 31 + 29 + 27 = 87. Choice (C) Substitute (1) in (2) we get, m = 30 years and s = 5 years.
Choice (D)
10. 6a – 5b + 7c = 1 –––– (1)
a + 5b + 6c = 3 –––– (2) 19. Let n be the number of ₹10 coins.
3a + 2b + 7c = 2 –––– (3) Given that,
(1) + (2)  7a + 13c = 4 –––– (4) 10n + 2(3n) + 5(n + 8) = 880
(3) × 5 – (2) × 2  13a + 23c = 4 –––– (5) 21n = 840
Solving (4) and (5) will get, a = –5 and c = 3 n = 40
By substituting a and c values in (1), we get b = –2. Required number of `2 coins = 3(40) = 120.
Choice (A) Choice (A)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/113
20. Let the amounts received by A, B and C be ₹a, ₹b and ₹c 3. From the given conditions we get the following equations
respectively. Then we have  11(a + b) – 24 = 10a + b  a + 10b = 24
3 Given a = 2b  12b = 24
Given that, a = (b + c)  a + b + c = 5600
4  a = 4, b = 2.
7 Hence the number is 42. Choice (C)
a = 5600  a = 2400
3 4. Let x be the number of participants receiving gifts `750.
c = (1/6)(a + b) Therefore (35 – x) will receive `1000 gifts.
6c = a + b  750x + 1000(35 − x) = 30000
1
c = (5600) = 800  3x + 4(35 − x) = 120
7  3x + 140 − 4x = 120  x = 20. Choice (C)
 Share of B = 5600 – (2400 + 800) i.e, `2400.
Choice (A) 5. Let the three boxes be a, b, c
Given a + b = 62, b + c = 66 and c + a = 68
21. Given equations are adding the three equations we will get 2 (a + b + c) = 196
7x – 3y = 4 –––– (1) Hence a + b + c = 98. Choice (C)
21x – py = k –––– (2)
If two equations have no solution, then their co-efficients 6. Let the ages of the husband and the wife be h and w at the
ratio is not equal to their constants ratio. time of marriage.
7 −3 4 5
i.e.
21
=
−p
=
k
 p = 9, and k is any value except 12 Given h + w = 66 and w + 6 = (h + 6) + 1
6
Choice (C)
From these, h = 36 years. Choice (C)
22. Let xy be the number.
7. Let the costs of each apple, each mango and each orange
Given, 10x + y = 7(x + y) – 6 → (1)
be `A, `M and `R respectively.
and x + y = 5(x – y) → (2)
5A + 3M + 7R = 54 –––– (1)
From (1) and (2), x = 6 and y = 4
10A + 5M + 14R = 98 –––– (2)
Therefore, the required two-digit number is 64.
(1)  10A + 6M + 14R = 108 –––– (3)
Choice (D)
(3) − (2)  M = 10
23. Let s and d be the respective number of sons and daughters  Cost of each mango = `10. Choice (B)
of [Link].
Given that, s – 1 = d –––– (1) 8. Let the two digit number be xy.
3(d – 1) = s –––– (2) Given (10x + y) –( x + 10y) = 27
Solving (1) and (2), s = 3 and d = 2 9x – 9y = 27  x – y = 3
 Number of children of varun = 3 + 2 = 5. Choice (C) To get the least value for the number, y = 0.
 x = 3.
24. Let the present ages of A and B be a and b respectively. Hence the least number is 30. Choice (C)
Given, 3 a = 2 b  b = 9 a 9. Let the number of questions he answered wrongly be w.
83 16
Then the number of questions he answered correctly will be
Given, a + 9 a = 50  a = 32. Choice (D) 80 – w.
16
 (1)(80 – w) + (–1/4)(w) = 55
25. Given equations are  80 – w – w/4 = 55
5x – 2y = 4 –––– (1)  80 – 55 = w + w/4
10x – 4y = k –––– (2)  5w/4 = 25  w = 20
If two equations are consistent, then their co-efficients ratio Hence the student gave wrong answer for 20 questions.
is equal to their constants ratio. Choice (C)
5 −2 4
i.e. = = k=8 Choice (D) 10. Let the cost of each pen, each eraser and each sharpener
10 −4 k be `p, `e and `s. From the given conditions,
5p + 3e + s = 64 –––– (1)
Exercise – 1(b) 7p + 4e + s = 90 –––– (2)
Solutions for questions 1 to 13: Subtracting (1) from (2), 2p + e = 26 –––– (3)
Multiplying (3) with 2 and then subtracting it from (1),
1. Let the number of males in A be x. p + e + s = 12. Choice (B)
Then the number of males in B is x + 6000.
Given, x + x + 6000 = 12000  x = 3000 11. Let the present ages of A and B be x years and y years
 Number of males in B = 9000 respectively. Given, when the age of A was y years, then
 Number of females in B = 2(9000) = 18000. thrice the age of B at that time is A’s present age. This
Choice (B) happens x – y years ago.
x 2x
2. Let the fraction be . x = 3[y – (x – y)]  4x = 6y  y =
y 3
2x
x +1 3 Given x + y = 75  x + = 75  x = 45
=  5x + 5 = 3y + 3 3
y +1 5
The present age of A is 45 years. Choice (B)
 5x – 3y + 2 = 0 –––– (1)
x+3 1 12 Let number be xyz.
= c  2x + 6 = y + 7  reverse = zyx
y+7 2
 (100x + 10y + z) − (100z + 10y + x) = 297
 2x – y – 1 = 0  y = 2x – 1 –––– (2) 99x − 99z = 297  x − z = 3 –––– (1)
Substituting the value of y in (2) in (1) and solving (1), The possible values of x and z are (3,0) (4, 1), (5, 2), (6, 3),
x=5 (7, 4), (8, 5).
Substituting x = 5 in (2), y = 9 Given sum of the digits is 7.
5 So the possible values of x, z are (3, 0), (4, 1), (5, 2)
Hence the fraction is . Choice (C) Hence the possible numbers are 3. Choice (B)
9
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/114
13. Let the actual price of each pizza be `P 25. Let the fare for a child ticket be x.
 3P + 6(P – 30) = 9 × 70 Then the ticket fare for an adult = 2x – 40
 3P + 6P – 180 = 630  P = `90. Choice (C) Given, 3(2x – 40) + 2x = 3640
 8x = 3760  x = 470.
Solutions for questions 14 and 15:  The fare for an adult ticket is `900. Choice (B)
14. Since he bought at least two of each. he must have bought
2 pencils 3 pens and 4 books Chapter – 2
Therefore, the number of pens he bought = 3 (Ratio – Proportion – Variation)
Choice (A) Exercise – 2(a)
15. Ajay could have bought 4 books, 2 pencils and 3 pens.
Therefore, the possible expenditure Ajay could have Solutions for questions 1 to 25:
incurred = 4 × 20 + 2 × 5 + 3 × 10 = `120. Choice (D)
1. Given a : b = 3 : 5.
Solutions for questions 16 and 17: The value of 2a2 + b2 is obtained by dividing the
16. The opening stock = 84 + 72 i.e., 156. Choice (A) a2 + b2
numerator and denominator by b2, i.e.,
5688 2 2
17. Price as per book-sellers record = = 79 a 3
72 2  + 1 2  + 1
2 2
2a + b = i.e.,  b  43
Hence the actual selling price of each book = reverse of 79 = 5 = .
= `97. Choice (D) 2
a +b 2 2 2 34
a 3
  +1   +1
Solutions for questions 18 to 25: b 5
Choice (B)
18. The equations 4x – 9y = 14 and 12x – ny = m.
Since the system of equations has infinite number of 2. Given that a/b = 4/5
solutions m = 27; n= 42 a = 4b/5 ------ (1)
Hence m + n = 69 . Choice (C) p/q = 5/6
19. Let the cost of a shuttlecock, a bat and a pair of shoes be c, q = 6p/5 -------- (2)
b and s rupees respectively. Substitute (1) and (2) in the given expression,
 3c + 4b + 5s = 4,550 (5ap – 3bq)/(4ap + 5bq).
2c + 4b + 5s = 4,350  4b 6p 
 5p  − 3b  
When subtract the second equation From the first equation, =  5 5  1 Choice (A)
the value of c is 200. Choice (D) =
 4b 6p  23
 4p  + 5b  
20. Given, x + 5y =12 ---- (1)  5 5 
2x + 3y = 17 ---- (2)
Solving the above equations we will get x = 7 and y = 1 3. Given that,
Choice (D) x : y = 3 : 4 = 15 : 20 and y : z = 5 : 4 = 20 : 16
x : y : z = 15 : 20 : 16 Choice (D)
21. Given, the equations 3x – 7y = 22 and 12x – ny = 77 have
no solution, then 4. Given that,
3/12 = 7/n ≠ 22/77  n = 28. Choice (D) p : q = 2 : 3, q : r = 3 : 4, r : s = 4 : 5 and s : t = 6 : 5
Clearly, p : q : r : s = 2 : 3 : 4 : 5
22. Let p, q, and r be the number of pens given to P, Q and R
but s : t = 6 : 5
respectively.
Taking 5 as 30, LCM of 6 and 5 i.e. 30 and making required
Given that, p + q + r = 420 –––– (1)
ratio = 12 : 18 : 24 : 30 : 25 Choice (A)
q = 4 (p + r) –––– (2)
3
5. Ratio of the amounts got by P, Q and R = 10 : 15 : 6
r + 80 = p –––– (3) The share of the person who got the least amount
Substitute (2) and (3) in (1) we get, r = 50 Choice (A) = (6/31) (2170) = ₹420 Choice (B)
23. Let the number of `10, `20 and `50 notes in the bag be a, b
and c respectively. 6. Let a be the share of B.
a + b + c = 270 → (1) Given that, 2a + a + 6a = 35100
10a + 20b + 50c = 8,400 9a = 35100  a = 3900
 a + 2b + 5c = 840 → (2) Required share of C = 6(3900) = ₹23,400. Choice (A)
Given b = 90
a + c = 180 7. Let the first number and second number be a and b
 a + 5c = 660 respectively.
solving the above equations Given that, 4a + 9b = 6(a + b)  2a = 3b
a = 60, c= 120 a 3
Therefore, the value of `10 notes in the bag is  =
b 2
10 × 60 i.e., `600. Choice (A)
Required ratio = 3 : 2. Choice (C)
24. Let the number of fruit boxes with Krishna at the beginning
8. Let the two numbers be 5x and 9x respectively.
be x.
Given that,
He sold x/2 + 1 boxes to the first customer. He would be left
9x – 5x = 188  x = 47
1 x 1 1
with x/2 – 1 boxes. He sold  +– 1) ++ 1 Required sum = 47(5 + 9) = 658 Choice (B)
22 2 2
x 1 9. Let the number of 10, 20 and 50 rupees notes be 4n, 7n and
= ( + ) boxes to the second customer. He would be left 9n respectively.
4 2
x 1  10(4n) + 20(7n) + 50(9n) = 3150
with( − ) boxes.  40n + 140n + 450n = 3150
4 2
x
Given, ( − ) = 7
1  630n = 3150  n = 5
4 2 Therefore, the number of 50 rupees notes Anand has
 x = 30. Choice (A) = 9 × 5 = 45 Choice (A)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/115
10. Let the present ages of the man and son be f and s years 20. Let 3x and 2y be the respective income and expenditure of
respectively. Amith, then 4x and 3y are the respective income and
 m – 8 = 8(s – 8)  m = 8(s – 8) + 8 → (1) expenditure of Bhuvan.
m + 16 = 2(s + 16)  8(s – 8) + 8 + 16 = 2s + 32 3x – 2y = (1/4)(3x)
 8s – 2s = 32 + 40  s = 12 years 12x – 8y = 3x
Substituting value of s in equation (1) 9x = 8y  x = 8y/9
 m = 8(12 – 8) + 8 Required ratio = (3x – 2y) : (4x – 3y)
 m = 40 years = (3(8y/9) – 2y) : (4(8y/9) – 3y)
The ratio of their present ages = 40 : 12 = 10 : 3 = 6 : 5. Choice (A)
Choice (D)
a c k
21. We know that if = = then each ratio will be equal
11. Let the ratio of gold and copper be g : c (a + c +k)
b d m
Given 19g + 9c = 15(g + c) to
(b + d + m)
4g = 6c Hence required ratio is 3 : 2
The given will be equal to {2 (x + y) – 3z + 2 (y + z) –
Choice (B) (x + y +z)
3x + 2 (x + z) – 3y} / z + x + y = =1
(x + y + z)
12. Let the number of books and pens in the box be 11n and 18n
Hence a = 1 Choice (A)
respectively.
Given that,
22. Since total number of students are 45, so sum of the ratio of
11 n + 6 3 n=6 boys and girls should be multiple of 45 . Choice C violates
=
18 n + 12 5 this. Choice (C)
Hence the initial number of pens = (18 × 6) = 108.
Choice (B) 23. A ∝ B3/C2
A = KB3/C2
a b c 3 4 5 Given that,
13. : : = : : 36 = K(24)3/(6)2.
b c a 4 5 3
K = 3/32
Since L.C.M is 60 so multiplied with 60 Required value A = (3/32)(123)/(3)2 = 18. Choice (B)
The ratio becomes = 45 : 48 : 100 Choice (B)
24. Let 3x and 5x be the hourly incomes of A and B respectively.
14. Let the number of ₹2, ₹5 and ₹10 coins be 7n, 8n and For every one-hour B earns ₹20 more than A.
3n respectively. Given that,
Given that, 2(7n) + 5(8n) + 3(10n) = 420 5x – 3x = 20  x = 10
14n + 40n + 30n = 420  n = 5 Required total income = 8(5x + 3x) = 64x = ₹640.
Required number of ₹10 coins (3n) = 3(5) = 15. Choice (D)
Choice (D)
25. Let the fixed charges for the car be `F and the rental charge
15. Let the income and expenditure of P be 5x and per kilometer be `K
2y respectively, then the income and expenditure of Q will be  F + 80K = 1,960 → (1)
3x and y respectively. F + 96K = 2,152 → (2)
Given that, 5x – 2y = 3x – y (2) – (1)  16K = 192  K = 12
2x = y ------- (1) Substitute K value in equation (1)
5x – 2y = 10500 ------ (2)  F + 80(12) = 1,960  F = 1,000
From (1) and (2), 5x – 2(2x) = 10500 Hence the fixed charge is `1,000 and cost of rent per
x = 10500 kilometer is `12. Choice (B)
Hence the income of Q = 3(10500) = ₹31,500.
Choice (C) Exercise – 2(b)
16. Let the numbers be 5n, 4n and 6n respectively. Solutions for questions 1 to 25:
Given that,
(5n)2 + (4n)2 + (6n)2 = 1925  n2 = 25  n = 5 1. Given that,
Required greatest number = 6(5) = 30. Choice (D) a : b = 2 : 3, b : c = 2 : 3 therefore a : b : c = 4 : 6 : 9
c : d = 3 : 5 ,  c : d = 9 : 15
17. Let the number of votes polled to Q be 5v, then the votes Therefore, a : b : c : d = 4 : 6 : 9 : 15
polled to P = 6v. Required ratio = 4 : 15. Choice (B)
Total number of valid votes = 1500 – 235 = 1265
Given that, 6v + 5v = 1265  v = 115 2. Let the numbers be 3x, 8x and 5x respectively.
Required difference = 115. Choice (A) Given that,
(8x)2 – (3x)2 = 880  55x2 = 880
18. Let the first number be 5x, second number be 2x and third  x2 = 880/5 = 16  x = 4
number be 3x The numbers are 12, 32 and 20. Choice (C)
Given that,
1/5x + 1/3x – 1/2x = 1 3. Let a and b be the salaries of Rohan and Rahim.
8/15x – 1/2x = 1 Given that,
16/30x – 15/30x = 1  a + 12000 = 5  5b – 7a = 24000
x = 1/30 b + 12000 7
The numbers are 1/6, 1/15 and 1/10.
The first number = 1/6 Choice (A) 11a
But b =
7
19. Let the income and expenditure of Eva be 7x and On substituting this, we have a = `28,000.
5x respectively, Hence the required difference `16,000. Choice (C)
7x – 5x = 8000 ------- (2)
From (1) and (2), 8y – 3y = 8000 4. Let 9k and 4k be the ages of Varun and Vimal respectively.
2x = 8000 Given 9k + 4 = 2(4k + 4)
x = ₹4000 9k-8k = 8-4 k = 4
Income of Eva = 7(4000) = ₹28,000. Choice (B) Required age of Vimal = 4k = 16 years. Choice (B)

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/116
5. Let 15a be the age of Abhi. 15. Let the quantities of oil in the tanks be 8x, 9x, 10x, 14x and
Ratio of the ages of Abhi, Barun and Chandu respectively 9x liters.
= 15 : 20 : 18 Let the volume of each tank be 100 liters. Then the total
Given that, 18a – 15a = 6 volume of the tanks will be 500 liters.
3a = 6  8x + 9x + 10x + 14x + 9x = 50% of 500
a = 2 years  50x = 250
Required age of Barun after four years = 20(2) + 4 x=5
= 44 years. Choice (A) The quantities of oil in the tanks are 40 liters, 45 liters, 50 liters,
70 liters and 45 liters.
6. Let the number of peacocks, geese and ducks in the park be Thus 2 tanks were filled with oil to at least half of the capacity.
9n, 11n and 15n respectively. Choice (C)
Given that, 15n = 90  n = 6
Then the total number of peacocks, geese and ducks 16. Let the weight of the four pieces be x, 2x, 3x and 4x grams.
= (9 + 11 + 15)6 = 210. Choice (C) The weight of the original stone was x + 2x + 3x + 4x = 10x
Cost of the stone before breakage = k(10x)3 = 1000kx3
7. Let the share of Hashwanth’s sister and brother be 13n and Cost of the pieces after breakage
5n respectively. = k[x3 + (2x)3 + (3x)3 + (4x)3] = 100kx3
Given that, 13n + 5n = 56700  n = 3150 Given, 100kx3 = 9,900  1000kx3 = `99,000.
Required amount = 5(3150) = ₹15,750. Choice (D) Choice (A)
8. Let 12x, 15x and 7x be the number of ₹2, ₹5 and ₹10 coins 17. Let the monthly expenses of A and B be 3x and 4x.
respectively. As A spends three-fifths of his income, A’s income should be
Given that, 5x. Also as B saves one-third of his income, B’s income
12x(2) + 15x(5) + 7x(10) = 2535 should be 6x. Hence the required ratio is 5 : 6.
24x + 75x + 70x = 2535 Choice (C)
169x = 2535  x = 15
Total number ₹5 coins = 15(15) = 225. Choice (D) 18. Let the costs of A, B and C be x, 3x and 4x respectively.
Given, 10x – 6x = 4000  x = 1000
9. Let the present ages of the mother, her husband and her
 Cost of 12 pieces of C = 12 × 4 × 10,00 = `48,000.
daughter be m, h and d years respectively.
Choice (C)
 m + d = 63 → (1)
The mother would attain her husband's age after (h – m) years.
19. Given, P α (Q + R)  P = k(Q + R)
h+h −m Also, Q α y  Q = k1y
 = 2  m = 2d → (2)
d+h −m R α 1/y  R = k2/y  P = kk1y + kk2/y
From (1) and (2), d = 21. Choice (C) = m1y + m2/y (where m1 and m2 are constants)
Given, 17 = 3m1 + m2/3  9m1 + m2 = 51 → (1)
10. Let the numbers be 5n, 3n and 2n respectively. Given, 23 = 5m1 + m2/5  25m1 + m2 = 115 → (2)
Given that, Solving (1) and (2), we get m1 = 4 and m2 = 15.
(5n)2 + (3n)2 + (2n)2 = 950  n2 = 25  n = 5  P = 4y + 15/y
Required greatest number = 2(5) = 10. Choice (B) When y = 15, P = 60 + 1 = 61 Choice (D)
11. Let the income and expenditure of Anand be 4x and
2y respectively, then the income and expenditure of Bharat q1 x 12
20. Given, q  x2  =
are 7x and 5y respectively. q2 x 2 2
Given that, 4x – 2y = 7x – 5y
x = y --------- (1) 288 144
 =
4x – 2y = 10000 ------- (2) q2 36
From (1) and (2), 4x – 2x = 10000  q2 = 72. Choice (A)
2x = 8000
x = ₹5000
21. Let the constant and varying parts of the hostel expenses be
Income of Anand = 4(5000) = ₹20,000
c and v respectively.
Income of Bharat = 7(5000) = ₹35,000. Choice (A)
 c + 40v = 40 × 1,450  c + 40v = 58,000 → (1)
c + 50v = 50 × (1450 – 50)  c + 50v = 70,000 → (2)
12. Let t = k d where k is a proportionality constant. (2) – (1)  10v = 12,000  v = 1,200
 d = (t/k)2 Substitute v value in (1)  c + 48,000 = 58,000
Distance that the body fell in the 12th second  c = 10,000
= Distance that it fell in the in the first 12 seconds – Distance Let the number of occupants when the share of each
that it fell in the first 11 seconds occupant is `1,300 be n.
= (12/k)2 – (11/k)2 = 23/k2 = 92  k2 = 1/4  10,000 + 1200n = 1300n  n = 100. Choice (B)
Required distance = (21/k)2 – (20/k)2 = 41/k2 = 164 m
Choice (D) 22. Number of girls = 120 – 64 = 56
Number of girls who qualified for the exam = (3/8)(56) = 21
13. Let the present ages of P and Q be p and q years respectively. Number of girls who disqualified for the exam = 56 – 21 = 35
Given, p < q Number of students who qualified for the exam = (2/5)(120) = 48
p p + 10 p + 16 Number of boys who qualified for the exam = 48 – 21 = 27
< <  A < B. Choice (D) Number of boys who disqualified for the exam = 64 – 27 = 37
q q + 10 q + 16
Required ratio = 27 : 37. Choice (C)
14. Let the fixed amount be F and the variable amount be KP, 23. Let the three parts be 2x, 3x and 5x.
where K is a proportional constant. 1 1 7
Total income = F + KP Given, + =
24,000 = F + 400K → (1)
2x 5 x 100
58,000 = F + 1,250K → (2)  7 = 7
Solving (1) and (2), K = 40 and F = 8,000 10x 100
Required amount = 8,000 + 10,000(40) = `4,08,000  x = 10
Choice (A)  The greatest part is 50. Choice (A)

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
nd

Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/117

24. a:b:c=3:4:5 9. Let the marks of David, Rohan and Mohammed be D, R and
a = 3k, b = 4k, c = 5k. M respectively.
a + b : b + c : c + a = 7k : 9k : 8k D 5
=7:9:8 Choice (B) Given 48% of D = 60% of R  = .
R 4
R 3
25. Let the number of chocolates given by Mr. Ram to Ajay, Given, 80% of R = 60% of M  =
Charan and Dinesh be a, c and d respectively. M 4
2a = 3c = 4d ---- (1)  D : R : M = 15 : 12 : 16
a:c:d=6:4:3 A’s Mohammed’s score is 80 marks, David’s score
Given, 2 parts is 48. 80 X 15
= = 75 . Choice (C)
Hence the total number of chocolates = 48 x 13 = 312. 16
2
Choice (A) 10. Let 800a be the value of A.
B = 800a(0.15/0.2) = 600a
Chapter – 3 C = 600a (0.2/0.08) = 1500a
D = 1500a (0.08/0.12) = 1000a
(Percentages – Profit and Loss – Partnerships) D/6 = 1000a/6 = 166.6a, C/4 = 1500a/4 = 375a,
Exercise – 3(a) B/3 = 200a and A/2 = 400a
D/6 is the least among the given. Choice (A)
Solutions for questions 1 to 40: 11. Let 100c be the monthly income of Abhi.
Expenditure on education = (100c – 25c)0.6 = 45c
5 Expenditure on entertainment = (100c – 25c – 45c)0.2 = 6c
1. (i) 62.5% of 480 = (480) = 300. Choice (D)
8 Savings of Abhi = 100c – 25c – 45c – 6c = 24c
Given that, 24c = 3600  c = 150
4 Monthly income of Abhi = 15000
(ii) 44.44% of 1440 = (1440) = 640. Choice (B)
9 Annual income of Abhi =12 (15000) = ₹1,80,000.
Choice (C)
(iii) 23.6% of 250 = 236% of 25 = 25% of 236
12. Present population of the town = 24000
1
=  236 = 59. Choice (A) Population of the town after three years
4 = 24000 (1.1 × 1.1 × 1.1) = 31944. Choice (C)

2. Let 100a be the value of z. 13. Let p and q be the marks scored by P and Q respectively.
Then y = 400a and x = 2000a Given, p = 62% of (p + q)
100a p 31
 z as a percentage of x = x 100 = 5%  =
2000a q 19
Choice (D) Given, p – q = 36
 p = 93 and q = 57. Choice (B)
3. Let 100n be the number.
Given that, 14. The total number of votes polled to parties A and C
100n(100 − 32.5 ) = 1,98,000.
= 594  100n = 880. Choice (C)
From the data, the votes polled to A and C = 72% of total votes.
100
198000
 Total votes = = 275000
4. Let 100m and n be the maximum marks and minimum 0.72
required marks of the exam respectively. Number of votes polled to B = 28% of 275000 i.e, 77,000
Given that, Required number of votes = 138000 – 77000 i.e, 61,000.
n = 84m – 108 ----- (1) and Choice (A)
n = 24m + 27 ------ (2)
From equations (1) and (2), 15. Actual cost price for the fruit seller for 36 bananas is ₹120.
84m – 108 = 24m + 27 Required number of bananas to have 20% of profit
84m – 24m = 27 + 108 = 36/1.2 = 30. Choice (A)
60m = 135
m = 2.25 16. Let the cost price of each of the two items be 100a respectively.
Maximum marks for the exam =100(2.25) = 225. Then selling price of first item = 120a
Choice (B) Also selling price of second item = 75a
5a
5. Let 100a be the total number of votes. Required percentage of loss = × 100%  2.5%.
200a
Given that,
52a – 48a = 288 Choice (A)
4a = 288  a = 72
Required number of votes = 52(72) = 3744. 17. Selling price of the land = 1.2 (150000) = `1,80,000
Choice (C) Selling price of the flat =0.92(420000) = `3,86,400
Total cost price of the land and the flat
6. Let the cost price of the article be 100c. = 150000 + 420000 = `5,70,000
Price of the article after the increase is 130c. Total selling price = `5,66,400
Required percentage = (130c – 100c)/130c × 100% ≈ 23%. Required percentage of loss
Choice (A) = (570000 – 566400)/570000 × 100%  0.63%.
Choice (B)
7. Let the first term be 100a.
Second and third terms are 75a and 80a respectively. 18. Let s and c be the selling price and cost price of the apple
Required percentage = 75a/80a x 100% ≈ 93.75%. respectively.
Choice (C) 40s – 40c = 8s
32s = 40s
8. Let c be the salary of Murali initially. 4s = 5c
Given that, (125c/100)(90/100) = 21600 s = 5/4c
c = 19200 Required percentage of profit = (s – c)/c x 100% = 25%.
Required salary = ₹19,200. Choice (D) Choice (C)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/118
19. Let the cost price of the each table be `600p. 30. Total number of items = 3 + 1 = 4 items
Cost price of one table = 600p x 1.2 = 720p Showroom offers one item free on every purchase of three
Cost price of the other table = 600p x 0.8 = 480p items.
Total cost price = 600p + 600p = 1200p Required percentage = ¼ × 100% = 25%. Choice (B)
Total selling price = 720p + 480p = 1200p
As overall CP = Overall SP, 0% profit or loss. 31. Price of the pair of trousers after reduction in price
Choice (D) = 2700 7  = ₹2,100
9
20. Let 100s and 100c be the selling price and cost price of a pencil Required sales tax = 2100(5/100) = ₹105.
Given that, 100s – 100c = 40s  60s = 100c Choice (B)
s 10
 = 32. Let the quantity of the mixture be 1000ml.
c 6
Then the quantity of milk in the mixture is 850 ml
Required percentage
Required percentage of profit =
(1000 – 850)  100%
2
= (10 – 6)/6 x 100% = 66 %. Choice (A) 850
3 = 17.64% ≈ 18%. Choice (C)

21. Let the cost price of the article for M be ₹100m. 33. Ratio of capitals of Arnav and Barun = 3 : 4
Amount paid by N = 115m 3
Amount paid by P = 115m(1.1) = 126.5m  Profit share of Arnav = x 84000 = `36,000.
7
Given that, 15m = 300  m = 20 Choice (C)
Required amount paid by P = 126.5(20) = ₹2,530.
Choice (C) 34. Ratio of profits of A and B = 60000 × 12 : 90000 × 8 = 1 : 1
Required share of B = ½(120000) = `60,000.
22. Total price = 25(8) + 15(16) = ₹440 Choice (B)
Total selling price including profit of ₹2 on each piece
= 440 + 40(2) = ₹520. Choice (D) 35. We know that ratio of period of investments
= Ratio of (profit share/investment share)
23. Let 100 and p be the total number of flowers and cost price Required ratio = 3/3 : 2/4 : 4/5 = 10 : 5 : 8. Choice (D)
of each tulip respectively. 36. Ratio of the profits of A and B = 48000 × 12 : 60000 × 9
Total selling price of the tulips which are not spoiled = 576000 : 540000 = 16 : 15. Choice (C)
= 90p(110/100)(120/100) = 118.8p ≈ 119p
Required percentage of profit = (119p − 100p)  100%
37. Let 3a and 2t be the respective investment and time period
100p of John.
Ratio of the profits of John and Joseph = 3a (2t) : 4a (t) = 3 : 2
= 19%. Choice (C) Given that, (2/5)(total profit) = 46000
Total profit = ₹1,15,000. Choice (B)
24. Cost price of the hat = 480/1.2 = 400
Required percentage = (600 – 400)/400 × 100% = 50%. 38. Ratio of the profits of P and Q = 240000 : 360000 = 2 : 3
Choice (B) Amount left after the salary of P out of the total profit
= 480000 – 12(15000) = 3,00,000
25. Let 100c be the cost price. Required share of Q = 3/5(300000) = ₹1,80,000.
Marked price of the article = 180c Choice (C)
Selling price of the article when 25% of discount is offered
=180c (0.75) = 135c 39. Ratio of profits of A and B
Selling price of the article when 10% of discount is allowed = (120000 × x + 60000 × (12 – x)) : (90000 × 12) = 1 : 1.
= 180c (0.9) = 162c  x = 6. Choice (C)
Given that, 40. Kamal started with an investment of `2,25,000 and
162c – 135c = 1350  c = 50 additionally invested `25,000 three times at the end of every
Required cost price of the watch = 50 (100) = ₹5,000. three months.
Choice (C) The product of investment and its time period for Kamal
= 2,25,000 × 12 + 25000 × (9 + 6 + 3) = 31,50,000
26. Let 100c and 100m be the actual cost price and marked price
Rahul started with an investment of `3,00,000 and withdrew
of the goggles.
`25,000 three times.
Selling price = 100m(80/100)(75/100) = 60m
The product of investment and its time period for Rahul
60m = 120c
= 3,00,000 × 12 – 25000(9 + 6 + 3) = 31,50,000
m = 2c
Therefore the ratio in which the profits have to be shared
Required mark up percentage of profit
= 3150000 : 3150000 = 1 : 1. Choice (B)
= (200c – 100c)/100c x 100% = 100%. Choice (C)
Exercise – 3(b)
2500
27. Cost price of the watch =  85 == `1,700.
1700 Solutions for questions 1 to 40:
125
Choice (B) 1. Let the worth of the washing machine two years ago be `W.
 (100 – 15)% of (100 – 15)% of W = 14,450
28. Let 100m be the marked price of the article.
W=
(14,450  100  100) = `20,000
Selling price of the article
95 90 80
(85  85)
= 100m    = 68.4m Therefore, the worth of the washing machine two years ago
100 100 100
was `20,000. Choice (B)
Given that,
(100m – 28m) – 68.4m = 54 2. Let 100a be the maximum marks of the exam.
3.6m = 54  m = 15  100m = `1500. Choice (A) Then, pass marks = 25a + 12 ------ (1)
Also, 1.5 (pass marks) = 52.5a
29. Let the marked price of the laptop be `M. Pass marks = 52.5a/1.5 ------- (2)
 (100 – 8)% of (100 – 5)% of M = 26,200 From (1) and (2),
 M = 26,220/ (0.92 × 0.95) = 30,000 25a + 12 = 52.5a/1.5  a = 1.2
Hence the marked price of the laptop = `30,000 Maximum marks of the exam = 100(1.2) = 120
Choice (D) Choice (A)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/119
3. Let 100 be the total number of avocados initially. 11. LCM of 3 and 5 is 15.
Number of avocados left after 40% of avocados were sold Let 15n be the number of oranges he purchased of each
= 100(1 – 40/100) = 60 type.
Number of avocados thrown on the first day Total price of 15n oranges at 3 oranges per ₹10
= 60(25/100) = 15 = (15n)(10/3) = ₹50n
Remaining number of avocados = 60 – 15 = 45 Total price of 15n oranges at 5 oranges per ₹15
Number of avocados thrown on the second day = (15n)(15/5) = ₹45n
= 45(1 – 80/100) = 9 Total price of 30n oranges = 50n + 45n = 95n
Total number of avocados thrown = 15 + 9 = 24 Selling price of 30n oranges = (30n)(19/5) = ₹114n
Required percentage = 24/100 × 100% = 24%
Required percentage of profit =
(114n – 95n)  100 %
Choice (C) 95n
= 20%. Choice (D)
4. Let 100a be the total number of workers in the company.
Total income of female workers in one day 12. Required percentage decline
= 35a (400) = `14000a = [1 – (1.15) (0.8)]100% = 8% Choice (B)
Total income of male workers in one day
= 65a(500) = `32500a 13. Let 100s and 100c be the selling price and cost price of a article
Total income of male workers and female workers in one day Given that,
= 14000a + 32500a = 186000  a = 4 100s – 100c = 25s  75s = 100c
Required number of females = 140. Choice (B) 
s
=
4
c 3
5. Let 100 be the total number of men in the club. Required percentage
Number of men whose age is more than 30 years = 40 = (4 – 3)/3 × 100% = 33 %.
1
Choice (D)
Number of men among these who play cricket 3
 60  14. Let the original number be 100n.
= 40   = 24
 100  Given that,
120n – (100n – 18.5n) = 231
Number of cricket players whose age is at most 30 years
38.5 n = 231
 80  n=6
= 60  = 48
 100  The original number =100(6) = 600. Choice (C)
24 + 48
Required percentage = x 100% i.e. 72% 15. Let the original fraction be x/y.
100 Resultant fraction = 1.2x/0.8y = 1.5x/y
Choice (D)
Required percentage =
(1.5x / y – x / y )  100 = 50%
6. Number of male students in bio-chemical engineering
(x / y )
= 620 (25/100) = 155 Choice (B)
Number of female students in bio-chemical engineering 16. Let the number of fruits and total cost price of the fruits be
= 800 (20/100) = 160 100 and ₹100 respectively.
Total number of students in bio-chemical engineering Given that,
= 155 + 160 = 315 25% of fruits were rotten. So only 75 fruits were good.
Number of bio-chemical engineering students who were Actual cost price of the each fruit = 100/100 = ₹1
qualified in final exams = 155 (20/100) + 160 (25/100) = 71 Total selling price of 75 fruits = 75 (1.2) (1.2) = `108
Required percentage = 71/315 x 100 ≈ 22.5%
108 − 100
Choice (C) Required percentage of profit =  100 % = 8%
100
7. Let the cost price of the wheat be `20 per kg. Choice (A)
Thus, the trader is selling 80% of (1 kg) i.e., 800 grams of
wheat at a cost of 110% of (`20) 17. Required percentage of discount = 1
 100 %
i.e., `22. (1+ 7)
The cost price of 800 grams of wheat = (800/1000) × 20 = `16 = 12.5% Choice (B)
Therefore, the total gain earned by him = (22 – 16)/16 × 100
= 37½% Choice (A) 18. Let s and c be the selling price and cost price of each pen.
Given that,
20c – 20s = 5c  3c = 4s
8. Let the worth of the bike three years ago be `B Required percentage of loss
 (100 – 10)% of (100 – 10)% of (100 – 10)% of B = (c – s)/c × 100% = (4s/3 – s)/(4s/3) × 100% = 25%.
= 54,675 Choice (D)
 B = (54,675 × 100 × 100 × 100)/(90 × 90 × 90) = `75,000 19. Let a the number of students who belongs to [Link] group.
Therefore, the worth of the bike three years ago was `75,000 Number of students who belongs to Gandhi group
Choice (A) = 4500(42/100) =1890
9. Let 100p be initial population of the city. a + a + 540 = 4500 – 1890
a = 1035
Population of the city after one year = 100p 112  = 112p Required percentage = (1890 – 1035)/1035 × 100%  83%.
 100  Choice (B)
Population of the city after second year
= 112p(116/100) ≈130p 20. Let a and b be the cost prices of the televison sets respectively.
Required percentage increase Given that,
120a = 80b
= (130p − 100p)  100 % = 30%. Choice (C) 15a = 10b
100p 1.5a = b
Total cost price of the two television sets
10. Reduction in the kilogram of rice
= 100a + 100b = 250a
= 1000 – 750 = 250 grams
Total selling price of the two television sets
Required percentage of profit = 250 = 120a + 80b = 240a
 100%.
(1000 − 250) Required percentage of loss = (250a – 240a)/250a × 100%
= 331/ 3%. Choice (D) = 4%. Choice (A)

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/120
21. Total cost price to the fruit seller = 40(35) = ₹1400 30. Let the cost price of Arun be = x
Total selling price to the fruit seller = 15(38) + 20(45) = ₹1,470 Then his marked price = 1.5x
Required percentage of profit and his selling price = (1.5)(0.8)x i.e 1.2x
= (1470 – 1400)/1400 × 100% = 5%. Choice (C) Badri’s selling price 1.2x + 200 = x(1.3)
x = 2000
22. Let ₹b lakhs be the investment of B.  Marked price of the article = `3,000. Choice (C)
b – 12 + b + b + 6 = 90
4000
3b = 96 31. Cost price of the watch = × 80 = ₹2560
b = ₹32 lakhs 125
Choice (B)
Investment of A and C is ₹20 lakhs and ₹38 lakhs
respectively. 32. If the cost prices of two items are equal and the percentage
Ratio of the profits of A, B and C of profit on one equals the percentage of loss on the other,
= 20 : 32 : 38 = 10 : 16 : 19 then, the result is always neither gain nor loss.
Required share of A = (10/45)(27) = ₹6 lakhs. Choice (D)
Choice (D)
33. An annual rate of 100% inflation means that the price
23. Let 100n be the original number. doubles every year.
Actual resultant number = 150n  After one year price is 1000(2) i.e. 2000
Resultant number = 50n  After 2 years price is 2000(2) or `4,000 Choice (B)
Required percentage =
(150 – 50 )  100% = 662/3%.
34. The ratio in which A, B and C share the profits is
150 1,20,000 × 12 : 1,60,000 × 6 : 2,00,000 × 2 + 1,00,000 × 8
Choice (D) i.e. 6 : 4 : 5
24. Let the cost price be ₹100. 1
 A’s earnings exceed C’s by  165000 = `11,000.
After two discounts its value reduced to 100 × 0.70 × 0.80 = 506 15
Hence it is equal to a single discount of 44%. Choice (A)
Choice (A)
35. We know that ratio of period of investments
25. Let the original sales be x. = Ratio of (profit share/investment share)
 His income was 01x … (1) Required ratio = 5/4 : 3/5 : 2/8 = 25 : 12 : 5. Choice (C)
His new income is 2000 + 6% of (x – 10000)
Given, 0.1x = 1400 + 0.06x  x = 35,000. Choice (B) 36. Ratio of capitals of Tarun and Varun = 5 : 6
6
26. Let the cost prices of A and B be `A and `B respectively  Profit share of Varun = × 88000 = `48,000.
11
20% of A = 25% of B = 1000 Choice (C)
 A = 5000; B = 4000. Choice (B)
37. Investments of B and C are as follows.
27. Let the original consumption of wheat by Mehta be 100 kg 2,00,000 × 3 + 400,000 × 3 + 6,00,000 × 3 + 8,00,000 × 3 :
and original price be `100. 8,00,000 × 3 + 6,00,000 × 3 + 4,00,000 × 3 + 2,00,000 × 3
Let the new consumption be x kg when new price is `120. i.e. 1 : 1
Hence they should share the annual profit in 1 : 1 ratio.
100 × 100 = 120 × x
Choice (B)
500 1
x= i.e. 83 kg.
6 3 38. From the given data, sum of the discounts in each case adds
2 to 50%. Then the discount will be maximum when they are
 His consumption should be reduced by 16 %. far and minimum when they are close. Hence the trader gets
3 the least profit in the case of 45% followed by 5%.
Choice (B) Choice (D)

28.  The total number of students who got distinction is 39. The profit ratio of Rama and Bhima = 4,50,000 : 6,00,000 = 3 : 4
18 The remaining profit after paying rent = 70% of 3,00,000
 200 = 36 = `2,10,000
100
The difference in the profit shares of both = 2,10,000/7
The number of boys who got distinction is two more than, the = `30,000. Choice (D)
number of girls who got distinction.
 If n is the number of girls who got distinction then n + 2 40. Let N stayed for n months and P stayed for p months in the
would be the number of boys who got distinction. business.
 n + 2 + n = 36 Given, 36 × 12 = 48 × n = 54 × p
2n = 34  n = 17  n = 9 and p = 8
17 20 Therefore, P invested for 1 month less than N.
Now, if 20% of girls got distinction, then = Choice (A)
x 100
where x is the total number of girls. Chapter – 4
17  100 (Simple Interest and Compound Interest)
 x= = 85
20
Exercise – 4(a)
 Total number of girls is 85
 Total number of boys is 200 − 85 = 115. Solutions for questions 1 to 20:
Choice (B)
TR 
1. (a) Amount under SI = P1 + 
29. Matches played = 40  30 60 = 24  100 
100
 10 
  16 
 Total number of wins = 75  12 24 = 18 = 240001 + 3 =
24000  23
= `36,800.
100  100  15
But the team wants to have 80% of the success out of 60 matches  
 
i.e. 80  60
30 == 48
24matches to be won out of 60. Choice (B)
100
Already it has won 18 matches out of 24. (b) Required amount after 2 years at 12% of compound
 Matches to be won = 48 – 18 = 30. Choice (A) interest = 45000(1.12 × 1.12) = ₹56,448. Choice (D)

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/121
2. Interest for one year = (15500 – 13540)/3 = 620 15. Rate of interest for half year = 12/2 = 6%
Required sum = 13640 – 2(620) = ₹12,400. Choice (C) Total amount after one year = 6000 (1.06 × 1.06) = ₹67,416
Required interest = 67416 – 60000 = ₹7,416.
3. Let the required sum be ₹P. Choice (A)
Given, P  16  4 = 28800
100 16. If 100 p be the principal amount.
P = 45000
(a) Amount after 2 years at an interest of 20% p.a
Required amount = ₹45,000. Choice (C)
compounded annually = 100p(1.2)(1.2) = 144p
4. Effective interest for the given period of 7 years (b) Amount after 2 years at an interest of 20% p.a
= 6% + 2(8%) + 4 (12%) = 70% compounded half yearly
Required sum = 4200/0.7 = ₹6,000. Choice (D) = 100p(1.1 × 1.1 × 1.1 × 1.1) = 146.41p
Hence the amount received after 2 years in (b) is more than
5. Let the principal be ₹a. in (a). Choice (B)
Total interest for 15 years = 4a.
Total interest for 30 years = 4a + 4a = 8a
17. Difference between simple interest and compound interest
Total amount after 30 years = 8a + a = 9a.
 The required time period is 30 years. Choice (A) PR2
for two years on the amount P is where the rate of
1002
6. Let 5a be the principal amount.
interest is R% p.a.
Interest for eight years = 9a – 5a = 4a.
Interest for one year = 4a/8 = 0.5a
Required rate of interest = 0.5a/5a × 100 = 10%.  1260 = P(30)(30)
Choice (C) (100)(100)
P = `14,000. Choice (A)
7. Let the principal amount be ₹a and the rate of interest be r% p.a.
16900 = a(1 + r/100)2 ––––– (1) 18. Simple interest on the sum of ₹24,000 for three years
28561 = a(1 + r/100)4 ––––– (2) 24000  3  15
= = 10800
Dividing equation (2) by equation (1), we get 100
(1 + r/100)2 = 169/100 Compound interest on the sum of ₹24,000 for three years
 1 + r/100 = 13/10 = 24000(1.15 × 1.15 × 1.15 – 1) = 12501
 r = 30%. Choice (D) Required difference = 12501 – 10800 = ₹1,701.
Choice (D)
8. Let the required sum be ₹P
Given, P(1.1 × 1.15 × 1.2) = 18975 19. Rajesh's gain from this is
P = 12500 = 40000 (1.44 – 1.21)
Required sum = ₹12,500. Choice (B) = 40000 (0.23) = `9,200. Choice (B)
9. Interest for the first year = 15500/2 = ₹7,750.
20. Amount at the end of first year = 3,60,000 × 1.12
Compound interest for second year = 16120 – 7750 = ₹8,370
= `4,03,200
(8370 – 7750) = ₹620 is the interest on ₹7,750 for one year
As Sandeep paid `1,53,200, principal for 2nd year
Required rate of interest = 620/7750 × 100% = 8%
= `2,50,000
Required sum = 7750/(0.08) = ₹96,875. Choice (C)
Amount to be repaid at the end of second year
10. Let the sum be ₹100a. = 2,50,000 x 1.12 = `2,80,000. Choice (D)
Given that, 100a (1.16 × 1.16 – 1.16) = 12064
18.56a = 12064  a = 650 Exercise – 4(b)
Required sum = ₹65,000. Choice (D)
Solutions for questions 1 to 20:
11. Difference between the interest for the third year and the
second year = 688 – 580 = 58 1. Amount = 90000 + 29790 i.e., = `1,19,790.
Rate of interest = 58/580 × 100% = 10%. Choice (A) Let the required number of years be t.
 90000 (110/100)t = 119790
12. Let the principal be ₹a.  (110/100)t = 1.331  t = 3. Choice (B)
Amount = a(1 + 5/100)4.
Amount = 1.21550625a ≈ 1.22a 2. Let, the principal be `100, then the amount will be `200.
Interest = 1.22a – a = 0.22a Using,
Required rate of interest = 0.22a/a × 100% = 22%. A = P[1 + (r/100)]n
Choice (C) 200 = 100[1 + (r/100)]4
2 = [1 + (r/100)]4 ––––– (i)
13. Let the sum be ₹100 then amount = ₹300. If the sum become 8 times itself in the time n years, then,
Using, A = P[1+ (r/100)]n, where r = rate of interest 8 = (1 + (r/100))n
300 = 100[1 + (r/100)]5 23 = (1 + (r/100))n ––––– (ii)
3 = [1 + (r/100)]5 ––––– (i) Using equations (i) and (ii), we get
If sum becomes 27 times in the time n years, ([1 + (r/100)]4)3 = (1 + (r/100))n
then, [1 + (r/100)]12 = (1 + (r/100))n
27 = (1 + (r/100))n Thus, n = 12 years. Choice (D)
33 = (1 + (r/100))n ––––– (ii)
80000  r  3
Using equation (i) in (ii), we get 3. 36000 =
([1 + (r/100)]5 )3 = (1 + (r/100))n 100
[1 + (r/100)]15 = (1 + (r/100))n  r = 15%. Choice (C)
Thus, n = 15 years. Choice (A)
4. Let s be the required sum.
14. Let ₹100a be the investment in each scheme. Total rate of interest for 9 years = 8 × 4 + 5 × 2 + 4 × 3
Given that, = 32% + 10% + 12% = 54%
20a + 18a = 5320 Given that, 54  s = 3510
38a = 5320  a = 140 100
100a = ₹14,000 Choice (B) s = ₹6,500. Choice (C)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/122
5. Let the sum be `100, then amount is `400 at the end of 17. Given simple interest for the third year is `5,000. Then even
18 years. To get an interest of `300, it took 18 years. If it for second year it is `5,000 of the rate of interest is r% p.a.,
becomes ten times of itself, interest is `900. To get that it then r% of 5000 = (6250 – 5000)
takes 900  18 i.e., 54 years. Choice (A)  r% of 5000 = 1250  r = 25. Choice (D)
300
18. Total amount that Ram has to pay to clear the loans
2
6. Let r% be the required rate of interest.
Given that, 24000(1 + r/100)3 – 24000 = 3783 = 800001 + 4 x 6  + 1000001 + 10 
 100   100 
(1 + r/100)3 = (24000 + 3783)/24000
(1 + r/100)3 = 1.56725 = `2,20,200 Choice (B)
(1 + r/100)3 = (1.05)3
19. After 1 year, loan given to A amounts to
 1 + r/100 = 1.05  r = 5%. Choice (B)
400000 x 108
= 4,32,000 = 43200
7. Let 100s be the required sum. 100
Rate of interest at the end of three years ∵ At the end of 1 year he pays `15,000
=  115  110  108 − 1 100% = 36.62%  The principal for 2nd year would be = 432000 – 150000
 100 100 100 
  i.e., `2,82,000.
Given that, 282000 x 108
Now amount after one year is = `3,04,560
s(100 + 36.62) = 81972 100
 136.62s = 81972  s = 600 Now the total amount paid by A is 304560 +150000
Required sum = 100(600) = ₹60,000. Choice (B) = `4,54,560
Loan given to B at the end of 2 years amounts to
8. Let s be the required sum.
40,0000 × (1.08)2 = `46,656
 108 108 108 124  The difference in the amount is
s   –  = 59136
 100 100 100 100  4,66,560 – 4,54,560 = `12,000. Choice (A)
19712s
= 59136  s = ₹30,00,000. Choice (C)
1000000 20. Let ₹100a be the investment in each scheme.
Given that,
9. Rate of interest for each quarter when compounded 12a + 15a = 5400
quarterly = 16/4 = 4% 27a = 5400  a = 200
Required interest = (1.04 × 1.04 × 1.04 – 1)4800 ≃ ₹600. 100a = ₹20,000 Choice (D)
Choice (D)
Chapter – 5
10. Required difference = 55000 8 
2
(Time and Distance)
 100  Exercise – 5(a)
= 55000(0.0064) = ₹352. Choice (A)
Solutions for questions 1 to 35:
11. Let the sum be P.
P  25  7 1. We have 1 kmph = 5/18 m/s
5040 =  P = `11520. Choice (D)
4  100 (a) 72 kmph = 72 × (5/18) = 20 m/s. Choice (C)
12. Let the sum and rate of interest be P and r% p.a. respectively. (b) 99 kmph = 99 × (5/18) = 27.5 m/s. Choice (A)
The difference between simple interest and compound
interest = `96 (c) 32.4 kmph = 32.4 × (5/18) = 9 m/s. Choice (B)
This should be equal to r% of simple interest for one year.
 r% of 960 = 96  r = 10% 2. Speed of the car in m/s = 240 = 16 m/s
Hence the required sum is 960 i.e. `9,600. Choice (C) 15
0.1 Speed of the car in kmph = 16 18  = 57.6 kmph
 5 
13. Let the amount to be paid at the end of the first year = `X
Therefore [(1,20,000 × 1.15) – X](1.15) = 69,000 Choice (D)
1,38,000 – X = 60,000
X = 78,000. Choice (A) 3. Speed of the car in m/s = 54(5/18) = 15 m/s
Required distance = 18 × 60 × 15 = 16200 meters.
14. If the interest increased from r to 4r, the interest earned in Choice (C)
the first year would be 4 times the present interest, which
then would have earned interest at the rate of 4r, implying 4. Let the distance travelled by Anil be d km.
that the difference would become 4 × 4 i.e., 16 times the 2d / 3 d / 3
previous difference. Given, + = 13
50 40
Therefore, the new difference = 16 × 270 = `4,320
 d/25 + d/40 = 39  8d + 5d = 7800
Choice (B)
 d = 600 km. Choice (D)
15. Let the sum be `P and yearly interest be I.
P + 3I = 4680 5. Let the original speed be 4s and time taken in that case be t.
P + 5I = 6000 Then new speed = 5s and time taken in the new case
(2) – (1)  2I = 1320  I = 660  P = 2700 4t
= .
660 5
R=  100 = 24.44%. Choice (C)
2700 Given t – 4t = 36  t = 180 min
5
16. 8,500X (1.r) (1.r) = 10285 4t
(1.r)2 = 1.21  (1.r)2 (1.r1)2  r = 10% If the speed is ¾ s, then time taken is
3
Amount at the end of three years on simple interest at 10%
4
per annum is 8500 (10)(3) = `11,050. Choice (B) i.e.,
3
x 180 = 240 min. i.e. 4 hours. Choice (D)
100

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/123
6. Let s kmph and t hours be the respective speed and time 14. Let 7x be the usual speed of P. Then the speed of P in this
taken to reach his destination on time. case is 10x.
Then, st = 45[t + (30/60)] = 54[t – (20/60)] As speed and time vary inversely, times ratio is 10 : 7.
45[t + (30/60)] = 54[t – (20/60)] Let them be 10t and 7t respectively.
54t – 45t = 45/2 + 18 Given that, 10t – 7t = 15  t = 5.
t = 9/2 hours Required time = 10(5) = 50 min. Choice (D)
s = 45[(9/2) + (30/60)]/(9/2)
s = 50 kmph. Choice (A) 15. Let the distance traveled by the train and the exact time it
takes to reach the destination be d kms and t hours
7. Let the distances from city P to city Q and city Q to city R be respectively.
3x km and 2x km respectively. d 20 d 1
The time taken by Ajmal to travel from P to R  =t– t= + → (1)
60 60 60 3
3x 2x x
= + = d 5
36 48 8 =t– → (2)
54 60
5x
The average speed of Ajmal from P to R = d 1
x d 1
8 From (1) and (2), = + –
54 60 3 12
= 40 kmph. Choice (C)
d 1 3
 d – = 1 –  10d – 9d = 540 ×
8. Let the total time taken by him to reach his destination be 3t 54 60 3 12 12
hours.  d = 135 km
Total distance = 60 × 3t = 180t km Therefore, the distance travelled by the train to reach its
1 destination = 135 km. Choice (B)
He covered 1 × 180t = 45t km in × 3t = t hours.
4 3 16. We know that if two trains travel from P to Q and Q to P
So, he has to travel 135t km in 2t hours. respectively at the same time, with speeds in the ratio a : b,
Required speed = 135 t = 67.5 kmph. Choice (C) then the ratio of the time taken by them to reach their
2t destinations after they met each other is equal to b2 : a2.
The ratio of the speeds of the two trains = 60 : 75 = 4 : 5
9. Ratio of speeds of M and N is 4 : 5. So, by the time M covers Hence, the required ratio = 52 : 42 = 25 : 16.
48 km, N covers 60 km. Choice (B)
They totally cover (48 + 60) km to meet.
So, distance between P and Q is 108 km. 17. Let the distance between Mumbai and Hyderabad be x km.
Choice (A) The first train takes 8 hours to cover x km and second train
takes 8 hours to cover x km.
10. Time taken for the first part of the journey So, speed of first train is
X
kmph and the speed of the
= 50/75 = 2/3 hours 8
Time taken for the second part of the journey X
= 45/60 = 3/4 hours second train is kmph.
8
Therefore, the total time taken for the entire journey
= 2/3 + 3/4 + 1/4 = 5/3 hours Let both the trains meet t hours after 2:00 a.m.
5 X X
Total distance =  69 = 115 km Then, (t + 1) + (t) = x
3 8 8
Hence the distance covered in the last stretch 1
t+1+t=8t= 3 .
= 115 – 50 – 45 = 20 km. Choice (C) 2
1
11. If two equal distances are covered at speeds of u and v, then Therefore, both the trains meet 3 hours from 2 pm i.e. at
2
2uv 5:30 p.m. Choice (B)
the average speed for the entire journey is given by
u+v
18. Distance = Relative speed × time
Required average speed of the car = 2 x 126 x 168 The distance between them in kilometers when
294
(a) they are moving in the same direction
= 144 kmph. Choice (D)
= (56 – 49) 5 = 35
(b) they are moving in the opposite direction
12. Let l and s be the length and speed of the train respectively.
= (56 + 49)5 = 525. Choice (C)
Given that, (360 + 1) = 36  l = 36s – 360 ----- (1)
s 19. Distance to be covered to cross the tunnel
and
(270 + l)
= 30  l = 30s – 270 ------ (2) = (950 + 350) m = 1300 m
s dis tance
Dis ce 1300
The speed of the train = = = 25 m/s
From (1) and (2), Time
time 52
 36s – 360 = 30s – 270 18
 6s = 90  s = 15 m/s = 25 × kmph = 90 kmph. Choice (D)
5
Required speed of the train = 15  18 = 54 kmph.
5 20. When the second train leaves Pune, the first train covers
Choice (B) 2 × 50 = 100 km distance.
So, the difference between the first train and the second train
13. Let the speeds of the faster and slower trains be a and b at 10:00 a.m. is 100 km.
respectively. dis tan ce
The time taken by the trains to meet =
Then, 650 = 13  a + b = 50 ––– (1) relativ espeed
a+b
100
650 = = 10 hours
and = 25  a – b = 26 ––– (2) 60 − 50
a−b
So, the two trains meet at 10:00 a.m. + 10 hours
From (1) and (2), i.e., 8:00 p.m. The two trains meet 10 × 60 = 600 km away
a = 38 and b = 12. Choice (B) from Pune. Choice (A)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/124
21. By the time P covers 2500 m, Q covers (2500 – 200)  6d – 5d = 450 × 1/5  d = 90 km
= 2300 m. Substitute d value in equation (2)  90/90 = t – 30/60
By the time Q covers 2500 m, R covers (2500 – 250)  t = 1 + ½ = 3/2 hours.
= 2250 m. Therefore, the exact speed of the train to reach its
2500 2500 2500 destination on time = d/t = 90/(3/2) = 60 km/hr.
The ratio of speeds of P and R =  =
2300 2250 2070 Choice (B)
Thus, in a 2500 m race P beats R by 2500 – 2070 = 430 m.
Choice (D) 31. Speeds of Alok and Basu in m/s are
27 (5) 54 (5)
= 7.5 m / s and = 15 m / s
22. When X covers 750 m, Y covers 750 – 125 = 625 m and Z 18 18
covers 750 – 150 = 600 m Now, relative speed is 7.5 + 15 = 22.5 m/s
2500
So, when Y covers 2500 m, then Z covers x 600 Time taken for them to meet is 3600
625 22.5
= 2400 m = 160 seconds. Choice (B)
Hence, in a 2500 m race Y beats Z by 100 m.
Choice (A) 32. Let the speed of his boat in still water and the speed of the
stream be 4x kmph and kmph respectively.
23. Speed of B = 180/30 = 6 m/s 30 30
+ =8
Time taken by B to cover 1260 m = 1260/6 = 210 seconds 4x + x 4x − x
30 30
Therefore, time taken by A to cover 1260 m = 210 – 30 + =8
i.e., 180 seconds 5x 3x
16
Hence the speed of A = 1260/180 = 7 m/s. Choice (C) =8
x
x = 2 and 4x = 8
24. P’s speed = 7 times of Q’s speed. Hence sped of the boat is 8 kmph. Choice (B)
4
Let the length of the race be x meters. 33. If two trains moving at speeds of V1 and V2 take time t to
Let Q’s speed be 4s m/s then P’s speed would be 7s m/s. cross each other and take t1 and t2 to reach their
x x − 300
Therefore
7s
=
4s
 x = 700 m. Choice (A) destinations, then t = t1t 2 and V1 = t2
V2 t1

25. Let the distance to be travelled to catch the train be x km. Given, 60 = t2
 t2 = 72
x x 18 5x − 4x 3 50 50
− =  =
36 45 60 180 10 t= 72 x 50 = 60 min. Choice (C)
x = 54 km
By travelling at 45 kmph, the time taken = 54 34. Let the length of the race be d meters.
45
When A finishes the race, B and C would have covered
= 1 hour 12 minutes (d – 50) m and (d – 145) m respectively.
By taking 1 hour 12 minutes he is late by 12 minutes, so he When B finishes the race, C would have covered (d – 100) m.
has to cover 54 km at most in 1 hour.
Therefore, the minimum required speed is 54 kmph. Ratio of speeds of B and C = d − 50 = d
Choice (B) d − 145 d − 100
(d – 50) (d – 100) = d (d – 145)
75 − 60 5d = 5000
26. Stoppage time per hour = × 60 minutes d = 1000. Choice (A)
75
= 12 minutes. Choice (D) 35. Distance travelled by Ajay in six minutes
27. The time taken by P and Q to reach their destinations will be = 10 × 6 = 1 km
60
5/3 and 5/2 hours respectively.
Let the distance between the stations X and Y be d kms. Distance travelled by Vijay in six minutes
6
Then the speeds of trains P and Q will be 3d/5 and 2d/5 = 12 × = 6 km
kmph respectively. 60 5
Therefore, the time at which these two trains cross each The length of the circular track
other 1 1
= 9:00 a.m. + d/(3d/5 + 2d/5) hours = GCD of 1, 6  = km = × 1000 = 200 m.
 5 5 5
= 9:00 a.m. + 1 hour = 10:00 a.m. Choice (B)  
(or)
28. Let the distance from P to Q be d kilometers.
Time taken to meet for the first time is given by   ,  
 d/(9 + 3) + d/(9 – 3) = 4  d/12 + d/6 = 4  10 12 
 d = 16 Choice (B)
= 6 , where ℓ = length of the track  ℓ = 200 m.
29. Let the velocity of the man in still water be u km/hr and the 60
velocity of the stream be v km/hr. Choice (D)
Given, 36/(u + v) + 36/(u – v) = 10 → (1 )
Also, 3/(u + v) = 2/(u – v)  2u + 2v = 3u – 3v  u = 5v Exercise – 5(b)
Substituting u = 5v in equation (1)  36/6v + 36/4v = 10
 v = 1.5 km/hr Solutions for questions 1 to 30:
Hence the speed of the man in still water
= 5 × 1.5 = 7.5 km/hr. Choice (A) 1. Let the distance covered at 70 kmph be x km, then the
distance covered at 50 kmph would be
30. Let the distance traveled by the train and the exact time it takes (360 – x) km.
to reach the destination be d kms and t hours respectively. 360 − x x
 d/75 = t – 18/60  t = d/75 + 3/10 → (1) + =6
50 70
d/90 = t – 30/60 → (2) 2520 – 7x + 5x = 6 × 350
From (1) and (2), d/90 = d/75 + 3/10 – ½ x = 210 km. Choice (B)
 d/75 – d/90 = ½ – 3/10
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/125
2. Let Cherry takes t hours to reach B. 12. Let s be the speed of Joseph,
182 × t = 242 × 3 Given that,
16 1 8 8
t= =5 hours. Choice (A) =
3 3 s 18
3. Time taken to cover a distance of 336 km at 56 kmph s = 12 kmph
= 336/56 = 6 hours Required speed = 12 kmph. Choice (D)
Time taken to cover a distance of 336 km at 42 kmph
= 336/42 = 8 hours 13. Let the total distance covered by Anirudh be d km. Let us say
Required average speed for the entire journey he travelled for t hours on bike.
= (336 + 336)/14 = 48 kmph. Choice (B) 3d
Speed at which he travelled on bike = kmph
5t
4. Let the speed of the train be S m/sec. 2d d
Speed at which he travelled on foot = =
x 5  12 t 30 t
Time taken for the train to cross a pole =
s 1 3d 1
 = speed at which he travelled on bike.
Time taken for the train to cross a platform =
(x + 200 ) 18 5t 18
s Choice (D)
= 4 seconds and (x + 200 ) = 9 seconds
x
Given, 14. Let d and t be the required distance and time taken to cover
s s
the distance respectively.
 4s + 200 = 9s
Given that,
 s = 40 and X = 4s = 160
d 8
Required answer; X = 160 meters. Choice (C) =t+
36 60
5. We know that the average speed for the entire journey d 8
– = t − − − (1)
total distance 36 60
=
total time d 6
Total time taken by Rana to cover the entire journey =t−
36  1.25 60
= 36 + 54 +=108
9 hours 1
= 13 hours d 6
8 12 24 2 + = t − − − (2)
45 60
Therefore, the average speed of Rana for the entire journey
From (1) and (2),
=
(36 km + 54 km) = 10 km / hr Choice (B) d 8 d 6
9 – = +
36 60 45 60
we get d = 42 km. Choice (A)
15
6. Distance covered in the first 15 minutes = 48  = 12 km
60 15. Let the speed of the Ajay in still water be x km/hr and the
15 speed of the stream be y km/hr.
Distance covered in the next 15 minutes = 60
54  = 15 km
60 x+ y =12 and x – y = 8
x = 10 and y = 2 Choice (B)
15
Distance covered in the next 15 minutes = 72
60  = 18 km
60
We have 12 + 15 + 18 = 45 km 16. The length of diagonal of the rectangle is 42 + 32
Hence the required time = 45 minutes. Choice (C) = 5 parts
As per the data when P covered 5 parts, Q covered 7 parts.
7. Speed of the train = 918 = 61.2 kmph Hence the ratio of speeds of P and Q = 5 : 7.
15 Choice (B)
Speed of the train in m/s = 61.2 5  = 17 m/s
 18  17. Let the distance between A and B be d km.
d d 2d + 5d
Choice (A) Given + = 14 ⇒ = 14
10 4 20
7d = 280 d = 40 km. Choice (A)
8. The time taken for the train to reach city Q from city P
= 1080/72 = 15 hours
18. Before Q starts from H towards G train P travels 60 km.
Required time in city P = 11 a.m. – 15 hours = 8 p.m.
Distance between P and Q at 7:00 a.m.
Choice (B)
= 360 – (60) = 300 km
Both trains would meet after another
54
9. Speed of the car in kmph = = 72 kmph 300
3 hours = 2 hours
4 60 + 90
Speed of the car in m/s = 72  5/18 = 20 m/s.  The meeting time is 9 a.m. Choice (C)
Choice (B)
10. Speed = Distance/Time 19. Johnson and Lewis meet = 420
Distance = d 10 + 11
Time taken = t = 20 seconds. Choice (C)
But train is late by 1 hour
So, the time taken to be on time = t – 1 20. In a 1000 m race, let time taken by A to complete the race
So, the speed required to arrive one hour early = d/(t – 2). be t sec.
Choice (D)  Time taken by B = t + 25 and
time taken by C = t + 25 + 75 = t + 100
11. Ratio of speeds of Kiran and Varun = 100 m : 80 m = 5 : 4
Also when B covers 1000 m, C covers 625 m.
Ratio of speeds of Varun and Arun= 400 m : 280 m = 10 : 7
Ratio of speeds of Kiran, Varun and Arun respectively t + 25 625
Then, =  t = 100.
= 25 : 20 : 14 t + 100 1000
From the above, when Kiran covers 1000 m, Arun covers 560 m. Hence A beats C by 100 sec. Also when A runs 1000 m, C
 Kiran beats Arun by 1000 – 560 i.e., 440 m. runs 500 m.
Choice (C)  A beats C by 500 m. Choice (D)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/126
21. Let the speed of the boat in still water be x km/hr and the t = 99
speed of the stream be y km/hr. 540
45 45 = 27
Given = 5 and = 10 ( t − c )5 / 18
x+y x−y
45 540
x−y 10 x+y = 27
45 = ⇒ = 2 ⇒ 2x – 2y = x + y (99 − c )5 / 18
5 x−y
x+y
x c = 27 Choice (D)
x = 3y =3 Choice (C)
y
Chapter – 6
22. Time after which X, Y and Z meet for the first time at the (Time and Work)
starting point = LCM of  300, 300, 300  i.e., 300 sec.
 5 10 6  Exercise – 6(a)

Choice (A)
Solutions for questions 1 to 35:
t 550
23. Required time = = = 50 sec. 1. Part of the work done by P and Q working together in one
a−b 22 − 11
1 1 1
Choice (D) day = + =
12 24 8
24. The distance the man covers in 33 seconds is equal to the The number of days taken by P and Q together to complete
distance sound travels in 3 seconds. the work = 8 days. Choice (B)
330 x 3
 Speed of the man = = 30 m/sec.
33 1 1 1
2. Together they can prepare + +
Choice (C) 10 20 20
4 1 th
25. Required distance = 40 x 300 = 120 km. = = of a toy every day, i.e. they can prepare a toy in
20 5
( 40 + 60 )
5 days.
The trains meet at M which is 120 km away from P.  They prepare 20 such toys in 20  5 = 100 days.
Choice (B) Choice (B)
26. Train B crosses the tunnel in less time than that of A, as its
speed is more. 3. Part of the work done by X, Y and Z together in one day
Hence the tunnel is free from traffic when A crosses it and it = ½(1/36 + 1/45 + 1/60) = 1/30
Part of the work done by Z alone in one day
is given by 300 + 300 = 40 sec. Choice (A) = 1/30 – 1/45 = 1/90
5 Required number of days for Z alone to complete the work
54 x
18 = 90 days. Choice (C)
27. Let the speed of the boat in still water be v km/hr, then the 4. Part of the work done by A, B and C together in one day
v = 1/2(1/20 + 1/30 + 7/180) = 11/180
speed of the stream be km / hr .
5 Part of the work done by A alone in one day
The ratio of the speed of the boat in downstream to that of = 11/180 – 7/180 = 1/45
 v  v Part of the work done by B alone in one day
upstream =  v +  :  v −  = 6 : 4 = 3 : 2. Choice (C) = 11/180 – 1/20 = 1/90
 5  5
Part of the work done by C alone in one day
= 11/180 – 1/30 = 1/36
28. Let the speed of faster train be f m/sec and speed of slower Number of days required for A, B and C individually to
train be s m/sec. complete the work is 45 days, 90 days and 36 days
Given, f : s = 3 : 2 , since the ratio of speeds of two trains is respectively. Choice (D)
equal to the square root of inverse ratio of their timings they
took after their meeting.
 1 1  3
Let the distance between the points P and Q = d km 5. Part of the work done in 8 days = 8  +  = 10 .
Let us say that the two trains met each other after t hours.  48 60 
Giv d d
en,
d d d d Remaining work = 1 – 3/10 = 7/10
Giv Giv
en,
Giv =en,t=+dt4+;= 4t;+ =4 t= ; d9t +=9t + 9
+ Required number of days = (7/10)(60) = 42 days.
f en, f f =st +s4; s = t + 9
f s
 (t4+)f (=4t )+s=(4t s+)(=9t +)s((9tt )++ 99))
f (t f+
 f ( t + 4 ) = s Choice (B)
f f t +ff t9=+ 9tt + 9
  = =s = t + 4
+9 6. Let b the number of days worked by B.
s s t +st4+ 4t + 4 Given that, 9/36 + b/36 + b/45 = 1
t+9 3
t +t9+ 9t 3+ 93= 3 b/36 + b/45 = 3/4
   =t +=4 = 2
t + t4+ 4t +2 42 2 b = 15
 2t + 18 = 3t + 12  t = 6 Total number of days taken = 15 + 9 = 24
2t 2
 +t18
+218 =
t +3= t+
18 312 t=+312 t + t12
= t6 = 6t = 6
Choice (C)
Therefore, the taken by the faster car to cover the whole 7. Let n minutes be the total time taken to complete the work.
distance = t + 4 = 6 + 4 = 10 hours. Choice (D) (n/45 + (n – 10)/60) = 1
29. The time taken by the leopard to walk a distance 4n + 3n – 30 = 180
3 7n = 210  n = 30 minutes. Choice (B)
180 180 x
= 4 + 4 i.e 8 hours. Choice (A) 8. Let a be the number of days for which P, Q and R worked
9 45 together.
Given that, (a + 6)/24 + a/18 + a/36 = 1
30. Let the speeds of the train and the scooterist be t kmph and (a + 6)/24 + a/12 = 1
c kmph respectively. 3a + 6 = 24
540 a = 6 days.
= 36 Hence the total work was completed in 6 + 6 i.e., 12 days.
( t − 45 )5 / 18
Choice (D)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/127
9. Let a be the number of days worked by Barkat. 19. Number of days required for a man to complete the work
Given that, = 45(12) = 540 days
(a + 7)/50 + a/60 + (a + 12)/75 = 1 Number of days required for a man to complete the work
12a + 84 + 10a + 8a + 96 = 600 when the time spent per day increased by 1/5 of the previous
30a = 420  a = 14 time = 540(5/6) = 450
Total number of days = a + 12 = 14 + 12 = 26 days. Required number of days = 450/18 = 25 days.
Choice (C) Choice (B)

10. Part of the work done by P and Q in 8 days 20. Total number of hours taken by one man to complete the
= 8(1/36 + 1/24) = 5/9 work = 12 × 18 × 8 = 1728 hours
Remaining part of the work = 1 – 5/9 = 4/9
Required number of days = 1728 = 24 days.
Let the number of days taken for R alone to complete the 89
work be n. Choice (A)
4/9 = 4 (1/36 + 1/n)  n = 12
Required number of days = 12. Choice (B) 21. Number of days required for a man to complete the work
= 15(35) = 525
11. Part of the work done by P, Q and R together in one hour = 1/9 Number of days required for a woman to complete the work
In the first four hours = 4/9th of the work is done. = 24(35) = 840 days
Remaining part of the work = 1 – 4/9 = 5/9 Part of the work done by 10 men and 12 women working
This was done by P and R together in 10 hours. together in one day
P and R together can do it in 18 hours. = 10/525 + 12/840 = 1/30
Work done by Q in one hour = 1/9 – 1/18 = 1/18 Required number of days = 30 days. Choice (C)
Q can do it in 18 hours. Choice (D)
22. Let the work done by a man and a woman in one day be m
12. Let a be the number of days taken by Parveen to complete and w respectively.
the work. Given that, 12m = 16w  3m = 4w
Then Vimala will take 3a days to complete the work. Efficiency of 3 men is equal to that of 4 women.
Given that, 3a – a = 24 Number of men required to complete the work in 10 days
a =12 days = 12(25)/10 = 30
Part of the work done by Parveen and Vimala working Required number of men = 30 – (12/4)(3) = 21.
together in one day = 1/12 + 1/36 = 1/9 Choice (C)
Required number of days = 9. Choice (A)
23. A man completes the work in = 150 days and a child can
13. Let 3a be the number of days taken by Akhil to complete the complete a work in 300 days
work. Together a man and three children can complete
Then the number of days taken for Badri and Chakri to 1 3 1
+ =
complete the work would be 6a and 2a days respectively. 150 300 60
Given that, (1/3a + 1/6a + 1/2a) = 1/12  They can complete the work in 60 days. Choice (A)
(2 + 1 + 3)/6a = 1/12
a = 12 days 24. Let m, w and b the part of work done by a man, a woman
Number of days required for Akhil, Badri and Chakri and a boy in one day respectively.
individually to complete the work are 36 days, 72 days and Given that, 36m + 30w = 36m + 40b
24 days respectively. Choice (D) 3w = 4b
Number of boys required to complete the work in 16 days
1 1 1 = ((45 × 12)/16 × (4/3) = 45. Choice (B)
14. Work done by P and Q in 2 days = + =
16 48 12 25. Let the work done by a man and a woman in one day be m
 They can complete the whole work in 24 days. and w respectively.
Choice (D) Given that, (24m + 18w)10 = (12m + 27w)12
96m = 144w
15. Part of the work done by A in one day = 1/27 2m = 3w
Part of the work done by B in one day = 1/36 Number of days required for a woman to complete the work
Part of the work done in two days = 1/27+ 1/36 = 7/108 = (36w + 18w)10 = 540w
Part of the work done in 30 days = 15 (7/108) = 105/108 Required number of days = 540w/(4m + 14w)
Remaining part of the work = 1 – 105/108 = 1/36 = (540m)/(6w + 14w) = 27 days. Choice (B)
As B starts the work he will work in 31st day and he can
complete the remaining work in one day. 2 th
26. To complete work, the men work for 9 days.
Required number of days = 1 + 30 = 31 days. 5
Choice (B)  To complete the remaining work, they need 9(3/2)
= 13.5 days.
16. Part of the work done by Abhi in one day = 1/20 – 1/36 = 1/45  If the work is to be completed in 13.5 days, they need to
Time taken for Abhi to complete the work = 45 days work for 8 hours/day.
Required share of Abhi = (12/45)(1200) = ₹320. If the work has to be completed in 8 days, they need to work
Choice (B) 8(13.5)
for or 13.5 hours/day. Choice (C)
8
17. Part of the work done by A and B together in six days
= 6(1/18 + 1/15) = 6(5 + 6)/90 = 11/15 27. In 20 days, 40(20) = 800 Mandays of work is completed.
Remaining part of the work 1 – 11/15 = 4/15 The remaining 1600 Mandays has to be complete in 20 days,
C have done 4/15 of the work. So, he will get 4/15 of the total i.e., the number of men has to be 80.
wages.
 40 more men are needed. Choice (C)
Required amount = 4/15(6000) = ₹1,600. Choice (D)
28. Part of the tank filled by two filling pipes working together in
mdh m d h one minute = 1/21 + 1/28 = 1/12
18. Using variation concept, we have, 1 1 1 = 2 2 2
w1 w2 1 1 −1
The work done when the outlet is opened = − =
(54 × 8 × 54)/450 = (36 × 9 × d2)/600  d2 = 96 12 8 24
Required number of days = 96 days. Choice (A) Hence the tank is emptied in 24 minutes. Choice (D)

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
nd

Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/128

 1 1 2. Total number of days taken for a person to complete the work
29. The flow rates of the taps are , while that of the leak = 80(150) = 12000
20 30
−1 Required number of people = 12000 = 200. Choice (B)
is . 60
60
1 1 1 4 1 3. Number of days taken for Amul to complete the work
Work done per minute = + − = i.e, = 18/8 × 10 = 22½ days
20 30 60 60 15
Part of the work done by Amul in one day = 2/45
 The tank is full in 15 minutes. Choice (A) Number of days taken for Badri to complete the work
= 45/2 × 2 = 45 days
30. Let a minutes be the time taken by the leak to empty the full tank. Part of the work done by Badri in one day = 1/45
Given that, 1/20 – 1/a = 1/24 Part of work done by Amul and Badri in one day
1/20 – 1/24 = 1/a = 2/45 + 1/45 = 1/15.
a = 120 minutes Required number of days = 15. Choice (C)
Required time = 5/8(120) = 75 minutes
= 1 hour 15 minutes. Choice (C) 4. Total number of mails he got in one day = 24(60) = 1440
Required number of mails = 1440(60/100) = 864.
31. Given that, Choice (A)
18 18 x 5. Number of notes dispensed by the ATM in every second with
+ − =1
30 36 40 actual efficiency = 600/40 = 15
11 x If the efficiency increases by 3 times it would dispense
 − 1=  x = 4. Choice (D) 4 × 15 i.e., 60 notes in one second. Choice (D)
10 40
6. The work done by P, Q and R in one day
1 1 5 = 1/2(1/20 + 1/12 + 1/15) i.e., 1/10
32. Work done per hour is + = The work done by P, Q and R in 6 days = 6 × 1/10 = 3/5
24 36 72 The remaining work = 1 – 3/5 = 2/5
72 Hence the time taken by P and Q to complete the remaining
 After hours i.e. 14 hours 24 minutes from 6 a.m. the
5
work =  2   1  = 8 days. Choice (C)
tank is empty.  5   20 
6 am + 14 hours 24 minutes = 8 : 24 p.m Choice (A)
7. The part of the tank filled by taps M and N in one minute are
33. Let the pipe Q be closed after a hours from 5 a.m. 1/30 and 2/45 respectively.
Given that, Let the tap M is turned off after t minutes.
21/18 – a/24 = 1  t/30 + 18(2/45) = 1  t/30 = 1 – 4/5  t = 6 minutes.
84 – 3a = 72 Therefore, the tap M is turned off after 6 minutes.
12 = 3a Choice (D)
a = 4 hours
Hence the required time = 5 a.m. + 4 hours = 9 a.m. 8. The part of the work done by P and R in 5 days
Choice (C) = 5(1/12 + 1/15) = 5(9/60) = 3/4
Thus, Q completed 1 – ¾ i.e., ¼ of the work.
34. Let the time taken by taps A, B and C (in minutes) be A, B Hence the amount to be paid to Q = 3600/4 = `900.
and C. Choice (C)
11  1 1  1
 + = - - (1) 9. Let the number of days taken for A and B to complete the job
26  A B  C be a and b respectively.
1 1 1 71 Given that, 1/a + 1/b = 1/12 ---------- (1)
Now + + == ------ (2) 4/a + 1/2b = 1/6 ---------- (2)
A B C 120 8 Solving (1) and (2)
Substituting (1) in (2) b = 21 days. Choice (B)
3 1
=  C = 24
i.e., 10. Required number of days = (36 × 8 × 12)/(24 × 9)
C 8 = 16 days Choice (A)
1 1 1 1
A= − − = . 11. Let the part of work done by a woman and a boy in one day
8 18 24 36 be w and y respectively.
 A fails in 36 minutes. Choice (D)  9w + 4y = 1/6 → (1)
3w + 2y = 1/16 → (2)
35. Let the time taken by A to fill the tank be A hours (1) – 2 × (2)  3w = 1/6 – 2/16
1 1 1 1 3  3w = 1/24  w = 1/72
+ − =1 =
A 2 4 A 4 Substituting w value in equation (2)
4  3(1/72) + 2y = 1/16
A fills the tank in ` hours  2y = 1/16 – 1/24  y = 1/96
3
Therefore, the part of work done by six women and eight
4 boys in one day = 6/72 + 8/96 = 1/6
 Capacity of tank is (60 × 60) = 4800 litres
3 Hence six women and eight boys can do four times the
Choice (D) amount of this work in 4 × 6 i.e., 24 days. Choice (D)

Exercise – 6(b) 12. Total number of hours required for Harsha to complete the
work = 12(8) = 96 hours
Total number of hours required for Madhu to complete the
Solutions for questions 1 to 30:
work =16(5) = 80 hours
Part of the work completed by Harsha and Madhu working
1. Part of the work done by Raj and Rehman in one minute
16  1 1
1 1 1 together at 51/3 hours in one day = + =11/90
= + = 3  96 80 
36 45 20 Required number of days = 90/11 = 82/11 days.
Required time = 20 minutes. Choice (D) Choice (C)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/129
 13. The ratio of the time taken by P, Q and R to complete the 23. The work done by the man per hour in three hours
work individually is  1 1 1  =  1
1/(1.6 × 1.5 × 1) : 1/(1.5 × 1 ) : 1 = 5 : 8 : 12  + +   
 70 140 280  40 
Let P takes 5a days, Q takes 8a days and R takes 12a days
th
to complete the work.
 He finishes  1  of the work every 3 hours
Given that, 8a – 5a = 30
 40 
a = 10
Part of the work completed by Q and R in one days Hence the work is completed in 120 hours. Choice (A)
= 1/80 + 1/120 = 1/48 24. The efficiencies ratio of Arun and Bali is 3 : 2.
 They complete the work in 48 days. Choice (D) As Arun takes 50 days. Bali can complete it in
50 x 3
14. Part of the work completed in first day = 1/36 = 75 day s
Part of the work completed in second day = 3/36 2
In the first six days, the part of the work completed Work done by A = 20 = 2
1 36 50 5
= (1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 + 11) i.e., =1
36 36  Bali takes 75 x 3 i.e., 45 days to do the remaining 3/5
Total time taken = 6 days. Choice (D) 5
of the work. Choice (C)
15. Part of the work completed by P, Q and R together in one
day = ½(1/24 + 1/20 + 1/30) = 1/16 25. From the given data, Bhaskar is the fastest. Hence he gets
P, Q and R together can complete it in 16 days the maximum. Choice (B)
Choice (C)
1 1 1
16. Let the number of days taken by P and Q to complete the 26. A, B and C can plough , and of a hectare in one day.
40 60 120
work be p and q respectively.
Given that, 1 1 1 1
The work done every three days = + + = .
3p/5 + 2q/5 = 12 ------ (1) 40 60 120 20
2p/5 + 3q/5 = 15 ------- (2) Hence they can plough in 60 days. Choice (D)
solving 1 and 2  p = 6 and q = 21 Choice (B)
27. Using variation concept, we have
17. Given data can also be written as – 2 days of (A + C)'s work 50 × 18 × 20 = 30 × H × 75  H = 8. Choice (C)
+ 2 days of (B + C)'s work + 4(A + B)'s work
Required fraction = 2/8 + 2/16 + 4/12 = 17/24. 28. Let the time taken by the first, second and third pipes to
Choice (B) empty the pool (in hours) be t1, t2 and t3 respectively.
1 1 1  1
18. Required number of days =15/0.25 – 32 i.e. 28 days.  + = –––– (1)
Choice (C) 2  t 1 t 2  t 3
1 1
19. Part of the tank emptied by the leak in one minute Given =
= (1/36 + 1/48) –1/24 = 1/144 t 3 12
Required time = 144 minutes = 2 hours 24 minutes. 1 1 1
Choice (D)  + =
t1 t 2 6
20. Given, the part of the tank filled by M in one hour = 1/12 1 1 1
The part of the tank emptied by N in one hour = 1/20  Required time = + = i.e., 4 hours.
6 12 4
The part of the tank filled by M and N in one hour
= 1/12 – 1/20 = (5 – 3)/60 = 1/30 Choice (B)
The time taken by M and N to fill three-fourth of the tank
M1D1H1 M2D2H2
= (3/4) × 30 = 221/2 hours. Choice (A) 29. Using variation concept, we've =
W1 W2
21. Let the first, the second, the third and the fourth inlets can fill Substituting the given unknowns, we've, 30 x 60/72
the reservoir in a, b, c and d minutes respectively. = 54 × 75/W2
1 1 1  W2 = 162. Choice (D)
Giv en, + = → (1) 1 1 1
a d 40 Giv en, + = → (1)
a d 40 30. Time taken by A and B together to fill the tank
1 1 11 1 1 1
Giv +en,+ + = = → (→ 2) (11) + 1 + 1 = 1 → (2) =
1560
= 12 hours.
1 1 a a d 40
1b c 30 a b c 30
Giv en, + = → (1 ) 130
a d 1+ 11 11 11
+ ++ == →→(3()2) + + =
40 1 1 1 1
→ (3 ) Let c fills the tank in x hours.
1 1 1 a b1 cb dc 24 30 b c d 24
+ + = → (2) 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 11  11 1 1 1 (3 1+ 4 + 51 ) =+1 1 + 1 = (3 + 4 + 5) = 1 Given, + =  =  x = 36. Choice (C)
(1) + (2) + (3a1) b12 1c1+(11)130 ( ) ( )
30 (3b)24 c d120
++ 2
1+ +
+ + 
3 =  2+
 + + + = +  = x 12 9 x 36
+ +a =bb c → c d(3d) =4024
→
a
 40 10
 30 24 120 10
b c d 24 Chapter – 7
 1 1 11 11  1 11 11  1 + (3++ 4++ 5 )= 1
1 1 1 1 1
(2) + (3)(1) +2(21) ++(31) +12+ 1 += +1 a+++b1 ++c=1+ d==+(320+ 4++ 5a) ==b1 c d =20 (Averages – Mixtures – Alligations)
a b c a
d  b 40c 30
d  2440 30
120 24 10 120 10
1 1 1 1 1
Exercise – 7(a)
 + + + 1= 1 1 1 1
a b c d + 20+ + = Solutions for questions 1 to 25:
a b c d 20
Therefore, for all the four inlets it will take 20 minutes to fill 1. The average of all even natural numbers less than 200
the reservoir. Choice (C) sum of all ev en natural numbers less than 200
=
22. Let the time taken by Ajay, Bhavan and Charan working Number of ev en numbers less than 200
together to complete the work be t hours. Bhavan and Sum of all even natural numbers = 2 + 4 + 6 + 8 + ------- +
Charan to complete the work are t + 2 hours and t + 5 hours. 198. This is the same as the sum of the first 99 even natural
1 11 1 1 numbers. The sum of the first n even natural numbers is
Given, ++ = 1 + = t=1 given by n (n + 1).
2 2t + 2 t + 5 t
Their average = n(n + 1)/n = n + 1
Working together they can complete the work in 1 hour. Hence average of first 99 even natural numbers = 100.
Choice (A) Choice (A)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/130
2. Given that, 15. Let the average runs scored by a cricket player, who has
48m + 146 = 50(m + 1) played 44 innings be r.
50m – 48m = 146 – 50  m = 48 44(r) + 108 = 45(r – 1)
Required value = m + 1 = 48 + 1 = 49. Choice (C) r = 108 + 45 = 153
Required number of average runs = 153. Choice (C)
3. Annual income of Abhijith
= {8000(3) + 9600(5) + 10500(4)} + 36000 16. Let the number of women in that industry be a.
= 114000 + 36000 = ₹1,50,000 Given, 36(600) + 400a = (36 + a) 520
Monthly income of Abhijith = 150000/12 = ₹12,500.  36 (80) = 120a  a = 24
Choice (B)  Total number of workers = 36 + 24 = 60. Choice (B)
4. Required average score at the end of the test 17. Let the average amount paid by all men be ₹a.
= 45(52 ) + 144 = 54. Choice (B) 34 (120) + a + 204 = 35 (a)
46 34a = 34 (126)  a = ₹126
Required total amount paid = 35 (126) = ₹4,410.
5. Total points of 90 players = 90(48) = 4320 Choice (C)
Total points of 15 players = 15(38) = 570
Total points of 25 players = 25(54) = 1350 18. Let cost price of 1 liter milk be ₹1.
Selling price of 1 liter of mixture = ₹1, Gain = 100/3 %
Required average points = (4320 − 570 + 1350 ) = 51. Cost price of 1 liter of mixture = (100 × 3/400 × 1) = ¾
100
By the rule of alligation, we have ratio of water and milk
Choice (C)
= ¼ : ¾ = 1 : 3. Choice (B)
6. Required concentration of acid in resultant solution
24. Given that,
= 2(0.17) + 11(0.4) + 6(0.35)  100 % = 36%. Choice (D) Sum of the weights of 42 students = 42(15) = 630 kg
19
Sum of the weights of the students and the teacher
= 43(16) = 688 kg
7. Let the required quantity of sugar solution be a liters.
Required average = (688 – 630) i.e., 58 kg. Choice (B)
Given that,
a(0.6) + 45(0.8) = (a + 45)0.75 20. Total age of all the students in section A = 32(13.5) = 432 years
2.25 = a(0.15)  a = 15 Total age of all the students in section B = 48(16) = 768 years
Required quantity of sugar solution = 15 liters. Total number of students in the class = 32 + 48 = 80
Choice (B) Required average age = (432 + 768)/80 = 15 years.
Choice (C)
8. Required number = 18(43) + 18(47) – 35 (44)
= 18(43 + 47) – 35(44) = 80. Choice (A)
21. Required average = 100(54.3) − 100(4.5)
9. There are 30 days in the month of June. As the 1st is Sunday, 100
there will be 5 Sundays in that month. = 100(54.3 − 4.5) = 54.3 – 4.5 = 49.8. Choice (B)
Hence the average number of visitors per day 100
=
25(330 ) + 5(540 ) = 275 + 90 = 365. Choice (A)
30 22. The quantity of milk in the new solution
= (7/16) × 160 + (3/8) × 96 = 70 + 36 = 106 liters
10. Let x be the required quantity of milk. The quantity of water in the new liquid = (160 + 96) – 106
Quantity of milk in the mixture = (7/12)(60) = 35 liters = 150 liters
(35 + x ) = 2 Hence, the required ratio = 106 : 150 = 53 : 75.
Choice (D)
(60 + x ) 3
x = 15 liters. Choice (C) 23. Average of odd number of consecutive numbers is the
middle number of the given series.
11. Let the quantities of A and B mixed be 5a and 2a The middle number is 28.
respectively. Hence the last five numbers are 31, 32, …. 35.
Let the cost price of A be p. So, the required average = 33. Choice (C)
5a (p) + 2a (p + 14) = 7a (31)
7ap + 28a = 217a 24. Let the ages of P, Q, R, M and N be p, q, r, m and n years
7ap = 189a respectively.
p = 27  p + q + r = 3 × 72  p + q + r = 216 → (1)
Required cost price of B = 27 + 14 = ₹41. Choice (D) p + q + r + m = 4 × 76  216 + m = 304 [from (1)]
 m = 88
12. Let 100a liters be the total quantity of pure milk solution. n = m + 4  n = 92
Required percentage of milk in the resultant solution q + r + m + n = 4 × 80
2
 100 – 20   216 – p + 88 + 92 = 320 [from (1)]
=   ×75
100
% = 64%. Choice (B)
 100   p = 76
Therefore, the age of P = 76 years. Choice (C)
13. Required average cost for each unit of the article produced 25. Let 80l liters be the total quantity of the mixture initially.
= 300(45 ) + 200(50 ) = `47. Choice (A) 50l 3
500 Given that, =
30l + 24 5
14. Let the quantities of P and Q mixed be 5x kg and 3x kg  250l = 90l + 72
respectively.  160l = 72  80l = 36
Cost price of one kg of mixture of rice Required quantity of the mixture = 36 liters. Choice (A)
5x (46 ) + 3x(50 )
= = 47.5 Exercise – 7(b)
8x
Selling price of one kg of mixture sold at a profit of 20% Solutions for questions 1 to 25:
6 1. Total age of 6 members of the family = 35 (6) = 210 years
= 47.5 × = ₹57
5 Total age of 5 members of the family 5 years ago
Required amount of profit made by sellling 12 kg of rice = 210 – 6(5) = 180 years
= 12 (57 – 47.5) = ₹114. Choice (B) Required average = 180/5 = 36 years. Choice (B)

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/131
2. The sum of 75 numbers = 75(24) = 1800 14. Total wages for the first 10 days = 480 (10) = ₹4,800
Resultant sum after removing 48, 64 and 104 from the 75 Total wages for the last 10 days = 420 (10) = ₹4,200
numbers = 1800 – 48 – 64 – 104 = 1584 Total wages for 21 days = 450(21) = `9,450
Required average = 1584/72 = 22. Choice (D) Required wage on 11th day = 9450 – 4200 – 4800 = ₹450.
Choice (B)
3. Total wages for the first 15 days = 310 (15) = ₹4,650
Total wages for the last 15 days = 400 (15) = ₹6,000 15. Let t be the temperature on Thursday.
Total wages for total 31 days = 360 (31) = ₹11,160 Total temperature on Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday
Required wage on 16th day = 11160 – 4650 – 6000 = `510. = 21(3) = 63 degrees
Choice (B) Total temperature on Friday, Saturday and Sunday
= 25(3) = 75 degrees
4. Total price of 15 chairs and initially = 15 (800) = ₹12000
Given that,
Total price after replacing a chair with a new chair
63 + t + 75 = 7t
= 15 (784) = `11,760
6t = 75 + 63
Required price = 11760 + 720 – 12000 = `480.
6t = 138
Choice (A)
t = 23 degrees
5. Sum of the price of remaining two pens Required temperature = 23 degrees. Choice (C)
= 15 × 12 – 13 × 13 = `11
Let a be the price of the pen which is the least between the 4
remaining two. 16. Actual price of the mixture without profit =  (6)
3
Given that,
a + 1.2a = 11  a = `5 = 8 kg per `192 = `24 per kg.
Price of the another pen = 1.2(5) = `6 180
Cost of sugar A = = `20 per kg
Required prices are `5 and `6. Choice (D) 9
6. By the rule of alligation, Cost of sugar B = 180 = `36 per kg
5
46 52
Using alligation and mixtures, ratio of A and B in the mixture
is
48.5 20 36

24
3.5 2.5

Required ratio = 3.5 : 2.5 = 7 : 5. Choice (C) 12 4

7. Let g be the number of girls in the class.
66g + (72 – g)55 = 4400 Ratio of A and B in the mixture = 12 : 4 = 3 : 1
Required percentage = ¼ (100%) = 25%. Choice (D)
11g + 3960 = 4400
11g = 4400 – 3960  11g = 440  g = 40
17. Let ₹100a be the amount deposited at 15% p.a.
Required number of girls = 40. Choice (B)
Given that,
8. The correct sum of the 39 scores (100a)0.15 + (24000 – 100a) 0.12 = 3360
= 39 × 48 – (12 + 6 + 24 + 15) + (21 + 60 + 42 + 51) 3a + 2880 = 3360
= 39 × 48 + 117 = 39(48 + 3) = 39 × 51 3a = 3360 – 2880
39 x 51 a = 160
The correct mean(average) = = 51. Required amount deposited at 15% p.a. = 100(160)
39 = ₹16,000. Choice (D)
Choice (D)
18. Let the volume of water and ethanol in the mixture be 7p and
9. The quantity of milk in the new solution 5p respectively. Then the total volume of the mixture will be 12p.
4
=( ) × 260 + ( 3 ) × 99 = 80 + 27 = 107 liters Let q be the volume of mixture that must be siphoned off and
13 11 replaced with ethanol.
The quantity of water in the new liquid  7p – 7q/12 = 5p – 5q/12 + q
= (260 + 99) – 107 = 252 liters  7p – 5p = q + 7q/12 – 5q/12
Hence the required ratio = 107 : 252. Choice (C)  2p = 7q/6
10. Total weight of the 60 students in the class  q = 12p/7
= 60(32) = 1920 kg Therefore, the part of the mixture that must be siphoned and
Total weight of the class including newly joined 15 students replaced with ethanol
= 75(34) = 2550 kg = q /12p = (12p/7)/12p = 1/7. Choice (A)
Total weight of the newly joined 15 students
= 2550 – 1920 = 630 kg 19. Total price of all the items = 8(550) + 5(720) + 7(960)
Required average weight of the 15 students = 630/15 = 42 kg. = 14720
Choice (C) Total number of items = 8 + 5 + 7 = 20
Required average price = 14720 = ₹736. Choice (D)
11. Let us assume each alloy is 1 kg. 20
Copper in 2 kg of new alloy = (4/9 + 7/15) = 41/45
Bronze in 2 kg of new alloy = (5/9 + 8/15) = 49/45 20. There are 31 days in the month of December. As the 1st is
Ratio of copper and bronze in new alloy Saturday, there will be 5 Sundays in that month.
= 41/45 : 49/45 = 41 : 49. Choice (C) Hence, the average number of visitors per day
= [26(279) + 5(403)]/31 = 234 + 65 = 299. Choice (A)
12. Required quantity of milk = 50(1 – 10/50)2 = 32 liters.
Choice (B) 21. Required value of x = 15 × 540 – 14 × 535
13. Total weight of 45 students = 45 (34) = 1530 kg i.e., 610 mm (or) 61 cm. Choice (B)
Total weight of the students including teacher
= 46 (35) = 1610 kg 22. Let the strength of section B be x. Then we have
Required weight of the teacher = 1610 – 1530 = 80 kg. 72  63 + x  70 = 67  x = 96 Choice (B)
Choice (D) 72 + x
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/132
23. Let q be the required quantity of rice. 4. A number which is divisible by both 3 and 4 is also divisible
48 × q + 15 × 32 = (q + 15)40 by 12.
48q – 40q = 15(40 – 32) 4 + 2 + 3 + 5 + a + 8 + 9 + 6 + 6 + b + 2 = a + b + 45
8q = 15(8) a + b should be a multiple of 3 –––– (1)
q = 15 kg (b2) = multiple of 4
Required quantity of rice = 15 kg. Choice (B) So, b = 1 or 3 or 5 or 7 –––– (2)
a – b = 3 –––– (3)
24. Let w liters of water be added to 15 liters of milk From equations (1), (2) and (3) we can say a = 6 and b = 3.
Total cost price = 15 × 40 = 600 Choice (C)
Total selling price = (15 + w) × 42
Since a profit of 19% is made, (15 + w) × 42 = 1.19 × 600 5. 15x 67y is divisible by 66 i.e. 6 and 11.
714 − 630 By using divisibility rule of '6' in the above number, x + y
w= = 2 liters. Choice (A) should be 2, 5, 8, 11, 14, 17.
42
Now 15 x 67y should be divisible by 11, which is possible
25. The total marks scored by top 4 students is only when x = y + 3.
50 (85) – 46 (84) = 386 marks From the above, y = 4 and x = 7.
 The average score of the top 4 students is  x + y = 11 Choice (A)
386 = 96.5 marks. Choice (D) 6. (1.04)3 + 3(1.04)2 (0.96) + 3(1.04) (0.96)2 + (0.96)3
4 = (1.04 + 0.96)3 = (2)3 = 8. Choice (B)
Chapter – 8
(Numbers) 7.  1
 (
5 + of 19 − 10 + 8 − 2
 2
)! 
Exercise – 8(a) 1
= 5 + 1 of 19 − ( 10 + 6 )  !  = 5 + of 3!
  2
Solutions for questions 1 to 25:  2   
= [5 + 3] = 8. Choice (C)
1. (a) For a number to be divisible by 8, the number
formed by the last three digits of that number must be 8. Let the number be N and the divisor be d.
divisible by 8. Then, N = dq + 217
For a number to be divisible by 3, the sum of its 2N = 2dq + 434
digits must be divisible by 3. 2N ÷ d, r = 104  (434 – 104) i.e. 330 is divisible by d. As d
Among the choices, only choice (B) choice (C) and > 217, d = 330. Choice (A)
choice (D) is divisible by 3. But choice (D) is divisible by
8 also. Choice (D) 9. The required divisor = 345 + 425 – 185 = 585.
Choice (B)
(b) For a number to be divisible by 4, number formed
by its last two digits must be divisible by 4. This 10. The six bells toll together for an interval of least common
condition is satisfied only by choices (B), (C) and (D) of multiple of 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 seconds i.e., 120 seconds.
these choices, only choice (C) is divisible by 6. Hence, Thus, for every 2 minutes the six bells will toll together.
choice (C) is divisible by both 4 and 6. Choice (C) If the six bells toll together at 0 seconds, in 50 minutes they
will toll together another 25 times.
(c) For a number to be divisible by 18, it must be divisible Therefore in 50 minutes the five bells toll together for 25 + 1
by its factors i.e.2 and 9. i.e., 26 times. Choice (C)
A number is divisible by 2, if its last digit is divisible
by 2. 11. LCM of 16, 24, 36, 96 and 288 = 288
A number is divisible by 9, if its sum of the digits is Required number = 288 + 7 = 295. Choice (C)
divisible by 9. 12. LCM of 14, 36 and 56 = 504
Among the choices, choices (A) and (D) are divisible by Required number = 504 – 19 = 485. Choice (C)
2. Of these choices, only choice (A) is divisible by 9.
Hence choice (A) is divisible by 18. Choice (A) 13. LCM of 9, 12 and 13 = 468
The number would be in the form 468k + 6, where k is
(d) For a number to be divisible by 11, difference of the sum
a natural number.
of its digits in the odd places and the sum of its digits in
1404 is the smallest four-digit multiple of 468.
the even places must be 0 or divisible by 11. This
Therefore, the required number = 1404 + 6 = 1410.
condition is satisfied by choices (B) and (4) only.
Choice (D)
For a number to be divisible by 12 it must be divisible
by its factors 4 and 3. 14. 2 – 1 = 3 – 2 = 5 – 4 = 7 – 6 = 1
Both choices (B) and (D) are divisible by 3 but only Therefore, the required number = LCM (2, 3, 5, 7) – 1
choice (B) is divisible by 4. Hence choice (B) is = 210 – 1 = 209. Choice (B)
divisible by both 11 and 12. Choice (B)
15. LCM of 28, 35 and 42 = 420
2. (a) 5040 = 504 × 10 In all the cases the difference between divisor and remainder
= 72 × 7 × 10 = 23 × 32 × 7 × (2 × 5) is 3.
= 2 4 × 32 × 5 × 7 Choice (A) 840 is the greatest three-digit number divisible by 420.
 840 – 3 i.e., 837 is the required number. Choice (C)
(b) 1656 = 24 × 69
= 22 × 32 × 231 Choice (A) 16. The greatest value of the divisor = HCF of [(5390 – 25),
(6400 – 20)]
3. Given, 86432m4 is divisible by 36, that means it is divisible = HCF of (5365, 6380) = 145. Choice (A)
by both 4 and 9.
The sum of the digits of the number 17. Let the number be n which divides 127, 223 and 95 leaving
= 8 + 6 + 4 + 3 + 2 + m + 4 = 27 + m a reminder r
As the number is divisible by 9, 27 + m must be divisible by 9. The required number then becomes H.C.F of
Therefore m = 0 or 9 127 – r, 223 – r and 95 – r
As the number is divisible by 4, m4 must be divisible by 4. It could also be the H.C.F of
This condition is satisfied if m = 0 or 2 or 4 or 6 or 8. (127 – r) – (95 – r) and (223 – r) – (127 – r) i.e. 32 and 96
Since the number is divisible by both 4 and 9, m = 0.  H.C.F of 32 and 96 = 32
Choice (A) The required number n is 32. Choice (B)

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/133
18. Product of two numbers always equal to the product of their 5. Let the number be n.
LCM and HCF.  [3½ (n – 5½) + 8]/2¼ = 30
ab = (LCM) (HCF) 7 11
= (68) (17) = 1156. Choice (B)  (n – ) + 8 = 30 × 2 ¼
2 2
19. 4m 59 cm = 459 cm 7 11 9
5m 61cm = 561 cm  (n – ) + 8 = 30 ×
459 = 33 × 171 2 2 4
561 = 31 × 111 × 171 7 11 135
 (n – )= –8
HCF of 459 and 561 = 3 × 17 = 51 2 2 2
Therefore, each side of the square tile = 51 cm.
11 119 2 45 1
459 561 n– = × n=  n = 22
Therefore, minimum of tiles required = = 99. 2 2 7 2 2
51 51 Choice (B)
Choice (D)
6. Let the book has n pages and thee number he missed x
20. A zero at the end of a product comes from the product of 2
n(n + 1)
and 5. Given, – x = 1023
None of the prime numbers except 2 is even. None of the 2
prime numbers except 5 is divisible by 5. By trial and error n = 45 and x = 12. Choice (D)
Therefore, the product ends with 1 zero. Choice (A)
7. The sum of all the natural numbers from 1 to 300 which are
21. Let x = 2. 6 divisible by 8
37
 10X = 26. 6 = 8 + 16 + 24 + …. + 296 = × [8 + 296]
2
 9x = 24  x = 8/3
= 37 × 152 = 5624 Choice (A)
Let y = 0.2 7  10y = 2. 7 and 100y = 27. 7
 90y = 25  y = 5/18 8. Let the four consecutive even integers be
x 8 18 48 a – 3, a – 1, a + 1 and a + 3.
 =  = = 9.6. Choice (D)  (a – 3)2 + (a – 1)2 + (a + 1)2 + (a + 3)2 = 6420
y 3 5 5
 a2 – 6a + 9 + a2 – 2a + 1 + a2 + 2a + 1 + a2 + 6a + 9 = 6420
22. 576 = 26 × 32  4a2 = 6400  a2 = 1600  a = 40
Number of divisors of 576 = (6 + 1) (2 + 1) = 21 Therefore, the four consecutive odd integers are 37, 39, 41
Number of divisors of 576 excluding 1 and itself and 43. Choice (A)
= 21 – 2 = 19. Choice (D)
9. If a + b + c = 0, then a3 + b3 + c3 = 3abc
23. Number of ways in which 2400 can be expressed as (0.111)3 + (0.222)3 – (0.333)3
a product of two of its factors = (0.111)3 + (0.222)3 + (–0.333)3
= (Number of factors of 2400)/2 = 3 × 0.111 × 0.222 × (–0.333)
2400 = 25 × 31 × 52
Number of factors of 2400 = (5 + 1) (1 + 1) (2 + 1) = 36 
(0.111)3 + (0.222)3 − (0.333)3
Number of ways in which 2400 can be expressed as 0.111 0.222 0.333
a product of two its factors = 36/2 = 18. Choice (C)
=
3  0.111  0.222  (−0.333 ) = –3. Choice (D)
24. 600 = 23 × 31 × 52 0.111  0.222  0.333 
Hence the number of factors = 4 × 2 × 3 = 24.
Choice (D) 10. LCM (18, 48 and 80) = 720
In all the cases the difference between divisor and remainder
25. We have (a13 + a23 + a33 + …. + an3) is divisible by is 7.
(a1 + a2 + a3 + …. + an). Required answer = 720 – 7 = 713. Choice (A)
Given, x = (233 + 253 + 273), then x is divisible by 23 + 25 +
27 i.e., 75. 11. Sum of first n even natural numbers = n(n + 1)
Therefore, x when divided by 75 it leaves a remainder of The sum of all the even natural numbers from 1 to 90 (both
zero. Choice (B) inclusive). i.e. 45 even numbers
= 45(46) = 2070. Choice (D)
Exercise – 8(b)
12. The first bell tolls for every 6/3 i.e., 2 minutes and second
Solutions for questions 1 to 35:
bell tolls for every 15/12 minutes.
The sum of first n natural numbers is n(n + 1) .
Time taken for them to toll together for the first time = LCM
1.
2 of (2, 15/12) = 10 minutes
Hence the sum of first 28 consecutive natural numbers Required number of times = 60/10 = 6. Choice (A)
28 x 29
= = 406 Choice (B) 13. We have 112 = 121 ; 1012 = 10201 ; 10012
2 = 1002001 ; 100012 = 100020001 ;
1000012 = 10000200001
2. The HCF of 35 × 73 × 57 × 13 and 34 × 55 × 74 × 11 Given, m2 = 10000200001 = 1000012
= 34 × 55 × 73. Choice (D)  m = 100001. Choice (C)
3. 20790 = 2 × 33 × 5 × 7 × 11
The prime factors of 20790 are 2, 3, 5, 7 and 11. 14. LCM of 7, 6, 11 is 462.
Choice (D)  The required number = 462 + 3 = 465.
Choice (D)
4. Looking at the information provided, we can conclude that, if
5 is added to the required number, it would be divisible by all 15. Sum of the first n odd natural numbers = n2
the divisors. The sum of all the odd numbers in the first 90 natural
LCM of 32, 40 and 48 is 480. numbers implies,
The required number is of the form 480n – 5 = 11 + 13 + 15 + …. + 89
Solving, we get that the number is 480 × 20 – 5 = (1 + 3 + 5 + …. + 89) = 452
i.e., 9595 is the required number. Choice (C) i.e. 2025 Choice (B)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/134
16. The three bells toll together after an interval that is a least  
g  2g 
common multiple of 6, 15 and 20 seconds i.e., 60 seconds.  g°+   = 2t°    = t°
3 
Thus, after an interval of one minute, the three bells will toll    3 
together. Again, g° + l° + t° = 180°
Therefore, in 30 minutes, the three bells toll together for 30.  
Choice (D)  g  2g 
g° +   +   = 180
17. The greatest five-digit number formed with the given digits is 3  3 
65431 and the least number is 13456. (2g)° = 180°
Hence the required difference = 51975 Choice (A) g° = 90°. Choice (B)

18. HCF of (270, 450, 630 and 810) = 90 3.

270/90 + 450/90 + 630/90 + 810/90 = 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 = 24 A
Required number of persons = 24/2 = 12. Choice (A)

19. Let the number be 29p + 4, where p = 0, 1, 2, …..

If (29p + 4) is divided by 12, the remainder is 5. D E
Therefore 29p + 4 – 5 i.e., 29p – 1 is divisible by 12.
The smallest value of ‘p’ for which (29p – 1) is divisible by 12
is p = 5.
Therefore, the required number = 29 × 5 + 4 = 149. B C
Choice (C)
DEIIBC  ADE = ABC and AED = ACB –––– (1)
20. 2025 = 52 × 34 (  Corresponding angles are equal)
Number of divisors of 2025 = (4 + 1) (2 + 1) = 15 DAE = BAC –––– (2)
Number of divisors of 2025 excluding 1 and itself (1) and (2)  ADE ∼ ABC
= 15 – 2 = 13. Choice (A)
(2) Ratio of the areas of ADE and ABC = 1 : 2
[  DE divides ABC into two parts of equal area).
21. 82.7 65 = 82 + 0.7 65 (Ratio of corresponding sides of ADE and ABC)2
765− 7 =1:2
= 82 + 2
990  AE  1 AE 1
 
758  AC  = 2 ; AC =
= 82 +   2
990
= (81180 + 758)/990  AE : EC = 1 : 2 −1. Choice (B)
i.e., 81938/990 Choice (C)
4. Let the number of sides in it be N.
22. 0.0abab ------------ N (N − 3)
2 = 3N
=0.03636 ----------- 2
55 (N − 3)
=3
 a = 3; b = 6 2
 ab = 18. Choice (B)
N−3 =6
23. 840 = (3) (5)(7)
23 N=9
Hence the number of factors = 4 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 32. The polygon is a Nonagon. Choice (B)
Choice (D)
5.
24. 2565 is divisible by 9 A E B
 X is exactly divisible by 9.  
So, remainder is 0. Choice (C)

25. Let the two numbers be 27a and 27b.

 
Then their LCM is 27ab = 162
 
 ab = 8
 (a, b) = (1, 6) or (2, 3) D C
 There are two possibilities. Choice (B) EC bisects C and ED bisects D.
 BCE = ECD and ADE = EDC
Chapter – 9 Let ECD = ° and EDC = °, then BCE = ° and ADE
(Geometry and Mensuration) = ° –––– (1)
Exercise – 9(a) CEB = ° and AED = ° (  ABIIDC  Alternate angles
are equal.
Solutions for questions 1 to 35:  ECD = CEB and EDC = AED) –––– (2)
(1) and (2)  AED and EBC are isosceles.
1. Let the larger and the smaller angles be l° and s° respectively.   AD = AE and EB = BC
l° + s° = 90° –––– (1) Since ABCD is a parallelogram, AD = BC.
l l  AE = EB = AD = BC
and 5s° are supplementary i.e., +5s° = 180° –––– (2)
2 2 2 (AB + BC) = 24 cm
Solving (1) and (2), l° = 60° and s° = 30° AB + BC = 12 cm
Difference = l° − s° = 30°. Choice (C) AE + EB + BC = 12 cm
BC + BC + BC = 12 cm
2. Let the greatest angle, the least angle and the third angle be BC = 4 cm. Choice (B)
g°, l° and t° respectively.
g° = 3l° 6. (PT)(TQ) = (RT)(TS)
g° − t° = t° − l° (4)(6) = (4.8)(TS)
g° + l° = 2t°  ST = 5 cm. Choice (C)

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
nd

Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/135

7. Let the shorter of its parallel sides be s cm and the longer of 12. Let the sides of one of the triangles be a cm, b cm, and c cm.
its parallel sides be 2s cm. Let the sides of the other triangle be d cm, e cm, and f cm
1 respectively.
Its area = (10)(s + 2s) [Link] = 90 [Link] d e f
2 Let = = =k
15s = 90 a b c
s = 6. Choice (B) (∵ The triangles are similar) –––– (1)
8. TPS + PSV = 180° (  TQIIVR  co interior angles are
Method – 1
supplementary).
Given a + b + c = d + e + f
2 TPS = 3 PSV
a + b + c = ka + kb + kc
2 (a + b + c) (1 − k) = 0
 PSV = TPS.
3 a, b, c > 0
2 a + b + c > 0 i.e. a + b + c  0
 TPS + TPS = 180° 1 − k = 0 i.e. k = 1
3 d = a, e = b, f = c.
TPS = 108° The triangles are congruent.
PQRS is a cyclic quadrilateral. Choice (A) and (B) follow
 QRS = TPS. [∵ QRS + SPQ
= 180° and TPS + SPQ = 180°) Method – 2
 QRS = 108°. Choice (A) (1)  Ratio of the corresponding sides of the first and the
1
9. Let the radius of each circle be r units. second triangles =
k
AB = AD = 4r units.
1 1
 ABCD is a square of side 4r units.  = (Perimeters are equal).
Let E, F, G and H be the centers of the circles as shown k 1
below. k = 1
 The triangles are congruent. Choice (D)
E F
e f 13. Let the length and the breadth of R be lm and bm.
R has distinct dimensions,
 l > b –––– (1)
h g Let the side of s be a m.
H G Perimeter of R = 2(l + b) m. Its area = lb sq.m.
Perimeter of S = 4 a m. Its area = a2sq.m.
Choice (A)
EF = FG = GH = EH = 2r units. 2 (l + b) = 4a
EFGH is a square of side 2r units. l + b = 2a
Area of the region between the circles = Area of EFGH − (1)  l and b must have the forms a + k and a − k where
(Area of the sectors e, f, g and h). k > 0.
Area of each of the sectors e, f, g and l.b = (a + k)(a − k) = a2 − k2 which is < a2
90  Choice (A) is true.
h= r2 [Link]. Choice (B)
360
lb = a2 –––– (2)
Area of 4 sectors = r2 sq. units.
If l, b > a, l.b > a2
Area of the region between the circles
If l, b < a, l.b < a2
 2  For (2) to be satisfied, l and b must both be neither more
= [(2r)2 − 4. r ] [Link] = (4 − ) r2sq. units
4 than nor less than a.
The required ratio = (4 − )r2 : (4r)2 (1)  l > a > b
= (4 − ) : 16. Choice (C)  Choice (B) is true.
Choice (C) is follows. Choice (C)
10.
P Q 14. Clearly the three sides of a right-angled triangle
Area of the triangle is ½ base × height
= 1/2 × 5 × 12 = 30 [Link]. Choice (B)
I
15. Let the length and the breadth of the rectangle be l cm and
b cm respectively.
Its area = l.b [Link] and its perimeter = 2 (l + b) cm.
l.b = 2 (l + b)
S R
l.b − 2l − 2b = 0
PIQ, QIR, RIS and SIP are s. Adding 4 to both sides, we get l (b − 2) − 2 (b − 2) = 4.
The sum of any two sides of a triangle must be greater than (l − 2)(b − 2) = 4
its third side.  The required area = 4 [Link]. Choice (B)
 For each triangle mentioned above, this must hold true.
 PI + IQ > PA, QI + IR > QR, SI + IR > SR and PI + IS > PS. 16. Let the length, the breadth and the height of the cuboid be
Adding these, 2 (PI + QI + RI + SI) > perimeter of PQRS. ℓ m, b m and h m respectively.
Perimetreof PQRS Areas of any three of its adjacent faces are lb sq.m, bh sq.m
 <2 and lh sq.m.
PI + QI + RI + SI  lb, bh and lh are 48, 32 and 24 not necessarily in the given
Only choice (D) satisfies this condition. Choice (D) order.
(lb)(bh)(lh) = (48)(32)(24)
11. Any two sides can have the same sum only when all the (lbh)2 = (16.3)(16.2)(4.6)
sides are equal. Any two sides can have the same product
only when all the sides are equal. lbh = 16 2.4.6 2 = 16.2.6 = 192.
 Both I and II are true. Choice (C)  Volume = 192 cubic m. Choice (B)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/136
 15 36√2
17. r = and h = 14. 26. Length of the side of the square = cm = 36 cm.
2 √2
Perimeter of the square = (4)(36) = 144 cm.
1 2 Since the square is reshaped into an equilateral triangle
Volume of the cone = r h cubic cm.
3 Side of the equilateral triangle =
144
= 48 cm.
2 3
1  15  Now,
= π   .14
 2 
3 √3
Area of the triangle = (48)2 = 576√3 [Link]
4
1 Choice (D)
 (787.5) = 262.5. Choice (A)
3
27. The hexagon can be divided into six equilateral triangles of
18. Let the radius of each bottle be r cm. equal areas.
Radius of the bowl = 2r cm. 3
2 Area of the hexagon = 6   4  4 = 24 3 cm2.
Volume of the bowl =  (2r)3 cubic cm. 4
3 Choice (C)
Let the height of each bottle be h cm.
Total volume of the bottles = 4 (r2h) cubic cm. 28. Let r be the radius of circle, and a be the side of the square.
Total volume of the bottles = Volume of the bowl. r2 4 r 2
(  The bowl become completely full and the cylinders were  r2 = 4a2  =  = Choice (A)
a2  a 
initially completely filled)
2 16 3
4 (r2h) = (2r)3 = r 29. The circumference of the circle is equal to the perimeter of
3 3 the rectangle.
4 r 3 Let ℓ = 6x and b = 5x
h= r = . Choice (A) 22
3 h 4 2(6x + 5x) = 2   3.5  x = 1
7
19. Let the length and breadth of the rectangle be 5k and 4k. ℓ = 6 cm and b = 5 cm
Given, area = 180 Area of the rectangle = 6  5 = 30 cm2 Choice (B)
20k 2 = 180  k 2 = 9  k = 3
Perimeter is = 2(5k + 4k) = 2 × 9k = 18 × 3 = 54 cm. 30. Let 3x, 11x be the sides of the rectangle.
Choice (C) Area = 3x  11x = 33x2 = 132
132
20. Area of the pavement =  ((70 + 7)2 − 702) sq.m. x2 = =4
22 33
 (772 − 702) sq.m. = (77 + 70)(77 − 70) sq.m.
7 x=2
= (22)(147) sq.m. = 3234 sq.m.  b = 3  2 = 6 m, l = 11  2 = 22 m
Total cost = `(3234)(10) = `32,340. Choice (A)  Perimeter = 2(22 + 6) = 56 m. Choice (B)
21. Let the inner radius of the cylinder be r cm.
31. PQRS is a rhombus S
Volume of the sphere = Volume of the cylinder formed.
If s is the side, 4s = 68
4
 (6)3 = (r + 3)2(12) − r2(12) 68
3 s= = 17 cm
4 4
(6)3 = 12 ((r + 3)2 − r2) P R
Let the centre of the rhombus be O. O
3
4 30
(216) OR = = 15, RS = 17,
3 2
= r2 + 6r + 9 − r2 RS2 = OR2 + OS2 gives Q
12
24 = 6r + 9 OS2 = 172 – 152 = 64, OS = 8 cm
2.5 = r The other diagonal QS = 2  8 = 16 cm. Choice (A)
r + 3 = 5.5. Choice (B)
32. Area of a parallelogram
22. Area of path 40 × 5 + 25 × 5 – 5 × 5 = 300 sq.m. = base  altitude = 12  8 = 96 cm2. Choice (D)
Choice (C)
33. Volume of the cylinder = r2h
23. Given ratio of the areas of the two circles is 289 : 169 22  7  7  12 = 1848 cm3.
πr1 2 : πr2 2 = 289 : 169 Choice (C)
7
r1 2 : r2 2 = 289 : 169 r1 : r2 = 17 : 13. Choice (A)
24. Let the radius, the height and the slant height of the cone be 34. r12 h1 : r22 h2 = 5 : 12
r m, h m and l m respectively.   × (3 x )2 × h1 : × (16 x )2 × h2 = 5 : 12
5r = l
 h1 : h2 = 320 : 27. Choice (C)
5r = r 2 + h2
Squaring on both sides, 25r2 = r2 + h2 35. 3 a= 363  a = 121 = 11 cm
24r2 = h2 Total surface area = 6a2 = 6  121 = 726 cm2.
r 1
2 Choice (B)
  =
h 24
  Exercise – 9(b)
r 1 1 Solutions for questions 1 to 35:
= = . Choice (B)
h 24 2 6
1. CRS + ESR = 180°
25. If the length, breadth and the height of the cuboid are l cm, ( sum of interior angles on the same side of the transversal)
b cm, h cm respectively then the total surface area of the ESR = 180 – 50 = 130° { CRS = 50°}
cuboid is 2 (lb + lh + bh) = 2(12 × 10 + 10 × 8 + 12 × 8) = 592. ESR = STA = 130°.
Choice (B) ( corresponding angles) Choice (C)

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/137
2. Since ℓ1 and ℓ2 are perpendicular to m, ℓ1 is parallel to ℓ2. 13. If r1 and r2 are the radii, d is the distance between the centres
ℓ4 is parallel to ℓ3. of the two circles, and r1 + r2 > d then the two circles intersect
x + 50° = 90°  x = 40°. Choice (B) at two points. Hence 6 + 14 > 17. Choice (B)
3. ADC = 180° – 105° = 75°
ACD = 60° 14. AB = 3 18 cm.
In triangle ADC, AOB = 90°.
DAC = 180° – (75° + 60°) = 45°. Choice (A) O
r2 + r2 = ( 3 18 )2 = 162.
4. Since AC = BC 162
 A = B and A + B = 140°  r2 = = 81
2 A B
( Exterior angle is equal to sum of the interior opposite angles)
 r = 9 cm.
A = B = 70°
Diameter = 2  9 = 18 cm. Choice (B)
C = 40°. Choice (B)
5. From a point to a straight line in a plane, the shortest 15. In a parallelogram, sum of the adjacent angles is 180°
distance is the perpendicular distance. x + x – 40 = 180  2x = 220  x = 110°
Among AM, BM and CM, the shortest length is AM. Opposite angels are equal
Choice (B)  y + 20 = x – 40
 y = 110 – 40 – 20  y = 50°. Choice (A)
6. In ∆PQR, QPR = 40° P
1
 PRQ = (180 – 40) = 70° 3 132
2 M 16. Altitude =  = 22 3 cm. Choice (D)
2 3
∆MQR is an equilateral triangle.
MRQ = 60° 17. Area of a parallelogram
PRM = 70° – 60° = 10°. Q R = base  altitude = 15  4 = 60 cm2. Choice (D)
Choice (A)
2a1 12 a 12 a2 144
7. Let DE = x; then BC = 2x. 18. =  1 =  1 = . Choice (D)
2x – x = 15  x = 15. 2 a2 5 a2 5 a 22 25
 BC + DE = 2x + x = 3x = 45 cm. Choice (A)
19. O is the centre of AB as well as PQ.
8. In ∆BDC A OR is the radius. Let QR = a cm.
α + β = 180° – 160° =20° a
OQ = cm S
2 R
In ∆ABC: 2α + 2β + A = 180° Since RQO = 90°
D 2
a
A = 180° – 2 (α + β) β a 2 +   = (25 ) 2
α 160° 2
α β
= 180° – 2  20° = 140°. B C •
5a 2 A P O Q B
Choice (C) = 25  25
4
9. a2 = 500 cm2 which is area of square. Choice (D)
P
20. The area that can be grazed by the cow is in the form of three
quadrants.
3
 Total area that can be grazed =  (10 )2 = 75 m2.
4
Q S R Choice (C)
Q = 62°, R = 30°.
21. The hours hand takes 12 hours to complete 1 full round.
QPR =180 – (62 + 30) = 88°
 Area swept by it in 12 hours = (3.5)2.
 SPR = 88  2 = 44°.
 PSR = 180 – (44 + 30) = 106°. Choice (A) Area swept by it in 30 minutes i.e. 1 an hour
2
1  (3.5)2
2
2 1 22  7  77 [Link]. Choice (C)
10. In  PQR, Q = 90°. PR = PQ = = . .  =
3 2 12 24 7  2  48

P
PQ 3 22. Along one edge, the number of small cubes that can be cut
 = .
PR 2 100 = 10.
=
10
Let PQ = 3 K and PR = 2K
Along each edge 10 cubes can be cut. (Along length, breadth
QR = (2K )2 − (3K )2 =K and height). Total number of small cubes that can be cut =
Q R 10  10  10 = 1000. Choice (C)
QR : PQ : PR = 1 : 3 :2
 P = 30°. Choice (B) 1 2
23. The volume of a cone = r h
3
11. By construction, join AB. BAC = 90°
(Radius makes an angle of 90° with the tangent) Only radius (r) and height (h) are varying. Hence 1  may be
Since ABC is a right-angled triangle and AB = 18 cm, 3
ignored.
AC = 24 cm, BC = 18 + 24 = 30 cm.
2 2 Choice (D)
V1 r 2h 1 (1)2 h1  h1 = 2
= 12 1  =
12. CM × MD = AM × MB  8 × 3 = (10 + x) × x V2 r2 h2 10 (2)2 h2 h2 5
 x2 + 10x – 24 = 0  (x + 12) (x – 2) = 0  x = 2 cm. i.e., h1 : h2 = 2 : 5. Choice (A)
Length of AM = AB + BM = 10 + 2 = 12 cm. Choice (D)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/138
24. r = 21 m, diameter of cylinder = 14 m; 33.
P
4 •
Volume of sphere =    r 3 = 4    213
3 3
2
Volume of cylinder =   r2  l =    14   l
 2  •
Q S A R
4
   213 =   72  ℓ  ℓ = 252 m. Choice (B)
3 Given QS = 225 −144 = 81 = 9 cm .
25 Radius of hemisphere = 6x. QA = 11 cm
Radius of sphere = 13x.  SA = 2 cm
2 4 1
Ratio of Volumes =   (6x )3 :   (13 x )3  The required answer =  212 = 12 cm2. Choice (A)
3 3 2
= 108 : 2197. Choice (D)
34. A
26. Area of the tiled path = 40  30 – 31  21 = 549 sq.m.
 The cost of flooring the path at `32.50 per square meter
= 549  32.50 = `17,842.50. Choice (C) D

27. Let the lengths of the diagonals of the rhombus be 2d1 units
and 2d2 units respectively. B E C
The length of the side of the rhombus = 68/4 = 17
Given that, 2d1 + 2d2 = 46 area ABC
= 2 → (1)
 d1 + d2 = 23 ––– (1). area BDC 1
And, (d1)2 + (d2)2 =289 ––– (2).
Squaring (1) on both sides,
area BDE
= BE = 1 = 1 → (2)
area BDC BC 1 + 3 4
 (d1)2 + (d2)2 + 2d1d2 = 529
From (2)  2d1d2 = 529 – 289 = 240 From (1) and (2); area BDE = 1 . Choice (D)
area BAC 8
The area of the rhombus = 1/2(2d1) (2d2) = 240.
Choice (A)
35. If ‘a’ is side of the cube.
28. Side of resulting cube = 150% of a = 1.5a
2
 Required ratio = 6a2 : 6(1.5a)2 = 1 :  3 
10 cm 12 cm B 2
A
= 4 : 9. Choice (B)
10 cm 12 cm
Chapter – 10
(Indices and Surds)

14 cm 14 cm Exercise – 10(a)
C
Solutions for questions 1 to 25:

1 1
The sides of the ∆ABC are a = 26 cm, b = 24 cm, c = 22 cm −
  −1
−

( )
  3
−1 
−1 3
 1 
 S = a + b + c = 36 cm 1. 1 − 1 − y 3 + 1   = 1− 1− 3  
2       y + 1 
   
 Area of the triangle, = S(S − a)(S − b)(S − c ) 1
1 −
−
= 36  10  12  14 = 24 105 [Link]. Choice (C)  y 3 + 1 3  − 1 3 1
= 1 − 3  =  3 = 1
 y   y   − 1 3
29. Perimeter of the rectangle
 3
2(l + b) = 176 cm ––– (1)
 y 
Circumference of the circle
2r = 176  r = 28 cm 1 1
= = =−y Choice (C)
Breadth of the rectangle is 28 + 12 = 40 ––– (2) 1 1
  − 1 33 −
Substitute this value in (1) l = 48 cm. Choice (A) y
  
  y  
30. Required number of tiles = (19.2  15.05) ÷ (0.31 0.31)  
= 3007. Choice (A)

31. Let r and R be the radii of ball initially and after increase 2.
3 4 x + 2 − 3 4 . 92 x − 2
=
3 4 x + 2 − 3 4 . 32 ( ) 2x − 2

respectively. 81 x
(3 ) 4 x

 4r2 = 616  r2 = 49  r = 7 cm
 4R2 = 2464  R2 = 196  R = 14 cm =
3 4x +2
− 3 .3 4 4x − 4
=
(3 )(3 )− 3
4x 2 4x
=
(
34x 32 − 1
=8
)
4x
 Increase in radius = 14 – 7 = 7 cm. Choice (B) 3 4x
3 34 x
Choice (B)
32. Ratio of the sides = 10 : 5 : 7
 22k = 44 3
k=2 4
6 4  610
The required area= s (s − a) (s − b) (s − c ) 3.
4
69
= (11k)(k)(6k)(4k) 3 10 9 4
+ −
= 2 k2 66 = 8 66 m 2 . Choice (C) 64 4 4 = 64 =6 Choice (A)

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
nd

Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/139

 1 1 1
 7− 5
4.
 xab

 b  xac
 
 a  xbc
 
c
 7+ 5 – 2  = 2√5
 2 
 xbc   xab   xac   
     
1
xa xc xb  y− = 2√5 Choice (D)
= c
 b
 = xa − a + b − b + c − c = x0 = 1. Choice (B) y
x x xa

5. 3430.12  24010.08  490.01  70.1 50 ( 15 + 10 ) = 50( 15 + 10 )

= (73)0.12  (74)0.08  (72)0.01  70.1
13.
( 15 − 10 ) ( 15 + 10 )

5

= 10 ( 15 + 10 ) = 10 15 + 10 10
= 70.36  70.32  70.02  70.1
= 70.36 + 0.32 + 0.02 + 0.1 = 70.8 = 78/10 = 74/5 Choice (B) Choice (D)

2 x +1 6− 5 ( 6 − 5 )( 6 − 5 )
6. 5 3 = [ (52)4x + 5]1/6
14. a=
6+ 5
=
( 6 + 5 )( 6 − 5 )
( 6 − 5 ) =11− 2 30
2 x +1 4 x +5
2x + 1 4x + 5 2
 5 3 = 5 3  = =
 2x = −4  x = −2.
3 3
Choice (C) ( 6 ) −( 5 )
2 2

6+ 5 ( 6 + 5 )( 6 + 5 )
  2 2 
  
x +6
4   11 3 
−2 x
3
 2
x +6
4  2
2x
b=
6− 5
=
( 6 − 5 )( 6 + 5 )
=    
7.
( 6 + 5 ) =11+ 2 30
   =  
  11    2    11   11 
2
    =
Equating powers
x+6
( 6 ) −( 5 )
2 2

 = 2x  x = 2 Choice (B) a + b = 22 Choice (A)

2
15. 18 + 308 = 18 + 2 77
8. 74x + 3 − 74x + 1 = 48  74x + 1 (72 − 1) = 48
 74x + 1 = 70 = ( 7 ) + ( 11) + 2 7 11
2 2

= ( 7 + 11)
1 2
 4x + 1 = 0  x = − . Choice (B)
4
= 18 + 308 = 7 + 11 Choice (C)
9. 61/2, 71/3, 81/4, 91/5 take the LCM of denominators of the
powers of the numbers. LCM = 60
Raise the numbers with this LCM
(61/2)60, (71/3)60, (81/4)60, (91/5)60 16. ( 323 +1) = 323 +1
324 + 2 323 =
2

324 − 2 323 = ( 323 −1) = 323 −1

630, 720, 815, 912 2
Between 630 and 720
Required value = 323 + 1− ( 323 − 1)
(63)10 and (72)10
21610 and 4910
21610 > 4910 i.e. 630 > 720
= 323 +1− 323 +1= 2 Choice (A)
Between 630 and 815
(62)15 and 815
3615 > 815 i.e. 630 > 815 17. a = 7 + 21
Between 630 and 912
(65)6 and (92)6 a2 = 7 + 21 + 2 147
(7776)6 > 816 = 28 + 2(12 to 13)
i.e. 630 > 912 = 52 to 54
 61/2 is largest in value. Choice (A) b= 6 + 22
b2 = 6 + 22 + 2 132
10. y =19 + 6 10
= 28 + 2(11 to 12)
1 1 (19 − 6√10) = 50 to 52
= =
𝑦 19 + 6√10 (19 + 6√10)(19 − 6√10) a2 > b2
19 − 6 10 19 − 6 10 a>b Choice (A)
= = 19 − 6 10
2
19 − 6 10 ( )
2 361− (36 )(10 ) 18. pe = qf = rg = k
1 1
1
1
y + = 38 Choice (B) p = k e q = k f and r = k g
y
Given r2 = pq
(K1/g)2 = k1/f k1/e
11. y = 9 + 4 5 Comparing the powers of k on both sides,
2 1 1
y – 18 = 9 + 4 5 – 18 = 4 5 – 9 = +
g e f
y2 – 18y = y(y – 18)
1
= (9 + 4 5 ) (4 5 – 9) Adding both sides,
g
= 80 – 81 = –1. Choice (B)
3 1 1 1
= + +
12. Given y =12 + 2 35 = ( 7 + 5) 2 g e f g
3 f g+ ge + ef
=
1 1 7− 5 g ef g
 y = 7 + 5, = =
y 7+ 5 2 ef + fg + ge = 3ef. Choice (D)

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
nd

Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/140

19. 3333, 333 , 33
3 3
, 333
3 x −4  y 6 x 6  y3 x −12  y7
3. −8
 −6

27 z z z −8
3333, (33 to 34)27 , 33 , (35 to 36)3 −4 + 6 −12 6 +3 +7
x .y
6 x 3 21 = = x−10. y16. z22 Choice (D)
3333 , 381 to 3108, 33 , 315 to 318 z −8 − 6 −8
3 21
3729 x > 3333 > 381 to 3108 > 315 to 318
4. (a − b) (a2 + ab + b2) = a3 − b3
3
33 Similarly the other powers of x become b3 − c3 and c3 − a3
ascending order is 3333, 333, 3333, 3
3 −b3 3 −c 3 3 − a3
i.e., dbac Choice (D) xa  xb  xc
3 3 3 3 3 3
20. Let 5a = 7b = 35c = k = xa −b +b −c +c −a = x0 = 1. Choice (B)
5 = k1/a
7 = k1/b 3 2 ( 2 x + 1) = 3 3(5 x − 3 )
5.
35 = k1/c
35 = 5  7  2(2x + 1) = 3(5x – 3)
k1/c = k1/a  k1/b  4x + 2 = 15x – 9
k1/c = k1/a+1/b  1/c = 1/a + 1/b. Choice (C)  11x = 1
 x = 1. Choice (A)
1 1 1 1
21. − + − x+6 −2x
√17 − 4 4 − √15 √15 − √14 √14 − √13 3 2 4 7 3 3
Rationalizing denominators we get, 6. (( ) ) = (( ) )
7 3
√17 + √16 √16 + √15 (√15 + √14) √14 + √13 x+6
= − ( ) + − 3 2 3 2x
17 − 16 16 − 15 15 − 14 14 − 13 ( ) =( )
7 7
= √17 − √13. Choice (C)
Equating powers
√175 √7 × 25 5√7 5 x+6
22. = = = Choice (C)  = 2x  x = 2 Choice (B)
√7+√28 √7+√7×4 √7+2√7 3 2

 1
2
1 7. 52x + 3 − 52x + 1 = 24
23.  x +  = 81  x + =  9  52x + 1 (52 − 1) = 24
 x x
 52x + 1 = 50
3 1
1  1 1 1  2x + 1 = 0  x = − Choice (B)
x3 + =  x +  − 3x.  x +  2
x3  x x x
8. 21/2, 31/3, 61/4, 51/5 take the LCM of denominators of the
= ( 9)3 − 3( 9) powers of the numbers. LCM = 60
= 729 − 27 =  702. Choice (B) Raise the numbers with this LCM
(21/2)60, (31/3)60, (61/4)60, (51/5)60
5 1 230, 320, 615, 512
24. 16 2 – – Between 230 and 320
2 2 2 (23)10 and (32)10
64 − 5 − 2 57 810 and 910
= = . Choice (D) 910 > 810 i.e. 230 < 320
2 2 2 2 Between 230 and 615
(22)15 and 615
25. Let x = 90 + 90 + ...... Squaring on both sides we get. 415 < 615 i.e. 230 > 615
Between 230 and 512
(25)6 and (52)6
x 2 = 90 + 90 + 90 + ....... (32)6 > 256
x 2 = 90 + x i.e. 230 > 512
 51/5 is least in value. Choice (A)
x 2 − x − 90 = 0
(x − 10 )(x + 9) = 0 9. 2y−1 = 8z = 43
2y−1 = 64  2y−1 = 26
x = 10 or − 9
Equating powers of 2 on both sides, y − 1 = 6
But x cannot be –ve y=7
 x = 10. Choice (C) 8z = 64  8z = 82
Equating powers of 8 on both sides, z = 2
Exercise – 10(b) yz = 49 and zy = 128
 yz − zy= −79. Choice (B)
Solutions for questions 1 to 25:
−2 −1 10. Let 4a = 7b = 28c = k
35 5 122 2
1. [ 5] ×[ ] 4 = k1/a, 7 = k1/b, 28 = k1/c
72
4
4 = k 1⁄a, 7 = k 1⁄b , 28 = k 1⁄c
4 7 28 = 4 x 7
× = 22  3−3  7. Choice (C)
9 12
k 1 ⁄ c = k 1⁄ a k 1⁄ b
−3 1 1
+
 716  16 = ka b
2.  16  1 1 1
 3  = +
c a b
−3
7 27 1 1 1
  = Choice (B) − =− Choice (D)
3 343 a c b

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/141
 √3 − √2 √3 + √2
9 − 77 20. a + b = +
11. y = √3 + √2 √3 − √2
2
( ) ( )
(√3 − √2)2 + (√3 + √2)2
= =10
1 2 2 9 + 77 2 9 + 77 9 + 77
( )( )
(√3 − √2)(√3 + √2)
= = = =
y 9 − 77 9 − 77 9 + 77 2
9 − 77
2 2 ( ) ab = 1
= a2 + b2 = (a + b)2 − 2ab
2 =100 – 2 = 98
 1 1
 y2 + =  y +  – 2
2 2
2 √3 − √2 √3 + √2 (√3 − √2) + (√3 + √2)
y  y
√3 + √2 √3 − √2 (√3 − √2)(√3 + √2)
= (9)2 – 2 = 81 – 2 = 79 Choice (B) a2 + b2 = (a + b)2 − 2ab. Choice (A)

12. ( p− q)
p − 4 pq = 4 p 4 4
21. x = 31 − 10
4pq − q = q ( p − q ) 4 4 4
x2 = ( 31 − 10 ) = 41 − 2
2
310
 (
Required value =  p p − q 
) 4 4 4
−4
= 41 − 2(17 to 18) = 7 to 5
 q ( p − q ) 4 4 4 y= 29 − 13
 

 p 
−4 
 p  4
1 

−4

p
−4 
1
p
−1
y2 = ( 29 − 13 ) = 42 − 2
2
377
4 q Choice (D)
4  =     =   =   = = 42 − 2(19 to 20) = 4 to 2
 q   q   q q p
  x2 > y2  x > y Choice (A)
 
22. x = 4 + 7

13. 21 + 207 + 307 + 273 + 256 x–4= 7

x2 − 8x + 16 = 7
x2 − 8x = −9 Choice (B)
= 21 + 207 + 307 + 273 + 16
23. Let
= 21 + 207 + 307 + 17 pa = qb = rc = sd = k  p = k 1/ a
q = k 1/ b
= 21 + 207 + 18 = 21 + 225 = 36 = 6 Choice (A) r = k 1/ c , s = k 1/ d
k1 / a k1 / c
given p = r ; 1 / b = 1 / d .
14. √7 + 2√10 = √(√5 + √2)2 = √5 + √2 q s k k
Similarly , √7 − 2√10 = √5 − √2 1 1 1 1
− −
√7 + 2√10 + √7 − 2√10 ka b = kc d
= √5 + √2 + √5 − √2 = 2√5 Choice (A) Equating powers of k on both sides, we get
1 1 1 1
(x + y )( x + y ) ( x − ) − = − Choice (C)
15.
y a b c d
(x − y )( x − y )

x − y
24. 27x + 5 = 27x + 2 + 3584
= (x + y )(x − y )
= x+y Choice (D)  27x + 2 [ 23 − 1] = 3584
(x − y)(x + y − 2 xy ) x + y − 2 xy  7  27x + 2 = 3584  27x + 2 = 512 = 29
 7x + 2 = 9  x = 1. Choice (B)

16. 14 − 6 5
25.  =
32 32 32..........
= 14 − 2 45
x=
= ( 9) +( 5)
2 2
− 2 9x5
32  x
 x2 = 32  x  x = 32 Choice (B)
= ( 9 − 5 ) = (3 − 5 )
2 2

Chapter – 11
 14 − 6 5 = 3 − 5 Choice (B) (Permutations and combinations)
17. 10 + √84 Exercise – 11(a)
= 10 + 2√21
2 2 Solutions for questions 1 to 25:
= (√7) + (√3) + 2√7 × 3
2
=(√7 + √3) 1. The word FREQUENT contains the vowels E, U, E and
=√10 + √84 = √7 + √3 Choice (C) consonants F, R, Q, N, T.
Treat E, U, E as one unit, then the total number of letters are
18. 7 ( 17 + 10 ) 6. (including 1 unit of vowels)
17 − 10

( 17 + 10 ) The number of words formed by using these 6 letters is 6!
Again, the vowels E, U, E can be arranged among
(
= 7 17 + 10 ) Choice (C) 3!
= 17 + 10
7 themselves in ways
2!

19. 2 ( 2 + 1+ 3 ) The required number of words formed 6! 

3!
= 2160 .
( 2 + 1)− 3  ( 2 + 1+ 3 ) 2!
Choice (C)
= 2( 2 + 1 + 3 ) = 2 + 1 + 3  2
(3 + 2 2 − 3) 2 2
2. The number of distinct letters in the word INDEPENDENT
are 6 (I, N, D, E ,P, T).
2 ( 2 + 1+ 3 ) 2 + 2 + 6 The number of words that can be formed using these
= Choice (C) 6 letters is 6! = 720. Choice (A)
2 2
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/142
3. Let us fix the first letter as D and the last letter as C, as shown 10. The number of ways of arranging 6 boys in a row (without
below. any restriction) = 6! = 720 ways.
D __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ C First we find the number of ways in which two particular boys
The remaining 8 places can be filled with the remaining 8 come together.
8! Let us treat the two boys as a single unit.
letters in . The total number of boys becomes 5.
( 2! ) 4
They can be arranged in 5! ways. Again the two boys can be
 the number of words that can be formed using the letters arranged among themselves in 2! ways.
8! The total number of ways in which two particular boys always
such that it begin with D and ends with C is .
( 2! ) 4 come together = 5!  2 = 240.
The number of ways where the two particular boys won’t
Choice (B)
come together = total arrangements – two boys who come
together = 720 – 240 = 480.
4. The total number of words formed by using the letters of the
6! Alternative solution:
word BANANA = = 60
3!.2! First arrange the remaining four boys. They can be arranged
The number of words formed in which 2 Ns come together is in 4! ways.
5!  B1  B2  B3  B4 
= = 20. [∵ 2 letters N, N are treated as one unit] Now, in between two boys there are 5 gaps. Now we arrange
3!
the two boys in any of the two gaps. This can be done in 5P2
 the number of words formed in which 2Ns do not come
ways.
together = 60 – 20 = 40.
The number of arrangements such that two boys never come
together in 4!5P2 = 24  5  4 = 480. Choice (C)
Alternative solution:
4! 11. Total number of persons = 3 + 4 + 2 + 1 = 10
The letters B, A, A, A can be arranged in a row in ways.
3! Required number of ways = 10C7 = 120. Choice (A)
BAAA
Now there are 5 gaps and two ‘N’s can be arranged in these 12. As two particular friends are to be invited every time,
gaps in 5C2 ways. he has to invite the remaining 3 friends from the remaining 5
 the number of words formed such that two ‘N’s do not people.
5
4! 5 This can be done in C 3 ways = 10 ways. Choice (B)
come together is  C2 = 10  4 = 40. Choice (B)
3!
13. The possible ways are
5. As the number should be odd, the unit digit is either 1, 3 or 5.
i.e., unit place can be filled in 3 ways. Batsmen (8) Bowlers (7)
The first place can be filled in 4 ways (except 0). The rest of 6 5
the 4 places can be fixed in 4! ways.
7 4
The number of 6-digit odd numbers formed = 4  4!  3
= 288 Choice (A) 8 3

6. If a number is divisible by 5, then the last digit must either be The total number of required ways
0 or 5. =
8
C6 7 C5 + 8 C7 7 C 4 + 8 C8 7 C3 = 903.
Case (i), let us fix the units digit as 0. Choice (C)
__ __ __ __ __ 0
The five places can be filled in 5! = 120 ways. 14. We can select 2 white balls from 3 white balls in 3C2 = 3 ways
Case (ii), let us fix the units digit as 5. and the remaining 1 ball from 4 + 5 = 9 balls can be selected
__ __ __ __ __ 5 in 9C1 = 9 ways.
The first places can be filled in 4 ways (excluding 0) and rest This can be done in 9  3 = 27 ways.
of the 4 places can be filled in 4! ways.  the number of ways of selecting 2 green balls and the
The required six digit numbers are 4  4! = 96. other one from either white or yellow are 4C2  8C1 = 48.
The total numbers divisible by 5 = 120 + 96 = 216. The number of ways of selecting 2 yellow balls and the other
Choice (B) one from either white or green are 5C2  7C1 = 70
The total number of ways of selecting 3 balls in which two
7. If a number is divisible by 4, the last two digits of the number balls are of the same colour is = 70 + 48 + 27 = 145.
is divisible by 4. Choice (C)
The last two digits may be filled with 00, 04, ---- 96 which can
be done in = 25 ways. 15. The possible ways are
The first digit can be filled in 9 (except 0) ways and the rest
of the 7 digits can be filled in 10 ways each. Green (6) Red (10)
This can be done in 9  107  25ways. 3 9
 the total number of 10-digit numbers formed = 225  107. 2 10
Choice (B)
The total number of ways = 10C  6C + 10C  6C
9 3 10 2

8. The number ways of arranging six persons in 7 chairs is P6

7 = 200 + 15 = 215. Choice (D)
= 7!. 16. The possible ways are
Choice (B)
Men (4) Women (8)
9. _N_N_N_ The number of ways of arranging 3 Nokia phones 4 2
is 3! ways as shown above. 2 4
There are 4 places in which 4 Samsung phones can be 0 6
arranged.
This can be done in 4! ways The total number of ways are
 The total number of ways = 3!  4! = 144. 4
C 4 8 C 2 + 4 C 2 8 C 4 + 4 C0 8 C 6 = 28 + 420 + 28 = 476.
Choice (B)
Choice (B)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/143
17. The total number of ways of selecting 6 members from 2. Blazer can be selected in 8 ways. Shirt can be selected in
14 is 14C6 = 3003. 6 ways Tie can be selected in 4 ways
If a committee consists of all women, then the number of Total number of ways = (8) (6) (4) or 192 ways .
ways of selecting 6 women from 6 is 6C6 = 1 way. Choice (D)
The number of ways of selecting a committee of
6 members such that it includes at least one man is 3. Each letter can be dealt in 5 ways i.e. post it into any of the
3003 – 1 = 3002. Choice (C) 5 boxes. Hence, total ways are 58. This can be remembered
as (boxes)letters Choice (B)
18. Let the number of people participating be n.
n 4. In the given word GINGER there are six letters of there
3 people can be selected from ‘n’ people in C3 ways.
G : y occurring two times  the number of 6 letter words are
n n(n − 1)(n − 2) 6! = 360. Choice (D)
C 3 = 220 (given) = 220
3  2 1 2!
Solving, we get n = 12. Choice (B)
5. The word COUNTRY has 7 letters. Since the first letter is N,
19. The number of diagonals in an n-sided polygon are the remaining 6 places can be filled with 6 letters in
n
C 2 –n 6! ways.
The number of words that begin with N is 6! = 720.
n Choice (A)
Given C 2 – n = 54
n(n − 1) 6. Consider 6 blanks
– n = 54
2 ______
Solving, we get n = 12. Choice (B) Since the first and the last place are to be filled with K and
'R', the remaining four letters can be arranged in 4! or
20. The number of lines that can be formed with n points is nC2. 24 ways. Choice (B)
The number of lines that can be formed with 10 points is 10C2
But four points are collinear 7. The number of different words that can be formed using all
 The number of lines formed with the 10 points 8!
the letters of word TRINETRA is or 10080.
= 10C2 – 4C2 + 1 = 45 – 6 + 1 = 40. Choice (D) 2!2!
Choice (D)
21. In any six-digit palindrome only the first three digits are to be
considered. 8. The number of letters in the word EDUCATION is 9.
The first, second or third digit can be selected out of 6 digits  4 letters can be selected from these 9 letters in 9C4 ways.
in 6 ways each. Choice (C)
 Number of palindromes = 6  6  6 = 63 = 216.
Choice (B) 9. The committee has to have more men than women. This
committee of five has to have either (4 men and 1 women)
22. In between two persons one handshake is counted. So the or (3 men and 2 women).
number of handshakes exchanged between 20 people is Number of ways that the committee can be formed
= 20 C2 = 20  19 = 190. Choice (B) ( )( ) ( )( )
= 4 C4 3 C1 + 4 C3 3 C2 = 1(3) + (4)(3) = 15.
2 1
Choice (A)
23. The number of ways of selecting two people from 10. Consider 3 blanks _ _ _
12 people is 12 C2 . The number of ways of selecting n Since there are 5 digits, each blank can be filled in 5 ways.
Total number of ways is 5(5) (5) = 125. Choice (D)
people from 12 people is 12 Cn
11. Since all the digits are even, no odd numbers can be formed.
Given 12 C2 = 12 Cn  n + 2 = 12  n = 10 Number of odd numbers formed = 0. Choice (A)
The number of ways of selecting 9 people from 12 people is 12. Consider four blanks
12 ____
C9 or 220. Choice (C)
The units place is filled with 5. The remaining three blanks
24. Anil can have 2, 3 or 4 or 5 items. The total number of ways can be filled with 4 digits in 4P3 ways.
5  The number of four-digit numbers required is 4 (3) (2) or
= C2 +5 C3 +5 C4 +5 C5 = 26. Choice (D) 24. Choice (C)

25. Since all the six positive signs are identical, they can 13. 4 boys can be seated in 6 chairs in 6P4 = 360 ways.
arranged in only one way – + – + – + – + – + – + – Choice (C)
XPXPXPXPXPXPX
Now there are seven slots to arrange five negative signs. 14. We know that ‘n’ persons can be arranged in a row in n! ways
Since all the five negative signs are identical they can be here
arranged gaps in 7C5 ways n = 6  the number of ways of arranging 6 members in
The number of ways of arranging seven positive signs so a row = 6! Choice (A)
that no two negative signs are together is 7C5 = 7C2 = 21
Choice (B) 15. The alternate seating is only possible if the left most chair is
occupied by a boy.
Exercise – 11(b) The arrangement is b1 g1 b2 g2 b3 g3 b4 g4 b5 g5 b6 g6 b7.
Solutions for questions 1 to 25: Number of ways of seating = (7!) (6!) Choice (B)
1. The words which are the same as those when read 16. Treat all the girls as one unit. Now there are 3 boys and
backwards are of the form ABCBA. 1 unit of girls. They can be arranged in 4! ways.
The middle letter of each word can be any of the given The two girls can be arranged among themselves in
7 letters. As the words are allowed to have the letters in them 2! ways. Total number of arrangements 4!2! = 24(2) = 48.
repeated, each of the first two letters can be any of the given Choice (D)
7 letters.
Each word has the same extreme letters as well as the same 17. We know that n persons can be positioned around a circle in
2nd and 4th letters. (n – 1)! ways.
Number of words = (7)(7)(7)(1)(1) = 73 = 343.  8 persons can be arranged in 7! or 5040 ways.
Choice (B) Choice (B)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/144
18. n books can be arranged in n! ways 5. There are 6 letters in the given word ‘ANSWER’, of which 4
Given n! = 720 = 6!  n = 6 are consonants.
6 books can be arranged on a circular shelf in (6 – 1)! ways  probability of picking a letter which is consonant is
= 5! = 120 Choice (A) 4 2
= = Choice (B)
6 3
19. We know that there are 21 consonants.
Two consonants can be selected from 21 consonants in 21C2 6. A leap year has 366 days. Each day repeated for 52 times
21( 20 ) with a balance of 2 days.
or = = 210 ways. Choice (C) The two days may be (S, M), (M, T), (T, W), (W, T), (T, F),
2
(F, S), (Sat, Sun) i.e., 7 possibilities of these, if one of the
two days is Monday, then the year contains 53 Mondays.
20. Since one particular member is always included, we have to
Favourable cases = 2
select 3 members from 9 members. This can be done in 9C3
= 84 ways. Choice (C) 2
 The required probability = . Choice (B)
7
21. A particular player is a part of the team and another is not
a part of the team. 7. The set of first 50 odd natural numbers is {1, 3, 5, 7. . ., 99}.
There are 12 players other than the two particular players. In  n(S) = 50.
the team to be formed, the 10 players other than the In this first 50 odd natural numbers, the set of multiples of 3
particular player included have to be chosen. They have to is {3, 9, 15, 21 . . . , 99}
be chosen from the players other than the particular ones. 99 − 3
i.e. n(E) = + 1 = 17
Number of ways = 12 C10 = 66 . Choice (B) 6
n(E) 17
 Required probability = = . Choice (D)
22. The number of blue balls is 6. 3 balls can be selected from n(S) 50
6 blue balls in 6C3 ways = 20. Choice (A)
8. The total number of possibilities when 6 coins are tossed is
23. The total number of balls in the bag is 3 + 4 + 5 = 12 26 in which number of possibilities having exactly 3 coins as
heads is 6C3.
Two balls can be selected from 12 balls in 12C2 or 12  (11) = 6
2  (1) C3 20 5
 Required probability = = = Choice (C)
66 ways. Choice (B) 26 64 16
9. Two dice are rolled, the total number of possibilities is
24. Rahul can invite 5 friends or 6 friends. 5 friends can be invited in
n(S) = 62 = 36.
6
C5 ways and 6 friends can be invited in 6C6 ways
The possibilities of obtaining sum as ‘7’ is
The total number of required ways = 6C5 + 6C6 (1, 6), (2, 5), (3, 4), (4, 3), (5, 2) and (6, 1).
= 6 + 1 = 7. Choice (C)
6 1
 Required probability = = Choice (C)
25. A straight line is formed by joining any two points. 36 6
10  9
Two points can be selected from 10 points in 10C2 or 10. We know that, there are 52 cards in the pack of cards in
2 1 which 4 are drawn.
= 45 ways Choice (B) n(S) = 52C4
There are 4 queen cards and they can be selected in 4C4
Chapter – 12 ways.
(Probability) 4
C4 1
 Required probability = = 52
. Choice (A)
52
C4 C4
Exercise – 12(a)
11. When the coin shows one head and three tails, the person
Solutions for questions 1 to 12: gains Rs 5 only.
We know that the probability of getting r heads when n coins
1. There are 25 natural number in which 9 are primes.
n
9 cr
 The required probability = . Choice (D) are tossed is .
25 2n
 The probability of getting one head when four coins are
2. There are 56 natural numbers present in the given set 4
{56, 55, 54, -------, 1} c1 4 1
tossed is = = .
The set of numbers which are multiples of 9 from the given 24 16 4
set is {54, 45, 36, 27, 18, 9} i.e. = 6 1
6 3 Hence the probability that the person gains Rs 5 is .
 The required probability = = . Choice (B) 4
56 28
Choice (B)

3. Given set is {3, 4, 5 ----- 62}, 12. When three dice are rolled the minimum total score is 3 and,
Above set has 60 elements maximum total score is 18 when three dice are rolled, the
n(s) = 60. total out comes = 216.
The set formed with 5 in the tens place is {50, 51, 52, For the sum to be 17, the possibilities are listed below
………59} i.e. = 10 (6, 6, 5), (6, 5, 6), (5, 6, 6)
10  Favourable cases = 3.
 Required probability = = 1/6. Choice (C) 3 1
60  Required probability = = Choice (C)
216 72
4. Given set S is {1, 3, 6, 9, 15, 20, 16, 18} Solutions for questions 13 to 16:
One number can be selected from set ‘S’ in 8 ways.
n(S) = 8. Given that, there are 11 fruits in which 4 fruits are chosen.
3 and 9 satisfying the equation (x – 3) (x – 10) (x –9) = 0  n(S) = 11C4.
 favourable cases = 2 13. There are only 3 fruits that are spoiled. But, we have to draw
2 1 4 spoiled fruits which is not possible.
 The required probability = = . Choice (B)
8 4  Required probability = ‘0’. Choice (A)

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/145
14. There are 8 good fruits and 3 spoiled fruits of which
2 good fruits and 2 spoiled fruits are selected.
( )
22. Given P A  B = 7 .
15
It can be done in 8C2. [Link]. 7 8
8 P(A  B) = 1 – P ( A  B) = P (A  B) = 1 – =
C2  3 C2 14 15 15
 The required probability = =
11 55
C4 8 1
P(A) + P(B) = = P(B) =
Choice (D) 15 3
1 2
15. There are 8 good fruits and 3 spoiled fruits of which P (B) = 1 – P (B) = 1 – =
one good and 3 spoiled fruits are selected. 3 3
It can be done in 8C1. [Link]. (A and B are mutually exclusive events) Choice (B)
8
C1  3C3 1 1
 The required probability = 23. Given P(A) = and P(B) = .
11
C4 5 3
= 8 1 4
Choice (B) 4 4
= P ( A) = and P (B) =
11  10  9  8 165 5 5
24 When the problem is solved by any one of the student, then
the problem will be solved.
16. P(at least one fruit is good) = 1 – P(no fruit is good)
Let A  B the given that any one of them
= 1 – 0 = 1. Choice (B)
solve the problem.
Solutions for questions 17 to 25: ( )
P(A  B) = 1 – P A B = 1 – P A  B ( )
17. The total number of possibilities when 5 coins are tossed is 4 2 7
25. Number of possibilities of at least 3 coins showing tails is = 1 – P (A) P (B) = 1 – . = Choice (C)
5 3 15
5
C3 + 5C4 + 5C5.
5
C3 + 5 C 4 + 5 C5 24. Given that, Group contains 3 Boys and 4 Girls out of which
 Required probability = 4 members are to be selected.
25
n(s) = 7C4 = 35.
10 + 5 + 1 16 The team contains two girls or 3 girls or 4 girls.
= = = 1/2 Choice (A)
32 32  Required number of ways of forming the team
18. Given the bag contains 3 defective and 4 good bulbs = 4C2.3C2 + 4C3  3C1 + 4C4  3C0.
3 bulbs can be chosen from 7 bulbs in 7C3 ways, = 6  3 + 4  3 + 1 = 18 + 13 = 31.
The room is lighted when at least one of the selected bulb is 31
 The required probability = Choice (C)
good. 35
 P(at least one bulb is good) = 1 – P(all bulbs are defected)
1 34 25. The number of ways of arranging 6 boys in a row 6!.
= 1− = . n(S) = 6! ways.
35 35 Considering 3 boys as one unit, now there are 4 boys they
34 can be arranged in 4! ways. The three boys can be arranged
Hence the probability that the room is lighted is .
35 among themselves in 3! ways.
Choice (D) Total favourable cases = 4! 3!
 The required probability = 3! 4! = 6  24 = 1/5
19. One card can be selected from 52 cards in C1 = 52 ways.
52
6! 720
4 Choice (A)
The probability that one ace card can be selected is P(A) = .
52
Exercise – 12(b)
26
The probability that one red card can be selected is P(B) = .
52 Solutions for questions 1 to 15:
The probability that one red ace card can be selected is
1. In the given set B, there are 8 elements of which 4, 8, 112
2 are the multiples of 4.
P(A  B) = .
52 Total out comes = 8
P(A  B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A  B) Favourable outcomes = 3
=
4
+
26
−
2
=
28
=
7
Choice (B)  Required probability = 3 . Choice (D)
52 52 52 52 13 8

20. The number of balls in the bag is 4 + 3 = 7. 2. Two fruits can be drawn from 9 fruits in 9C2 = 36 ways
Two red balls can be drawn from 7 balls in 7C2 ways. Two rotten fruits can be drawn from 4 rotten fruits in 4C2 = 6 ways.
n(S) =7C2 = 21.  The probability of drawing two rotten fruits = = 6/36=1/6
Two white balls can be drawn from 3 white balls in 3C2 ways. Choice (B)
Probability that the two balls being white is 3. The total number of coins in the pot is 8 + 4 + 3 = 15.
3
C2 3 1 The number of ways of selecting 3 coins from 15 coins is 15C3
P(E) = 7
= = . = 455
C2 21 7
The number of ways of selecting 3 coins from 5 silver coins
1 6 is 4C3 = 4
P( E ) = 1 − = . 4
7 7  Required probability = Choice (A)
 The odds in favour of E is 455
1 6 4. Two distinct number can be selected from the set
P(E) : P (E) = : =1:6 Choice (C)
7 7 {2, 4, 7, 9, 10, 11} in 6C2 ways i.e., 15 ways
When one number is odd and the other is even then the sum
21. We know that, P(A  B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A  B) is odd.
4 1 3 The number of ways of selecting one odd number and one
= + – P(A  B) even number is 3C1 . 3C1 = 9.
5 3 4
9 3
1 3 4 20 + 45 − 48 17  The probability that the sum become odd= =
P(A  B) = + − = = . 15 5
3 4 5 60 60
Choice (C) Required probability = 1 – 3/5 = 2/5. Choice (C)

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/146
5. Given set is {2, 4, 6, ……… 48} 13. Twenty boys can be arranged in a row in 20! ways. n(S) = 20!
Total numbers in the given set are 24. n(S) = 24. Let E be the event that two boys are always sit together.
The values that satisfies the equation (x – 3) (x – 6) (x – 8) Treat the two boys as one unit.
(x – 48) = 0 are 3, 6, 8, 48 Now there are 19 boys and they can be arranged in 19!
favourable values of x taken from the given set are 6, 8, 48 ways. Again the two boys can be arranged among them
3 1 selves in 2! ways.
Required probability = = . Choice (A) Hence n(E) = 19! 2!
24 8
 P(E) = n(E) = 19! 2! = 19! 2! = 1 . Choice (B)
6. There are only 5 fruits that are spoiled. But, we have to draw n(S) 20! 20 .19! 10
6 spoiled fruits which is not possible.
 Required probability = ‘0’ Choice (A) 14. According to the conditions P the committee can be formed
in two ways i.e., 1 man and 2 women or 3 women.
7. When two dice are rolled the, total out comes = 6  6 = 36, Total number of persons = 4 + 5 = 9. 3 members can be
n(S) = 36 chosen in 9C3 ways i.e. 84 ways.
Let E be the event that the product of the numbers shown up The number of ways of forming the committee.
is even. = 5C2  4C1 + 5C3  4C0 = 40 + 10 = 50.
50 25
Then E be the event that the product is odd.  Required probability = = Choice (B)
84 42
The product is odd only when both the numbers shows odd
numbers the favourable case that both dice shows odd
numbers 15. In a leap year there are 366 days (52 weeks + 2 odd days).
The two odd days may be (sun, mon), (mon, tue),
n( E ) = 3  3 = 9. (Tue, wed), (wed, thur), (thu, fri), (fri, sat), (sat, sun)}
9 1 i.e.7 possibilities.
P( E ) = = . When the odd days are (sun, moon), then there will be 53
36 4
Sundays.
1 3  The favourable case : 1
P(E) = 1 – P( E ) = 1 – = .
4 4 1
 Required probability = Choice (B)
 The probability that the product of the numbers is even 7
3
is Choice (B) Solutions for questions 16 to 18:
4
Given that, bag contains 10 mobiles of which 4 are damaged.
8. If two dice are rolled, the total number of possibilities is n(s) = 36. The number of ways of selecting 3 mobiles from 10 mobiles is
The possible cases for the sum to be 9 are 10C i.e., = 120 ways
3
{(3, 6), (4, 5), (6, 3), (5, 4)}. i.e. 4.
4 1 16. As all the mobiles chosen are damaged, from 4 mobiles 3
 Required probability = = Choice (D) can be selected in 4C3 ways.
36 9
The probability that all mobiles are damaged is
9. Two cards can be selected from 52 cards in C2 ways. 52
4
4 C3 432 1
C2 = = = . Choice (C)
Probability of drawing queen cards is . 10
C3 10  9  8 30
52
C2
13
C2 17. Two good mobiles can be selected from 6 good mobiles in
Probability of drawing diamond cards is 52
. 6C ways and one defective mobile can be selected from 4
2
C2 mobiles in 4C1 ways.
 probability that both are queens or both are diamonds  The number of ways of selecting two good mobiles and
4
C2 13
C2 43 13  12 12  14 14 one defective mobile is 6C2  4C1 ways
= + = + = = = 60 ways.
52
C2 52
C2 52  51 52  51 52  51 221
60 1
The required probability = = Choice (D)
Choice (B) 120 2

10. Three cards can be selected from 52 cards in 52C3 ways. 18. One good mobile can be selected in 6C1 ways and two
3 queens can be selected from 4 queens in 4C3 ways. defective mobiles can be selected in 4C2 ways.
4
C3 432 1 Number of ways of selecting one good mobile and two
 required probability = = = defective mobiles is 6C1 . 4C2 = 36 ways
52
C3 52  51 50 5525
36 3
Choice (C)  Required probability = = Choice (B)
120 10
11. When n coins are tossed, the probability of getting ‘r’ heads Solutions for questions 19 to 25:
n
Cr
is n . 19. The number of three digit numbers formed by using the digits
2 0, 2, 4, 5 and 6 is 4.4P2 = 48
The probability of getting no tail when 4 coins are tossed, is Let E be event that the number is odd.
4
C0 1 The number of three digit odd numbers formed using the
= = . Choice (A) digits is = 3  3
24 16
n(E) = 9
9 3
12. When n coins are tossed, the probability of getting ‘r’ heads The probability that the number is odd is = = .
n 48 16
Cr
is . Choice (B)
2n
Probability of getting at least 4 tails = P(4 tails) + P (5 tails) 20. When a dice is rolled total out comes = 6.
6
C4 6
C 6
C Let E be the required event.
+ P (6 tails) = 6
+ 65 + 66 The favourable out comes to the event E are {1, 3, 5, 2, 4}
2 2 2
i.e. = 5
15 + 6 + 1 22 11 5
= = = . Choice (D)  Required probability = . Choice (C)
64 64 32 6

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/147
21. When two dice are rolled, total outcomes are = 6  6 = 36. 6. Let the three terms of the arithmetic progression be
Sum of numbers showing up on two dice is 6, then the a – d, a, a + d.
person gets Rs.6. sum = a – d + a + a + d = 24
The favourable outcomes are (1, 5) (2, 4) (3, 3) (4, 2) (5, 1) 3a = 24  a = 8
i.e. = 5 (8 – d)(8)(8 + d) = 312
5 64 – d2 = 39
 Required probability = Choice (B)  d2 = 25  d =  5
36
The terms of the arithmetic progression be 3, 8, 13
22. Let A be the event that Pasha speaks truth and B be the Or alternatively substitute the options and check.
event that Bhargav speaks truth. Choice (B)
P(A) = 90 = 9 7. The two digit numbers which leave a remainder of 1 when
100 10
divided by 4 are 13, 17, 21, …. 97
1 let the last term be nth term
P ( A) =
10  Tn = 13 + (n + 1) 4 = 97  n = 22
P(B) = 40 = 4 sum of the terms = 22/2 (13 + 97) = 1210. Choice (C)
100 10
6 8. Given tn = 7n + 5
P (B) = t1 = 12;
10
d = t 2 – t1 = 7
The probability that they will coincide on stating the same
n
fact = P(A  B) + P ( A  B) = 9  4 + 1  6 = 36 + 6 In an A.P, sn = [2a + (n − 1)d]
10 10 10 10 100
2
6
=
42
=
21
Choice (B)
Sum of six terms s6 = (2(12) + (5) (7)
100 50 2
= 3(59) = 177 Choice (B)
23. We know that if A and B are mutually exclusive events then
P(A  B) = 0 9. Sn = 5n + 2n
2

1 1 8  Sn – 1 = 5n2 + 2n − 1
P(A  B) = P(A) + P(B) = + = Choice (B) nth term = Sn – Sn – 1
3 5 15 = 5n2 + 2n – {5(n – 1)2 + 2 (n – 1)
= 10n – 3 Choice (B)
24. Given, P A = ()1
5
and P(B) =
2
3
 P (B) =
1
3 p+q
Given A and B are independent events. 10. A.M between p and q =
2
1 1 1
P( A  B) = P( A) . P(B) = . = Choice (B) let us substitute of the options and check which one results
5 3 15 in AM putting n = 0

() ()
25. P A = 0.3; P B = 0.4
p( 2n+1) + q2n+1
pn + qn
=
p + q = A.M.
2
Choice (A)

P(A) = 0.7 P(B) = 0.6

we know that, P(A  B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A  B) 11. x + 4, 6x – 2 and 9x – 4 are three consecutive terms in an A.P
= 0.7 + 0.6 – 0.8 = 0.5 Choice (A)  6x – 2 – (x + 4) = 9x – 4 – (6x – 2)
6x – 2 – x – 4 = 9x – 4 – 6x + 2
Chapter – 13
5x – 6 = 3x – 2  2x = 4
(Progressions)
x = 2. Choice (A)
Exercise – 13(a)
12. We know that x1, x2, ….. xn are n arithmetic means between
Solutions for questions 1 to 25: a and b. The common difference of the progression is
b−a
d=
1. Here a = 20; d = 1/3 n +1
T22 = a + 21d
here a = 14; b = 46 and n = 15
= 20 + 21 (1/3) = 27 Choice (A)
46 − 14 32
2. a = 2; d = 4 d= = =2
15 + 1 16
let the term equal to 106 be nth term
 Tn = 2 + (n – 1) 4 = 106  n = 27 Choice (C) x7 = t8 = a + 7d = 14 + 7(2) = 28. Choice (B)

3. Let the first term and the common difference of the series be 13. Putting n = 1, 2, 3, 4 we can get the terms
a and d respectively. t1 = 4(−5)1 = –20
Then, T6 = a + 5d = 30 → (1) t2 = 4(−5)2 = 100
T11 = a + 10d = 55 → (2) Finding two terms is enough to get the answer from options.
Solving (1) and (2) Choice (A)
a = 5, d = 5
T21 = a + 20d  5 + 20 (5) = 105 Choice (B) 14. a = 4; r = 2

4. Let the first term and the common difference of the arithmetic let 64 2 be the nth term of the geometric progression.
progression be a and d respectively.
13  t13 = 7  t7 Tn = 4 ( 2 )n-1 = 64 2
 13 (a + 12d) = 7 (a + 6d)  a = –19d  2 n –1= 29/2  n = 10. Choice (C)
T20 = a + 19 d = –19d + 19d = 0 Choice (C)
15. The series is a geometric progression with a = 4, r = 3
5. a = 32, d = –4 4(3 n − 1)
tn = 32 +(n – 1) (–4) = 4 Sum = = 4372
(3 − 1)
n=8
8(32 + 4)  3n = 2187 = 37
sum of the series = = 144 Choice (A)  n = 7. Choice (B)
2
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
nd

Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/148

16. Let the first term and the common ratio be a and r = xr – q + p – r + q – p . kp – r + 2(q – p)
respectively. = x0 . kp – r + 2(q – p) = kp – (p + 2d) + (p + d – p)  k0 = 1
Fourth term T4 = ar3 = 3 → (1) Alternative
Eighth term T8 = ar7 = 1/27 → (2) Given, x, y, z are in G.P y2 = xz
Solving (1) and (2) p, q, r are in A.P. = 2q = p + r  q – p = r – q
r4 = 1/81 consider xr – q . yp – r. z q – p = xq – p. zq – p. yp – r
r = 1/3, a = 81 (xz)q – p (y)p – r = (y2)q – p (y)p – r
Twelfth term = T12 = 81 (1/3) = 1/37 = 1/2187. = y2q – 2p + p – r = y2q – p – r = yp + r – p – r
Choice (C) = y0 = 1. Choice (C)

17. a = 5 r = 5 24. Let the third term be t.

18, 12 and t are in H.P
n
a(r − 1) 2(18)(t )
Sum = 12 = as known that if a, b and c are in H.P,
r −1 18 + t
 n 
5 5 − 1
 
( ) then b =
2ac
a+c

( )
155 + 155 5 =
12(18) + 12t = 36t
5 −1
216 = 24t; t = 9. Choice (A)
n
5(5 2 − 1) 25. q + r, r + p and p + q are in A.P.
155 ( 5 + 1) = 2( r + p ) = q + r + p + q
( 5 − 1) 2q=p+r
 5n/2 = 53  n = 6. Choice (C) Hence, p, q, r are in A.P. Choice (C)

18. Let the three terms of geometric progression be a/r, a, ar Exercise – 13(b)
product = a/r  a  ar = 216  a = 6
sum 6/r + 6 + 6r = 26  r = 1/3 Solutions for questions 1 to 25:
 the terms are 2, 6, 18. Choice (B)
1. a = 11, d = –4, T18 = a + 17d
19. Let the common ratio be r, then = 11 + 17(–4) = –57 Choice (A)
(r  last term) − f irstterm
sum of the series = 2. a = 8, d = 5, n = 15
r −1
Sn = n/2 [2a + (n – 1)d]
2187r − 3 S15 = 15/2(2 × 8 + 14 × 5) = 645. Choice (B)
 3279 = r=3 Choice (B)
r −1
3. Let the three terms in A.P be a – d, a, a + d
20. Given a = 7(ar + ar2 + ar3 + ....)
sum = a – d + a + a + d = –30  a = –10
a = 7 ar  1 – r = 7r  r = 1/8 Choice (C) Also, (a – d + a) – (a + a + d) = 8  d = –4
1− r  the three terms in A.P. are –6, –10, –14. Choice (D)
2 4 8
21. 1 + + + + …………. 4. Let the first term and the common difference of the A.P be a,
25
5 125 d respectively.
2
a=1r= T4 = a + 3d = 5
5
a 1 5 T16 = a + 15d = 13  a = 3; d = 2/3
Sum of infinite terms = = = Choice (D) 2
1−r 1−2/5 3  T6 = 3 +  5 = 19/3. Choice (B)
3
22. Given p, q > 1
1 1 5. In an A.P, middle term is the average of the A.P.
0< , < 1 → (1)
p q  sum = 15  middle term
 75 = 15  middle term
1
r = 1 + 1 + 1 + ..... =  value of middle term = 5. Choice (C)
2p 1
p 1−
p 6. The two-digit numbers which leave a remainder of 2 when
divided by 6 are 14, 20, 26, …. 98
p
r= Tn = 14 + (n – 1)6 = 98  n = 15
p −1
15
Sn = [14 + 98] = 840. Choice (B)
1 q 2
s = 1 + 1 + 1 + ...... = s=
2q 1 q −1
q 1− 7. Let the four terms in A.P be a – 3d, a – d, a + d, a + 3d.
q
Sum = a – 3d + a – d + a + d + a + 3d = 30  a = 15/2
1 1 p −1 q −1 Also, (a – d)(a + d) – ( a – 3d)(a + 3d) = 18  d =  3/2
+ = +
r s p q the four terms are 3, 6, 9, 12. Choice (D)
pq − q + pq − p pq − (p + q) + pq 8. Let a be the first term and d be the common difference.
= =
pq pq Given that a + 9d = 67 …… (1)
1 1 a + 24d = 172 …... (2)
0 + pq
 + = = 1 ( pq = p + q ) Choice (D) adding (1) and (2) we have 2a + 33d = 239.
r s pq Now, S34 = 34/2[2a + 33d)
= 17 × 239 = 4063. Choice (C)
23. Given, x, y and z are in G.P. Let the common ratio of this G.P
be k then y = kx, z = k2x 9. Let the first term and common difference be a and d
Given, p, q and r are in A.P. Let the common difference of respectively then, 3t2 = t9 – t5
this A.P be d  q = p + d and r = p + 2d → (1)  3(a + d) = a + 8d – (a + 4d)
Now, xr – q . yp – r . zq – p = xr – q . (kx)p – r(k2x)q – p  3a = d
= xr – q . kp – r xp – r k2(q – p) xq – p  a : d = 1 : 3. Choice (B)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/149
10. S12 = S16 24. a = 110, r = 1/11.
 12/2(2a + 11d) = 16/2(2a + 15d) sum to infinite terms = 110/1 – (1/11) = 121. Choice (C)
 12a + 66d = 16a + 120d  2a = –27d
S28 = 28/2 [2a + 27d] 25.
1
+
1
+
1
+ …………+.
1
= 14 [–27d + 27d] = 0. Choice (A) 3.6 6.9 9.12 18.21
1 1 1 1 1
11. Let the first term and common difference be a and d ( + + + …………+. )
3 1.2 2.3 3.4 6.7
respectively. Then check out which option satisfies.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Option (A): a + 2d + a + 4d  a + 6d = ( − + − + − … . + − ) = (1 − )
3 1 2 2 3 3 4 6 7 3 7
Option (B): a + 3d + a + 5d  a +d + a + 8d
Option (C): a + 2d + a + 7d = a + 3d + a + 6d. =
1
×
6
=
2
Choice (C)
Choice (C) 3 7 7

12. Sn = 11x2 + 8x Chapter – 14

 Sn = 11n2 + 8n (Quadratic Equations)
tn = S1 = 11 + 8 = 19
t2 = S2 – S1 Exercise – 14(a)
= 44 + 16 – 19 = 41
Common difference = t2 – t1 = 41 – 19 = 22. Choice (C) Solutions for questions 1 to 30:

1. 8x2 + 32x + 14
13. Let the three terms in A.P be a – d, a, a + d
8x2 + 4x + 28x + 14
sum = 3a = 21  a = 7
4x (2x + 1) + 14 (2x + 1)
Also, (7 – d )2 + 49 + (7 + d )2 = 165  d = 3 (4x + 14) (2x + 1) Choice (D)
the numbers are 4, 7, 10. Choice (C)
2. x2 + 2x – 15 = 0
14. Let the first term and the common difference of the A.P be x2 + 5x – 3x – 15 = 0
a and d respectively. x (x + 5) – 3 (x + 5) = 0
7th term = a + 6d = 13 → (1) (x – 3) (x + 5) = 0
18th term = a + 17d = 35 → (2) x – 3 = 0 or x + 5 = 0  x = 3 or x = –5. Choice (A)
Solving (1) and (2) we get a = 1, d = 2
23rd term = a + 22d = 45. Choice (B) 3. 2x + 3x – 9 = 0
2

 2x2 + 6x – 3x – 9 = 0
15. Let the three terms of the arithmetic progression be  2x (x + 3) – 3 (x + 3) = 0  (x + 3) (2x – 3) = 0
a – d, a, a + d. 3
x + 3 = 0 or 2x – 3 = 0  x = –3 or x =
sum = a – d + a + a + d = 36  3a = 36  a = 12 2
given a(a2 – d2) = 1296 Choice (B)
 122 – d2 = 108  36 = d2
4. The discriminant of the quadratic equation is (–12)2 – 4(3)
d = 6. Choice (B) (10) i.e., 24. As this is positive but not a perfect square, the
16. a = ¼, r = 4 roots are irrational and unequal. Choice (D)
t8 = ar7 = ¼  47 = 46 = 212. Choice (C) 5. Any quadratic equation is of the form x2 – (sum of the roots)x
+ (product of the roots) = 0 ––– (1)
17. The series is a G.P, a = 1/64, r = 2. where x is a real variable. As sum of the roots is 13 and
t16 = ar15 = 1/26  215 = 29 = 512. Choice (C) product of the roots is –140, the quadratic equation with roots
as 20 and –7 is x2 – 13x – 140 = 0. Choice (C)
18. Let the common ratio be r. Then, 364 = (243r – 1) / r – 1
 r = 3. Choice (A)
6. Dividing the entire equation by √2, the equation becomes
19. Let the three terms in G.P be a/r, a, ar x2 – (–10√2) x + 3 = 0 ––– (2)
Comparing (2) with general form of quadratic equation (1) in
product = a/r × a × ar = 1000  a = 10
solution 5, sum of the roots and the product of the roots are
sum = 10/r + 10 + 10r = 35
 r = 2, 1/2 −10√2 and 3 respectively. Choice (B)
 the three terms are 5, 10, 20. Choice (A) 7. As the quadratic equation has rational coefficients, the sum
20. The number of ants in the parallel 1 rows are as follows of the roots is rational. Whenever the sum of the roots is
2, 4, 8 …. rational and one root is irrational the other roots must be a
It is a GP of a = 2, r = 2 conjugate of the first root i.e., 3 +√8. Hence sum of the roots
S12 = 2(212 – 1)/1 = 8190. Choice (D) of the quadratic equation is 6.
Product of the roots of the quadratic equation is
21. The series is a G.P a = 216, r = 1/3 (3 − √8) × (3 + √8) = 1
  1 n  Hence the quadratic equation is x2 – 6x + 1 = 0.
2161 −    Choice (B)
5   30  
=   8. Let the roots of the equation be  and  The products of the
sum = 323  2912/9 = 324 (1 – 1/3n)
9 (1 − 1 / 3) roots = 2 = 1
 1/3n = 1/729  n = 6. Choice (D)   = 1 (∵ > 0)
5ar Sum of the roots = k
22. a =  k =  +  = 1 + 1 = 2. Choice (D)
1− r
1 – r = 5r 9. Let the roots of the equation be 2 and 3 respectively.
r = 1/6. Choice (B) 5 5 1
2 + 3 = 5 = − (− ) = =
2 2 2
23. Let the three terms in G.P be a/r, a, ar Product of the roots
a/r. a. ar = a3  62 =
p
 p = 122
a3 = 5832  a = 18 2
1
 The middle term in G.P. 18. Choice (C) As  = , p = 3. Choice (A)
2

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
nd

Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/150

10. Let the roots of the quadratic equation be p and p2 19. Let the roots of the quadratic equation be 3 and 4
Product of roots b
respectively sum of the roots = − = 7
a
1 1 1 3
b2
⇒ p3 = ⇒p= √ =  Squaring both sides = 49α2 ––– (1)
64 64 4 a2
c
1 Product of the roots = = 12α2 ––– (2)
p2 = a
16 Dividing (1) by (2)
sum of roots = p + p2 b2 49
1 1 5 a = ⇒ 49ac = 12b2 Choice (A)
= + = =− ⇒ a = −20 Choice (B) ac 12
4 16 16 64
20. As the sum of the roots and the product of the roots are
11. Let the roots of the quadratic equation be  and 3. reciprocals of each other.
12 12 1
Sum of roots = = − ( )= Sum of roots =
−7 7 Pr oduct of roots
12
α + 3α = 4α = ⇒− =
b 1
c
a
= ⇒ a2 = −bc Choice (D)
7 a c
3 a
 =
7 21. When the sum of the roots is rational and one of the roots is
Product of roots irrational, the other roots must be its conjugate. Hence as
27 p 27
= 3α = 2
= p= Choice (D) one root is 4 + √15, the other roots must be 4 − √15.
49 7 7
Sum of the roots = –a = 8  a = –8
12. As the equation x2 + px + 81 = 0 has equal roots, Product of the roots = b = (4 + √15)(4 − √15)
p2 – 4 (1) (81) = 0 = 16 – 15 = 1.
 p2 = 324 a2 + b2 = (–8)2 + 12 = 65. Choice (D)
⇒ p = √324 = ±18 Choice (D) 22. The quadratic equation whose roots are reciprocal of
1
α2 + β2 − αβ α2 + β2 + 2αβ − 3αβ 2x2 + 5x + 3 = 0 can be obtained by replacing x by
13. = x
α2 + β2 + αβ α2 + β2 + 2αβ − αβ
1 2 1
(α + β)2 − 3αβ Hence the required equation is 2 ( ) + 5 ( ) + 3 = 0
= x x
(α + β)2 − αβ
⇒ 3x2 + 5x + 2 = 0 Choice (B)
 +  = 9 and  = 20, Hence the value of the required
92 −3(20) a
expression becomes =
21
. Choice (D) 23. Product of the roots is =1
92 −20 61 a
As the product of the root is 1, the roots are reciprocals of
p6 −q6 p6 −q6 each other.
14. =
Hence Choice (B) follows. Choice (B)
1 1
p−6 −q−6 −
p6 q6

p6 −q6 24. The minimum/maximum value of a quadratic expression

q6 −p6
= −p6 q6 = – (product of roots)6 ax2 + bx + c is occurs when x = –b/2a
( 6 6)
p q As a = –1 and b = 8, the maximum value occurs at
−8
Product of roots = 3. x= =4 Choice (A)
2(−1)
Hence the required expression has a value of
–36 i.e., –729. Choice (D) 25. Let the positive number be x.
15. Let the two consecutive positive integers be x and x + 1 1 168
x− =
respectively x2 + (x + 1)2 – x (x + 1) = 91 x 13
x2 + x – 90 = 0 13x2 – 13 = 168x  13x2 – 168x – 13 = 0
(x + 10) (x – 9) = 0 13x – 169x + x – 13 = 0
2

x = –10 or 9 13x (x – 13) + 1 (x – 13) = 0

As x is positive x = 9  (x – 13) (13x + 1) = 0
Hence the two consecutive positive integers are 9 and 10 x – 13 = 0 or 13x + 1 = 0  x = 13 Choice (B)
respectively. Choice (A)
Exercise – 14(b)
16. A quadratic expression of the form of ax2 + bx + c = 0, where
b and c are real numbers always has a minimum value when Solutions for questions 1 to 25:
a is positive and has a maximum value when a is negative
1. x2 – 8x + 15 = 0
its maximum/minimum value is given by
4ac − b2 x2 – 5x – 3x + 15 = 0
= x(x – 5) – 3(x – 5) = 0
4a (x – 5) (x – 3) = 0
For the given expression a = 1, b = 1 and c = 5. Hence it has
x = 3, 5 Choice (A)
a minimum value, the minimum value is given by
4(1)(5)−12 19 2. 8x2 – 17x + 2 = 0
= Choice (A)
4(1) 4 8x2 – 16x – x + 2 = 0
8x (x – 20) –1 (x – 2) = 0
17. Let the three consecutive even natural numbers be 2x – 2, (8x – 1) (x – 2) = 0
2x and 2x + 2 respectively. 8x – 1 = 0 or x = 2
(2x –2)2 + (2x)2 + (2x + 2)2 = 1460 1
4x2 – 8x + 4 + 4x2 + 4x2 + 8x + 4= 1460 x= or 2 Choice (A)
8
 12x2 = 1452
(−36)
x2 = 121  x =  11 3. Sum of the roots = − = 2√3
6√3
As the numbers are positive, 2x > 0. Hence x > 0.
12√3
Hence x = 11. Thus the required numbers are 20, 22 and 24. Product of the roots = = =2 Choice (A)
6√3
Choice (B)
4. Sum of the roots
18. Let the roots be and  + 1. −(a2 −b2 )
Sum of the roots = = −(a + b)
a−b
= –p = 2 + 1 Product of the roots = q = 2 +  Product of the roots
The Discriminants of the equation = p2 – 4q 1 1
− 1
= (–(2 + 1))2 –4(2 + ) = 1. Choice (D) = a b
=− Choice (D)
a−b ab

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/151
5. For a quadratic equation 9x2 – 10x + 3 = 0. 18. Let the positive integer be x
Ib2 – 4ac = 100 – 4 × 9 × 3 = –8 1
−x =
−48
As b2 – 4ac = –8 which is < 0, the roots are complex. x 7
Choice (C) Multiplying both sides by 7x and simplifying
7x2 – 48x – 7 = 0
6. For a quadratic equation 25x2 – 60x + 36 = 0. 7x2 – 49x + x – 7 = 0
b2 – 4ac = 3600 – 4 × 25 × 36 = 0 7x(x – 7) + 1(x – 7) = 0
As b2 – 4ac = 0, the roots are real and equal. (x – 7) (7x + 1) = 0
Choice (A) x – 7 = 0 or 7x + 1 = 0
−1
7. As the roots are 5 and –2, sum of the roots is 3. Product of  x = 7 or x =
7
the roots is –10. Hence the quadratic equation is  The required number is 7. Choice (A)
x2 – 3x – 10 = 0. Choice (A)
19. The discriminant of the equation is
8. Any quadratic equation is of the form. (2a)2 – 4 (a – b) (a+ b)
x2 – (sum of the roots) x + (product of the roots) = 0. = 4a2 – 4 (a2 – b2) = 4b2 which is 0 when b is 0 and positive
Hence if the roots are known the sum of the roots and the otherwise. Choice (B)
product of the roots can be computed and then the equation
20. When the sum of the roots is rational and one of the roots is
can be formed.
irrational, the other roots must be its conjugate. Hence as
Sum of the roots = –10
Product of the roots = 22 one root is 2 + √3, the other roots must be 2 − √3.
Hence the equation is x2 + 10x + 22 = 0 Choice (B) Sum of the roots = –a = 4  a = –4
Product of the roots = b = (2 + √3)(2 − √3) = 4 – 3 = 1.
9. Let the roots be  and 3 a + b = (–4) + 1 = –3. Choice (A)
81 3
Product of the roots = 4 = ⇒α=±
16 2 21. The quadratic equation whose roots are reciprocal of
q 3 27
. = α + α3 = ± ±
1
 q =  78 5x2 + 6x + 8 = 0 can be obtained by replacing x by Hence
16 2 8 x
Choice (A) 1 2 1
the required equation is 5 ( ) + 6 ( ) + 8 = 0
x x
10. Let the other roots be r ⇒ 8x2 + 6x + 5 = 0 Choice (D)
Product of roots = 3r = 9  r = 3
sum of roots = –(–p) = p = 3 + r 22. For a quadratic equation ax2
+ bx + c = 0
As r = 3, p = 6. Choice (A) If b2 – 4ac > 0 and a perfect square, the roots are real and
unequal and rational.
11. Given x2 + 2x + 3 = 0 x2 – 2x + k = 0
Since α, β are the roots of the equation, b2 – 4ac > 0 = 4 – 4k > 0 = 1 – k > 0 hence k < 1.
α + β = –2; αβ = 3 Choice (B)
1 1 β+α
+ = = –2/3 Choice (A) 23. –6x2 + 29x – 20 = 0
α β mβ
–6x2 + 24x + 5x – 20 = 0
12. Given x2 + 4x + 5 = 0 –6x (x – 4) + 5 (x – 4) = 0
Since α, β are the roots of the equation, (–6x + 5) (x – 4) = 0
α + β = –4; αβ = 5, –6x + 5 = 0 or x – 4 = 0
α2 + β2 = (α + β)2 − 2αβ = 16 – 5 = 11. Choice (D) 5
x= or 4 Choice (A)
6
b 2 c
13. (− ) = 4 ( ) 24. The quadratic equation whose roots are equal in magnitude
a a
b2 = 4ac but opposite in sign of x2 + 5x + 4 = 0 can be obtained by
Hence b – 4ac = 0
2
replacing x by –x.
Hence the roots are rational and equal. Choice (A) Required equation is (–x)2 + 5(–x) + 4 = 0.
b
x2 – 5x + 4 = 0. Choice (B)
14. Sum of the roots = −
a 25. Let the number of pencils bought by Ashok be x and cost of
c
Product of the roots = each pencil be y
a
b c xy = 180
− = (x – 2) (y + 2) = 160
a a
b = –c xy – 2y + 2x – 4 = 160
180
As a cannot be 0, for any quadratic equation, 180 – 2 ( )+ 2x – 164 = 0
x
 b = –c. Choice (B) Multiplying both sides by –x and simplifying,
15. The minimum value of a quadratic expression x2 + 8x – 180 = 0
4ac−b2  x2 + 18x – 10x – 180 = 0
ax2 + bx + c is  x (x + 18) – 10 (x + 18) = 0
4a
As a = 3 and b = –7, c = 6 the minimum value is  (x – 10) (x + 18) = 0
4(3)(6)−(−7)2 72−49 23  x – 10 = 0 or x + 18 = 0
= = . Choice (B)
4(3) 12 12  x = 10 or –18
16. The minimum/maximum value of a quadratic expression As x > 0, x = 10. Choice (C)
ax2 + bx + c is occurs when x = –b/2a
As a = –1 and b = 10, the maximum value occurs at
Chapter – 15
−10 (Co-ordinate Geometry)
x= =5 Choice (A)
2(−1)
Exercise – 15(a)
17. The maximum/minimum value of the quadratic expression
ax2 + bx + c is given by Solutions for questions 1 to 25:
4ac−b2
The expression has a minimum value when 1. Given A (–2, – 3) and B (7, 37)
4a
a > b and a maximum value when a > 0 AB = (7 − ( −2))2 + (37 − ( −3))2
As a < 0, the expression has maximum value which is given
4(−8)(3)−(10)2 49 = 81+ 1600 = 1681 = 41 units. Choice (C)
by = Choice (D)
4(−8) 8

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/152
2. Let Q be (x, y) 11. The equation of the line parallel to 2x + 3y + 7 = 0 is
PQ is a diameter 2x + 3y + k = 0.
 midpoint of PQ = O. The above line is passing through (2, 3).
Let the co-ordinates of O be (a, b). Then (a, b) 2(2) + 3(3) + k = 0  k = –13
=  4 + x , 3 + y  . Required equation of the line is
 2 2  2x + 3y – 13 = 0. Choice (B)
O lies on x-axis.
12. Equation of the line making equal intercepts with the
 b = 0.
x y
4+x 3+y coordinate axes is in the form of + =1
 = a and =0 a a
2 2
i.e., x = 2a – 4 and y = –3 The above line is passing through (5, 7)  5 + 7 = a
 Intercepts of the line are 12 and 12. Choice (A)
radius = PO = (a − 4)2 + (0 − 3)2 = 3
 (a – 4)2 + 9 = 9 13. When 3x + y – 12 = 0 intersects the x-axis, y = 0.
(a – 4)2 = 0, a – 4 = 0  3x + 0 – 12 = 0 i.e., x = 4.
a = 4  x = 4. When it intersects the y-axis, x = 0
 Q is (4, –3) Choice (C) 3(0) + y – 12 = 0 i.e., y = 12
Y
3. Let A = (2, 4), B = (6, 2) and C = (4, 6)
AB = (6 − 2)2 + (2 − 4)2 = 16 + 4 = 20
(0, 12)
BC = 4 + 16 = 20 A
3x + y – 12 = 0
AC = (4 − 2)2 + (6 − 4)2 = 4+4 = 8
 The given triangle is isosceles triangles. Choice (A)
(4, 0)
O X
4. Area of the triangle formed by vertices is B
1 4 − 5 −2 − 3 1 −1 −5
= | |= | | 1
2 5−7 3−1 2 −2 2 Area of the triangle AOB = (OA)(OB)
1
= [−2 − 10] = 6 [Link]. Choice (C)
2
2
1
= (12)(4) = [Link] Choice (C)
5. The given points are collinear. 2
 slope of line joining (4, 9) and (a, 13) = slope of the line
joining (4, 9) and (8, 17) 14. Given equations of the lines are 8x – 3y = 13 and 2x + y = 5.
Solving the two equations & we get x = 2; y = 1
13 − 9 17 − 9 4 8  The point intersection (2, 1). Choice (B)
 =  =
a−4 8−4 a−4 4
2=a–4a=6 Choice (C) 15. The point of intersection of the two lines 2x + 3y = 7 and
4x + 7y = 15 is (2, 1)
6. We know that the centroid of a triangle is the same as the Since (2, 1) lies on the line. kx + 6y = 12.
centroid of the triangle formed by the mid points of its sides.  k(2) + 6(1) = 12  k = 3. Choice (A)

 centroid of the triangle =  −4 − 2 + 2 , 0 + 2 + 4  16. y = px + q passes through (1, 7) and (2, 10).
 3 3   7 = p(1) + q and 10 = p(2) + q.
=  −4 ,2  Choice (C) Solving above for p and q we get p = 3 and q = 4
 3   p + 2q = 11. Choice (A)

7. We know that centroid (G) divides each median in the ratio 17. We have that the distance between the parallel lines
2 : 1 from vertex. c1 − c 2
Given P(6, 3) S = (12, 9) ax + by + c1 = 0 and ax + by + c2 = 0 is
 centroid =  2  12 + 1  6 , 2  9 + 1  3  = (10, 7) a2 + b2
 3 3  The distance between the lines 3x + 6y + 7 = 0 and
Choice (B) 7 − 11 4
3x + 6y + 11 = 0 is = = Choice (B)
8. Length of the side of the square = distance between any two 2
3 +6 2 3 5
consecutive vertices of the square
AB = √(−1 − (−1))2 + (−1 − (1))2 18. The perpendicular distance from (x1, y1) to the line
ax1 + by1 + c
AB = 2 = Hence area of square = side × side ax + by + c = 0 is
2 × 2 = 4 [Link] Choice (B) a2 + b2
3(2) + 4(3) + 10 28
9.  slope of L1  3x – 4y + 7 = 0 is 3/4  required distance = = units
−a 32 + 42 5
and slope of L2  ax + 8y – 6 = 0 is .
8 Choice (B)
Two lines will not intersect only if their slopes are equal.
19. Equation of the line parallel to x – axis and passing through
3 −a the point (h, k) is given by y = k.
= , i.e., a = –6 Choice (B)
4 8 here k = 8
 The required equation is y = 8 Choice (C)
10. Two lines are perpendicular, then product of their slopes is –
20. The distance of the point (h, k) from y – axis is its
2 −3  2  −3  x coordinate i.e., h units
1. slope of L1 = and slope of L2 =    = –1
3 b  3  b  here h = 3
i.e., b = 2. Choice (C) The required distance = 3 units. Choice (B)

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/153
21. Let the equation be y = mx + c 6. The given points are collinear
4  slope of the line joining (3, 8) and (p, 20) = slope of the
m = . When the line cuts the x-axis, y = 0. line joining (3, 8) and (8, 23)
3
20 − 8 23 − 8
4  = p=7 Choice (B)
 0 = (6) + c i.e., c = –8. p−3 8−3
3
4 7. We know that centroid divides each median in the ratio
Required equation is y = x−8
3 2 : 1 from vertex.
i.e., 3y = 4x – 24 Choice (A) Given A = (8, 4), D(12, 8)
 32 20 
14 − 6  Centroid =  2(12) + 8 , 2(8) + 4  =  , 
22. slope of first line = =4 3 3  3 3    
3 −1 Choice (B)
Given second line is perpendicular to first line.
−1 8. Let the third vertex be (x3, y3)
 slope of second line =
4 Centroid =  5 + 7 + x 3 , 6 + 9 + y 3 
 3 3 
−1
Required equation of the line is y – 18 = (x − 4)
4 (0, 0) =  12 + x 3 , 15 + y 3 
4y – 72 = – x + 4  3 3 
i.e., x + 4y – 76 = 0 Choice (D) x3 = –12, y3 = –15
 Required vertex is (–12, –15). Choice (D)
23. Diagonal of the square = AC = (7 − 3)2 + (13 − 5)2
x1 + x2 + x3 y1 + y2 + y3
= 80 units. 9. Centroid = ( , )
3 3
1 8 + 23 + 8 15 + 0 − 15
∵ area of a square = (diagonal)2 ( , ) = (13, 0) Choice (D)
2 3 3

Its area =
1
2
( )
2
80 = 40 [Link] Choice (C) 10. If A(x1, y1), B(x2, y2) C(x3, y3) and D(x4, y4) are four
consecutive vertices of a parallelogram then
24. Since one of the two lines is parallel to Y-axis and other is x4 = x1 + x3 – x2 and y4 = y1 + y3 – y2
parallel to X-axis Here A(–5, 6) B(–8, 16) and C (–9, 12)
 The angle between the lines is 90°. Choice (C)  x4 = –5 – 9 – (–8) = –6
Y4 = 6 + 12 – 16 = 2
25. When we substitute the two given points in the line we get  Fourth vertex of the parallelogram is (–6, 2)
3(5) – 5(5) + 12 > 0 and 3(4) – 5(6) + 12 < 0.
Both are opposite sign, the points Alternate solution:
 (5, 5) and (4, 6) lie on opposite side of L. Choice (B) Let A = (–5, 6), B = (–8, 16), C = (–9, 12) and D = (p, q) be
the fourth vertex.
Exercise – 15(b) A, B, C and D form a parallelogram.
Solutions for questions 1 to 25:  its diagonals bisect each other.
 midpoint of AC = midpoint of BD.
(7 − ( −5))2 + ( −5 − 11)2 =  −5 + −9 6 + 12 
1. PQ = 400 = 20 units. Midpoint of AC =  ,  = (–7, 9).
 2 2 
Choice (D)
2. Let the centre be C(x, 0) Midpoint of BD =  −8 + p , 16 + q 
 2 2 
Given, CA = 5
CA2 = 25 = (x – 4)2 + (0 – 3)2 = 25 (–7, 9) =  −8 + p , 16 + q 
Hence x = 8 or 0. centre = (8, 0). Choice (C)  2 2 
i.e., p = –6 and q = 2. Choice (A)
3. Let the required point be R. since
R lies on the y-axis. R is (0, b).
11. Y
Given PR = QR i.e., PR2 = QR2
(0 – 3)2 + (b – 7)2 = (0 – 5)2 + (b – 13)2
9 + b2 – 14b + 49 = 25 + b2 – 26b + 169 D y=3
b = 34/3 C
34
 Required point is (0, ) Choice (B) X
3 0
4. AB = 3CD
y = –3
A B
AB = (3 − 6) 2 + (7 − 13) 2 = 3 5
x = –3 x=3
CD = 5 Choice (A)
ABCD is the figure bounded by the given lines where
5. Area of the triangle formed by joining the midpoints AB = 6 and BC = 6
1 3−5 5−6 1 −2 −1  ABCD is a square of side 6.
= =  Area of ABCD = 62 = 36. Choice (B)
2 5−4 6−8 2 1 −2
A(3,–4)
1 12. AD is median on AC.
= (−2)(−2) − (1)(−1) = 5 [Link]. D is the midpoint of AC. D
2 2
D = (4, 1)
Area of a triangle will always be 4 times the area of the
Length of BD
triangle formed by joining the midpoints of its sides.
= √(7 − 4)2 + (2 − 1)2 B(7, 2) C(5, 6)
 Required area of the triangle = 4  5  = 10 [Link]. = √10
2
Choice (C)
Choice (C)

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/154
 10 − 7 22. Since, the right angle was at Q, PQ ⊥ QR
13. slope of first line = =3. Slope of PQ x slope of QR is –1
3−2 4 −4
−1 × = −1
4 x−4
slope of second line = x – 4 = 4.
3
Hence the value of x = 8. Choice (C)
−1 y − 6
Required equation is = 23. Equation of the line parallel to y – axis is y = k. since it is
3 x − 18
i.e., 3y + x – 36 = 0. Choice (D) passing through (2, 3)
 Required equation of the line is y = 3. Choice (D)
x y 24. Equation of the line passing through the points
14. Equation of the line with equal intercepts is + =1
a a (–7, 3) and (4, –1) is y – 3 = −1 − 3 [x – (–7)]
If it is passes through the point (4, 13) then 4 + 13 = a 4+7
 a = 17  11(y – 3) = –4(x + 7) i.e. 11y + 4x – 5 = 0.
 Equation of the required line is x + y = 17 and intercepts
y–intercept of ax + by + c = 0 is −c
the line are 17, 17. Choice (A) b
−(−5)
15. The equation of the line is y = –x + 17. Choice (B) i.e. = 5 . Choice (D)
11 11
−4 25. we know that equation of a straight line whose slope m and
16. The slope of the line 4x + 3y + 5 = 0 is .
3 y-intercept c is y = mx + c.
slope of the line perpendicular to it = −1 3  The required equation of the line is y = 6x + 3.
=
−4 4 Choice (D)
3
the equation of lines passing through the point (2, 2) and Chapter – 16
3 3 (Statistics)
having slope is y – 2 = (x – 2)
4 4 Exercise – 16(a)
4y – 8 = 3x – 6 i.e., 3x – 4y + 2 = 0. Choice (A)
Solutions for questions 1 to 25:
17. When x + 4y – 16 = 0 intersects the X-axis, y = 0.
 x + 4(0) – 16 = 0 i.e., x = 16. Sum of observ ations
1. AM =
When it intersects the Y-axis, x = 0 number of observ ations
0 + 4y – 16 = 0 i.e., y = 4.
7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 8 +10 + 2 42
Y = = =6 Choice (C)
7 7

n (n + 1)2
A (0, 4) 2. The mean of cubes of first n natural numbers =
4
25.(26 )2
4 The mean of cubes of first 25 natural numbers =
4
(16, 0) = 4225 Choice (D)
O X
16 B
3 If the mean of n1 observations is x1 and the mean of n2
Area of triangle AOB observations is x2 then, combined mean n1 x1 + n2 x 2
n1 + n2
1 1
= (OA)(OB) = ( 4)(16) = 32 [Link]. Given n1 = 20, x1 = 35
2 2
Choice (C) n2 = 30 and x2 = 40
20  35 + 30  40 700 +1200 1900
Combined mean = = = = 38
18. Clearly, the point (2, 3) satisfies both the lines. 20 + 30 50 50
Choice (A) Choice (B)
19. The point of intersection of the line, 2x + y = 4 & 4. The sum of correct observations = 38 + 29 = 67
x – y + 4 = 0 is (4, 8). The sum of wrong observations = 25 + 42 = 67
1 Since the sum has not changed, the mean will not change.
The slope of the line which is perpendicular to y = x is – 2 Mean of new series is 32. Choice (C)
2
Equation of the line passing through (4, 8) and having slope 60+ 72
–2 is y – 8 = –2(x – 4) 5. The mid value of the class 60 – 72 is = 66
2x + y – 16 = 0. Choice (D) 2
Choice (D)
20. y = ax + b passes through (2, 6) and (3, 10).
6 = a(2) + b and 10 = a(3) + b. 6. Given : AM = 25, HM = 16
Solving for a and b we get a = 4 and b = –2 We know that (GM)2 = (AM) (HM)
 2a – 3b = 14. Choice (C) (GM)2 = 25  16
GM = 5  4 = 20 Choice (C)
−3
21. Slope of first line = 7. Let the two numbers be a and b.
4
a+ b
4 = 42.5
Slope of second line = 2
3 a + b = 85 – (1)
−3 4 ab = 34  ab = 1156 – (2)
 m1  m2 =  = −1
4 3 Solving (1) and (2) we get
 two lines are perpendicular. Choice (B) a = 68; b = 17. Choice (D)
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/155
8. When first 25 composite numbers are written in order, the 21. When each observation is multiplied by a constant then the
13th observation is the median. range is also multiplied by the same constant.
The first 13 composite numbers are 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15,  Range of new series is = 5 (8) = 40. Choice (B)
16, 18, 20, 21, 22.
 13th observation is 22. 22. We know that mode = 3 median – 2 mean = 3  38 – 2  42
Median = 22. Choice (B) = 114 – 84 = 30. Choice (D)
9. When the given observations are arranged in ascending 23. Mean of a and b is a + b /2
order, we have 53, 62, 70, 72, 75, 85, 106  Mean of 42 and 56 is (42 + 56)/2 = 49.
∴ Median = 72. Choice (A) Choice (C)
10. Given one number = 36
Let the other number be a 24. Given, the mean of 6, 9, 14, 17, 23, 26, 31, 35 is k.
A.M(22, 31, 46, 55, 73, 82, 97, 109) = A.M(3(6) + 4, 3(9) + 4,
G.M = 36 a = 48 3(14) + 4, 3(17) + 4, 3(23) + 4, 3(26) + 4, 3(31) + 4, 3(35) + 4
36a = 48  48 = 3A.M(of 6, 9, 14, 17, 23, 26, 31, 35) + 4
48  48 = 3k + 4 Choice (D)
a= = 64 Choice (D)
36 25. Given SD of x1, x2, - - - - - xn is k.
11. The harmonic mean of n observations is When a constant is added to each observation, then the SD
is not changed
n The SD of 3 + x1, 3 + x2, - - - - 3 + xn is k.
5
1 1 1 1 = 1 1 1 1 1 Choice (B)
+ + + .... + + + + +
x1 x2 x3 xn 3 4 8 9 12
Exercise – 16(b)
5 5  72 72
= = = Choice (B)
24 + 18 + 9 + 8 + 6 65 13 Solutions for questions 1 to 25:
72
Sum of observations
12. Mean of (axi + b) = a mean of (xi ) + b 1. AM =
number of observations
Mean of (5xi + 7) = 5 mean of (xi) + 7
= 5k + 7 Choice (C) 10 + 9 + 8 + 7 + 14 + 12
=
6
13. Mode = 24 = 60/6 = 10 Choice (C)
Median = 48
3median− mode 3  48 − 24 2. The mean of square of first n natural numbers
Mean = =
2 2 =
(n + 1)(2n + 1)
144 − 24 120 6
= = = 60 Choice (A) Here n=10 hence required answer is 11  21/6 = 38.5
2 2 Choice (D)
14. Mode – Median = 36
We know that mode = 3 median – 2 mean 3. The mean of first n natural numbers (n + 1)/2.
n+1
Mode – median = 2 (median – mean) = 15
36 = 2 (median – mean) 2
36 = 2( median – mean)  n = 29. Choice (A)
Median – mean = 18 Choice (D) 4. If the mean of n1 observations is x1 and the mean of n2
observations is x2 then, combined mean
15. Range = maximum value – minimum value
= 35 – 5 = 30 Choice (C) n1 x1 + n2 x 2
n1 + n2
16. Range = maximum value – minimum value
If x is the minimum value then 27 – x = 19 ⇒ x = 8 Given n1 = 10, x1 = 25
If x is the minimum value then x – 10 = 19 ⇒ x = 29 n2 = 20 and x2 = 28
Choice (D) 10  25 + 20  28
Combined mean =
10 + 20
17. Mode is most repeated observation. Hence mode is 7. 250 + 560
= = 27 Choice (B)
Choice (B) 30
18. 3x + 5, 3x + 7, 3x + 9, 3x + 11, 3x + 13, 3x + 15, 3x + 17. 5. Given n1 = 35, x1 = 42
If we subtract 3x from each observation, we get n2 = 15, x2 = ?
5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 Combined mean = 45
The above series is in AP The mean is 5 +17/2 = 11
35 × 42 + 15 × x2
45 =
The mean of given observations is 3x + 11 50
3x + 11 = 23 ⇒ x = 4. Choice (C) 2250 = 1470 + 15x2
15x2 = 780
19. Median (5xi + 7) = 27 x2 = 52 kg. Choice (A)
Median (5xi ) = 20
6. The sum of correct observations = 25 + 43 = 68
Median (xi) = 4
The sum of wrong observations = 28 + 40 = 68
Median (7xi + 5) = 7  Median (xi) + 5 = 7  4 + 5 = 33.
Since the sum has not changed, the mean will not change.
Choice (A) Mean of new series is 22. Choice (C)
20. The ascending order of the series is 210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 7. The mid value of the class 50 – 70 is (50 + 70)/2 = 60.
260, 270, it is in AP with common difference 10. Choice (D)
 SD = d n2 −1 8. Since the given observations are in G.P. and number of
12 terms are odd so geometric mean is the middle term of the
72 − 1 = 10  2 = 20. given observation. Hence required answer is 27.
= 10 Choice (A) Choice (B)
12
Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/156
9. Given : AM = 36, HM = 9 18. x f fx
We know that (GM)2 = (AM) (HM) 2 5 10
(GM)2 = 36  9 4 3 12
GM = 6  3 = 18. Choice (C) 6 7 42
8 6 48
10. Let the two numbers be a and b. 10 k 10k
a+ b ________ _____________
= 51  f = 21 + k fx = 112 + 10k
2
a + b = 102 –––– (1) f x
Mean =
ab = 45 f
ab = 2025 –––– (2) 112 + 10k
Solving (1) and (2) we get 8=
21+ k
a = 75 b = 27. Choice (D)
 k = 28 Choice (D)
11. When first 25 prime numbers are written in order, the 13th
observation is the median. 19. C.I f x fx
The first 13 prime numbers are 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 10-15 8 12.5 100.0
29, 31, 37, 41. 15-20 11 17.5 192.5
 13th observation is 41. 20-25 6 22.5 135.0
Median = 41. Choice (B) 25-30 13 27.5 357.5
30-35 12 32.5 390.0
12. When the given observations are arranged in ascending ______ _________
order, we have 59,68,76,78,81,91,112 f = 50 fx = 1175.0
∴ Median = 78. Choice (A) ______ _________
 f x 1175
Mean = = = 23.5 Choice (A)
13. The geometric mean of 144and 289 is √144 × 289 f 50
= 12  17 = 204. Choice (A)
20. The ascending order of the given observations is 11, 12, 20,
14. Given one number = 24 21, 29, 31, 34, 37, 43, 44. Median is average of fifth and sixth
Let the other number be a. observations
G.M = √12 × a = 24 (29 + 31)/2 = 30. Choice (B)
12a = 24  24
21. Mode is most repeated observation. In the given
a = 48. Choice (D)
observations 6 is repeated maximum number of times.
Hence mode is 6. Choice (B)
15. The harmonic mean of n observations is
n 22. Mode = 27
1 1 1 1 Mean = 45
+ + + .... + 2mean + mod e
x1 x2 x3 xn Median =
3
4 2 × 45 + 27
= =
3+4+5+8 3
= 5/20 = ¼. Choice (B) = 117/3 = 39. Choice (A)
16. Mean of (axi + b) = a mean of (xi ) + b 23. Mode – Mean = 24
Mean of (4xi + 9) = 4 mean of (xi) + 9 We know that mode = 3 median – 2 mean
= 4(8) + 9 = 41 Choice (C) Mode – mean = 3 (median – mean)
24 = 3 (median – mean)
17. x f fx Median – mean = 8. Choice (D)
9 4 36
14 6 84 24. Range = maximum value – minimum value
18 9 162 = 41 – 9 = 32. Choice (C)
21 5 105
24 7 168 25. The ascending order of the given series is 10, 13, 16, 19, 22,
29 4 116 25, 28.
_______ ________ n2 −1
S.D = d √
f = 35 fx = 671 12
Here common difference is 3 and n = 7
 f x 671 Hence required answer is 3  2 = 6. Choice (D)
 Mean = = = 19.17 Choice (D)
f 35

Advanced Educational Activities Pvt. Ltd. ( T.I.M.E. ) HO: 95B, 2 nd Floor, Siddamsetty Complex, Secunderabad – 500 003.
Tel : 040–40088400 Fax : 040–27847334 email : info@[Link] website : [Link] SM3532101/157